Cultural Heritage Specialist Guide Training and Certification Programme for UNESCO World Heritage Sites (Site-Specific Module)
Luang Prabang, Lao PDR
Cultural Heritage Specialist Guides Training and Certification Programme for UNESCO World Heritage Sites
Luang Prabang, Lao PDR
(Site-Specific Module)
A Training Manual for UNESCO-LNTA Guide Training Workshop Luang Prabang, Lao PDR
Contributors: Bounkhong Kuttkhao, Phayvanh Chanthasouk, Veunxay Malavong, Montira Unakul, Steven Schipani, Graem Harper, Rik Ponne,
Training Workshop for Guides for the UNESO Cultural Heritage Specialist Guides Programme Luang Prabang, Lao PDR 2 – 7 March 2010
Tuesday, 2 March 2010 Trainer Wednesday, 3 March 2010 Trainer Thursday, 4 March 2010 Trainers Friday, 5 March 2010 Trainers Saturday, 6 March 2010 Trainers Sunday, 7 Mar 2010
INTRODUCTION SESSION III SESSION V SESSION VII EXAM I EXAM II In-class Module Unit 4: Module Unit 5: Module Unit 5: In-class On-site: SITE 1,2, and 3 P 8:00 – 8:30 Registration Heritage Interpretation Visitor Management Community Involvement 8:300 -10:00 8:30 – 11 :30 On-site exam on In-class In-class In-class interpretive talk 8:30 – 8:45 Opening B M M V & B 8:30 – 9:00 Wrap-up of Core 8:30 – 9:00 Introduction to the 8:30 – 9:00 Preparation for the exam ceremony – Director LP PTD Module Unit 1, 2, and 3 RKSS Unit 4 – INFLUENCING Introduction to the RKSS Review of tangible and Group 1 – Vat Mai, Phousi & 8:45 – 9:00 Introduction to the V (Exercise -why LP was listed VISITOR BEHAVIOR & Unit 5 intangible heritage resources National Museum; B & S workshop & logistics as a world Heritage Site) EXPERIENCE by Mr. Bounkhong 9:00 - 9:45 CHSG Programme Group 2 – Vat Xieng Mouan; M overview and introduction to M 9:00 – 9:45 Introduction to the 9:00 – 9:30 Introduction to 9:00 – 9:15 & V training materials & training RKSS Unit 3 – HERITAGE Core Module Unit 5 Introduction to Core Module workshop objectives INTREPRETATION Unit 6 Group 3 – Ban Xang Khong; P 9:45 – 10:00 Introduction to the M V V & GH Regional Knowledge and Skills M Standards (RKSS) overview
10:00 – 10:15 Break
SESSION I 9:45 – 10:00 Introduction to 9:30 – 10:00 Visitor impact 9:15 – 10:00 the Core Module Unit 4 V B The relationship between 10:00 – 12:00 12:00) Module Unit 1 and 2:
– World Heritage heritage tourism and the ALL In-class 10:00 – 10:15 Break 10:00 – 10:15 Break local community Written exam
(9:00 10:15 – 10:30 Introduction to 10:00 – 10:15 Break the RKSS Unit 1 –WORLD M 10:15 – 11:00 The role of 10:15 – 11:00 Do’s and don’ts AM GH HERITAGE heritage interpretation in the in Luang Prabang, with special 10:30 – 10- 45 Introduction to visitor’s understanding of emphasis & discussion on P the Core Module Unit 1 and 2 Luang Prabang St morning almsgiving V Safety concerns (boating, walking, heat, petty theft, etc) 10:45 – 12:00 Introduction to 11:00 – 11:30 Introduction to 10:15 – 12:00 the Ancient Town of Luang the existing interpretation 11:00 – 12:00 How heritage guides will B Prabang (LP) overview of the resources in Luang Prabang Lecture on the significance of contribute to the local town & significances) traditional building materials. community Nomination and inscription 11:30 – 12:00 Introduction to Influencing visitors to St GH process of LP to the World the suggested thematic trails appreciate and protect them Heritage List Town, temple, Lime plaster B B monuments, museum Woodcarving Chomphet temple walk Bronze casting Craft villages around LP Lacquer & khamuk appliqué 12:00 – 1:00 Lunch 12:00 – 1:00 Lunch 11:30 – 1:00 Lunch 12:00 – 1:00 Lunch 12:00 – 1:00 Lunch 12:00 – 1:00 Lunch
SESSION II & EXERCISE I SESSION IV & EXERCISE II SESSION VI & EXERCISE III SESSION VIII EXERCISE IV SESSION IX Module Unit 3: Module Unit 4: Module Unit 5: Module Unit 6: On-sites 1, 2, and 3
Conservation Heritage Interpretation Visitor Management Community Involvement Practice interpretive talk on- 1:30 – 2:30 Wrap-up of the On-site: 1. Vat Mai & Phousi, On-site: Chomphet Temple On-site: 2. Vat Xieng Mouan On-site 3: Ban Xang Khong
site at site 1-3 workshop, final discussion National Museum M Walk B,S Exercise to provide orientation o Guide group A and DoIC 13:00 – 13:45 Introduction to on do’s and don’ts (role play Lunch with the local will do the exercise at 3:00 Closing ceremony with
17:00) Exercise on suggested the RKSS Unit 2 – HERITAGE interpretive talk on-site, with community Vat Mai, Phousi & the vice governor in – interpretation techniques and MANAGEMENT & St trainer’s guidance) P & B GH National Museum attendance to present PROTECTION activities certificates – reception at
(13:00 13:45 – 17:00 TBD
Introduction to the Core Module Meeting with the local o Guide group B and DoIC PM Unit 3 Exercise using existing community will do the exercise at V,M Conservation do’s and don’ts B interpretation resources Exercise on managing Vat Xieng Mouan (identify natural and human visitors at heritage site (role Views from the local o Officials from PTD and threats.) Protection measures play interpretive talk on-site, community will do the exercise at P, GH for the various sites with trainer’s guidance) Ban Xang Khong Trainers B = Bounkhong Khouttkao; P = Phaivanh; V = Veunxay Malavong; M = Montira Unakul; St: = Steven Schipani; GH = Grahm Harper (Buffalo tours/North-by-Northeast Travel TBD = To-be-determined (but from Department of Information & Culture)
Logistic checklist:
Who is Completed No. Task Expected output Due Date Responsible Y/N ? 1 Mr. Veunxay & Steven create draft budget S & V Draft budget 1 Jan 2010 2 Mr. Veunxay appoint a TTHC technical staff to assist with training preparations S & V Person appointed 1 Jan 2010 Mr. Veunxay draft letter to Luang Prabang PTD requesting Mr. Paivanh as Letter sent/ Mr. Paivanh 3 V 5 Jan 2010 instructor/local coordinator appointed Mr. Veunxay draft letter to Luang Prabang DoIC requesting Mr. Bounkhong as Letter sent/ Mr. 4 V 5 Jan 2010 instructor Bounkhong appointed Letter sent/ Ms. Montira 5 Steven coordinate with UNESCO BKK requesting Ms. Montira as instructor S 5 Jan 2010 appointed Mr. Graham accepts 6 Steven coordinate with Mr. Graham request as trainer S 5 Jan 2010 invitation Mr. Veunxay send letter to Luang Prabang PTD informing them of the training and 7 asking them to send letter to tour operators to nominate 40 tour guides that meet V Letter sent 15 Jan 2010 eligibility criteria to attend training 5 Jan to 5 Feb 8 Trainers prepare teaching materials All Course pack 2010 Meet Paivanh and 9 Steven & Veunxay travel to LP to follow up on preparations with PTD and DoIC S & V 8 January Bounkhong 10 Steven & Veunxay follow up on preparation of teaching materials S & V Course pack 5 Feb 2010 10 - 15 Feb 11 TTHC technical staff creates and photocopies course pack TTHC Course pack 2010 Mr. Paivanh follows up with tour companies to nominate 40 tour guides that meet 12 P - 10 Feb 2010 eligibility criteria to attend training. Mr. Paivanh submits a list with name of all guides and companies that will attend 13 P List of trainees 15 Feb 2010 training UNESCO BKB designs certificate and TTHC technical staff obtains signature of 14 TTHC & M Certificates 15 Feb 2010 minister 15 Mr. Paivanh & Mr. Bounkhong request entry fee waivers P & B Letter sent and approval 15 Feb 2010 16 Mr. Paivanh arrange facility rental, boat rental, Van rental, daily lunches, reception, etc. P - 15 Feb 2010 Mr. Paivanh arrange opening speech for LP PTD Director & closing speech for LP Vice 17 P Speeches written 20 Feb 2010 Governor
Cultural Heritage Specialist Guide Programme
The World Heritage List How many WH sites?
878 sites in 145 States Parties 679 cultural 174 natural 25 mixed
As of July 2008 World Heritage in the Asia-Pacific Region
Out of 878 World Heritage sites 182 are situated in the Asia-Pacific Region. How many World Heritage Sites in Lao PDR?
What are their Names?
Where are they?
Why were they included on the World Heritage List ? BACKGROUND – why was the course introduced?
• Rise of cultural tourism
• Demand by visitors for in-depth guiding
• Weak interpretation schemes/infrastructure at sites
• Visitors who are not adequately informed engage in inappropriate conduct, impacting sites and residents
• Guiding can contribute to job creation, especially in many UNESCO World Heritage sites which are in relatively undeveloped areas
• Guiding career currently has professional limitations GOALS
• To raise professional capacity in guiding visitors at UNESCO World Heritage sites
• To provide the highest level of visitor experience through improved site interpretation
• To raise awareness about conservation issues
• To foster the long-term sustainability of these sites BENEFITS FOR GUIDES
Cultural Heritage Specialist Guide Programme will:
•Officially accredit guides as an advanced supplement to existing national guide certification schemes.
•Accredited guide will have preferential access to UNESCO materials • Teaching aids for guiding visitors around heritage sites • Brochures and schematic maps, and other exclusive UNESCO products CORE MODULE
Unit I: The Cultural Heritage Specialist Guide
Unit II: Understanding UNESCO World Heritage Sites
Unit III: Protecting and Managing Cultural Heritage
Unit IV: Heritage Interpretation
Unit V: Influencing Visitor Behaviour and Experience
Unit VI: The Cultural Heritage Guide and the Community What you are expected to Know
UNESCO – LNTA Cultural Heritage Specialist Guide Regional Skills and Knowledge Standards (RKSS)
RKSS serves as the performance standards to ensure the same high standards of Cultural Heritage Specialist Guides (CHSG) across the region Regional performance standards
Two main components: 1) Knowledge: about World Heritage site and guiding visitors at the site 2) Skills: application of knowledge in practice
I. Understanding UNESCO World Heritage Sites -B
II. Protecting and Managing Cultural Heritage -B
III. Heritage Interpretation -S
IV. Influencing Visitor Behaviour and Experience – P & G
V. The Cultural Heritage Guide and the Community – P & G Performance Standards 1 WORLD HERITAGE Scope Knowledge Specific Skills/Abilities
Understanding . Role of CHSG in the protection . Plan visits and tours that centre on UNESCO World of World Heritage the concept of World Heritage and Heritage Sites . Concept of World Heritage the Outstanding Universal Value(s) of the site(s). . Concept of Outstanding Universal Values . Explain the key parties and processes involved in World . World Heritage inscription Heritage inscription. process and the key parties involved . Distinguish accurately the different types of World Heritage. . Types of World Heritage . Inform visitors the following site . World Heritage nomination information: site location(s) and details boundaries, criteria under which the site has been inscribed on the World Heritage List and the Outstanding Universal Value(s) of the site. Performance Standards 2 PROTECTING AND MANAGING CULTURAL HERITAGE Scope Knowledge Specific Skills/Abilities
Protecting and . Concept of heritage values . Communicate to visitors the Managing Cultural . Process of protecting and heritage values/Outstanding Heritage managing cultural heritage Universal Values of the site. . Types of conservation . Connect heritage values with interventions specific features of the site. . Role of heritage guides, . Communicate challenges and visitors and local people in the threats to World Heritage and protection of cultural heritage inform visitors of the possible mitigation measures. . Challenges and threats to World Heritage . Distinguish between different types of conservation interventions and . Short-term versus long-term provide examples of each type of protection measures intervention. . Provide examples of good and/or bad conservation practices. . Provide examples of short-term and long-term protection of cultural heritage. . Inform visitors how they can help the protection of cultural heritage. Questions? §÷©±ô¡ºö®»ö´²½ñ¡¤¾¿êȼ¸ ´ð콩ö¡ê¾¤©É¾¸ñ©ê½½ê¿
¦½ÀÎó©¨: À¸óħ ´¾ì¾¸ö¤ ¹ö¸Îɾ¦ø±ô¡ºö®»ö´¸ò§¾¡¾êȺ¤êȼ¸ ºö¤¡¾êȺ¤êȼ¸Á¹È¤§¾©
¸ñêó 02ŒŒ-07 ´ò¾ 2010 Á¢¸¤Í¸¤²½®¾¤ ¥÷©¯½¦ö¤Ã¡¾»¼®ö©êó 1
À²ˆº»¼»øÉ Áì½ À¢í¾Ã¥ µÈ¾¤Àìó¡À§…¤¡È¼¸¡ñ® :
£¸¾´Ï¾¨£¸¾´¦¿£ñ¡È¼¸¡ñ®´ð콩ö¡ê¾¤©É¾
¸ñ©ê½½ê¿
¦½«¾ê†´ú콩ö¡Âì¡ê¾¤©É¾¸ñ©ê½½ê¿¢º¤
º÷¨Á©¦½Â¡ (UNESCO?
¡¾´ó¦È¸»È¸´¢º¤²½ñ¡¤¾¿êȼ¸´ð콩ö¡ê¾¤©É¾¸ñ© ê½½ê¿Ã¡¾¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾¦½«¾ê†´ð콩ö¡. ¹ö¸¢Óá¾»¼®ö©êó 1
1. £¸¾´Ï¾¨£¸¾¦¿£ñ¢º¤´ð콩ö¡ê¾¤©É¾¸ñ©ê½½ê¿, 2. ¦½«¾ê†´ð콩ö¡Â졺÷¨Á©¦½Â¡Á´È¹¨ñ¤?, 3. ¦½«¾ê†´ð콩ö¡Âì¡ Áì½ ¦…¤êɾ꾨¥¾¡¡¾êȺ¤êȼ¸, 4. ²½ñ¡¤¾¿êȼ¸§È¼¸§¾¦½À²¾½Ã¦½«¾ê† ´ð콩ö¡Âì¡, 5. ¡¾À¯ñ²½ñ¡¤¾¿êȼ¸§È¼¸§¾¦½À²¾½ê¾¤©É¸ñ©ê½ ½ê¿Ã £¸¾´Ï¾¨¡È¼¸¡ñ®´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©
´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©Á´È°½ìò©ª½²ñꆴ½÷©¦É¾¤ ¢› Íõ À¡ó©¢›Àº¤Â©¨ê¿´½§¾©ê†´ó£÷£È¾¦ø¤ê¾¤©É¾¸ñ©ê½½ ê¿, ¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾© Íõ ê¿´½§¾©, À¯ñ§ñ®¦ö´®ñ©ºñìգȾ, À¯ñ¡¿´½¦ò©ì¸´¢º¤¸ö¤¦¾¢½½¨¾©Á¹È¤§¾©ì¾¸ §‡¤²¾¡¦È¸Î‡¤¡ð«õ¡»ñ®»º¤À¯ñ´ð콩ö¡²¾¡²œ Áì½ ´ð콩ö¡Âì¡. ¥÷©¯½¦ö¤Ã¡¾»¼®ö©êó 2
► À²ˆº»¼»øÉ Áì½ À¢í¾Ã¥µÈ¾¤Àìó¡À§…¤¡È¼¸¡ñ® :
● ¢˜ªºÃ¡¾¥ö©ê½®¼À¢í¾®ñ§ó´ð콩ö¡Âì¡, ● ®ñêñ©«¾Ã¡¾¡¿ö©£÷£È¾ºñ¨º©¨…¤ 콩ñ®Âì¡, ● £¸¾´º¾©¦¾´¾©Ã¡¾²ò¦ø©Íñ¡«¾¡È¼¸¡ñ®¦½«¾ ꆴð콩ö¡Âì¡, ¹ö¸¢Óá¾»¼®ö©êó 2
► À²ˆº»¼»øÉ Áì½ À¢í¾Ã¥µÈ¾¤Àìó¡À§…¤¡È¼¸¡ñ® :
1. £¸¾´À¢í¾Ã¥¡È¼¸¡ñ®´ð콩ö¡Âì¡, 2. ®ñêñ©«¾Ã¡¾¡¿ö©£÷£È¾ºñ¨º©¨…¤ 콩ñ®Âì¡, 3. ¦½«¾ê†´ð콩ö¡Ä©É»ñ®¡¾¥ö©ê½®¼À¢í¾®ñ§ó ´ð콩ö¡Âì¡Ä©ÉÁ¸Ä©?, 4.IJ¢‰´¢øȪҦ½«¾êó´ð콩ö¡Âì¡, 5. ¡¾¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾¦½«¾ê†´ð콩ö¡Âì¡Á®®¨ô¨ö¤. ¥÷©¯½¦ö¤Ã¡¾»¼®ö©êó 3
► À²ˆº»¼»øÉ Áì½ À¢í¾Ã¥µÈ¾¤Àìó¡À§…¤¡È¼¸¡ñ® : ´ð콩ö¡ê¾¤©É¾¸ñ©ê½½ê¿ Áì½ £÷£È¾¢º¤´ð콩ö¡ µøÈ潫¾ê†´ð콩ö¡Âì¡ Á´È¹¨ñ¤? ¦½«¾ê†´ð콩ö¡«õ¡¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾©É¸¨ºñé, ®¾©¡É¾¸ê†¦¿£ñᾺ¾÷ìñ¡ Áì½ ¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾¦½«¾ê†´ð콩ö¡. ¯½À©ñ¦¿£ñꆡȼ²ñ¡ñ®¡¾¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾. ¹ö¸¢Óá¾»¼®ö©êó 3
1. ¦½«¾ê†´ð콩ö¡«õ¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾©É¸¨ºñÄ©? 2. ¦½«¾ê†´ð콩ö¡«õ¡¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾Ä©ÉÁ¸Ä©? 3. ¢º¤ÁêÉ©˜¤À©ó´ Áì½ £¸¾´´ó£ö®§÷©. 4. ²½ñ¡¤¾¿êȼ¸´ó¦È¸»È¸´Ã¡¾¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾ Á¤½ £÷É´£º¤¦½«¾ê†´ð콩ö¡Âì¡. 5. §÷´§ö´ó¦È¸»È¸´Ã¡¾¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾ Áì½ £÷É´£º¤´ð콩ö¡Âì¡. ²ñê½Ã¡¾¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾´ð콩ö¡
ìñ©¦‰¤À¦ó´Ã¹É®÷¡£ö, ¡¾¥ñ©ª˜¤ê†µøȲ¾¨Ã Áì½ ªÈ¾¤¯½Àꩯ½¡º®¦È¸À¢í¾Ã¡¾¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾, º¾÷ìñ¡, ®øì½½ Áì½ ¯½ªò¦ñ¤¢º´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©À²ˆºÃ¹É¨õ ¨ö¤£ö¤ªö¸, ²öì½À´õº¤ì¾¸, §¾¸ªÈ¾¤©É¾¸ £ö®Ò´ó¦ñ§¾© ꆺ¾Ã¦µøÈ Ã©óÁ©¢º¤ ¦¯¯ 쾸, §¾¸ªÈ¾¤¯½Àê©, ñ¡êȺ¤êȼ¸ ê† À¢í¾´¾ ¦¯¯ 쾸 ìɸÁìɸÁªÈ´ó²ñ꽯½¡º®¦È¸À¢í¾ ᾯö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾, º¾÷ìñ¡, ®øì½½ Áì½ ¯½ªò¦ñ¤¢º ´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾© 꾤©É¾òªò¡¿: ¡ö©Ï¾¨¸È¾©É¸¨´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©, ¡ö©Ï¾¨¥¾»ó©¯½À²ó Áì½ ¢Ó¡¿ö©ªÈ¾¤Å... ®¾¤£¿Ï¾¨Ã¡¾£÷É£º¤´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©
¡¾¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾´ðì©ö¡Á¹È§¾© Ͼ¨À«ó¤¡¾¯Éº¤¡ñ®Òù «õ¡ìñ¡, ê¿ì¾¨, ¥ø©À°ö¾, «õ¡À¦ñ¨¹¾¨¥¾¡ê¿´½§¾© Íõ «õ¡Àºö¾Ä¯¿Ã§É©¨®Ò«õ¡ªÉº¤ª¾´¡ö©Ï¾¨. ¡¾º¾÷ìñ¡´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾© Ͼ¨À«ó¤¡¾»ñ¡¦¾Ä¸É§‡¤£÷ £È¾, »Èº¤»º¨¦ó¦ñ꾤©É¾¸ñ©ê½½ê¿, ¯½¹¸ñ, ê¿´½§¾© ¢º¤´ð콩ö¡Á¹¤§¾©À²ˆº®Òùɦø¹¾¨ Íõ À¦ˆºÀ¦ñ¨Ä¯, ¡¾®øì½½´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾© Ͼ¨À«ó¤¢½®¸¡¾¦Éº´ Á¯¤, »ñ¡¦¾»ø®Á®®, 츩쾨 Áì½ì¾¨ì½º¼©À©ó´¢º¤ º¾£¾, ¦…¤¡Ò¦É¾¤Ã¹É«õ¡ªÉº¤ª¾´¨÷¡¦½ÃÏê†ÁȺ©¨ ªÒÀªó´ Áì½ À¦ó´¦È¸©˜¤À©ó´ê†¢¾©¹¾¨Ä¯Ã¹É¦ö´®÷. ®¾¤£¿Ï¾¨Ã¡¾£÷É£º¤´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾© (ªÒ)
¡¾¯½ªò¦ñ¤¢º´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾© Ͼ¨À«ó¤¡¾®øì½½, ¦É¾¤£õÃÏÈ À²ˆºÃ¹É¸ñ©«÷Íõ¦…¤¡Ò¦É¾¤©É¾¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾©, ¸ñ©ê½½ê¿, êñ©¦½ó¨½²¾®ê¿´½§¾©£õ¦øÈ£÷½²¾® Áì½ Àº¡½ìñ¡©˜¤À©ó´.
¸ñ©«÷¥¿ìº¤Á®® Ͼ¨À«ó¤¸ñ©«÷ꆦɾ¤¢œÃÏÈ Â©®¡¾¡È¾¨ Àºö¾Á®®¸ñ©«÷®ø»¾ §‡¤´óìñ¡¦½½»ø®§ö¤, ¦ñ©¦È¸, ¦ó¦ñ, 츩쾨, ¡¾ªö®ÁªÈ¤ Áì½¥÷©²òÀ¦©º‡Åª¾´Á®®¦½®ñ® À©ó´. ¥÷©¯½¦ö¤Ã¡¾»¼®ö©êó 4
À²ˆº»¼»øÉ Áì½ À¢í¾Ã¥µÈ¾¤Àìó¡À§…¤¡È¼¸¡ñ® :
¡¾º½êò®¾¨¡È¼¸´ð콩ö¡À²ˆºÃ¹É®ö©»¼, £¸¾´»øÉ Áì½ ¯½¦ö®¡¾Á¡Èñ¡êȺ¤êȼ¸.
Íñ¡¡¾Ã¡¾º½êò®¾¨.
Àªñ¡ò¡¸ò§¾¡¾Ã¡¾º½êò®¾¨. ²½ñ¡¤¾¿êȼ¸
£¸¾´Ï¾¨¢º¤²½ñ¡¤¾¿êȼ¸ (Definition of Tourist Guide): £¿¸È¾ “²½ñ¡¤¾¿êȼ¸” ª¾´£¸¾´Ï¾¨ ¢º¤ì¾§½®ñ©ò©Á´È “´ñ¡£÷Àê©” Ͼ¨£¸¾´¸È¾ : Œ °øɺ¸ê¾¤, Œ °øɧšê¾¤, Œ °øÉ®º¡ê¾¤ Íõ Œ °øɲ¾êȼ¸. ²½ñ¡¤¾¿êȼ¸Ã ¦¯¯ 쾸 (ªÒ)
´¾©ª¾ 3 ¢º¤¡ö©Ï¾¨¸ú¾©É¸¨ ¡¾êȺ¤êȼ¸ :
²½ñ¡¤¾¿êȼ¸Ï¾¨À«ó¤ ®÷¡£öꆮðìò¡¾²¾ ñ¡êȺ¤êȼ¸Ä¯êȼ¸§ö´¦½«¾ê†ªÈ¾¤Å ´óÎɾꆺ½êò ®¾¨®ñ콨¾¨,ùɢӴø£¸¾´ »øÉÁ¡Èñ¡êȺ¤êȼ¸ ¡È¼¸¡ñ®¦½«¾ê†˜ÅµÈ¾¤«õ¡ªÉº¤ Áì½ º¿¸¨ £¸¾´ ¦½©¸¡ºˆÅª¾´ì¾¨ ¡¾ê†¡¿ö©Ä¸É ²½ñ¡¤¾¿êȼ¸
®ö©®¾©¢º¤²½ñ¡¤¾¿êȼ¸ :
The Important Roles of Tourist Guide :
°øÉ¿êȼ¸ (Tourist Guide);
°øɺ¿¸¨£¸¾´¦½©¸¡ (Tour Leader);
¾¨²¾¦¾ (Interpreter);
ñ¡¡¾êø© (Ambassadors) Áì½
ºˆÅ... etc... ²½ñ¡¤¾¿êȼ¸
Îɾꆪíªð¢º¤²½ñ¡¤¾¿êȼ¸ (Tourist guide Tasks) :
»ñ®ñ¡êȺ¤êȼ¸À¢í¾ (Transfer in);
®ðìò¡¾À¢í¾ŒŒ²ñ¡Á»´ (Hotel Check in);
®ðìò¡¾¿êȼ¸ (Tourist Site Guiding);
®ðìò¡¾Ã»É¾º¾¹¾ (restaurant)
§œ¦ò£É¾Œ¢º¤ê†ì½õ¡ (Shopping);
¡¾®ñÀêó¤ (Entertainment);
®ðìò¡¾Á¢¡ºº¡¥¾¡Â»¤Á»´ (Hotel Check out);
®ðìò¡¾Á¢¡ºº¡¯½Àê© (Transfer out) ¡¾º½êò®¾¨¡È¼¸¡ñ®´ð콩ö¡
¡¾º½êò®¾¨¦½«¾ê†´ð콩ö¡À²ˆºÃ¹É Á¡Èñ¡êȺ¤êȼ¸ ´ó, £¸¾´»øÉ,¯½¦ö¡¾, £¸¾´À¢í¾Ã¥ Áì½À²†¤²ðÃ¥ : ¡¾¦ˆ¦¾ì½¹¸È¾¤£÷£È¾ ¢º¤´ð콩ö¡ Áì½ ñ¡êȺ¤êȼ¸, À»ñ©Ã¹Éñ¡êȺ¤êȼ¸´ó£¸¾´»øɦô¡«½÷ «½º´ Áì½ ´ó¥ò©¦¿ô¡§È¸¨¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾ÁÍȤ´ð콩ö¡, Íñ¡¡¾Ã¡¾º½êò®¾¨ : ¡¾´ó¦È¸»È¸´¢º¤§÷´§ö, ñ¡êȺ¤êȼ¸, ºö¤¡¾¥ñ©ª˜¤¡È¼¸¢Éº¤... ÁÍȤ¢Ó´ø¢È¾¸¦¾ : ºó¤Ã¦Èª¿¾,Àº¡½¦¾¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾© ¡¾£í£É¸¾ê¾¤©É¾¸ò꽨¾¦¾©... ¡¾º½êò®¾¨¡È¼¸¡ñ®´ð콩 :¡ (ªÒ)
£¸¾´À¯ñ¥ò¤ (¢º¤ÁêÉ©˜¤À©ó´). ÀœºÃ : ¦ñ¤£ö´, ¸ñ©ê½½ê¿, ¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾© Áì½ ê¿´½§¾©. ¸òêó¡¾Ã¡¾º½êò®¾¨ : ªÉº¤¿Ã§É;¨¸òêó¡¾ À§„ : ¦†¤²ó´Â£¦½¾ªÈ¾¤Å, ¡¾¦ˆ¦¾ê¾¤¯¾¡À¯‰¾, ®ö©£¸¾´, î¯ó¸, ¯É¾¨Â£¦½¾, ¦óì¾¥¾ìõ¡, ĩɨò, Ä©ÉÀ¹ñ, ĩɦ¿²ñ©ªö¸¥ò¤... ¥÷©¯½¦ö¤Ã¡¾»¼®ö©êó 5
À²ˆº»¼»øÉ Áì½ À¢í¾Ã¥µÈ¾¤Àìó¡À§…¤¡È¼¸¡ñ® : ²ô©ªò¡¿¢º¤ñ¡êȺ¤êȼ¸ : ²ô©ªòÁ´È ¡¾¯½²ô©, ¡ò©¥½¡¾, £¾¸À¯ñį. ²ô©ªò¡¿Á´È ¡¾À»ñ©, ¡¾¡½ê¿ Íõ ¡¾¦½Á©¤ºº¡ 꾤¡É¾´Àœº, £¸¾´£ò© Áì½ £¸¾´»øɦô¡ À²ˆº¡½êö®£õÃ¦È Íõ ªº®¦½Îº¤¦…¤¨ö¸½À¨í¾ ¦…¤¡½ª÷É ¥÷©¯½¦ö¤Ã¡¾»¼®ö©êó 5 (ªÒ)
°ö¡½êö®©É¾®¸¡ Áì½ ©É¾ìö® ¢º¤ñ¡êȺ¤êȼ¸ ªÒ¦½«¾ê†´ð콩ö¡ Áì½ §÷´§ö. °ö¡½êö®©É¾®¸¡: À¦©«½¡ò©, ¦ñ¤£ö´, ¸ñ©ê½½ê¿. °ö¡½êö®©É¾ìö®: À¦©«½¡ò©, ¦ñ¤£ö´, ¸ñ©ê½½ê¿ Áì½ ¦…¤Á¸©ìɺ´. ¥÷©¯½¦ö¤Ã¡¾»¼®ö©êó 6
À²ˆº»¼»øÉ Áì½ À¢í¾Ã¥µÈ¾¤Àìó¡À§…¤¡È¼¸¡ñ® : ®ö©®¾©§º¤²½ñ¡¤¾¿êȼ¸´ð콩ö¡ê¾¤©É¾ ¸ñ©ê½½ê¿Ã¡¾¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾¦½«¾ê†´ð콩ö¡ Áì½ ¡¾²ñ©ê½¾§÷´§ö. ¹ö¸¢Óá¾»¼®ö©êó 6
1. ¡¾êȺ¤êȼ¸Ã¦½«¾ê†´ð콩ö¡ Áì½ ¡¾²ñ©ê½¾§÷´§ö.
2. ®ö©®¾©¢º¤²½ñ¡¤¾¿êȼ¸´ð콩ö¡ê¾¤©É¾¸ñ©ê½½ 꿪ҧ÷´§ö.
3. ¨÷©ê½¦¾© Áì½ Á¸ê¾¤Ã¡¾²ñ©ê½¾¡¾êȺ¤êȼ¸ ùÉÄ©É»ñ®°ö¯½Â¹¨©¦ø¤¦÷©. Laos – Simply Beautiful Why travel to Laos? ◦ Cultural heritage ◦ Historical sites and World heritage ◦ Natural heritage and biodiversity, spectacular environments and rare wild life ◦ Safe and quiet country Cultural Heritage Thad Luang, Vientiane Ho Pha Keo Museum, Vientiane
Xiengthong Temple, Luang Prabang Mai Temple, Luang Prabang Rocket Festival, Savannakhet
Ta Oi Ethnic, Saravane Boat Racing, Vientiane Capital Luang Prabang UNESCO World Heritage
Wat Phou Champassak UNESCO World Heritage National Museum Luang PrabangHistorical Sites
Plain of Jars, Xiengkhuang Pa Tu Xai Victory Monument, Vientiane Natural Heritage
Khon Phapeng Waterfall, Champassak
Li Phi Cascade, Champassak
Tad Sae Waterfall, Luang Prabang Natural Heritage
Se Katam Waterfall, Champassak Limestone, Khammouane
River Journey, Ngoi District, Luang Prabang Nong Fa Lake, Attapeu Wild Life
Majestic Tigers
Gibbon Douc Langur
Leopard Cat Wild Life
Saola Bird of Prey Slow Loris ¢ð¢º®Ã¥ Contents
Unit Topic Page
Unit 1: Becoming a UNESCO Cultural Heritage
Specialist Guide In Luang Prabang
Unit 2: Understanding Luang Prabang’s Heritage
Unit 3: Protecting and Managing Luang
Prabang’s Heritage Landscape
Unit 4: Heritage Interpretation in Luang Prabang
Unit 5: Influencing Visitor Behaviour and
Experience
Unit 6: The Relationship between Heritage
Tourism and the Local Community
Unit 1
Becoming a UNESCO Cultural Heritage Specialist Guide In Luang Prabang
Learning Objectives
To provide you with an understanding of: . The objectives of tourism development in Lao PDR & Luang Prabang . What are some of the challenges and issues in cultural heritage tourism in Luang Prabang
Contents
1.1 Regional UNESCO – LNTA Cultural Heritage Specialist Guide Regional Skills and Knowledge Standards
1.2 World Heritage Site inscription Process
1.3 Lao PDR National Tourism Strategy 2006 – 2020
1.4 2008 Lao PDR Tourism Statistics Report
Resources
• A Guide to Luang Prabang guidebook
• Northern Heritage Trail guidebook
• Tourist Information Center posters and Maps
• IMPACT Luang Prabang
• Case studies in core module
• Worksheets
1.1 Regional UNESCO – LNTA Cultural Heritage Specialist Guide Regional Skills and Knowledge Standards
UNESCO – LNTA Cultural Heritage Specialist Guide
Regional Skills and Knowledge Standards (RKSS) Regional performance standards
UNESCO developed the Regional Knowledge / Skills Standards (RKSS) RKSS serves as the performance standards to ensure the same high standards of Cultural Heritage Specialist Guides (CHSG) across the region Two main components: 1) Knowledge: about World Heritage site and guiding visitors at the site 2) Skills: application of knowledge in practice Performance Standards 1 Performance Standards 2 Performance Standards 3 Performance Standards 4 Performance Standards 5 Performance Standards 1 WORLD HERITAGE Scope Knowledge Specific Skills/Abilities
Understanding . Role of CHSG in the protection . Plan visits and tours that centre on UNESCO World of World Heritage the concept of World Heritage and Heritage Sites . Concept of World Heritage the Outstanding Universal Value(s) of the site(s). . Concept of Outstanding Universal Values . Explain the key parties and processes involved in World . World Heritage inscription Heritage inscription. process and the key parties involved . Distinguish accurately the different types of World Heritage. . Types of World Heritage . Inform visitors the following site . World Heritage nomination information: site location(s) and details boundaries, criteria under which the site has been inscribed on the World Heritage List and the Outstanding Universal Value(s) of the site. Performance Standards 1 Performance Standards 2 Performance Standards 3 Performance Standards 4 Performance Standards 5 Performance Standards 2 PROTECTING AND MANAGING CULTURAL HERITAGE Scope Knowledge Specific Skills/Abilities
Protecting and . Concept of heritage values . Communicate to visitors the Managing Cultural . Process of protecting and heritage values/Outstanding Heritage managing cultural heritage Universal Values of the site. . Types of conservation . Connect heritage values with interventions specific features of the site. . Role of heritage guides, . Communicate challenges and visitors and local people in the threats to World Heritage and protection of cultural heritage inform visitors of the possible mitigation measures. . Challenges and threats to World Heritage . Distinguish between different types of conservation interventions and . Short-term versus long-term provide examples of each type of protection measures intervention. . Provide examples of good and/or bad conservation practices. . Provide examples of short-term and long-term protection of cultural heritage. . Inform visitors how they can help the protection of cultural heritage. Performance Standards 1 Performance Standards 2 Performance Standards 3 Performance Standards 4 Performance Standards 5 Performance Standards 3 HERITAGE INTERPRETATION Scope Knowledge Specific Skills/Abilities
Heritage . The role of heritage interpretation in . Develop and plan a thematic interpretative Interpretation the visitors’ understanding of a talk. cultural heritage site . Tell (a) complete story/stories of the site . The role of guides in creating visitor and, where appropriate, incorporate experience viewpoints of different groups. . The relationship between heritage . Incorporate the Outstanding Universal interpretation and heritage protection Value(s) of the site in interpretation. . Historical, social, political and . Provide thought-provoking economical background of the site information/insights about the site. . Outstanding Universal Value(s) of the . Select appropriate interpretive methods site(s) and tools. . Festivals, rituals and traditions . Use existing and available resources associated with the site(s) effectively. . Folklores , legends and local stories . Involve visitors in interpretation by using associated with the site various interactive activities, including, but . Types of interpretation methods and not limited to, asking questions. their appropriateness in various . Satisfy visitors’ queries with complete and contexts accurate answers. . Adjust the pace/style of presentation as necessary or as circumstances dictate. . Where appropriate, make visitors use various senses to understand the site. . Involve relevant aspects of community as part of the activities. Performance Standards 1 Performance Standards 2 Performance Standards 3 Performance Standards 4 Performance Standards 5 Performance Standards 4 INFLUENCING VISITOR BEHAVIOUR AND EXPERIENCE Scope Knowledge Specific Skills/Abilities
Influencing Visitor .The relationship between heritage . Communicate to visitors the key concerns Behaviour and tourism and sustainable community and issues of the communities associated Experience development with the site .How CHSG can benefit community . Give visitors specific suggestions on how members they can help address local community .How CHSG can help minimise or concerns and issues eliminate negative impacts of tourism . Give visitors specific suggestions on how they can support local initiatives to improve the community’s life . Suggest visitors to patronize local establishments to encourage local entrepreneurship and employment . Encourage visitors to see local communities as hosts and not ‘service providers’ . When appropriate, involve local people in interpretation . Seek ‘permission’ (approval sought patiently beforehand) to enter social/religious/private spaces of local communities. Performance Standards 1 Performance Standards 2 Performance Standards 3 Performance Standards 4 Performance Standards 5 Performance Standards 5 COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT Scope Knowledge Specific Skills/Abilities
Community .The relationship between heritage . Communicate to visitors the key concerns Involvement tourism and sustainable community and issues of the communities associated development with the site. .How CHSG can benefit community . Give visitors specific suggestions on how members they can help address local community .How CHSG can help minimise or concerns and issues. eliminate negative impacts of tourism . Give visitors specific suggestions on how they can support local initiatives to improve the community’s life. . Suggest visitors to patronize local establishments to encourage local entrepreneurship and employment. . Encourage visitors to see local communities as hosts and not ‘service providers’. . When appropriate, involve local people in interpretation. . Seek ‘permission’ (approval sought patiently beforehand) to enter social/religious/private spaces of local communities. Proposed requirements for Laotian heritage guides
4.1. Already be a licensed guide with certification from LNTA or PTD, with at least 2 years of experience and have no infractions. 4.2. Lao citizenship. 4.2. At least 20 years old. 4.3. At least intermediate knowledge of one foreign language: for example the ability to communicate in English, German or French 4.4. Clear criminal record and not currently under investigation or involved in legal proceedings against him/her 4.5. Physically healthy and free of communicable diseases such as tuberculosis, leprosy or other skin ailments. Basic requirements
Prior guide training Existing guide licence General format of the RKSS Scope Knowledge Specific skills and/or abilities 1.2 World Heritage Site inscription Process
Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
U N E S O C U L T U R E Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Nomination of Properties for inscription on the World Heritage List
An overview of the guidelines
Richard A. Engelhardt Regional Advisor for Culture in Asia and the Pacific UNESCO Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
1972 Convention Operational Guidelines Concerning the for the Implementation Protection of the of the World Heritage World Cultural and Convention Natural Heritage (WHC. 05/2, 2 February 2005) Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Chapter III Process of the Inscription of Properties on the World Heritage List • Preparation of Nominations • Format and content of nominations • Requirements for the nomination of different types of properties • Registration of nominations • Evaluation of nominations by the Advisory Bodies • Decision of the World Heritage Committee • Nominations to be processed on an emergency basis • Timetable - overview
Annex 5 Format for the nomination of properties for inscription on the World Heritage List Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Preparation of Nominations
• The nomination document is the primary basis on which the WH Committee considers the inscription of the properties on the World Heritage List.
• All relevant information should be included and it should be cross-referenced to the source of information.
• Before States Parties begin to prepare a nomination they should become familiar with the nomination cycle. Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Preparation of Nominations
• States Parties may submit draft nominations to the Secretariat for comment and review by 30 September of each year.
• Nominations may be submitted at any time during the year, but only those that are "complete" and received on or before 1 February will be considered during the following year.
• Only nominations of properties included in the State Party's Tentative List will be examined. Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Preparation of Nominations
• Participation of a wide variety of stakeholders, including site managers, local and regional governments, local communities, NGOs and other interested parties in the nomination process is essential.
• Preparatory Assistance (one form of International Assistance from the World Heritage Fund), may be requested for the preparation of nominations.
• States Parties are encouraged to contact the Secretariat, which can provide assistance throughout the nomination process. Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Format and content of nominations
Nominations should be prepared in accordance with the format set out in Annex 5 of the Operational Guidelines.
The format includes the following sections: 1. Identification of the Property 2. Description of the Property 3. Justification for Inscription 4. State of conservation and factors affecting the property 5. Protection and Management 6. Monitoring 7. Documentation 8. Contact Information of responsible authorities 9. Signature on behalf of the State Party(ies) Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Format and content of nominations
1. Identification of the Property
• The boundaries of the property and its buffer zone, should be clearly defined • Maps should be sufficiently detailed to determine precisely which area of land and/or water is nominated
Note: A nomination shall be considered "incomplete" if it does not include clearly defined boundaries Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Format and content of nominations
2. Description of the Property
• The Description of the property should include the identification of the property, and an overview of its history and development.
• The History and Development of the property should describe how the property has reached its present form and the significant changes that it has undergone. Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Format and content of nominations
3. Justification for Inscription
• World Heritage criteria under which the property is proposed • A proposed Statement of Outstanding Universal Value to explain why the property should be on the WH List • A comparative analysis of the property in relation to similar properties, explaining the importance of the nominated property in its national and international context. • Statements of integrity and/or authenticity Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Format and content of nominations
4. State of conservation and factors affecting the property
• Accurate information on the present state of conservation of the property • Information on the physical condition of the property and conservation measures in place. • A description of the factors affecting the property (including threats). Note: Information provided in this section constitutes the baseline data which are necessary to monitor the state of conservation of the nominated property in the future. Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Format and content of nominations
5. Protection and management
Protection:
• List of the legislative, regulatory, contractual, planning, institutional and/ or traditional measures most relevant to the protection of the property
• Detailed analysis of the way in which the protection operates. Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Format and content of nominations
5. Protection and management (continued)
Management:
• An appropriate management plan or other management system is essential and shall be provided in the nomination. (Management Plan should be annexed) • Assurances of the effective implementation of the management plan or other management system are also expected.
Note: A nomination which does not include a management plan is considered incomplete Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Format and content of nominations
6. Monitoring
• The nomination document should include: • the key indicators proposed to measure and assess the state of conservation of the property; • the factors affecting conservation; • conservation measures at the property; • the periodicity of their examination; and • the identity of the responsible authorities. Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Format and content of nominations
7. Documentation
• In addition to what has already been mentioned, all necessary documentation to substantiate the nomination shall be provided, including : • photographs, 35 mm slides • image inventory and; • photograph authorization form
Note: The text of the nomination shall be transmitted in printed form as well as in electronic format (Diskette or CD-Rom). Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Nomination of different types of properties
Transboundary properties
• A nominated property may occur: a) on the territory of a single State Party, or b) on the territory of all concerned States Parties having adjacent borders (transboundary property). • If possible, transboundary nominations should be prepared and submitted by States Parties jointly. • Extensions to an existing World Heritage property located in one State Party may be proposed to become transboundary properties. Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Nomination of different types of properties
Serial properties
• Serial properties include components that belong to: a) the same historico cultural group; b) the same type of property which is characteristic of the geographical zone; c) the same geological, geomorphological formation, the same biogeographic province, or the same ecosystem type. • The serial properties together, not individually, should be of outstanding universal value. • Serial properties may be located in on the territory of a single State Party or be a serial transnational property Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Registration of nominations
• The Secretariat will, on receipt of nominations, check for completeness • The Secretariat will forward complete nominations to the relevant Advisory Bodies for evaluation • The Secretariat will request any additional information when required by Advisory Bodies
Note: A nomination passes through a cycle between the time of its submission and the decision by the World Heritage Committee which normally lasts one and a half years. Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Evaluation of nominations by the Advisory Bodies
• The Advisory Bodies will evaluate whether or not properties nominated by States Parties • have outstanding universal value, • meet the conditions of integrity and/or authenticity and • meet the requirements of protection and management. • Evaluations of cultural heritage nominations will be carried out by ICOMOS. • Evaluations of natural heritage nominations will be carried out by IUCN. Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Evaluation of nominations by the Advisory Bodies
• ICOMOS and IUCN make their recommendations under three categories:
a) properties which are recommended for inscription without reservation;
b) properties which are not recommended for inscription;
c) nominations which are recommended for referral or deferral. Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Decision of the World Heritage Committee
The World Heritage Committee decides whether a property should or should not be inscribed on the World Heritage List, referred or deferred. Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Decision of the World Heritage Committee
Inscription
• When inscribing a property on the World Heritage List, the Committee, guided by the Advisory Bodies, adopts a Statement of Outstanding Universal Value for the property. • At the time of inscription, the Committee may also make other recommendations concerning the protection and management of the World Heritage property. Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Decision of the World Heritage Committee
Decision not to inscribe
• If the Committee decides that a property should not be inscribed, the nomination may not again be presented to the Committee except in exceptional circumstances.
• These exceptional circumstances may include new discoveries, new scientific information about the property, or different criteria not presented in the original nomination. In these cases, a new nomination shall be submitted. Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Decision of the World Heritage Committee
Referral of Nominations
• Nominations which the Committee decides to refer back to the State Party for additional information may be resubmitted to the following Committee session for examination.
• A referred nomination which is not presented to the Committee within three years of the original Committee decision will be considered as a new nomination when it is resubmitted for examination. Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Decision of the World Heritage Committee
Deferral of Nominations
• The Committee may decide to defer a nomination for more in-depth assessment or study, or a substantial revision by the State Party.
• Resubmitted nominations will be revaluated by the relevant Advisory Bodies during the course of the full year and a half evaluation cycle. Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Nominations to be processed on an emergency basis
• The normal timetable and definition of completeness for the submission and processing of nominations does not apply in the case of properties which: a) unquestionably meet the criteria for inscription on the World Heritage List and; b) which have suffered damage or face serious and specific dangers from natural events or human activities, and will be processed on an emergency basis. Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Nominations to be processed on an emergency basis
• The detailed procedure for emergency nominations is described in Article 162 of the Operational Guidelines
• When reviewing the emergency nomination the Committee will also consider: i. inscription on the List of World Heritage in Danger; ii. allocation of International Assistance to complete the nomination; and iii. follow-up missions as necessary by the Secretariat and the relevant Advisory Bodies as soon as possible after inscription. Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process Timeline nomination and inscription process
15 Nov 1 Mar 31 Jan Notification to Distribu- Response to Response to Request for State Parties; tion of State Parties State Party on additional Publication of reports on draft completeness information, if updated WH to State nomination of documents necessary List Parties
WH Committee Session (Jun/Jul)
Year 0 Year 1 Year 2
30 Sep 1 Feb 31 Mar Correction Deadline Deadline Submission by State submission submission deadline for Parties, if draft complete additional necessary nominations nominations information
Evaluation by the Advisory Bodies
Advisory Bodies deliver evaluations and recommendations Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention Nomination and inscription process
Office of the UNESCO Regional Advisor for Culture in Asia and the Pacific, UNESCO Bangkok
P.O.Box 967 Sukhumvit Road, Prakanong, Bangkok 10110 Thailand Phone: +66 (0)2391-0577 ext. 509 Fax: +66 (0)2391-0866 E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.unescobkk.org/culture WORLD HERITAGE LIST Luang Prabang NO 735
identification
Nomination The Town of Luang Prabang
Location Luang Prabang Province
State Party Laos
Date 21 October 1994
Justification by state Party
in tne years between 1915 and 1925 a new concept, that of urbanization, was introduced into the traditional Lao morphology of Luang Prabang. it now bears witness to major cultural exchanges between three communities -the Lao, the Vietnamese, and the French. The rich architectural fabric of the city is expressed through its mixture of styles and materials, which must be preserved at a time when urban development has a tendency towards demolition and the replacement of older buildings with new ones in discordant styles.
The inventarization associated with the Heritage Protection zone project has identified a progression of styles and materials from traditional Lao wooden architecture to the colonial styles from France, Vietnam, and China. The historical town lying on either side of the Promenade de la P6nfnsule demonstrates how the present urban agglomeration derives from a series of older villages.
category of property
in terms of the categories of property set out in Article 1 of the 1972 world Heritage Convention, Luang Prabang is a group of buildings.
History and Description
History
Luang Prabang Province lies in the heart of the mountainous region of northern Laos. The town of Luang Prabang is situated on a peninsula formed by the Mekong river and its tributaries, the Nam Khane and the Hual Hop, in a clay basin surrounded by the limestone mils that dominate the landscape.
According to legend, the Buddha smiled when he rested here for a day during his travels, prophesying that it would one day be the site of a rich and powerful capital city. Another legend attributes the choice of the site to two hermits, attracted by its natural beauty, who gave it the name of xieng Dong (or perhaps xieng Thong, commemorating the name of the flamboyant tree that was the centre of their implantation), it was inhabited first by hybrid beings who became the protectors of the city when they died, and then by human beings, the first of them the Khas, a group coming togetner from various regions. They were driven out by the Lao, who came down from the north, following their legendary leader Khun Lo, who renamed the city Muang Java, in tribute to the Kha leader whom he had defeated. Khun Java. This legendary account of the citys foundation is borne out by archaeological and toponymic evidence for the settlement of the region.
A stele from Sukhothai attests to its being known under this name at the end of the 13th century AD. A few decades later it became the capital of the powerful kingdom of Lan xang rone Million Elephants"), whose wealth and influence can be attributed to the location of its capital at a crossroads on the Silk Route, as well as the centre of Buddhism in the region, it remained the capital of the kingdom until 1560, when this title passed to Vientiane, which was located further from the threatening Burmese armies, it was at this time that it received a new name, Luang Prabang, the name of the famous Buddha image brought earlier from Cambodia, it should be stressed that neither of the "towns" in Laos, Luang prabang or Vientiane, conformed with the European urban concept they were essentially defended royal administrative complexes with adjacent temples and monasteries. Around these clustered a number of distinct village communities, supplying their needs but not integrated into a single administrative entity, it was the villages that acted as commercial centres, not the town as such, which did not have the large mercantile communities to be found at that time in Thailand or Cambodia.
On the death of king Sourigna vongsa at the end of the 17th century a serious political crisis ensued. Trie Lan xang kingdom was divided first into two independent realms, those of Vientiane and Luang Prabang, and then into three, with the creation of the kingdom of Champassak. The Luang Prabang rulers became puppets of trie Thai power, especially after 1828. when the Vientiane kingdom disappeared with the complete destruction of the town by the Thai army and the deportation of its Inhabitants. Luang Prabang itself suffered gravely from the attacks of the famous Pavilions Noirs (Black Flags), who subjected it to sack and pillage from 1887 until the arrival of the French in 1893. its reconstruction and restoration as a religious and royal capital was the work of King Slsavang vong, aided in this heavy task by his successive viceroys Chao Maha Oupahat Boun Khong and Prince Phetsarath. Luang Prabang retained its role as the Royal capital until 1946, when Vientiane took over as administrative centre.
During the French protectorate, which was created on 3 October 1893 following the signing of the Franco-Siamese Treaty, Laos was not a homogeneous political entity: the Lan xang Kingdom was no more than a memory. However, although the country was divided into many small kingdoms and principalities, a nation was forged which transcended the feudal structure that persisted. Towns in the western sense developed, alongside the timeless rural organization of the villages, which was opposed to this intrusion. Luang Prabang provided the nudeus: round its Royal residence were grouped the houses of the nobility and the cult centres (temples and monasteries), it did not attract public buildings like Vientiane, which was chosen by the French for their capital, but on the other hand Its commercial potential attracted many Frencn businessmen.
Description
The political and religious centre of the town is the peninsula, with its Royal and noble residences and religious foundations. This is defined by a defensive wall built from one river bank to the other, sealing off the peninsula at its base. The majority of the buildings are, following tradition, built of wood (apart from the temples, which are in stone). The colonial element of the town is characterized by one- or two-storey terraced houses built in brick; they often have balconies and other decorative features in wood.
The commercial buildings tend to be grouped along the bank of the Mekong, and are interspersed with private houses. The temples and royal residences line one side of the Avenue Pavie, which runs the length of the peninsula, the other side being occupied by intermingled traditional and colonial houses. The administrative buildings are to be found for the most part at the crossroads with the Rue Gamier.
The monasteries, which are a major feature of the townscape of Luang Prabang, generally consist of three elements: the cult buildings (shrine Mhan). chapel, library, stupa (tftao, stone posts), ancillary cult buildings, and A buildings for inhabitants or visitors (monastic communal buildings, cells, refectory, eta. Most of the vlhan are ^P orientated towards the north-east. Lao monasteries are classified into three groups - simple shrines, shrines with peripheral galleries, and shrines with encircling ambulatories. Most of those in Luang Praoang are of the first type, with three aisles and a single porch. Their interior furnishings comprise a pedestal or throne for the main Buddha image, a pulpit, a terrace, and a lamp. Most are elaborately decorated with carved motifs but the wall paintings are relatively simple. The Luang Prabang chapels are simple struaures for housing images; they may be open or walled. The libraries are also simple structures, usually raised on piles. The monastic buildings are in some cases very elegant. Like the libraries, they are usually raised structures with carved roof supports and other features. There are several masonry buildings whicn are recent constructions but which preserve the style and form of the wooden prototypes. The Wats of Luang prabang are noteworthy for their exuberance and diversity.
Traditional Lao wooden nouses are basically divided into two spaces: the private rooms and the public terrace. They are usually raised on wooden piles, giving a space beneath for working and for shelter for both men and animals, NO nails are used in their construction, nor is any form of bracing employed, walling may be of planks or plaited bamboo on a wooden frame. Certain buildings are constructed in a form of half-timbering, with panels of bamboo wattling plastered with a mixture of sand, rice-straw, vegetable oils, and chopped water-buffalo hide. A developed form of this house makes use of brick, following the French introduction of this material, but conserving the general layout and appearance of the traditional house. Finally, there are die administrative buildings, which more or less successfully blend traditional elements with European materials, techniques, and uses.
Management and Protection
Legal status
Ownership of the components of the nominated site is distributed among the Government of the Democratic People's Government of Laos, the Province of Luang prabang, the Lao Buddhist Federation
The nomination corresponds with the Heritage Protection Zone (Zone ae Protection au Patrimoine - ZPP>, defined by the institut des Etudes Techniques urbaines and the Direction des Musees et de I'Archeoiogie and confirmed by decree in late 1994. Protection of religious monuments and buildings is covered by Decree No 1375:1978 of the Ministry of National Education and Sports and is the responsibility of the national and provincial administrations of the FBL. Decree No 139:1990 of the Ministry of information and culture assigns the responsibilities for protecting the heritage to the Ministry at national level, the service de i'lnformation et de la Culture at regional level, and the district or village administration.
Decree NO 834:1993 of the Ministry of information and Culture declares all Lao historic and colonial buildings to be an integral part of the national heritage. Article 103 of the Penal code makes it a punishable offence to destroy any part of the cultural, historic, artistic, and literary heritage.
Management
At national level the responsible agencies are the Cabinet of the Prime Minister and the Direction des Musees et de I'Arcneologie.
The local authorities of Luang Prabang, with the assistance of the services of the Ministry of Construction (IETU), have prepared an urban plan for the town and defined a Heritage Protection zone (ZPP). Following a detailed inventory of the historic monuments in the town, the IETU team and the Direction des Musees et de I'Archeoiogie have produced regulations for the preservation and protection of the historic town.
Conservation and Authenticity
Conservation mstorv
The monuments have always been maintained according to local traditions. Since 1991 the vats have been the objects of international aid projects for restoration. The restoration techniques need to be improved by exclusive use being made of traditional materials (local wood, brick, tile, and ceramics), it is intended to set up local establishments to produce these: at the present time, this Is the case only for the bilateral cooperation project with Sweden on the Royal Palace. The main causes of damage to domestic buildings are humidity due to poor drainage and deterioration of roof coverings.
The following projects have been initiated or completed in the past four years:
1991-94: Restoration of the Luang Prabang Museum (former Royal Palace) - cooperative project jointly with Government of Sweden.
1992: Restoration of Phou Si stupa - public donations.
1993: Restoration of vat Longkhoun - Fondation de la Maison indochine-France.
1993-94: Construction of building for Pra Bang - Government and private funds.
1993: Conservation of Than Ting grotto - Australian cooperation. 1994: Restoration of gate of vat vixoun - Transfieid, Australia.
1993-94: study and identification of Heritage Protection zone (ZPP) - IETU Bureau des Projets urbains (MCTPO - Project Lao 89/002 UNCHS - (HABITAT).
1994: inventory of historic monuments in Luang Prabang by Direction des Musees et de I'Archgoiogie in collaboration with French architects of Ateliers de la P6ninsuie.
Authenticity
The level of authenticity of materials and techniques of many of the domestic buildings in Luang Prabang is low, since modern techniques and materials (especially concrete) have been used to replace traditional materials over a long period. The quality of the temples and monasteries is higher. However, the overall townscape and urban fabric of the town are still authentic to a high degree.
evaluation
Action by ICOMOS
ICOMOS consulted its international Committee of Historic Towns and villages and also Emeritus Professor Madeleine Citeau of the university of Paris. An expert mission visited Laos in February 1995.
Qualities
Luang Prabang is outstanding by virtue of both its rich architectural and artistic heritage and also its special urban development, first on traditional oriental lines and then in conjunction with European colonial influences. This is uniquely expressed in the overall urban fabric of the town, it may therefore be considered to be a unique combination of a diversity of communities - rural and urban, royal and religious - within a defined geograophical area.
Comparative analysis
The trajectory of development of Luang prabang differs In a number of particulars from that of others in south- east Asia, its most important quality is the way in which it has preserved almost intact the evidence of its pre-coioniai, non-European urban structure, which is masked in most of the other towns of die region.
ICOMOS recommendations for future action
The main concern of ICOMOS when considering this nomination at the beginning of 1995 related to the policy for the conservation and management of the historic town. The Heritage Protection zone had not been approved until the end of 1994 and was only at that time beginning to be implemented. ICOMOS recommended that further consideration of the nomination should be deferred to await the results of a period of full implementation of trie new programme, following the visit of a further expert mission. This recommendation was endorsed by the Bureau of the world Heritage Committee at its 19th Meeting in July 1995.
At the request of the Government of Laos, UNESCO sent an expert mission to Luang Prabang. in October 1995, the report of which was made available to ICOMOS in mid-November. A meeting took place with one of the members of the mission. M. Yves oauge (inspecteur General de I'Equipement and Mayor of Chinon) at the ICOMOS Paris headquarters on 27 November, during the course of which the reservations expressed earlier by ICOMOS were discussed in detail, AS a result. ICOMOS was satisfied that the conditions that ft had put forward earlier had been met.
Recommendation
That this property be inscribed on the world Heritage List on the basis of criteria ft A/, and v. Luang Prabang represents to an exceptional extent the successful fusion of the traditional architectural and urban structures and those of the European colonial rulers of the 19th and 20th centuries, its unique townscape is remarkably well preserved, illustrating a key stage in the blending of two distinct cultural traditions.
ICOMOS, November 1995
if
Sculpture sur tola Porte, orriere du ViKan
5
Abri Vihan Pirogue
Luang Prabang : partie du Vat Xieng Tong (1560), plan tire de 1'Inventaire ae Luang Prabang / Part of Vat Xieng Tong (1560), from the inventory of Luang Prabang 1.3 Lao PDR National Tourism Strategy 2006 – 2020
Unofficial translation
Lao PDR Tourism Strategy 2006-2020
Part I
General Situations
I. International Tourism and Lao Tourism in recent years.
1. World Tourism Situation.
Tourism is one of the industrial sectors that rapidly grow widely in many countries around the world. At present, many countries have paid special attention to the development and promotion of tourism, as it is a key sector for socio-economic development. Tourism has contributed to the followings:
- Tourism has directly generated foreign currency for the country. - Tourism supports related investment such as travel, hotel, restaurant, transport, and souvenir businesses. - Tourism creates employment for people in the service and production sectors, for instance, the export of raw materials. - Tourism contributes foreign currency accumulations and facilitates domestic financial liquidity and distributes income to rural remote areas.
Realizing tourism industry as important, in 1975, the World Tourism Organization (UN-WTO) has been established to replace the International Tourism Federation established earlier in 1925. At that time, there were only 109 members countries. Until 2005 WTO has total members of around 150 countries, and seven self- governed territories, and joint members from businesses, and 300 educational institutions. Lao PDR has become the member of World Tourism Organization (WTO) by accession in 1971.
In 2003, UN-WTO has been adopted as UN Technical organization in change of tourism. WTO plays a key role in defining policy to develop and promote international tourism, sustainable development with the aims to economic development, transfer of modern technology, support public – private development, technical assistance in formulating tourism master plan for member countries; conducts social economical, cultural and environmental assessment as technical references paper for member countries.
1 The establishment of UN-WTO provided great advantages to tourism industry, especially to resolve the problems, in case of crisis, that may adversely impacts to tourism industry such as terrorisms, natural disaster, epidemic of diseases including the creation of service standards and safety for tourists.
With great attention to the development and promotion of tourism, the number of Tourist globally increases. In 1990, the number of global tourists increase to 455 millions persons, revenue generated was 264 billion US$. Until 2000 the number of global tourists increased to 687 persons, revenue generated was 473 billion US$. In 2005, the number of tourists were 805 millions and revenue generated was 640 US$. And the projection for 2020 will be about one billion and 560 million tourists with the expected revenue of 1.550 billion US$.
2. The Status of Asia-pacific and ASEAN and Mekong Sub-region Tourism.
Tourism in Asia-pacific region increases to 7% per annum. In 2020, there were 111 million tourists, 120 millions in 2003, 114 in 2003. The number of tourists has dramatically declined in 2003 due to the epidemic of respiratory disease or Zarr. The numbers of tourist start to increase again to 145 millions in 2004 and 154 millions in 2005.
ASEAN member countries is one of the region that tourism sector also rapidly grows. ASEAN countries have ranges of mutual cooperation policies and integrated bilateral agreements including tourism. The purpose is to strengthen ASEAN region by reducing disparities between the new and old members; and to secure stability and security in all ASEAN member countries.
The old ASEAN member countries are in well-established conditions and environments, especially the infrastructure development and facilities, entry-exit regulations, traveling, well-developed accommodations, and quality services, and tourism advertisement and promotion is seriously taken care. For new member countries, even their infrastructure and facilities are insufficient; however these countries are the destinations that draw the interest of tourists. New member countries have its own policies to promote tourism that are in line with new current tourism trend initiated since1990. ASEAN has jointly implemented projects to promote tourism under the slogan “promoting the region as a single destination. “ In order to make the policy and promoted tourism measure to be integrated, ASEAN leaders have signed ASEAN tourism Agreement on November 4, 2002 in Phnom Pen, Cambodia with the aim to cooperated each other on tourism and to strengthen tourism industry in ASEAN and to be competitive with international countries.
The Agreement also aims at getting rid of barriers and to provide mutual conveniences such as Entry-Exist visa exemption for some ASEAN citizens, advertisement and promotion of ASEAN Tourism (VAC). Cooperation among
2 private and public sectors such as cooperation with ASEAN Tourism Enterprise Association, ASEAN Association on Restaurant and Hotel, ASEAN Aviation, etc.
Cooperation has also been extended to cover the area of human resource development, service standards, traveling in ASEAN and tourism investment in ASEAN and other facilities. The outcome of the cooperation between ASEAN member countries could be highlighted as: In 2005, ASEAN region has welcomed more than 50 millions international tourists, 15,7 out of the total numbers were from Malaysia, 11,7 millions from Thailand, 1,4 millions from Cambodia, 1,1 millions from Laos, 1 million from Brunei, and 656 thousands from Myanmar. The emerging of ASEAN tourism is equally well known as Caribbean and Mediterranean region.
In addition to ASEAN cooperation frameworks, other programs for 6 counties in the Mekong sub-region (Yunnan and Kuangshi, China), Myanmar, Thailand, Laos, Cambodia and Vietnam have been initiated by ASEAN Development Bank. The Bank has function as focal point since 1993. The programme includes tourism cooperation which have been implemented continually such as:
1.) Programme to promote Mekong sub-region to become a single destination by jointly implement tourism activities, for instance, organization of workshop and seminar, study tour for travel agencies and international media; create GMS tourism website; participate in international exhibition and develop means for advertisement.
2.) Programme to develop human resource in tourism sectors by organizing TOT on tourism, tourism and hotel management, promotion of tourism marketing and other related topics.
3.) Programme to promote participatory eco-tourism to develop sustainable tourism, in which, each member countries already have policy on the development, and as a result, many projects have gone a great success. Lao PRD has been financially and technically supported by friendship countries, from financial institutions and international organizations such as: ADB, WB, EU, SNV, New Zealand and AID, GTZ, DED, UNESCO, WTO, FRANCE, etc.
4.) Programme to facilitate travelers for the entry into and exist out of the country, the staying in sub-regional counties by addressing to the improvement of immigration system along international borders; authorization of visa on arrival and fees collection.
Up to present, the Mekong sub-regional countries have signed different agreements such as: Agreement on transport of goods, civilian communication, telecommunication integration, electricity system, and personnel administration system reform.
3 Under ACMECS, there were many programmes agreed upon and being implemented actively.
The increasing global, regional and sub-regional tourism cooperation has provided a lot of benefits that, as result, will significantly contribute to socio- economic development.
3. Tourism in Lao PDR: 3.1 GOL open door policy on Tourism .
Following the IV Party congress in 1986 which defined new intergraded policy and open door policy, tourism has gradually been raised important. The government has identified and declared the implementation, development and promotion of cultural, natural and historical tourism as to foster the growth in tourism and other service sectors. The government has dedicated its efforts in developing infrastructures such as the construction of the roads to link all northern, central and southern parts.
For 45 years, the government has been attempting to extend more entry and exist checkpoints in various parts in order to link with many different countries, In addition, visa exemption for some member countries have been granted. Airport facilities have been upgraded to foster the growth in tourism.
At present, there are total 15 international checkpoints (please see annex). Tourists are able get visa on arrival along the 13 checkpoints. There are now three international airports in Vientiane Capital, Luangprabang and Pakse. Visa exemption has been granted for seven countries, except Indonesia and Myanmar.
Following the order No.15/PM dated 20/06/2006, to replace 30-day arrival visa to 15-day arrival visa.
However, most of international checkpoints not have proper management and it is unclear whether those international checkpoints are under which organizations. The collection of service fee is not the same, and very often they mostly do not follow the Prime Minister’s order No.12/PM, dated on 27/11/2002 on collection of fee throughout the country. This is often leading to opportunism. These minor issues, indeed, irritate the whole society.
The programme to develop infrastructure to serve tourism assisted by many financial institutions and donor countries in the forms of grants and soft loan such as the construction of road No. A3, No. 8, No. 9, No.12, No. 18B; the construction of Mekong bridges; improvement and construction of access roads to tourism sites, airports, electricity system, water supply, telephone, etc. In additions, aviation links to tourist towns of each country have been developed.
4 By implementing the above policy and promotion of Tourism, tourism sector has been rapidly and increasingly growing. In general, from 1990 to 2005, the number of tourists entered in the Lao PRD increased at the average rate of 27,6% per annum. In 1990, there were only 14.400 tourists, 37,113 in 1991 with 2,250,000 US$ as revenue. From 1990 to 2000, the Visit Laos Year had begun which reflected to the huge increase of tourists, for instance, there were 737,208 tourists in 2000 and earned the revenue of 113,898,285 US$. Tourism sector has been rank as the number one of exports. In 2004, after the hosting of ASEAN Fair, the number of tourists increased to 894,806 persons and earned 118,947,707 US$ as revenue. Tourism sector has still been ranked as the number one of exports. In 2005 there were 1,1 million tourists entered in to Lao PRD. Based on the recent growing number of tourists and regular flow rate, it is estimated that there will be 1,6 million tourists in 2020; 2,2 millions in 2015; and 3 million in 2020 with expected revenue of 250-350 million US Dollars per year.
3.2 Organizational Structure and Staff in Tourism Sector
Since 1990, the government steadily and continually has been improving the organizational machinery and structure by designating tourism sector to be under different sectors, which caused the organizational structure in unsecured status. Until, 1992, the Prime Minister has issued decreed No.100/PM, dated 23/12/1992 on designating tourism sector to be National Tourism Authority (NTA) as equivalent to a department. In 2004, the government has issued decree No.91/PM, dated 30/06/2004 on raising National Tourism Authority as an agency which is chaired by the Minister and the budget has also been raised at level I. These changes significantly have the positive impacts to tourism development, especially in the area of globalization and regional and global economic integration.
The formulation of tourism law adopted at the VIII congress of the fifth National Assembly Members held on November 2005 has contributed to increase the role and significance of tourism industry for Lao and foreign countries.
In the past 2 years, based on the decree No. 91/PM, the NTA has improved its own organizational structure by shuffling staff of all levels in order to increase efficient management and administration. The improvement of the organization structure has also affected the changes at local levels. In many provinces and in some districts, new tourism offices have been provided for efficiently function. And many provinces have opened tourism meeting to raise awareness of all sectors involved in tourism in general and in particular, the tourism entrepreneurs.
However, despite the improvement of organizational structure throughout the country, those organizations and personnel are not yet strong and capable enough to respond to the current demand. For instance, it is not easy to improve the organizational structure and identified roles at central levels. These factors, in
5 fact, contribute to make tourism at provincial and district levels remain under developed.
3.3 Tourism planning and development. 3.3.1 Planning to develop tourism sites.
Following, the party and government policies on developing cultural, natural and historical tourism sites, the Natural Tourism Authority (NTA) has cooperated with sectors concerned and local authorities to research and plan and develop national tourism sites projects in order to prioritize the significance of each sites aiming at developing, protecting and investing in these sites. Up to present of about 985 sites have been surveyed and identified. 257 sites out of the total have been identified as cultural sites, 570 as natural sites, and 162 as historical sites. So far, 364 sites have already been in service (list of all sites have also been attached). At present, there are many dominant and charming sites that are nationally and internationally well - known such as Thatluang Stupa, Hoprakeo (Emeral Budha) temple and Watsisaket in Vientiane Capital. The other two world heritage towns are Luangprabang and the Watphou in Champasak where most of archeological objects are found and stored such as ancient town of Sethapura , Standing Stone in Huophanh, Plain of jar in Xiengkouang province which will be soon designated as world heritage sites, Khone waterfall in Champassak and other sites that can also draw the interest of tourists.
In addition to cultures, Lao PDR also poses traditional customs and festivals and rituals such as: new year festivals of Hmong, and Khmu ethnic groups, boat racing, fire rocket festival; Baci; Wedding ceremony and other charming rituals.
3.3.2 Development of Participatory Eco-Ttourism.
Based on the geographical locations, natural abundance, historical and cultural aspects , Laos has its old special character that attract more tourists in rural remote areas, especially those living by the protected forest, caves, rivers, well- known tourism sites and ethnic villages . For instance, Namha project in protected Luangnamtha province has proved that eco-tourism is one of the successful eco-tourism projects. Each year, about 2000 tourists come to the area which, in turn, provides direct and indirect benefits to local villagers. The project also creates jobs for number of people in rural remote areas. The project also helps to conserve the natures; reduces slash and burn practice; promotes village production; and helps to preserve good customs of ethnic people. In 2001, the project has been awarded by (UNDP) New York as a model project to contribute to the reduction of poverty, and in 2002, the British Airway has also awarded to this project. At present, the lesson from the model project in luangnamtha has already been applied by other 8 province of phongsaly, luangprabang , xiengkhuang, Vientiane, Bolikhamxay, Khammouane, Savannakhet and Champassack. The project drew a lot of attraction by tourists and more important than that is the International Agencies continue to support such efforts.
6
3.3.3 Tourism that link province to province and provinces with the neighbouring countries.
Based on special geographical setting; type of tourism sites and road communication that link all the provinces and province with neighboring countries. There are many roads attracts tourists such as:
• Inter – links between province to province.
- Phongsaly – Oudomxay – Luangprabang - Luagnamtha – Oudomxay – Luangprabang - Luanprabang – Vientiane – Vientian Capital - Luangprabang – Xiengkhuang – Huaphanh - Xaybouly – Luangprabang – Xiengkhuang – Huaphanh.
- Bokeo – Oudouxay – Luanprabang . - Vientiane Capital – Bolikhamxay – Khammouane – Savannakhet. - Champassack – Saravan –Xekong – Attapeua.
• Between Provinces and Neighbouring countries.
- Borkeo – luangnamtha – Muangla ( China ) - Luangnamtha – Bokeo – Xiengkhuang ( Thailand) - Xiengkhuang – Namgandlong Road No_ 7 (Vietnam) - Khammoune – Kunagbiu ( Vietnam) - Muknahan – Savannakhet – Khuangchi ( Vietnam) - Vientiane Capital – Pakse –Siem Riep ( Cambochia ) ( by air) - Luangprabang – Chiangmai ( by air) - Champassack – Ubonratchani ( Thailand) - Other tourism roads
However, the planning and developing tourism sites is not well integrated. Tourism, therefore, only grows in some big towns. On the other hand, due to the lack of fund and budget, most of tourism sites have not been improved and up graded to attract tourists.
3.4 Tourism business management and investment in tourism activities.
- To promote tourism, the government has identified the following policies, decrees and regulations to supervise and manage all tourism businesses throughout the country both public and private sectors such as:
7 - Provision No.1150/PMO dated 25 October 1993 on Establishment and Undertaking Tourism Business. - Provision No.195/PMO dated 30/10/1997 on Hotel and Guesthouse Management. - Provision No.1107/CPI dated 30/08/1999 on Basic Criteria for Guesthouses. - Provision No. 626/CPI dated 07/07/1999 on Management of Tour Guides.
In 1989, the National Tourism Company had been established as a unique travel company during the time. In 1996, a joint-venture state-private company had been established. In the later years, many state-private, and joint venture companies have been continually established.
In 2006, there are total 85 units (see annexes). Tourism businesses are preferably reserved for Lao nationals, but the VIII Congress Resolution of the fifth National Assembly Members has adopted the Tourism laws, which permits foreign countries to invest in tourism sectors. Public management towards tourism is more efficient and progressive. All issue related to the establishment of business operation shall be addressed at early stages including the collection of fee and taxes to national budget and to Tourism Promotion Fund. The increased number of tourists has encouraged Lao society to actively invest in tourism business. For instance, there are more improvement of hotels, guesthouses, and resorts; the extension of restaurants and entertainment places; development of tourism sites; souvenir production; food production; transport, etc. In 2005, there were to total 165 hotels with 5,974 rooms, 923 guesthouses and resorts with 9,854 rooms.
At present tourism related activities have provided direct employment to 300,000 persons. Such business development and qualitative and quantitative tourism activities have contributed to large towns to host International conferences efficiently. Under the leadership of the NTA, Tourism Association, Lao hotel and restaurant Association at central level, and service groups of tourism sectors in many provinces have also been established to support and promote tourism.
However, we still found that the management and implementation of tourism business regulation at each level is different. Most of existing regulations are old, which have not been updated to suit the current growth of tourism.
− Most of tourism activities and businesses have grown quantitatively, most operators lack of knowledge and ignore quality. Most of them are more household/family business; tax evasion is often found; service standard are not yet secured. Some tourism business, hotels, guesthouses, restaurants, entertainment places still make use of the gaps of law and regulations to commit actions against Lao good norms and morals.
8 3.4 Advertisement and promotion of tourism marketing
In recent years, NTA has collaborated with the Tourism Business Association, hotels, and restaurant to advertise and promote Lao tourism both at the regional and international levels. For instance, the participation in ASEAN Tourism Fair (ATF), CITM in Kunming, China; EXPO in Ichi, Japan; China-ASEAN EXPO, Nanning, China; JATA in Tokyo, JATA in Singapore and Malaysia; ITB in Berlin, Germany, SMT in France, WTM in London England; BIT in Milan, Italy; and other exhibitions organized in ASEAN and Mekong sub-region countries.
National and international Caravan tours have also been organized. In additions, the address has also been paid for publication of posters, stamps; and development of website on eco-tourism and etc. To response to the demand of tourism information for tourists and interested individuals, NTA has established tourist information center at the office of NTA in Vientiane capital and in many provinces such as Luangnamtha, Oudomxay, Huaphanh, Luangprabang, Khamoune, Savannakhet and Champasack. Also, NTA publishes a magazine to promote Lao tourism. At present, the magazine draws greet interests of viewers.
Through the efforts in advertising Lao tourism as mentioned above, Lao tourism become well known in international market and attracts more tourists from the region and from international countries annually. In 2005, the total number of tourists came from three main continents: Asia-Pacific covers 82.10%, 11.99% from Europe, and 5.48% from North America.
There are two types of tourists in Laos: type (1) international tourists (long distance) and regional (border tourists). Border tourists mean tourists from the countries border with the Lao PDR such as Thailand, China, Vietnam, Myanmar, and Cambodia.
Based on 2005 records, duration of stay is between 4.5 days with average per capita expenses of about 37 US$ per day. Attention for future advertisement should be addressed and supported on a regular basis in order to attract more tourists to Laos.
3.5 Human development.
Staffs in tourism sector still have limited knowledge. The immediate need in tourism sector in Lao PDR shall be the development of staff ranging from technician to managers to be knowledgeable in technical skills.
The other factors that hinder tourism development are the lack of qualified educational institutions and professional training center on tourism.
On the aspect of macro and Micro management, NTA has organized training for tourism personnel in various related topics. Since 1990, the training has been
9 given to 820 tour guides, 3247 persons from hotels, guesthouses and restaurants.
Apart from that, trainings under the international cooperation programme have also been organized, for instance training on statistic, planning for tourism development, TOT, tourism management, tourism marketing promotion, and other related topics .
In the report on tourism training that NTA undertook the survey in collaboration with SNV 2003, it mentioned gaps between needs and capacity to supply skilled labor to tourism industry and the most significant gap is the lack of vocational training on tourism in university and higher vocational institutions. The existing training course that NTA could provide is just the basic training, Again, trainers are not qualified, training aids are not updated. Therefore, capacity development and national curriculum are the real need of tourism industry in our country so as to be modern, sustainable, competitive and integrated in the international region.
3.7 International cooperation.
Following the government‘s policy on international and economic integration, NTA has steadily sought technical and financial assistance to develop and promote tourism in Lao PDR. The followings are international cooperation:
- Tourism cooperation programme with ASEAN members, ASEAN +3 (china, Japan, Korea) ASEAN+1 (India) and with other negotiating parties has been implemented; - Tourism cooperation programme with the countries the Mekong sub-region has also been implemented; - Multilateral tourism cooperation programmes such as: ACMECS (Cambochia, Laos, Thailand, Mynmar and Vietnam), Emeral triangle (Cambodia, Laos, and Thailand), Development Triangle (Cambodia, Laos, and Vietnam), East, west economic corridor (Vietnam, Laos, Thailand, and Myanmar), North-South economic corridor (Yunnan, China, Laos and Thailand) and other economic cooperation frameworks. - Bilateral Agreement on Tourism has been implemented such as Vietnam, Cambodia, Thailand, Myanmar, China, Malaysia, and France. - Cooperation programmes with NGO and International Organizations, namely UN-WTO, PATA, CUSO, CANADA, New Zealand AIDs programme, UNESCO, SNV (Nether land), WWF, WCS, IUCN, DED, ADB, WB and others have also been implemented. - Although the international cooperation increase, but implementation is not efficient and often delayed due to the lack of appropriate organizational structures and working mechanism.
3.8 Sectors with direct and indirect relation to tourism:
10 Tourism industry relates to all sectors, but the sectors that have direct and close relations with tourism sector are:
- The number one sector that has direct and close relation with tourism sector are the Ministry of Foreign Affairs for the international cooperation; the Ministry of Security and Tourism Police with regards to checkpoints, entry visa, collection of fee, extension of duration of stay, which in the past, the Lao embassy or consular abroad issued 30 days visa. The border checkpoints can only issues 15 days visa, but now checkpoints can also issue 30 days visa on arrival. Border pass is only permitted for entry to one province, but can be used to travel to nearby provinces as well, but the practice is not unanimously implemented everywhere. - The other sectors that also have close relations with tourism sector is the cultural sector with regard to the creation of tourism sites inventory and management of natural, cultural and historical sites; collection of admission fees; development and restoration of the tourism sites; management of entertainment places, etc. All these issue need close consultation between the sectors concerned in order to reach consensus management. Besides, the industrial and handicraft sector has also been cooperated for the production of goods and national symbolic souvenirs. With the Communication Sector in terms of construction of roads access to tourism sites and international integration; collection of transit fee; construction of facilities along the roads; civil aviation; inland, water way and airway transport which are in bad condition and the numbers are in sufficient to meet the growth in tourism; the service are not comply with international standards; policy on ASEAN free skyway has not yet been implemented. With Public Health Sector on cleanliness of the towns, other service centers, cleanliness of and safety of foods and drinks, health issues and emergency assistance to tourists. With Forestry and Agriculture sector for the production of foods and protection of national protected forest and national tourism sites that are potential for tourism routes. With Science Technology and Environment (STEA) mainly for the environmental issues. Tourism sector also closely involves local authorities throughout the country.
Factors of success:
- With the right and appropriate policies, regulations, development plan and more importantly with support from all levels of leadership. - With active duty performance and high responsibilities of tourism staff. - With support and cooperation extended by ministries, sectors and local authorities, people of all ethnic groups and all economic sectors. - Because of the efforts of tourism units that endeavored to develop their service standards to meet the demand of tourists. - Solidarity and unity within NTA in tourism performance.
11 - The open of visit Laos year 1999-2000; the hosting of ASEAN Tourism Forum in 2004; the 10th SEAN summit in 2004; The ASEAN Ministerial Meeting and IPO which marked significant history and built up good picture for Laos. - The cooperation with international and neighbouring countries.
Causes of weaknesses:
- Organization structure and personnel system at central, provincial, district levels are not yet sufficient to meet the demand of qualitative standards. Mandate of the organizational machinery is not balanced with the growth in tourism. The knowledge and understanding of social public towards tourism is not deepened.
-Working style of each levels are not oriented to new quality. No ownership and creative ideas. Most of staffs are waiting for orders.
- Inter agency coordination between public and private is not harmonized and continuous. Each is on there own ways.
- Coordination among sectors concerned and local levels is not well done.
- Provisions and regulations are not sufficient and updated.
Lesson learned:
Based on the past performance and the growth in tourism, we could draw the lesson learned as follows:
1) Dissemination of government-party’s policies on development and tourism promotion to all social sectors to deeply and correctly understand is the key factors and could not be ignored. 2) Institutional strengthen at both central and levels is the fundamental factor to the success in development and promotion of tourism; there should be enough numbers of qualified, capable, creative staffs who are endeavoured to their responsibilities; together with the improvement of working style; maintain internal solidarity. 3) Planning and development tourism sites shall have to be in line with the policy of tourism development that are natural, culture and historical tourism. The development must equally be distributed throughout the country; especially the remote provinces in order to make all provinces of the country become the unique cycle of tourism and linked. 4) Increase coordination with sectors and local authorities is the key factors both for raising the awareness on tourism development and infrastructure and facilities development. Management and development must support the corporation, coordination, participation of all levels and sectors concerned including communities and other associations to secure for
12 safety, quality service; setting of reasonable fees; promotion of domestic goods production; production of souvenirs; promotion of fairs and traditional festivals to boost tourism. 5) Seek for cooperation and assistance from international organizations on markets in neighboring countries in order to develop and promote Lao tourism into regional and global integration.
13 Part II Tourism Development and promotion Strategic plan 2006- 2020
1) Objective of 2006-2020 tourism strategic plan
The 2006-2020 tourism strategy is a master plan document to define policy, guidelines and overall goal of the development and promotion of tourism which will be in line with the party congress resolution, national socio-economic plan and strategy in order to strengthen and development tourism to become an industrial sector that generate foreign exchange revenue for the country; provides more employment; promotion the cultural conservation and preserve the nation good norms and customs including the protection of abundant natural resources; promotes sectoral products in order to contribute to poverty reduction of all ethnic groups. This strategy is the ground strategy for international integration. The strategy is also fundamental for formulating the plan and action plan for short and medium term for development and promotion of tourism in the macro tourism management, tourism development plan, tourism business and activities management, advertisement promotion and tourism marketing, human resource development, international cooperation, cooperation with line sectors, etc.
The objective of 2006-2020 tourism strategy is also for raising awareness on significance and benefits gained from tourism of the line sectors, local authorities, entrepreneur, villages and communities.
Though tourism sector in Lao PDR are growing rapidly, but in order to secure the development and promotion of tourism in a continuous, sustainable manner moving forward to international integration, it is very necessary to formulate this 2006-2020 strategy.
2) Reference and Processes of Formulation of the 2006-2020 Tourism Strategy.
This strategy is written in reference to:
- Tourism development policy specified in the V, VI, VII Party congress’s resolution. - Socio-economic development strategy (2001-2020) and Socio- economic development plan 2006-2010. - Summary report of the past performance implemented by NTA and based on the current actual tourism situation in Lao PDR. - Results from consultation and experiences sharing with sectors concerned, local authorities, business sectors, community, and some of expatriate experts.
14 The progress to formulate this technical paper began from summarizing and analyzing information systematically. The finalization of this paper has been done through comments in consultation workshop and seminar.
3. Untapped potentials, opportunities and challenges to tourism development in Lao PRD
From the lesson learnt and successful performance implemented by nationwide tourism sectors for 15 years, we could find out the following untapped potentials, opportunities, and challenges towards long-term and immediate tourism development:
3.1. Untapped potentials and opportunities.
Lao PRD owns national, culture and historical tourism sites in its own characteristics. The Geographical location composed of plateau, plain, and mountainous areas. The climate is tropical, warm, cool and seasonal cold with green forest cover of 41% of the total areas. This includes 20 National Protected and Biodiversity Conservation areas; provincial and district protected areas, Limestone Mountains, splendid stalagmite and stalactite spreading throughout many different provincial and local areas. In additions, Lao PDR is a country with rich water resources. There are many rivers and streams flow through from North to south. The beauty of rivers are added by rapids, waterfall, especially Khone fall islands which considered as “ Jewel of Mekong. “ Lao PDR is also located in the hub of Mekong sub-region which serves as a link and transit point to five neighboring countries.
- Cultural aspects, Lao PRD composed of many diversified ethnic groups, cultures, customs and its own characteristics, written and spoken language, typical way of dressing. Lao people are generous with splendid smile, honest, and helpful to each other. Lao people upholds traditional festivals and rituals which they celebrate every year. The most pride of Lao is the architectural and historical town, Watphou Champasack; plain of jar, Thatluang Stupa, Standing Stone in Samneau Town, etc. - The potential factor for Laos is peace, and political stability. Economy is in continuous growth rate; tranquility and safety society. Infrastructure has been developed and improved. - Opportunities are the global and regional economic growth in the rapid pace and integrated according to globalization; especially in 2020, the UN- WTO has estimated that China and India will become the world 1st and 2nd richest countries respectively. And of course these two countries will become the significant market for Lao Tourism.
Economic integration policy of the Lao PRD with ASEAN, Mekong sub-region countries that include tourism is one of the most significant factors to boost Lao tourism.
15
3.2 Current challenges and constraints.
In promotion and development of tourism, the challenges that can occur at all times are the impacts from global situation such as:
- International political turmoil, international terrorism, epidemic diseases, which will binder the long distance travelers. - Increase in oil price that affect the service cost. - Competition on tourism market are high, each countries have used high technology and upgrade their standards and quality services; on the other hand, they lower the costs to attract more tourists to their own countries. - Laos has poor and limited infrastructure such as roads communication linking our countries to neighbouring countries; access roads to main tourism site; limited telecommunication network and international transport; most of transport modes are in old condition, especially airplanes. - Entrepreneurs undertaken tourism businesses are facing with in sufficient fund; lack of experience; Limited professional skills. - Organizational structure and personnel management in tourism can not yet catch up with the growth of tourism. - Implementation of policy and regulations to facilitate the entry into and exist out of the country are not equal; some places are to lax in terms of restriction that some times affect the national security; and some areas are too strict that in turn, hinder the travel without reasons. - In general development of tourism sites is still at primary level. At some sites, infrastructures are not available. Service modes do not attract tourists. - The restriction and cessation of unwanted exotic culture including drug, women and child, prostitution are still needed particular attention.
4. Strategy, overall goals and guidelines for development and promotion of tourism 2006-2020. 4.1 Strategy and overall goals.
Based on the government policy on the tourism and on the summary of strength and weakness in the past, the strategy and overall goals on development and promotion of tourism 2006-2020 has been proposed as follows: 1.) Develop Lao to be globally well-know tourism in terms of culture, natural and historical tourism in sustainable and participatory manner that can strongly contribute to socio- economic development and poverty reduction of poor people of all ethnic groups.
16 2.) Development and promotion of tourism in Lao must be complying with actual capacity, with development focus and certain targets with the aim at maintaining good picture and reputation of our country. 3.) Development and promotion of tourism in Lao shall be in line with support to local socio-economic development that will surely contribute to the growth of the national economic framework continuously. 4.) Development and promotion of tourism in Laos shall be attached to national security natural protection, protection of culture and good honors and customs of all ethnic groups. 5.) Development and promotion of tourism in Laos shall be in line with the promotion of responsibilities of all sectors and localities, and of all economic sector and general publics. These all aims at the growth in tourism industry in order to be part of international and regional integration. 6.) Strengthen tourism cooperation with international organizations and other countries; especially the countries in Asia-Pacific, ASEAN, and Mekong Sub-region. 7.) Continue to update regulations and conditions that are necessary to facilitate the entry-exit process, in country travel, traveling linked to neighboring countries in order to make Lao PDR to be integrated transit country including regional and international integration. 8.) Continue to improve organizational machinery and management mechanism in tourism including tourism development plan, advertisement and promotion of tourism; creation and development of tourism products with diversified forms; tourism awareness raising; personnel development in tourism sector; support and promotion of investment in tourism activities; collaboration with sectors and localities.
4.2 Overall goals for development and promotion of tourism for 2006- 2020. The overall goal for development and promotion of tourism for 2006-2020 is the attempt to make Lao tourism in the front sector of the country as well as of the region. That means, to become integrated and modernized tourism industry with the same and harmonized management both at macro and operational levels. All infrastructures are linked and integrated both in the country and in the region. Tourism activities and products shall be in diversified forms and colors. Expectation to 2010, the numbers of tourisms will be increased to 1,6 million persons, 2,2 persons in 2015, and 3 millions in 2020. The estimated revenue is between 200-370 millions US dollars respectively. Construction of Hotels, guesthouses and resorts will be encouraged in
17 order to provide 16,000 rooms by 2010, 20,000 rooms in 2015 and 25,000 rooms in 2020. By 2010, it is estimated to have additional natural and cultural tourism sites, 2 of them will be designated as world heritage, 4 national levels, and 10 provincial levels. By 2020, 2-3 additional world heritage level sites will be declared, 5 national levels. 10 provincial level and increase five tourism towns.
4.3 Sectoral Strategy , guidelines and detailed overall goals.
In order to implement strategy, guidelines and overall goals identified, it is necessary to address the following eight areas in eight programmes:
4.3.1 Plan to improve and reform organizations and tourism management: Strategy and specific guideline for this plan is to continue the improvement of organizational structure in the tourism sectors at central, provincial and district. Levels to be strengthen and coordinated according to vertical and horizontal line. With mechanism that can supervise the management sufficiently; with knowledgeable personnel. To implement this strategy with success, it is necessary to address the followings:
- Continue to improve organizational machinery at central and local levels to be in line with prime minister ‘s decree NO. 91/PM, dated 30/06/2004 and tourism Law No.10/NA, dated 09/11/2005 which interprets that central levels must as a key agency being prepared to be ministry in the future. At provincial level, if it is a large province with steadying growth in tourism, tourism sector shall be raised to be as one of provincial independent services. At district level, the unit or focal points shall be raised to office of tourism. - Continue to clearly identify job descriptions at central and local levels as reference for civil servant recruitment. - Formulate and complete provisions of the NTA to identify mandates. And roles of the tourism sectors at provincial and district levels as ground for decentralization between central and local levels in the year 2005-2006. - Continue to provide training to civil servants in tourism sector to increase their knowledge in order to be equal to international standards aiming at developing tourism management with quality and efficient services. By the year 2010, 70% of civil servants in tourism sector will be qualified to bachelor degrees. - Improve tourism office at provincial and district levels to become predominant as other public sectors in terms of working spaces, budge, vehicle, and improvement of tourism fund. Since 2005-2006 the tourism sector budget shall be raised to level I according to Prime Minister’s decree N. 91/PM in 2004.
18 4.3.2 Programmes to formulate plan and develop tourism.
To achieve the tourism strategic programmes, the following detailed programmes shall be addressed:
Programme 1: Survey and make inventory list of tourism sites.
National Tourism Authority (NTA) in collaboration with provincial tourism office, local tourism sectors concerned continue to survey and collect information on tourism sites and sources in order to prioritize; make inventory lists of those sites that have been surveyed such as tourism sources at district, provincial and national levels. All these efforts are aimed for appropriate use in sustainable manner.
Programme2: Planning to develop tourism source.
Survey and collect information of tourism sources that have already been made inventory lists in order to assess social, economical and environmental impacts, and to design and plan to prioritize as appropriately to each of the sites so that efficient and sustainable development could be secured. Collaborate with provinces to identify and prioritize tourism sources and sites in order to propose to government to further seek for funding to improve those sites. Manage those sites to attract tourists.
Programme 3: Formulation of regional master plan.
Based on the socio-economic development plan of the government that divided socio-economic plan according to region, the tourism development and promotion plan has been identified as follows:
* Northern region:
The Northern part is mountainous and sloppy areas with cold temperature, forests, and many rivers and streams namely Mekong Namtha ; Namou; Namkhan and other rivers; diversified ethnic groups and their own local customs and local characteristics.
There are 6 National protected forests in the following five provinces:
- PhouDang hae National protected forest in Phongsaly province with the total areas of 2.220 km2. - NamHa National protected forest in Luangnamtha province with the total areas of 2.224 km2. - NamAod National protected forest in Huaphanh province with the total areas 1.915 km2.
19 - NamPoui National protected forest in Xayabouly province with the total areas of 1.912 km2 . - PouLeuy National protected forest in Luangprabang and Huaphanh provinces with the total areas of 1.465 km2 . The total protected forest area in the Northern part is 11.470 km2 of the total national protected areas. - Based on geographical conditions, tourism sites, natural resources, biodiversity, diversity of ethnic people and their unique customs and livelihood style, the tourism development strategy therefore, has been identified as a participatory approach, which is the vital priority and have already been introduced elsewhere with successful results as mentioned in part I. In the Northern region, Luangprabang has been selected as center province to extend tourism to other provinces. The plan to conserve Luangprabang as national and world heritage town is for cultural, natural and historical tourism in sustainable manner. - Tourism information center in Luangprabang has been established to serve tourists and interested persons the information on Luangprabang and other northern provinces. - Tourism spots in Bokeo, Luangnamtha, which is in target of North- South economic corridor, will be built. And Rood N3 A will be used to link international tourism sites, starting from Thailand crossing Lao PDR to China (Yunan Province). Myanmar – Pakbaeng Road to link with northern part of Thailand through Oudomxay to China and through Oudomxay and Huaphanh to Vietnam. Other route is from Vietnam to Luangprabang , Oudomxay, Luangnamthat to southern part of China or to Thailand, Myanmar and Vietnam. 1.) Aiming at developing dominant and well-know tourism sites each province in order to attract tourists. 2.) Extend economic tourism with participation by villagers and collaboration with sectors concerned in visiting the nature, learning customs and culture and life styles of ethnic people with the aim to reduce their poverty. 3.) Attention should be addressed to infrastructure development: roads that link provinces to provinces, airport, electricity systems, water supply, telecommunication for easy access and to respond the requirement and development of tourism in each period. 4.) Promote cycled tourism among northern provinces such as: * Huaphanh – Luangprabang – Xiengkhuang – Luangnamtha – Oudomxay- Luangprabang. * Xayabouly- Luangprabang – Oudomxay, * Bokeo – Luangnamtha – Luangprabang, * Phongsaly – Huaphanh – Xiengkhuang, * Phongsaly – Oudomxay – Luangprabang.
Promote inland, waterway and airway tourism with provinces and neighbouring countries such as:
20
* Inland travel
B With China: * Huaykon – Muangnean – Pakaeng ( Oudomxay to Republic of China) * Xiengkhong – Huayxay (Bokeo ) – Boten ( Luangnamtha) to Republic of China) * Xiengkhuang – Luangnamtha –Oundomxay – Luangprabang.
B With Thailand: * Xiengkhang – Luangnamthat – Bokeo- Xiengkhong – Thailand.
* Waterway travel
B With China: Mekong, China – Xiengkhuang – Golden Triangle – Huayxay – Pakbaeng- Luangprabang.
B With Thailand:
* Xiengkhang – Huayxay – Pakbaeng - Luangprabang.
Promote water travel along Mekong’s tributaries where possible and along the existing ones, for instance, Namtha, Namou,Namkhan rivers.
* Airway travel:
Make use of Luangnamtha airport – Oudomxay , Huayxay to link with Luangprabang and Vientiane Capital.
5.) Promote public investment in standardized infrastructure like hotels, guesthouses, resorts, restaurants, inland waterway transport, etc… 6.) Promote the organization of traditional festivals and local rituals northern provinces such as Mong new year (Kinjiang) in Xiengkhuang, Khumukareu festival in Luangnamtha and Luangprabang, the Kapok blossom festival in Bokeo, cotton flowers festival in Xayaboury, Lao newyear in Luangprabang etc. 7.) Cooperation with sector and localities concerned to protect historical tourism sites such as plan of jar; develop it to be attractive site in future. 8.) Implement Viengxay District development plan to become historical and natural tourism according to make the studied master plan to be realized.
* Central part:
21 - Central part is plain and plateau areas with many well-known natural, historical and cultural tourism sites; there are nine national protected forests with vast areas and covers 43,24% of the total national protected areas throughout the country. The followings are names and locations of the national protected areas: - Phouphanang protected forest investment province with the areas of 1.525 square kilometers. - Phoukhaokhuay protected forest in Bolikhamxay province with the areas of 2.000 km2. - Namkading protected forest in Bolikhamxay province with the areas of 1.690 km2. - Nakai-Namtherne protected forest in Khammoune province with the areas of 3.710 km2. - Strategy and Stalagmite protected forest in Khammoune province with the areas of 895 km2. - Dongphouvieng protected forest in Savannakhet province with the areas of 1.970 km2. - Xebangnuan protected forest in Savannakhet province with the areas of 1.260 km2. - Phouxanghea protected forest in Savannakhet province with the areas of 1.060 km2. The total national protected areas in the central part is 15,800 km2. These protected forests are still in natural abundant and beautiful that can be adapted to be natural tourism sites. - Improve and restore exiting tourism sites in Vientiane Capital to be quality and standard ones; develop future where possible. Study to create condition to facilities to promote tourism in the forums of meeting and seminar and international fair (MICE). - Promote and develop tourism sites in Vangvieng, Namgnuam, Namleuk, Nammung, reservoirs and Phoukhaokhuay in Vientiane Province to become ecotourism. - Support and olan to develop ecotourism sites in Namtheun reservoirs to be become new tourism sites for relaxation. - Continue to extend and develop more national tourism with participation by villagers central parts and secure quality, environmental and national protection in sustainable manner: - Promote and development of tourism sites along road No.8 that is Laksao area in Bolikhamxay province that link to Vietnam. - Develop touism in historical, natural sites and other in Lhammouane province such as PhaThatSiKhotTaBong and cliffs, caves, hot spring , etc… promote tourism that link to three counties of Vietnam – Laos- Thailand along road No. 8,9 and route 12. - Savannakhet province is a transit area from Thailand through Laos to Vietnam and from Vietnam through Laos to Thailand which is a great potential and need particular addressed in order to turn the transit areas to be become stop over areas and more importantly to generate revenue for the province; other tourism products, for instance,
22 Lamseun Battle Field 719 historical site, Dinosaur ‘s skeleton discovery site, Gold and Copper extraction sites, etc… - Establish tourist information center in Sannakhet in order to incorporate all tourist information and source for the provinces in central part.
* Southern part:
The areas in southern parts are mostly plateau which good communication facilities if composed with the northern parts, in additions, there are much more types and sites of tourism which are close to large town, especially in Champassack province. There are six national protected areas as follows:
- Xeset protected forest in Saravan – Xekong with the total areas of 1.335 square kilometers. - Phouxiengthong protected forest in Saravan – Champasack with the total areas of 1.200 square kilometers. - Dongphouxao protected forest in Champasack with the total areas of 1.100 square kilometers. - Donggamphanh protected forest in Attapeua with the total areas of 1.925 square kilometers. - Xebangnuan protected forest in Savannakhet with the total areas of 1.260 square kilometers.
• The total protected forest in the southern part is 9.270 square kilometers.
- Planning to develop culture, national and historical tourism as appropriately for short and long term in Champassack province, especially the development of tourism sources in Siphandon areas (Four thousand inlands) and Bolavan plateau. - Develop and manage Khone fall areas, which is known as “ Pearl of Mekong “ to become integrated ecotourism. - Support and encourage infrastructure such as: roads, electricity, water supply and telecommunication to adopt tourism in southern part. - Improve and upgrade border checkpoints to be international checkpoints, especially with Vietnam and Cambodia aiming at developing Development Triangle and Emerald Triangle development progammes. - Survey and plan for development of tourism source in the southern provinces; plan to develop tourism routes among southern provinces, for example, develop Champassack, Saravan, Xekong, Attapeau to become an interesting tourism cycle; develop safari in Xekong – Attapeau and link to Vietnam and Cambodia. - Plan to develop and promote agricultural tourism in Bolivan plateau as appropriately.
23 - Develop tourism that links the southern provinces with Vietnam, Cambodia and Thailand along routes 18 B, 13 south and route 15. - Establish tourism information center in Champassack to incorporate all tourist information of the four southern provinces.
Programme 4: Develop provincial tourism master plans.
Coordinate with provincial tourism office and local authorities to survey and plan for provincial tourism throughout the country on periodical basis. Complete the development and implement it with the aim to develop diversified tourism to attract the interest and foster the increase of tourists.
Programme 5: Development of participatory ecotourism.
Based on the success of Namha participatory ecotourism scheme, and national resource potentials that are abundant with environment and Biodiversity, especially in the 20 protected forest and provincial protected forests. For the immediate and long term objectives, the NTA will have to cooperate with ministry of Agriculture and Forestry, Science Technology and Environment and localities to research and plan to development participatory ecotourism in those protected forests in order to promote the growth of country and especially local economy which, in turn, will contribute to poverty reduction of people of all ethnic groups; and support the conservation and preservation of natural environment and local good norms and customs.
Progamme 6: Progamme to use and promote domestic tourism products.
In order to prevent the leakage of revenue generated from tourism out of the country, promotion and support to tourism sectors such as: hotels, guesthouses, and restaurants; the use of domestic products mainly the agricultural products and products for food processing, interior decoration for hotels, guesthouses and restaurants to achieve these objectives; collaboration with industrial and agricultural trade sectors should be considered. Encourage business sectors to produce standardized and quality goods; promote tourism business sectors to use domestic products more and more as to support, promote local economy; maintain foreign exchange in Lao PDR by setting a slogan called “ Laos made, Laos use, Laos developed”.
Programme 7: Programme to preserve and protect environment in tourism industry.
The national tourism authority (NTA) in collaboration with science technology and environment agency (STEA), MTCPC ( Urban development unit) and provincial tourism offices to plan for the disposal of wastes and water treatment from hotels, restaurants and guesthouses.
24 - Plan to manage dumping sites, public toilets, waste treatment facilities in tourism sites.
Programme 8: Collection of tourism statistics.
NTA in collaboration with provincial tourism office, immigration police officers and national statistic center to survey and collect numbers of tourists and analyze the details, for instance their original routes, nationalities, interests, payment, duration of stay, etc… NTA in collaboration with provincial tourism offices to survey and collect information of hotels, guesthouses, resort, restaurants and entertainment places. NTA in collaboration with statistic center, state bank in setting up of tourism satellite account to analyze tourism related revenue and for the study of tourism revenue shares in GDP.
4.3.2 Programme to advertise and promote tourism:
Overall guidelines for advertisement and promotion of tourism for 2006-2020 aims at maintaining the increase of informational tourism with average growth rate not less than 20% per annum. Together, support for internal tourism (Lao tourists) shall be encouraged.
The targeted tourism markets in future will still be from regional countries that mean tourists from neighboring countries and ASEAN member countries. For long distance tourists from European countries are France, England, German, and USA, Canada; and from pacific countries are Japan, Korea, Australia, new Zeeland, Taiwan which needed to be attracted more and more and to cover higher rate.
Targeted Achievement are as follows:
Year No. of tourists Revenue from Duration of stay of entered into Lao tourism (US$) international tourists PDR
2010 1.600.000 220.000.000 8 days 2015 2.200.000 320.000.000 10 days 2020 3.000.000 370.000.000 11 days
Whereas, tourism advertisement and promotion efforts shall have to achieve the following key areas:
- Addressing to the publication of printing materials and advertisement tools on tourism with efficient contents.
25 Advertisement shall be in various forms: tourism exhibition / Fair organized regionally and internationally by aiming main markets advertisement through domestic and international media; Internet, information centers around the country. Organize visit to tourism site (Fam trip) for tourism media and international travel companies; organize caravan to open up new tourism routes and sites; promote traditional festival, tourism fairs, tourism campaign; designate national tourism authority representative to base abroad and provide tourism information to interested persons abroad. - Study and analyze tourism market to attract constant number of tourists. Achieve the key tasks specified above, it is necessary to emphasize to the following programmes:
Programme1: produce printing and advertising materials.
This programme is necessary as printing and advertising materials are the key means and tools for advertisement to make both domestic and international tourists know were about tourism sites and products available in our country.
In future it is, therefore, necessary to implement the following tasks:
- Establish NEWS unit of NTA that are in charge of producing advertising tools; publish printing materials; publish tourism newspapers, signs, bulletin both in Laos and abroad. - Develop instruction manual for producing printing and advertising materials as references for tourism offices in printing and producing advertising materials in a standardized and consensus on the same brand. - Support units in tourism industry to produce their own advertising materials to contribute to the tourism advertisement. - Continue to cooperate with individuals, companies with in and outside Laos to print advertising materials to promote Lao tourism.
Programme 2: Implement and extension of tourism information center.
Provision of on site information to tourism is necessary, as they will know more sites as possible which will help to attract them to prolong their duration of stay. To achieve this effort it is necessary to emphasize on the following areas:
- Continue to improve tourism information center at the NTA’s agency; - Assist the provincial and Vientiane Capital tourism offices to improve their tourism information center including the support to establish more tourism information centers for the other provinces; promote more tourism markets in their own provinces.
26 Programme 3: Advertise Lao tourism through media and tourism trade fair.
Advertisement of Lao tourism through domestic and international medias and various activities in the forms of advertisement in countries where tourism is well aware as it can operate at all times with unlimited scopes. Such advertisement aims at 2 main targets: Domestic and international tourism. The actual tasks that are needed to implement is highlighted as follows:
Cooperate with magazines and Newspapers, agencies, national television and radio stations to broadcast the performance of tourism sector; and develop and broadcast tourism documentary film for Lao people as it is a way to prevent the leakage of foreign currencies.
- Advertisement through foreign newspapers, magazines and television is necessary, as it will help to attract more foreign tourists. - Invitation to foreign tourism business and medias from targeted markets to visit tourism sites (Fam Trip) in Laos in order to cooperate with them in terms of advertisement to attract more tourists from those countries. - Cooperate with business involved in tourism industry with in and announce more transit route and new tourism sites. - Tourism advertisement (Road show) performing traditional arts of dancing at business meetings in the target countries of Western Europe, Japan, South Korea, Australia, New Zeeland , North Europe, and North America should be organized.
Programme4: Participation international tourism exhibitions.
At present, international and regional tourism exhibition widely becomes the forum where all tourism related businesses have met and discussed on tourism business. To achieve this, the following fairs and exhibitions should be considered:
- World tourism exhibition (ITB) in Berlin, Germany - World tourism exhibition (SMT) in Paris, France - World tourism exhibition (WTM) in London, England - ASEAN tourism exhibition (TRAVEX) organized by ASEAN member coutries on the rotation basis. - International tourism exhibition (CITM) in China; - Tourism exhibition (TTM) in Bangkok, Thailand; - Tourism exhibition (JATA) in Japan; - Tourism exhibition (ASTA) in USA and Canada; - With financial constraints at the initial phase of the implementation of this strategy, it maybe wise to use Lao embassies and consular abroad to participate in those exhibitions on behalf of National Tourism
27 Authority. At the same time, selection and act on behalf of NTA in these countries is deemed necessary. For long term, it is necessary to establish the representative office of NTA in the target countries mainly in France, German, England, Japan, China, Thailand, etc…
Programme5: Promotion of tourism activities
Lao People of all ethnic groups have their own traditional festivals with become great potentials in tourism promotion. Therefore, it is necessary to identify and prioritized festivals, and ritual activities for promotions such as Lao new year in Luangprabang, Champassack, Vangvieng, Thakhaek, Watphou champassack, Inhang, Sikhottabong festivals; and rocket; and boat racing festivals of different ethnic groups. To achieve this programme, the followings shall be implemented. - NTA is a focal point to organize meeting in collaboration with culture sectors and local authorities concerned to discuss and identify traditional festivals and rituals to promote tourism. - Tourism companies shall have to include these festival events in their travel brochure. In additions, tourism campaign together with activities and traditional festival to promote tourism should be organized such as traditional food festival, arrange festival celebration in Pakson, and Nambak; Durain, coffee-tea festival celebration in Paksong; Shrimp festival in Muang Ngoy; Traditional dancing with swords in Thoulakhom district; painting and singing contest on tourism.
Programme 6: Cooperation with domestic and foreign business sectors in the advertisement and movement towards marketing is the task that both macro and micro levels shall have to closely cooperate to under take in various forms such as:
- Establishment of Tourism Marketing and Promotion Board composed of representatives from both public and business sectors concerned in order to undertake the campaign and seek tourism marketing with in and outside the country. - Support tourism industry to strongly contribute to he Lao Tourism campaign, especially to participate in regional and international tourism exhibitions by commitment. - Contract and cooperate with international aviation that fly to Laos, Foreign tourism campaign and tourism publication agencies, for instance, lonely planet, etc… in order to advertise Lao tourism abroad.
4.3.4 Tourism business management programme.
This programme aims at systematically, orderly manage tourism business in Lao PDR so that tourism industry can become strong, quality sector under the
28 regulations issued; create service standards that can be internationally competitive and contributed to socio-economic development. NTA, therefore, has identified the programmes to manage tourism business into five programmes as follows:
Programme 1: Amendment of legislations.
In order to monitor, manage tourism businesses, there is a need to amend and formulate the following legislations:
+ Amended legislations: - Amendment of provision on implementation and performance by sectors / tourism offices in provinces and Vientiane Capital; - Amendment of provision on Hotel management; - Amendment of provision on tour guide management; - Amendment of provision on border tourist management; - Amendment of provision on management and usage of national tourism fund; - Amendment of provision on establishment and performance of tourism association. - Amendment of provision on establishment and performance of Lao hotel and restaurant association. + Recent established legislations: - Provision on hotel ranking; - Provision on hotel and restaurant management; - Provision on tourism sites management; - Provision on establishment and performance of district tourism offices. - Provision on tourism town management; - Provision on tourism transport management;
Programme 2: Travel business management.
To raise the quality service, and to secure travel transport avoiding unpleasant travel that may have negative impacts to Lao tourism, NTA shall have to work harder to implement the following key tasks: - Improvement, research and sorting of types of tourism companies according to tourism law, which has just recently been promulgated. - Improvement, research and sorting of types of guides to suit the current tourism business growth. - Improvement, and establishment of tourism business growth at local and provincial levels to be capable of gathering and formulating plan to promote tourism. - Collaboration with tourism police in inspecting, issuing warning instruction and implement measures against units that violated the regulation in appropriate manner.
29 - Grouping of independent tour guides to function according to the issued regulations. - Collaboration with tourism business and sharing of information on performance undertaken by businesses and encourage those businesses to perform under the regulations.
Programme3: Accommodation and restaurants management.
In order to secure standard service along restaurants and hotels and to be comply with international system and to secure the choices by clients; and to protect the benefits of restaurant and hotel businesses, the national tourism authority shall address to the following main tasks: - Raking of types accommodations: hotels, guesthouses, resorts, etc… - Ranking of restaurants and food shop. - Improvement of staff working in hotels and restaurants. - Collaborate with tourism police in monitoring, collecting statistics to violators or opportunists that acted against good customs. - Collaborate with hotel-restaurant association to encourage the business to correctly perform their business. - Collect and update statistics of hotels, guesthouses, restaurants on a regular basis and as a ground information for further management and inspection of those business units,
Programme 5: Tourism sites management.
To orderly manage and develop tourism sites and to secure the environmental protection that are in line with tourism strategy, we shall have to address to the following tasks:
- Clearly identify and rank types of tourism sites. - Issuance of specific regulations for each of the sites; performance report to NTA, tourism sectors / office at provincial levels and Vientiane Capital according to line of commands shall be done on a regular basis. - Collaborate of the performance on a regular basis.
Programme 6: Management and promotion of tourism investment within and outside the country.
To support domestic and foreign investors with more interest on tourism sectors. So as to provide more employment and contribute to poverty reduction efforts, it is necessary to emphasize on the followings:
- Follow and grasp the tourism policy as guideline for tourism advertisement;
30 - Organize the dissemination of tourism development and promotion policies to build confidence for investors interested in tourism sectors. - Dissemination of tourism law at national and international forum, - Collect and summarize domestic and foreign investment in tourism sectors as ground information for further research.
4.3.5 Personnel development programme.
NTA increase its collaboration with committee for planning and investment (CPI), Ministries of Education, Foreign Affairs, Labor and Social Welfare, Hotels- Restaurant Association, Tourism Business Association to formulae programme to upgrade staff of tourism sectors as follows:
- Accelerate in conducing the short course training of trainers in hotel and tourism related field such as business administration, touring technique, hotel and restaurant and guesthouses service, prevention, foreign languages with different appropriate approaches so that staff can use the knowledge gained to contribute to the development of tourism sector. - Seek for assistance from neighbouring countries and international organization to construct hotel and tourism vocational training center to train staff and civil servant serving in different business units to be able to effectively performance their jobs. - Organization long-term study on tourism for some students. - Organize study tour and sharing experiences activities for leaders and senior staff. - Develop personnel in tourism sector, mainly, leadership staff, managers, and technical staff at all levels both in and outside the country to be knowledgeable in hotel and tourism specially, including foreign language proficiency; and secure sufficient numbers of staff for future growth in tourism sector. - Collaborate with the ministry of education to update curriculum on tourism as standards for setting up the sector at national university and at existing vocational training schools.
* Detailed personnel development programme
To successfully implement tourism strategy, the following programmes need to be addressed:
Programme 1: Provide teaching materials.
- Provision of modern equipment such as LCD, computers, colour overhead projectors, and it is estimate to achieve by 2006.
31 Programme 2: Training in basic tour knowledge, hotels, guesthouses, and restaurants services.
- Organize training for tour guides 2 times per year to upgrade tour guides at both national and local levels to be able to provide standard services and tours to respond to the increasing number of tourists. The target is 80 persons trained per year and regularly run this training programme until 2020. - Organize training to upgrade of knowledge staff of hotels, guesthouses and restaurants at provincial and Vientiane Capital levels. This training scheme will be operated until 2020. - Organize training and seminar for 10-20 trainers per time, per year and operate this scheme on a regular basis until 2020.
Programme 3: Development tourism curriculum.
- Collaborate with the Ministry of Educations, National University, public and private, educational institutions, Lao Tourism Association, hotels and restaurants association to plan for improvement and development of tourism teaching curriculum, it is estimated that there maybe bachelor and master degrees available by 2010-2020.
Programme 4: Cooperation with international organizations.
- Collaborate with JIWAS, ASEAN-JAPAN center, EU-ASEAN, ECMEC, SNV, DED, Assistance programme from the government of Belgium to conduct training and seminar on different topics related to tourism. The training should be operated on regular basis until 2020. - Conduct survey and information collection and assessment of implement activities in provinces in order to organize one training per year and should be done on a regular basis until 2020.
Programme 5: Establishment of tourism and hotel vocational training center.
- Research and seek for funding source and draft project proposal to request international assistance to establish the tourism and hotel vocational training center. - Collaborate with Vientiane Capital tourism office to find out location for construction of the tourism and hotel vocational training center.
Programme 6: Compilation of teaching and research materials.
- Collect, compile documents, text books, and to the extend to establish library.
32 - Formulate learning and teaching methods on tourism and hotel at different levels, for instance, short and medium term, primary, medium and high levels training.
4.3.6 International cooperation programme.
Increase the relational and cooperation with foreign countries and international organization aiming at seeking for technical and financial assistance to the development and promotion of tourism and development of personnel in tourism sector. Mutually cooperate to promote and expand tourism marketing on the win- win bases, especially with Asia-Pacific, ASEAN countries, Mekong sub-region and neighbouring countries that share borders with Laos and are bounded by tourism agreement.
Programme1: Cooperation with international organization.
Collaboration with world tourism organization, PATA, SNV, DED, ADB, world bank , JBIC, JICA, and other organizations to seek for technical and financial assistance into the development and promotion of tourism.
Programme2: Bilateral, trilateral and multilateral cooperation.
Extend cooperation with neighbouring countries, especially with ASEAN member countries, and Mekong sub-region countries in order to link Lao tourism with Vietnam, China, Cambodia, Thailand and Myanmar.
4.3.7 Investment promotion programe
To respond to this programme specified according to the development of infrastructure and economic etc... , the investment in tourism sector and tourism industry is also deemed necessary. This maybe divided into three parts as follow:
- Public investment. - Private investment - Public and private investment.
1. Public investment.
Public investment can be found in many areas, in particular, the development of economic infrastructure. what it means by public investment here is the investment in human development for hotel and tourism sector such as the construction of training center for hotel and tourism filed to respond to the need of business units and to upgrade the service standard of those units so that they become professional operators in future.
2. Private investment.
33
Private investment includes domestic and foreign investors. Most of the investments are policy oriented; and most of them have invested in the service sectors such as: restaurants, entertainment, sports, hotels, guesthouses, tour boat, souvenir for tourists, etc...
- Support the second houses policy for tourists to stay and spend more in our country. - Support the vacation houses and recreational houses for elders living abroad.
Despite the private investment is booming but it is not enough, especially standardized hotels to accommodate tourists for medium and long term stay.
Besides the investment in hotels and guesthouses, it is found that private sector also are also capable of investing in order to service sectors according to the cases and condition in government policy oriented.
3. Public – Private Investment.
Support and promote public and private sectors to invest together according to suitable condition.
Part III
Implementation Measure
Tourism promotion and development strategy for 2006-2020.
- Based on the 11th resolution of the meeting of the fifth congress of the party central committee that identified tourism and administration as one of the eight prioritized programmes for medium and long terms national socio-economic development. - Based on the 4th resolution of the VII congress of party central committee that suggested the tourism sector that “ Attention should be paid to tourism sector in order to better develop tourism sites; development of personnel in tourism sector; improvement of appropriate tourism mechanism management sectors concerned and local authorities shall have to develop their own plan as appropriately.
For immediate and long term, tourism industry shall need to be improved, promoted and supported to achieve the targeted socio-economic development plan in general, and in particular the plan to develop tourism and tourism industry, which defined as follows:
34 - Disseminate and raise the awareness on policy to develop and promote tourism to all sectors concerned and fully understand the Lao tourism that will become key economic sector and modern tourism industry. - Collaborate with ministries, organizations, technique and infrastructure to respond to the needs for tourism development for immediately and long term. - Identify the emerging aspects in tourism development to attract domestic and foreign tourism; and to establish tourism hub, which equipped with technical base and attractive products. - Organize and conduct evaluation on implementation of tourism strategy; and evaluation for improvement and promotion of tourism to be in line with government’s policies. - Interpret the strategy into action plan.
Part IV Five year plan for 2006-2010.
I. Overall goals
To achieve the implementation of tourism policies and strategy, it is necessary to implement the follows:
- Development and promotion of tourism shall have to be in line with actual capacity. Development of northern, central and historical tourism that of the countries and neighbouring countries. Further improvement on quality services shall be deemed important in order to maintain good reputation of our country. - Promote participatory ecotourism through out the country in order to contribute to poverty reduction. - Create the convenient approach for entry-exist the country and in country travel to promote tourism that link to neighbouring country so that Lao PDR will become the country with tourism link and transit. - Raise awareness on tourism for civil servants, publics, and society throughout the country by aiming at contributing to tourism development and promotion. - Manage and monitor the businesses to be line with regulations. - Prevent acts against regulation or tourism strategy in Lao PDR.
1. Staff development plan.
- Improve organizational mechanism and personnel at central and local levels to be strong that can manage and monitors the performance of business units tourism sector according to decentralization and job description.
35 - Organize study tour and experience sharing act ivies abroad for leadership and senior staff develop personnel in tourism sector mainly the leadership, senior and technical levels. - Assist the provinces and districts in development and promoting tourism. 2. Programme to formulate and develop tourism plan.
- Inspect; evaluate the developed tourism sites in order to secure economic efficiency, environmental protection and culture conservation, and sustainable development. - Collaborate with sectors and localities concerned to restore the tourism sites that have not been surveyed to prioritize sustainable development. - Develop tourism cycle regions to link for instance:
* Northern part:
- Luangnamtha-Bokeo tourism cycle along routes A3. - Luangnamtha-Oudomxay-Laungprabang tourism cycle. - Upper Mekong tourism cycle from Bokeo-Luangnamtha to southern part of China. - Mekong tourism cycle-Bokeo-Oudomxay-Luangprabang. - Luangprabang-Xiengkhuang-Huaphanh tourism cycle. - Xayabouly-Luangprabang-Oudomxay tourism cycle. - Implement tourism master plan for historical sites in Huaphanh province. - Collaborate with sectors and localities concerned to develop infrastructure to link with provinces in the northern region such as roads, airport, etc....
* Central part:
- Collaborate with parties concerned to improve existing tourism sites such as: in Vientiane Capital to be quality and standard and develop further elsewhere with conducive conditions. - Promote tourism sites in Vangvieng, Nam Ngeuam reservoir and Phouphanang to become perfect ecotourism. - Promote tourism along route No.8, 12 and to link with Vietnam and Thailand. - Plan to develop ecotourism in the limestone mountain national protected areas in Khammouane province; Dongphouvieng and Phouxanghae national protected areas in Savannakhet province. - Collaborate with sectors and provinces concerned to better improve the existing tourism sites. - Develop tourism service point along route 9 using grant aid assistance from JICA.
36
* Southern part:
- Plan to develop national tourism in Khonphapheng, Liphi in the great Siphandon areas (Four thousand islands), Bolivan plateau, Watphou Champassack, Tadlo waterfall, Xeset in Saravan, Nonggaidak in Attapeau. - Develop participatory ecotourism in the 4 southern provinces, especially in the national protected forests of Donghuasao in Champassack, Phouxiengthong and Xexet in Salavan, Dongamphanh in Attapeau and Xekong. - Study and analyze tourism marketing in order to open up and expand lao tourism. - Support and promote, build and improve website, and internet to provide tourism infrastructure posted by NTA, provincial tourism offices, and by tourism related business sectors. - Promote and generate more tourism activities especially the various traditional rituals and festivals of people of all ethnic groups. - Cooperate and Collaborate with Lao embassies abroad to promote Lao tourism. - Be ownership in connection with airline companies in order to advertise Lao tourism; provide conductive conditions for foreign tourism reports to make documentary film on Lao tourism sites (Fam Trip). - Support the direct fight from the countries selected as the targeted internationals markets. - Research the policy to exempt visa for some targeted countries. - Support the second house policy to attract more tourists to stay and spend more money in Laos. - Support the development of vacation houses, residential houses for elders living abroad.
4. Programme to manage tourism business.
- Accelerate to improve the existing regulations and provisions to be in line with actual situation and formulae new and necessary regulations to manage tourism businesses, for instance:
- Provision on implementation and establishment of district tourism offices. - Provision on ranking accommodation such as hotels, guesthouses. - Provision on tourism sites management. - Provision on restaurants management. - Provision on border tourists management. - Provision on commitment to tourism fund by tourism-related business.
37
- Accelerate to improve, sort, and establish tourism-related businesses to perform accordingly to regulations, laws on tourism. - Improve and classify types of guide to be in line with regulations and to suit their abilities. - Disseminate tourism law and decree throughout the country. - Support and cooperate with sectors concerned to improve, find out conditions to open up more border check points and improve the service standards among the existing international check points to effectively facilitate the entry-exist of tourists. - Support and coordinate with public and private sectors at both central and local levels to provide conducive conditions to attract more tourists to our country. - Establish, improve tourism business association such as: tourism business association, hotels, and restaurants association, tourism transport association, to actively perform the function as promotion of Lao tourism.
5. Programme to develop personnel
- Accelerate to provide short course training on tourism and hotels to technical trainers such as tourism administration, management and techniques, etc... in order to be able to develop tourism in Laos. - Seek for financial assistance from neighbouring countries and international organizations to establish tourism and hotels vocational training center in order to train staff and civil servants and also to supply the businesses with qualified labourers. - Send some students to study abroad for future development. - Improve formulate and identify tourism curriculum as certain standard to be taught at tourism-related sectors. - Collaborate with both public and private educational institutions to improve quality of teaching and learning. 6. International cooperation programme.
- Increase international relation and cooperation with countries and international organizations to seek for technical and financial assistance to develop and promote tourism, personnel development. - Continue to implement projects and programme under the cooperation framework agreement such as: ASEAN, Mekong sub-region, development, triangle, Emeral Triagle, East-West corridor, North-West corridor and bilateral agreements. - Continue and address the coordination with international organizations to formulate project and seek for funding to develop and promote tourism mainly from WTO, SNV, PATA,
38 EDE NEWZELAND, Development organization, ADB, WB, and other international organizations.
7. Investment promotion programme.
7.1 Public investment.
Collaborate with CPI and sectors concerned to prioritize public investment in to key tourism infrastructures as roads linking provinces, access roads to tourism site, road link to other countries; seaport and waterway transport system where tourism is growing; extend the networks of telecommunication, electricity, water supply, which private sectors are not able to invest.
7.2 Private investment.
Collaborate with CPI and sectors concerned to promote private investment in constructing facilities to foster the tourism such as hotels, guesthouses, resorts, restaurants, transport, tourism sites, handicraft and agricultural products, etc.
II. Target achievement for 2010.
To achieve this plan as defined, NTA shall have to actively implement the following tasks:
- Improve organization machinery and mechanism to be in line with current situation, and law and regulation; raise the provincial tourism office to be department and establish district tourism offices where tourism is growing. - Support and collaborate with sector concerned to develop and promote tourism throughout the country. Discuss on how to solve objects and constraints on order to develop and promote tourism. - Improve policy and regulation on border check point management in order to facilitate to tourists with easy entry-exist; which are potential for tourism, There should clearly be the sector in charge of checkpoint management. Collection of fee should be the same and transparent at all checkpoints. - Research to seek funds to develop participatory ecotourism. By 2020 the scheme will be introduced in all provinces: For the province where eco tourism is already applied, they should further developed. - Classify and make inventory list of tourism sites that have been surveyed and continue to survey from 2006-2010. - Formulate and achieve the master plan on tourism spatial tourism development by 2006. - Formulate and achieve the master plan on Formulate and achieve the master plan sites for all provinces by 2007.
39 - By 2010, there will be 1.6 million tourists to visit Laos and 250 million US dollars as revenue will be generated. - Analyze and prioritize tourism sites that have been surveyed appropriately to potentials of each site. By 2010, there will be 600 sites. - Promote investment and contrition of accommodation place, by 2010, there will be 20,000 rooms. Support and Collaborate with sectors concerned to develop infrastructures mainly the roads along east-West corridor, airport, etc... - Collaborate with localities to mange according to sector and promote businesses sectors to actively participate in tourism develop.
Minster Chairman of Lao National Tourism Administration
40 1.4 2008 Lao PDR Tourism Statistics Report
Background Information
This section includes background information on the statistical data contained in this report and on how they were obtained.
Categories of Foreign Visitors
Foreign visitors to Laos are grouped into two categories: international tourists and regional tourists (day trippers).
International tourists are those tourists who enter Laos with a valid passport and visa obtained from a Lao embassy or consulate abroad, or a visa obtained on arrival at an international border checkpoint.
Regional tourists are tourists from neighboring countries such as: Thailand, China, Myanmar, Vietnam and Cambodia, which share borders with Laos. They enter Laos with valid border passes or passports. Although some of them are called “day trippers,” they may make overnight stays.
From 1991 to 2002, there was a type of tourists called Tourists for visa extension. They are temporary workers in Thailand who cross over the border into Laos in order to extend their three-month visas before reentering Thailand. These tourists are mainly from India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Nepal and Bangladesh. However, from 2003 this type of tourist has been reclassified as "international tourists".
Data Collection
From 1990 to 1994, statistical data on international tourists were collected from embarkation/disembarkation cards of the immigration department and from documents received by the LNTA from local travel companies. These documents contain the following information:
Name of travel company Name of tourist Sex Passport number Nationality Carrier Duration of stay Port of entry Place of stay
Source of data: Lao National Tourism Administration 1
Since 1995, data on international tourists have been collected only from embarkation/disembarkation cards of the immigration department.
◊ Data on regional tourists were collected from tabulations sent to the LNTA by immigration officers at each border checkpoint.
◊ Data on tourists for visa extension were obtained from information received by the LNTA from local travel companies responsible for processing the documents of tourists for visa extension.
◊ Data on tourist profiles, length of stay, and average expenditure per person per day were all calculated using statistical surveys conducted periodically through sampling survey methods.
Entry Ports
By air:
◊ Wattay International Airport is the main entry point by air for international tourists; flights are available through Thai Airways, Lao Airlines, Vietnam Airways, Air Asia and China Southern Airlines from Vientiane to Bangkok, Chiang Mai, Hanoi, Ho Chi Minh, kuala Lumpur, Kunming, Phnom Penh, and Siem Reap. ◊ Luang Prabang Airport is now an international entry point, and regular flights are available from Luang Prabang to Chiang Mai, Bangkok and Hanoi on Lao Airlines, Bangkok Airways and Vietnam Airlines. ◊ Savannakhet Airport. the only international flight on this route is from Savannakhet to Bangkok and vice-versa operated by Lao Airlines. ◊ Pakse Airport is stopover point from Vientiane to Phnom Penh/Siem Reap. Lao Airlines flies three times a week from Pakse to Bangkok via Savannakhet. ◊ In addition, there are several provincial airports, used only for domestic flights within the Lao PDR.
By land:
From Thailand:
◊ Mittaphab (Friendship) Bridge, Vientiane Capital City, the major point of entry for regional and international tourists. ◊ Houei Xay, Bokeo Province. ◊ Thakhek, Khammouane Province. ◊ Dan Savanh, Savannakhet Province. ◊ Vang Tao, Champassack Province. ◊ Kenthao, Mouang Ngeun, Sayabouli Province (regional border checkpoint only).
Source of data: Lao National Tourism Administration 2
From China: ◊ Boten, Luang Namtha Province.
From Vietnam:
◊ Dane Savanh, Savannakhet Province, the major point of entry for Vietnamese travellers. ◊ Nam Phao, Borikhamsay Province. ◊ Nam Kan, Xieng Khouang Province (regional border checkpoint only). ◊ Na Phao, Khammouane Province. ◊ NamSouy, Huaphanh Province. ◊ Sob Hun, Phongsali Province. ◊ Phoukeua, Attapeu Province.
From Cambodia:
◊ Veunkham, Champassack Province.
Source of data: Lao National Tourism Administration 3
Lao National Tourism Administration Offices
Head Office:
P.O. Box: 3556 Lane Xang Avenue Vientiane, Lao PDR Tel: (856 21) , 212 251, 212 769, 217910, 252961. Fax: (856 21) 212 769, 217910, 252976.
Website: http://www.tourismlaos.gov.la http://www.ecotourismlaos.com http://www.trekkingcentrallaos.com
Provincial Offices: Country code: 856
Attapeu Tel: (036) 211 056 Fax: (036) 211 014 Bokeo Tel: (084) 211 162 Fax: (084) 211 162 Bolikhamxay Tel: (054) 212 667 Fax: (054) 212 667 Champassak Tel: (031) 212 021 Fax: (031) 212 021 Huaphanh Tel: (064) 312 567 Fax: (064) 312 567 Khammouane Tel: (051) 212 512 Fax: (051) 212 512 Luang Prabang Tel: (071) 212 487 Fax: (071) 252 904 Luang Namtha Tel: (086) 312 047 Fax: (086) 312 047 Oudomxay Tel: (081) 211 797 Fax: (081) 212 482 Phong Saly Tel: (088) 210 098 Fax: (088) 210 098 Saravanh Tel: (034) 211 528 Fax: (034) 211 528 Savannakhet Tel: (041) 212 755 Fax: (041) 212 755 Sekong Tel: (038) 211 361 Fax: (038) 211 013 Xayabouli Tel: (030) 5180095 Fax: (074) 211 183 Xieng Khouang Tel: (061) 312 217 Fax: (061) 312 217 Vientiane Capital Tel: (021) 222 971 Fax: (021) 212 926 Vientiane Province Tel: (023) 211 629 Fax: (023) 211 629
Source of data: Lao National Tourism Administration 4
Part I : Visitor Arrival Statistics 2008 Table 1: Number of Tourist Arrivals, Revenue from Tourism, and Average Length of Stay, 1990-2008
Year Number of Change Average Length Average Length Average Length Revenue from Tourist Arrivals (%) of Stay (Days) of Stay (Days) of Stay (Days) Tourism (Dollars) for International for Regional for the Total Tourists Tourists Tourist Arrivals 1990 14,400 NA NA NA NA NA 1991 37,613 161 NA NA NA 2,250,000 1992 87,571 133 NA NA NA 4,510,000 1993 102,946 18 3.5 NA NA 6,280,000 1994 146,155 42 5.1 NA NA 7,557,600 1995 346,460 137 4.3 NA NA 24,738,480 1996 403,000 16 4.8 1.8 3.3 43,592,263 1997 463,200 15 5.0 3.0 4.0 73,276,904 1998 500,200 8 5.0 2.4 3.7 79,960,145 1999 614,278 23 5.5 2.4 4.0 97,265,324 2000 737,208 20 5.5 2.4 4.0 113,898,285 2001 673,823 - 8.6 8.0 2.4 5.2 103,786,323 2002 735,662 9 6.5 2.1 4.3 113,409,883 2003 636,361 -13.5 6.0 2.0 4.0 87,302,412 2004 894,806 41 6.5 2.0 4.3 118,947,707 2005 1,095,315 22 7.0 2.0 4.5 146,770,074 2006 1,215,106 11 7.0 2.0 4.5 173,249,896 2007 1,623,943 34 7.0 2.0 4.5 233,304,695 2008 1,736,787 7 6.5 2.0 4.25 275,515,758
In general, the number of tourist arrivals to Laos increased constantly from 1990-2008 with an average growth rate of 20.53%. However, as can be seen from Table 1 the number of visitor arrivals decreased slightly from 737,208 in 2000 to 673,823 in 2001, and declined from 735,662 in 2002 to 636,361 in 2003.The main factors which influenced the decrease were the terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001 in the United States and the spread of the SARS epidemic in Asia in the first quarter of 2003. Nevertheless, tourism recovered again in 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007. In addition the number of tourist arrivals to Laos continued increasing in 2008 with about 1,736,787 tourist arrivals generating total of revenue of 276 million US dollars, despite of the unstability of political situation in some countries in the region. Of the total number of tourist arrivals to Laos in 2008 (1,736,787) 76,359 used the services of Lao travel agents (66,605 in 2007).
Source of data: Lao National Tourism Administration 5
Table 2: Number of Tourist Arrivals by Region, 1992-2008
Year Asia and Europe The Americas Africa and Total Pacific Middle East 1992 81,022 4,496 2,009 44 87,571 1993 94,836 5,986 2,061 63 102,946 1994 136,114 8,019 1,837 185 146,155 1995 314,470 20,635 11,019 336 346,460 1996 357,692 30,582 14,102 624 403,000 1997 403,781 38,583 18,213 2,623 463,200 1998 421,196 52,076 25,326 1,602 500,200 1999 510,703 68,564 31,780 3,231 614,278 2000 604,254 86,462 42,111 4,381 737,208 2001 553,249 80,736 34,370 5,468 673,823 2002 579,031 101,924 46,704 8,003 735,662 2003 498,185 93,960 39,453 4,763 636,361 2004 730,107 112,092 47,153 5,454 894,806 2005 899,273 131,326 60,061 4,655 1,095,315 2006 1,008,663 138,935 60,883 6,625 1,215,106 2007 1,406,456 147,667 61,463 8,357 1,623,943 2008 1,482,499 168,756 75,266 10,266 1,736,787 Growth Rate 19,92 % 25,43% 25,41% 40,60% 20,53%
Market share of tourist arrivals by region(%),1997-2008 Year 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Region 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Asia and Pacific 87.17 84.21 83.14 81.97 82.11 78.71 78.29 81.59 82.10 83.01 86.61 85.36 Europe 8.33 10.41 11.16 11.73 11.98 13.85 14.75 12.53 11.99 11.43 9.09 9.72 Americas 3.93 5.06 5.17 5.71 5.10 6.35 6.21 5.27 5.48 5.01 3.78 4.33 Africa and Middle East 0.57 0.32 0.53 0.59 0.81 1.09 0.75 0.61 0.42 0.55 0.51 0.59
Change over previous year(%) Year 97/96. 98/97. 99/98. 00/99. 01/00. 02/01. 03/02. 04/03. 05/04. 06/05. 07/06. 08/07. Region 14.94 7.98 22.81 20.01 -8.60 9.18 -13.5 41 22 11 34 7
Asia and Pacific 12.88 4.31 21.25 18.32 -8.44 5 -14 47 23 12 39 5 Europe 26.16 34.97 31.66 26.10 -6.62 26 -8 19 17 6 6 14 Americas 29.15 39.05 25.48 32.51 -18.38 36 -16 20 27 1 1 22 Africa and Middle East 320.4 -38.92 101.7 35.59 24.81 46 -40 15 -15 42 26 23
Source of data: Lao National Tourism Administration 6
Table 3: Number of Tourist Arrivals to Laos by Category, 2007-2008
Category Border Pass Border Pass P assport T otal Day Stay tripper Overnight 2008 2007 2008 2007 2008 2007 2008 Grand Total 442,149 26,660 504,335 468,809 1,119,608 1,267,978 1,623,943 1,736,787 International Tourist 323,389 380,923 323,389 380,923
Regional Tourist 442,149 26,660 504,335 468,809 796,219 887,055 1,300,554 1,355,864 Thailand 322,667 13,444 440,856 336,111 508,596 555,337 949,452 891,448 Vietnam 65,297 9,757 41,935 75,054 248,649 276,330 290,584 351,384 China 54,185 3,459 21,544 57,644 33,376 48,208 54,920 105,852 Myanmar 1,247 1,698 1,247 1,698 Cambodia 4,351 5,482 4,351 5,482
Table 4: Revenue from Tourism by Category, 2008
Category Number of Average Average Expenditure Revenue from Tourist Arrivals Length of Stay per Person Tourism in 2008 (person) (days) per day(dollars) (dollars) Total 1,736,787 275,515,758
International Tourist 388,103 6.5 60 151,360,170
Regional Tourist 1,348,684 124,155,588
Thai (Passport) 555,337 3 52 86,632,572 Thai (Border pass) 336,111 1 20 6,722,220 Vietnam (Passport) 276,330 3 30 24,869,700 Vietnam (Day Tripper) 75,054 1 12 900,648 China (Passport) 48,208 3 30 4,338,720 China (Day Tripper) 57,644 1 12 691,728
Average length of stay and 4.25 43 expenditure
Source of data: Lao National Tourism Administration 7
Table 5: Tourist Arrivals to Laos by Nationality ( Percent Increase) 2002-2008
Country of Origin 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 Change 2008 Change Number Number Number Number Number Number 07/06(%) Number 08/07(%) Grand Total 735,662 636,361 894,806 1,095,315 1,215,106 1,623,943 34 1,736,787 7 Asia and Pacific 579,031 498,185 730,107 899,273 1,008,663 1,406,456 39 1,482,499 5 ASEAN 508,783 432,720 638,747 794,044 891,807 1,272,724 43 1,285,531 1 Brunei 582 357 385 385 302 234 -23 338 44 Indonesia 1,903 1,443 1,770 2,784 2,415 2,032 -16 2,043 1 Malaysia 3,543 3,072 4,563 6,609 6,846 7,937 16 15,625 97 Myanmar 1,365 744 939 1,632 1,126 1,247 11 1,698 36 Philippines 2,549 2,618 3,317 5,247 6,433 11,401 77 12,647 11 Singapore 2,454 2,442 3,409 3,868 4,511 5,486 22 4,866 -11 Thailand 422,766 377,748 489,677 603,189 675,845 949,452 40 891,448 -6 Vietnam 71,001 41,594 130,816 165,151 190,442 290,584 53 351,384 21 Cambodia 2,620 2,702 3,871 5,179 3,888 4,351 12 5,482 26 Non-ASEAN 70,248 65,465 91,360 105,229 116,856 133,732 14 196,968 47 Australia 12,611 11,697 15,149 20,323 22,021 24,492 11 28,180 15 China 21,724 21,232 33,019 39,210 50,317 54,920 9 105,852 93 India 2,319 1,590 1,845 2,096 2,100 2,361 12 2,652 12 Japan 19,801 17,766 20,319 22,601 23,147 29,770 29 31,569 6 Korea 4,891 5,442 7,098 9,189 10,963 13,060 19 18,065 38 New Zealand 2,271 1,977 3,021 3,778 3,567 3,759 5 4,364 16 Taiwan 3,918 3,316 2,160 4,739 2,168 2,731 26 2,665 -2 Others 2,713 2,445 8,749 3,293 2,573 2,639 3 3,621 37 Europe 101,924 93,960 112,092 131,326 138,935 147,667 6 168,756 14 Austria 890 938 1,394 1,687 2,041 2,231 9 2,843 27 Belgium 4,111 3,762 3,921 4,256 4,345 4,553 5 4,908 8 Denmark 3,345 2,414 2,563 2,852 3,658 3,648 0 3,657 0 Finland 1,072 982 1,293 1,494 2,110 2,335 11 2,729 17 France 26,748 23,958 27,806 35,371 32,453 34,584 7 39,077 13 Germany 12,777 12,146 14,009 16,752 18,004 19,299 7 25,191 31 Greece 489 179 324 271 538 510 -5 569 12 Italy 3,517 3,241 4,103 5,032 5,884 6,605 12 6,467 -2 Netherlands 6,656 6,638 6,957 7,796 9,294 10,017 8 11,315 13 Norway 2,110 1,652 1,823 2,176 2,721 2,748 1 2,909 6 Russia 1,371 1,031 1,315 1,672 1,799 2,270 26 3,206 41 Spain 1,450 893 2,017 2,560 3,128 3,392 8 3,117 -8 Sweden 4,507 4,244 4,994 6,460 6,642 7,035 6 6,827 -3 Switzerland 4,480 3,844 4,310 5,190 5,957 5,782 -3 6,526 13 United Kingdom 21,749 22,541 27,402 29,977 31,684 31,352 -1 36,038 15 Others 6,652 5,497 7,861 7,780 8,677 11,306 30 13,377 18 The Americas 46,704 39,453 47,153 60,061 60,883 61,463 1 75,266 22 Canada 9,060 8,006 9,048 11,447 12,419 13,050 5 14,695 13 USA 35,734 30,133 37,181 47,427 46,829 45,691 -2 54,717 20 Others 1,910 1,314 924 1,187 1,635 2,722 66 5,854 115 Africa and Middle East 8,003 4,763 5,454 4,655 6,625 8,357 26 10,266 23 Israel 5,515 3,354 4,088 3,146 4,781 4,356 -9 4,090 -6 Others 2,488 1,409 1,366 1,509 1,844 4,001 117 6,176 54
Source of data: Lao National Tourism Administration 8
Table 6: Tourist Arrivals to Laos by Nationality (Market Share) 2002-2008
Country of Origin 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Number Number Number Number Number Number Share% Number Share% Grand Total 735,662 636,361 894,806 1,095,315 1,215,106 1,623,943 100% 1,736,787 100% Asia and Pacific 579,031 498,185 730,107 899,273 1,008,663 1,406,456 86.61 1,482,499 85.36 ASEAN 508,783 432,720 638,747 794,044 891,807 1,272,724 78.37 1,285,531 74.02 Brunei 582 357 385 385 302 234 0.01 338 0.02 Indonesia 1,903 1,443 1,770 2,784 2,415 2,032 0.13 2,043 0.12 Malaysia 3,543 3,072 4,563 6,609 6,846 7,937 0.49 15,625 0.90 Myanmar 1,365 744 939 1,632 1,126 1,247 0.08 1,698 0.10 Philippines 2,549 2,618 3,317 5,247 6,433 11,401 0.70 12,647 0.73 Singapore 2,454 2,442 3,409 3,868 4,511 5,486 0.34 4,866 0.28 Thailand 422,766 377,748 489,677 603,189 675,845 949,452 58.47 891,448 51.33 Vietnam 71,001 41,594 130,816 165,151 190,442 290,584 17.89 351,384 20.23 Cambodia 2,620 2,702 3,871 5,179 3,888 4,351 0.27 5,482 0.32 Non-ASEAN 70,248 65,465 91,360 105,229 116,856 133,732 8.24 196,968 11.34 Australia 12,611 11,697 15,149 20,323 22,021 24,492 1.51 28,180 1.62 China 21,724 21,232 33,019 39,210 50,317 54,920 3.38 105,852 6.09 India 2,319 1,590 1,845 2,096 2,100 2,361 0.15 2,652 0.15 Japan 19,801 17,766 20,319 22,601 23,147 29,770 1.83 31,569 1.82 Korea 4,891 5,442 7,098 9,189 10,963 13,060 0.80 18,065 1.04 New Zealand 2,271 1,977 3,021 3,778 3,567 3,759 0.23 4,364 0.25 Taiwan 3,918 3,316 2,160 4,739 2,168 2,731 0.17 2,665 0.15 Others 2,713 2,445 8,749 3,293 2,573 2,639 0.16 3,621 0.21 Europe 101,924 93,960 112,092 131,326 138,935 147,667 9.09 168,756 9.72 Austria 890 938 1,394 1,687 2,041 2,231 0.14 2,843 0.16 Belgium 4,111 3,762 3,921 4,256 4,345 4,553 0.28 4,908 0.28 Denmark 3,345 2,414 2,563 2,852 3,658 3,648 0.22 3,657 0.21 Finland 1,072 982 1,293 1,494 2,110 2,335 0.14 2,729 0.16 France 26,748 23,958 27,806 35,371 32,453 34,584 2.13 39,077 2.25 Germany 12,777 12,146 14,009 16,752 18,004 19,299 1.19 25,191 1.45 Greece 489 179 324 271 538 510 0.03 569 0.03 Italy 3,517 3,241 4,103 5,032 5,884 6,605 0.41 6,467 0.37 Netherlands 6,656 6,638 6,957 7,796 9,294 10,017 0.62 11,315 0.65 Norway 2,110 1,652 1,823 2,176 2,721 2,748 0.17 2,909 0.17 Russia 1,371 1,031 1,315 1,672 1,799 2,270 0.14 3,206 0.18 Spain 1,450 893 2,017 2,560 3,128 3,392 0.21 3,117 0.18 Sweden 4,507 4,244 4,994 6,460 6,642 7,035 0.43 6,827 0.39 Switzerland 4,480 3,844 4,310 5,190 5,957 5,782 0.36 6,526 0.38 United Kingdom 21,749 22,541 27,402 29,977 31,684 31,352 1.93 36,038 2.07 Others 6,652 5,497 7,861 7,780 8,677 11,306 0.70 13,377 0.77 The Americas 46,704 39,453 47,153 60,061 60,883 61,463 3.78 75,266 4.33 Canada 9,060 8,006 9,048 11,447 12,419 13,050 0.80 14,695 0.85 USA 35,734 30,133 37,181 47,427 46,829 45,691 2.81 54,717 3.15 Others 1,910 1,314 924 1,187 1,635 2,722 0.17 5,854 0.34 Africa and Middle East 8,003 4,763 5,454 4,655 6,625 8,357 0.51 10,266 0.59 Israel 5,515 3,354 4,088 3,146 4,781 4,356 0.27 4,090 0.24 Others 2,488 1,409 1,366 1,509 1,844 4,001 0.25 6,176 0.36
Source of data: Lao National Tourism Administration 9
Market Situation
Visitors from neighboring countries (ASEAN) represented the largest number of tourists in 2008
(1,285,531 or 74% of the total tourist arrivals) an increase of just 1% over 2007. In the same way, international tourists, considered the most important market for Lao tourism, grew from 323,389 in 2007 to 380,923 in 2008, or about 18% of increase.
1. Asia and Pacific
Tourists from Asia and Pacific, represented the largest portion of visitors in 2008, 85% of the total tourist arrivals, just 5% increase over 2007. The most remarkable change was the decrease in number of visitors from Thailand (-6%) and from Singapore(-11%). The main factor that influenced this small growth was the difficulties in political situations in Thailand which represented as the gateway to Lao PDR. In 2008, although the number of visitors from China and Vietnam were among the largest, tourists from Thailand (891,448), Japan (31,569) and Australia (28,180) still brought the largest amount of revenue into Laos. As a result, the priority markets for tourism in Laos from Asia and Pacific are Thailand, Japan and Australia.
2. Europe
Overall, the market share for Europe in 2008 maintained the same level (10%), an increase of 14% over 2007. The growth in the number of tourists in 2008 was due to the strong growth in arrivals from Germany (31%), United Kingdom (13%) and France (13%). The increase was quite positive for all European markets except tourist arrivals from Italy(-2%), Spain(-8%) and Sweden(-3%).
3. The Americas
In general, the American market had nignificant increase particularly " other countries " which recorded 115% of increase followed by USA (20%) and Canada (13%). The market share for the Americas in 2008 was about 4%, with a total of 75,266 tourists. The most important markets from this region were the United States, with 54,717 tourists and Canada, with 14,695 tourists.
Source of data: Lao National Tourism Administration 10
Table 7: Tourist Arrivals to Laos by Month in 2008
Country Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Total Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Grand Total 158,776 149,744 140,256 142,321 150,314 149,299 133,355 122,636 128,427 134,943 158,673 168,043 1,736,787 Asia and Pacific 129,521 120,790 121,618 122,968 123,966 130,035 113,659 105,133 111,243 120,846 137,188 145,532 1,482,499 ASEAN 112,469 105,176 108,367 109,555 109,134 108,209 96,674 88,730 96,050 101,652 120,884 128,631 1,285,531 Brunei 19 12 7 31 62 57 22 24 22 32 22 28 338 Indonesia 172 196 139 194 236 183 157 122 136 205 156 147 2,043 Malaysia 1,346 1,313 1,138 1,203 1,878 1,756 1,171 984 974 1,780 1,116 966 15,625 Myanmar 119 140 100 105 161 158 169 191 185 122 109 140 1,698 Philippines 1,079 1,015 997 917 1,305 1,196 1,383 836 1,004 647 896 1,373 12,647 Singapore 360 374 358 348 568 539 333 268 312 433 447 527 4,866 Thailand 81,598 75,104 74,438 72,989 77,912 74,144 64,599 61,053 54,963 66638 89,448 98,563 891,448 Vietnam 27,349 26,269 30,703 33,423 26,542 29,898 28,545 24,797 38,116 31032 28,245 26,466 351,384 Cambodia 427 753 487 345 473 281 295 455 338 763 445 421 5,482 Non-ASEAN 17,052 15,614 13,251 13,413 14,832 21,826 16,985 16,403 15,193 19,194 16,304 16,901 196,968 Australia 3,891 3,198 1,963 1,827 2,560 2,452 2,080 1,798 1,827 1945 2,223 2,417 28,180 China 6,494 6,090 7,049 6,558 7,376 14,099 10,320 9,623 8,743 12,318 8,762 8,420 105,852 India 216 231 156 195 301 299 180 179 159 189 296 252 2,652 Japan 3,050 3,448 2,381 2,025 2,577 2,622 2,224 2,717 2,602 2,567 2,567 2,789 31,569 Korea 2,442 1,802 990 2,160 1,210 1,461 1,320 1,204 1,130 1,315 1,317 1,715 18,065 New Zealand 520 401 325 246 350 386 401 473 325 264 307 366 4,364 Taiwan 222 265 194 211 276 250 225 203 198 172 248 202 2,665 Others 217 179 193 191 184 259 235 206 209 424 584 740 3,621 Europe 20,524 20,075 13,150 13,058 11,951 11,714 13,665 12,092 11,686 9,523 15,865 15,454 168,756 Austria 459 470 211 128 165 109 218 178 161 150 402 192 2,843 Belgium 667 488 311 270 367 320 454 300 337 290 665 439 4,908 Denmark 439 440 525 224 264 330 279 186 217 223 312 218 3,657 Finland 449 358 227 161 186 190 187 123 128 262 220 239 2,729 France 4,463 4,582 2,763 3,617 3,067 2,911 3,201 3,019 2,690 2,207 3,702 2,856 39,077 Germany 3,075 2,977 1,795 1,726 1,305 1,247 1,507 1,558 1,400 1,617 2,624 4,361 25,191 Greece 103 102 105 35 18 20 39 42 34 15 28 28 569 Italy 836 892 647 638 315 303 384 752 341 416 512 432 6,467 Netherlands 1,365 1,309 871 860 680 711 1,123 712 1,048 587 1,028 1,022 11,315 Norway 436 437 346 192 210 206 259 154 149 99 244 177 2,909 Russia 376 284 225 271 254 237 175 192 245 258 381 308 3,206 Spain 231 227 177 161 146 205 273 515 275 287 264 356 3,117 Sweden 1,057 1,037 782 475 635 462 373 273 369 235 592 538 6,827 Switzerland 942 960 510 378 512 385 448 305 401 347 748 591 6,526 United Ki 4,204 4,099 2,773 3,223 2,850 3,073 3,342 2,733 2,785 1,981 2,716 2,259 36,038 Others 1,422 1,413 882 699 980 1,008 1,403 1,050 1,106 549 1,427 1,438 13,377 The Americas 7,747 7,950 4,672 5,703 13,500 6,578 5,178 4,483 4,259 3,877 5,122 6,198 75,266 Canada 2,006 1,972 1,198 1,410 1,272 1,103 1,167 845 932 685 1,113 992 14,695 USA 5,455 5,611 3,303 4,100 11,427 4,692 3,634 3,277 2,990 2,730 3,589 3,909 54,717 Others 286 367 171 193 801 783 377 361 337 462 420 1297 5,854 Africa and Middle East 984 929 816 592 898 973 853 928 1,239 697 498 859 10,266 Israel 496 439 387 215 277 292 324 358 545 264 208 285 4,090 Others 488 490 429 377 621 681 529 570 694 433 290 574 6,176
Graph 1 : Total number of Tourist arrivals from 1992 to 2008
Year
2,000,000 1,800,000 1,600,000 1,400,000 1,200,000 1,000,000 800,000 600,000 400,000 200,000 - 1992 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008
Source of data: Lao National Tourism Administration 11
Table 8: Tourist Arrivals by Month through Category, 2005-2008
Months 2005 2006 2007 2008 Change International Regional Total 08/07 (%) Grand Total 1,095,315 1,215,106 1,623,943 388,103 1,348,684 1,736,787 6.95 January 77,093 111,917 150,853 43,335 115,441 158,776 5 February 81,766 112,520 140,238 42,281 107,463 149,744 7 March 113,722 104,675 137,463 28,066 112,190 140,256 2 April 100,477 99,928 117,805 29,351 112,970 142,321 21 May 83,665 94,017 141,771 38,485 111,829 150,314 6 June 96,140 85,016 117,741 31,159 118,140 149,299 27 July 67,878 79,525 121,541 29,891 103,464 133,355 10 August 85,940 93,045 127,687 27,163 95,473 122,636 -4 September 77,694 86,762 126,071 26,605 101,822 128,427 2 October 99,437 108,720 152,366 24,955 109,988 134,943 -11 November 100,217 111,747 139,478 32,218 126,455 158,673 14 December 111,286 127,234 150,929 34,594 133,449 168,043 11
Graph 2 : Tourist Arrivals to Laos by Month from 2006 to 2008
180,000 160,000 140,000 120,000 100,000 80,000 60,000 40,000 20,000 0 Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
2006 2007 2008
Source of data: Lao National Tourism Administration 12
Source of data: Lao National Tourism Administration 13
Table 10: Top Ten Generating Markets, 2005-2008
Note: Table ranks country by tourist expenditures, not total arrivals.
Rank 2005 Number Share(%) 2006 Number Share(%) 1 Thailand 603,189 55 Thailand 675,845 56 2 USA 47,427 4 USA 46,829 4 3 France 35,371 3 France 32,453 3 4 UK 29,977 3 UK 31,684 3 5 Japan 22,601 2 Japan 23,147 2
6 Vietnam 165,151 15 Vietnam 190,442 16 7 Australia 20,323 2 Australia 22,021 2 8 Germany 16,752 2 Germany 18,004 1 9 Canada 11,447 1 Canada 12,419 1 10 China 39,210 4 China 50,317 4
Other 103,867 9 Other 111,945 9 Rank 2007 Number Share(%) 2008 Number Share(%) 1 Thailand 949,452 58 Thailand 891,448 51 2 USA 45,691 3 USA 54,717 3 3 France 34,584 2 Vietnam 351,384 20 4 UK 31,352 2 France 39,077 2 5 Japan 29,770 2 UK 36,038 2
6 Vietnam 290,584 18 Japan 31,569 2 7 Australia 24,492 2 Australia 28,180 2 8 Germany 19,299 1 Germany 25,191 1 9 Canada 13,050 1 Canada 14,695 1 10 China 54,920 3 China 105,852 6
Other 130,749 8 Other 158,636 9
Priority Markets for Tourism in Laos
Priority Markets 1: EUROPEAN MARKET France United Kingdom Germany
Priority Markets 2: ASIAN AND PACIFIC MARKET Thailand Japan Australia
Priority Markets 3: AMERICAS MARKET USA Canada
Source of data: Lao National Tourism Administration 14
Table 11: Tourist Arrivals by Port of Entry through Category, 2004-2008
Port of Entry 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Regional Percent Percent Visitors Share Change Grand Total 894,806 1,095,315 1,215,106 1,623,943 1,736,787 1,348,684 2008 (%) 08/07 (%) Wattay Airport 86,327 105,533 106,232 105,673 151,941 40,909 8.75 43.78 Friendship Bridge 451,097 541,016 582,176 656,470 547,586 439,493 31.53 -16.59 Boten 26,195 29,373 37,660 44,844 91,489 87,102 5.27 104.02 Houei Xay 52,031 59,613 73,292 73,814 100,966 45,564 5.81 36.78 Dan Savanh & Dane Savanh 114,391 135,686 165,360 399,667 408803 394,129 23.54 2.29 Vang Tao+Veunkham 53,498 95,325 93,722 103,288 111361 89,216 6.41 7.82 Nam Phao 55,087 42,456 40,744 80,288 84401 77,166 4.86 5.12 Thakhek + Naphao 11,329 25,021 49,587 71,037 94313 87,782 5.43 32.77 Kenthao 7,579 14,384 11,849 18,526 19,782 18,536 1.14 6.78 LuangPrabang 26,604 33,064 35,257 54,222 66,233 11,199 3.81 22.15 NamKan 10,311 11,700 15,438 11,649 12,695 12,340 0.73 8.98 NamSouy 357 2,144 3,789 4,465 6,611 6,304 0.38 48.06 Sobhum NA NA NA NA 26,094 24,824 1.50 Phoukeua NA NA NA NA 14,512 14,120 0.84
Graph 3: Percentage of Tourist Arrivals
Wattay Airport 9%
Others 35%
friendship bridge I 32%
Savannakhet 24%
Table 12: Visitors by Province, 2001-2008
Province 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008
Vientiane Capital 429,420 506,677 437,059 544,253 653,212 729,272 869,642 878,507 Champassak 55,142 45,635 65,827 63,963 99,044 113,684 165,750 220,214 Khammoune 20,317 19,596 18,782 12,260 28,000 98,906 154,525 177,097 Bokeo 42,561 65,045 45,469 79,006 89,027 82,512 112,157 145,567 Luang Namtha 41,704 19,319 29,720 41,658 49,258 47,788 88,427 197,202 Savannakhet 113,287 98,962 64,050 118,821 192,560 192,385 430,604 474,826 Luang Prabang 51,207 65,872 99,150 105,513 133,569 151,703 186,819 344,029 Bolikhamxay 23,900 30,758 34,418 55,087 63,579 71,394 69,773 84,401 Xieng Khouang 35,744 16,223 5,062 15,015 24,174 19,586 25,531 22,729 Saravanh NA 4,823 5,800 6,400 8,000 10,000 10,500 26,802 Oudomxay 18,654 36,000 23,911 54,695 54,721 43,400 76,970 101,761 Huaphanh 398 2,819 2,204 588 3,175 3,760 7,247 8,848 Xayabouli 9,014 10,840 6,728 16,005 15,914 14,266 19,751 23,043 Vientiane Province NA 30,480 47,899 82,521 92,657 142,442 230,548 268,891 Phongsali NA 8,500 5,732 6,543 9,452 10,240 22,850 41,378 Attapeu NA 6,831 9,149 9,668 13,740 14,841 16,176 27,728 Sekong NA 574 2,242 4,232 6,526 7,111 12,962 13,125
Source of data: Lao National Tourism Administration 15
Table13: Visitor Arrivals to Luang Prabang Province by Nationality, 2005-2008
Country of Origin 2005 2006 2007 2008 Change(%) Number Share% Number Share% Number Share% Number Share% 2008/2007 Total 261,950 275,154 311,645 344,029 10 Laos 128,381 123,451 124,826 112,454 -10 Foreigner 133,569 100% 151,703 100% 186,819 100% 231,575 100% 24 Asia and Pacific 45,292 33.91 52,796 34.80 76,491 40.94 96,201 41.54 26 ASEAN 25,744 19.27 22,734 14.99 39,217 20.99 50,179 21.67 28 Brunei 375 0.28 61 0.04 190 0.10 163 0.07 -14 Indonesia 670 0.50 207 0.14 201 0.11 171 0.07 -15 Malaysia 2,779 2.08 705 0.46 606 0.32 520 0.22 -14 Myanmar 672 0.50 88 0.06 172 0.09 222 0.10 29 Philippines 716 0.54 247 0.16 658 0.35 514 0.22 -22 Singapore 1,749 1.31 617 0.41 923 0.49 1,948 0.84 111 Thailand 16,017 11.99 19,822 13.07 31,911 17.08 32,482 14.03 2 Vietnam 2,766 2.07 987 0.65 4,556 2.44 14,159 6.11 211 Non-ASEAN 19,548 14.64 30,062 19.82 37,274 19.95 46,022 19.87 23 Australia 6,805 5.09 10,560 6.96 14,978 8.02 13,176 5.69 -12 Cambodia 706 0.53 339 0.22 301 0.16 323 0.14 7 China 2,651 1.98 3, 258 2.15 4,161 2.23 9,990 4.31 140 India 140 0.10 366 0.24 338 0.18 523 0.23 55 Japan 4,633 3.47 9,730 6.41 10,029 5.37 9,555 4.13 -5 Korea 1,241 0.93 2,302 1.52 4,649 2.49 6,194 2.67 33 New Zealand 1,018 0.76 2,180 1.44 1,941 1.04 5,071 2.19 161 Taiwan 292 0.22 75 0.05 380 0.20 234 0.10 -38 Others 2,062 1.54 1,252 0.83 497 0.27 956 0.41 92 Europe 62,638 46.90 67,276 44.35 78,879 42.22 83,697 36.14 6 Austria 3,424 2.56 1,834 1.21 1,664 0.89 1,267 0.55 -24 Belgium 4,473 3.35 1,871 1.23 2,206 1.18 3,068 1.32 39 Denmark 2,963 2.22 1,858 1.22 2,563 1.37 1,804 0.78 -30 Finland 2,681 2.01 844 0.56 494 0.26 1,149 0.50 133 France 8,135 6.09 13,503 8.90 14,902 7.98 20,602 8.90 38 Germany 6,891 5.16 9,198 6.06 14,214 7.61 16,763 7.24 18 Greece 471 0.35 254 0.17 373 0.20 160 0.07 -57 Italy 1,410 1.06 3,441 2.27 3,627 1. 94 7, 134 3.08 97 Netherlands 1,675 1.25 5,285 3.48 4,297 2.30 1,181 0.51 -73 Norway 770 0.58 854 0.56 1,847 0.99 588 0.25 -68 Russia 449 0.34 427 0.28 726 0.39 1,130 0.49 56 Spain 1,476 1.11 2,732 1.80 1,697 0.91 682 0.29 -60 Sweden 2,112 1.58 2,217 1.46 1,586 0.85 876 0.38 -45 Switzerland 1,089 0.82 2,431 1.60 2,632 1.41 1,147 0.50 -56 United Kingdom 17,307 12.96 17,120 11.29 21,255 11.38 22,237 9.60 5 Others 7,312 5.47 3,407 2.25 4,796 2.57 3,909 1.69 -18 The Americas 17,786 13.32 24,446 16.11 29,849 15.98 43,865 18.94 47 Canada 7,455 5.58 7,770 5.12 8,935 4.78 17,928 7.74 101 USA 6,300 4.72 14,303 9.43 18,096 9.69 21,859 9.44 21 Others 4,031 3.02 2,373 1.56 2,818 1.51 4,078 1.76 45 Africa and Middle East 7,853 5.88 7,185 4.74 1,600 0.86 7,812 3.37 388 Israel 1,444 1.08 5,180 3.41 1,049 0.56 5,672 2.45 441 Others 6,409 4.80 2,005 1.32 551 0.29 2,140 0.92 288
Source of data: Lao National Tourism Administration 16
Table 14 : Out-going Lao Travellers, 2006-2008
Border Check Total Total 2008 Total Point 2006 2007 Official Visit Travel Business Other 2008 Total 694,887 589,018 28,495 380,039 132,655 62,793 162,404 766,386 Mitthapab bridge 373,712 229,495 3,213 251,105 11,321 174 709 266,522 _Border Pass 277,298 22,661 - 6,301 1,473 3 2 7,779 _Passport 96,414 206,834 3,213 244,804 9,848 171 707 258,743 Luangnamtha 45,325 17,619 803 1,627 15,694 13,012 10,991 42,127 _Border Pass 44,915 17,091 563 1,584 15,385 12,995 10,830 41,357 _Passport 410 528 240 43 309 17 161 770 Bolikhamsay 17,714 27,804 4,654 12,467 18,069 7,265 629 43,084 _Border Pass 10,348 17,301 342 11,945 10,713 6,803 563 30,366 _Passport 7,366 10,503 4,312 522 7,356 462 66 12,718 Khammouane 16,477 16,579 145 44,211 14,250 3,268 690 62,564 _Border Pass 13,704 11,107 3 28,006 12,431 2,592 381 43,413 _Passport 2,773 5,472 142 16,205 1,819 676 309 19,151 Savannakhet 69,919 126,274 4,445 17,134 42,237 4,365 58,576 126,757 _Border Pass 34,170 80,049 256 9,536 8,603 840 15,239 34,474 _Passport 35,749 46,225 4,189 7,598 33,634 3,525 43,337 92,283 Wattay Airport 25,351 27,668 8,959 14,459 184 355 314 24,271 _Border Pass - - - _Passport 25,351 27,668 8,959 14,459 184 355 314 24,271 Houaysai 28,913 24,391 - 130 9,451 - 24,714 34,295 _Border Pass 27,366 19,611 - 130 6,527 - 17,559 24,216 _Passport 1,547 4,780 - - 2,924 - 7,155 10,079 Champasak 21,916 38,881 427 19,878 15,947 4,211 11,523 51,986 _Border Pass 16,124 25,283 - 6,741 6,359 3,332 6,894 23,326 _Passport 5,792 13,598 427 13,137 9,588 879 4,629 28,660 Xayabouli 80,828 74,443 85 9,725 - 23,440 42,473 75,723 _Border Pass 79,728 70,402 - 3,756 - 20,757 42,267 66,780 _Passport 1,100 4,041 85 5,969 - 2,683 206 8,943 Huaphanh 1,500 1,917 692 52 633 1,063 46 2,486 _Border Pass 1,080 1,602 166 52 346 964 24 1,552 _Passport 420 315 526 - 287 99 22 934 Luangprabang 482 1,008 211 1,039 2 4 146 1,402 _Border Pass - - - _Passport 482 1,008 211 1,039 2 4 146 1,402 Xiengkhouang 12,750 2,939 137 1,008 1,195 674 431 3,445 _Border Pass 12,105 2,058 61 456 1,171 674 16 2,378 _Passport 645 881 76 552 24 - 415 1,067 Attapeu 127 3,071 464 735 1,395 5,792 _Border Pass - 712 - 511 943 2,166 _Passport 127 2,359 464 224 452 3,626 PhongSaly 4,597 4,133 3,208 4,227 9,767 25,932 _Border Pass 4,597 4,133 3,208 4,227 9,767 25,932 _Passport ------
Table 15 : Room Occupancy Rates by Province, 2002 - 2008
Province Occupancy Rate 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Bokeo 62% 72% 65% 67% 58% 64% 63% Champassak 45% 45% 42% 58% 60% 61% 65% Houaphanh 32% 33% 28% 29% 30% 39% 40% Luang Prabang 68% 69% 57% 70% 72% 74% 73% Luang Namtha 31% 54% 52% 57% 55% 56% 60% Savannakhet 54% 49% 58% 60% 61% 68% 65% Vientiane Capital 64% 69% 55% 64% 66% 63% 60% Khammouane 42% 53% 21% 43% 45% 59% 58% Oudomxay 49% 43% 62% 52% 55% 58% 60% Vientiane province 37% 41% 43% 52% 63% 62% 64% Xieng Khouang 47% 27% 32% 40% 44% 51% 50% Bolikhamxay NA 35% 58% 65% 67% 68% 69% Saravanh NA 38% 21% 42% 38% 40% 42% Xayabouli NA 36% 29% 37% 35% 39% 50% Phongsaly NA 33% 21% 29% 30% 42% 52% Attapeu NA 56% 63% 50% 48% 46% 48% Sekong NA 29% 42% 37% 38% 40% 46% Average 45% 44% 50% 51% 54% 57%
Source of data: Lao National Tourism Administration 17
Table 16: Revenue from Tourism and Major Exports, 2004-2008
Note: Revenue in Millions of US Dollars
Product 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 Revenue Rank Revenue Rank Revenue Rank Revenue Rank Revenue Rank Tourism 275.5 2 233.3 2 173.2 2 146.7 1 118.9 1 Garments 255.0 3 132.1 3 126.1 3 107.5 3 99.1 2 Electricity 97.1 4 72.1 5 101.1 4 94.6 4 86.2 3 Wood Products 59.3 5 72.5 4 96.6 5 74.0 5 72.4 4 Coffee 15.6 8 32.3 7 9.7 8 9.5 8 13.0 8 Agricultural Products 47.9 6 42.4 6 39.2 6 26.6 6 20.5 6 Minerals 801.9 1 558.8 1 485.6 1 128.3 2 67.4 5 Handicrafts 3.4 9 4.6 9 1.1 9 2.7 9 1.9 9 Other Industrics 30.0 7 12.8 8 18.2 7 11.9 7 13.4 7
Source : Ministry of Industry and Commerce, Lao National Tourism Administration.
Table 17: Number of Hotels, Guesthouses, Resorts, Restaurants and Entertainment Establishments, 2007-2008
Province Type Hotel GH,Resort Restaurant Entertainment Total Total 2007 2008 2007 2008 2007 2008 2007 2008 2007 2008 Attapeu 3 3 13 14 35 29 6 4 57 50 Bokeo 4 5 28 28 13 19 12 1 57 53 Bolikhamsay 14 12 23 25 89 100 6 2 132 139 Champassak 31 35 111 119 18 18 15 15 175 187 Houaphanh 5 5 40 39 80 24 3 8 128 76 Khammouane 6 5 38 18 85 6 6 3 135 32 Luang Namtha 3 4 53 70 38 67 5 6 99 147 Luang Prabang 21 31 203 161 104 54 7 2 335 248 Oudomxay 9 8 57 52 91 86 7 5 164 151 Phongsaly 4 4 34 33 31 64 0 0 69 101 Saravane 0 3 23 20 19 9 0 2 42 34 Savannakhet 13 15 68 68 60 19 8 4 149 106 Sayabouli 3 3 48 60 29 22 8 6 88 91 Sekong 2 3 15 15 20 20 0 0 37 38 Vientiane Capital 79 114 169 185 69 69 40 92 357 460 Vientiane Province 4 4 157 179 148 122 27 12 336 317 Xieng Khouang 10 11 40 34 47 14 3 2 100 61 Total 211 265 1,120 1,120 976 742 153 164 2,460 2,291
Source of data: Lao National Tourism Administration 18
Table 18: Number of Accommodation Establishments, and Rooms 2002-2008
Number of Establishments Number of Rooms Province 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Attapeu 4 5 5 12 14 16 17 74 107 107 190 322 240 262 Bokeo 22 22 25 24 26 32 33 267 262 303 309 316 378 379 Bolikhamxay 23 25 25 26 29 37 37 331 366 379 435 523 571 636 Champassak 65 106 110 126 127 142 154 925 1298 1364 1616 1679 1879 2072 Houaphanh 10 34 40 39 41 45 44 124 240 317 338 350 421 432 Khammouane 17 13 17 18 26 44 23 295 206 356 394 412 624 523 Luang Namtha 30 65 70 50 64 56 74 287 534 588 536 671 615 814 Luang Prabang 116 137 120 163 173 224 192 1275 1414 1410 1722 1808 2162 2243 Oudomxay 26 50 55 63 64 66 60 316 515 731 703 821 787 848 Phongsaly 19 29 26 36 38 38 37 192 246 193 273 308 298 294 Saravane 11 22 21 22 23 23 23 96 174 221 230 254 362 273 Savannakhet 30 53 60 67 72 81 83 504 979 995 1257 1236 1627 1758 Sayabouli 7 35 43 47 57 51 63 99 377 395 431 510 561 751 Sekong 1 8 8 17 16 17 18 15 69 69 172 160 164 188 Vientiane Capital 113 163 194 224 242 248 299 2739 3412 4004 4891 5342 5476 7237 Vientiane Province 53 90 105 122 138 161 183 920 1772 1734 1890 2077 2284 2773 Xieng Khouang 13 30 33 32 43 50 45 166 318 500 441 844 693 690 Total 560 887 957 1088 1193 1331 1385 8625 12289 13666 15828 17633 19142 22173
Table 19: Number of Hotels, Guest Houses, Rooms, and Beds, in 2008
H otels Guest Houses Total Province No Room Bed No Room Bed No Room Beds Attapeu 3 91 142 14 171 218 17 262 360 Bokeo 5 100 172 28 279 405 33 379 577 Bolikhamxay 12 391 530 25 245 319 37 636 849 Champassak 35 955 1482 119 1117 2160 154 2072 3642 Houaphanh 5 97 162 39 335 492 44 432 654 Khammouane 5 221 343 18 302 390 23 523 733 Luang Namtha 4 86 126 70 728 1039 74 814 1165 Luang Prabang 31 789 1118 161 1454 1603 192 2243 2721 Oudomxay 8 229 388 52 619 898 60 848 1286 Phongsaly 4 97 168 33 197 342 37 294 510 Saravanh 3 56 86 20 217 303 23 273 389 Savannakhet 15 741 1316 68 1017 1446 83 1758 2762 Sayabouli 3 78 101 60 673 819 63 751 920 Sekong 3 59 70 15 129 173 18 188 243 Vientiane Capital 114 4400 5995 185 2837 4188 299 7237 10183 Vientiane Province 4 152 169 179 2621 3351 183 2773 3520 Xieng Khouang 11 261 430 34 429 575 45 690 1005 Total 265 8803 12798 1120 13370 18721 1385 22173 31519
Source of data: Lao National Tourism Administration 19
Part II : International Visitor Survey The results in this section of the report relate to information obtained from 1,500 international visitors surveyed during the period June-December 2008 at Wattay International Airport, Friendship Bridge and Luang Prabang Province. The international visitors who were randomly interviewed represent all tourist arrivals to Laos. Table 20: Profile of International Tourist Arrivals to Laos, 2004 to 2008.
CHARACTERISTIC 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 MODE OF ARRIVAL 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Air 27 40 32.8 40.3 32 Land 73 60 68.4 59.7 68 SEX 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Male 57 56 51 57.6 56 Female 43 44 49 42.6 44 AGE GROUP 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 3 to 19 2 3 2 4 5 20 to 29 47 39 29.1 44.8 32 30 to 39 24 26 24.7 21.7 24 40 to 49 11 14 17.2 15.3 18 50 to 59 10 13 18.3 7.6 16 60 and above 6 5 8.7 6.6 5 OCCUPATION 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Government 11 16 16 15 18 Private company 25 28 34 27 26 Student 29 23 11.7 27 20 Housewife 2 2 2.3 2 5 Retired 5 3 6.3 6 7 Self-employed 9 9 10.7 9 12 Others 19 19 19.5 14 12 PURPOSE OF VISIT % 100% 100% 100% 100% Business 4 4 12.8 1.7 6 Holiday 86 88 75.5 80 78 Visit family 2 2 2.8 5.3 4 Official, convention and seminar 2 2 5.2 8.6 10 Others 6 4 4.4 4.4 2 TYPE OF ACCOMMODATION % 100% 100% 100% % Hotel 26 25 40.7 41.7 40 Guest House 70 70 49.5 52 68 Private house 2 3 9.3 8 9 Others 2 2 2.3 2 2 PERSONS ACCOMPANIED WITH 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Alone 27 23 31.8 30.2 25 Spouse/partner 35 45 40.7 27.8 32 Child 1 3 2.9 5.1 6 Colleague 2 2 4.4 7.5 8 Friend 32 23 18.5 25.4 26 Others 3 4 4.3 4 3
Source of data: Lao National Tourism Administration 20
FREQUENCY OF VISIT 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% First visit 40 55 45.4 78.3 60 Second visit 45 30 12.2 10.4 20 Third visit 7 8 15 3.8 9 Nth visit 8 7 27.4 7.3 8 SOURCE OF INFORMATION ABOUT LAOS Book or magazine 40 59 46.4 51 65 TV or radio 2 2 1.3 2.1 3 Friend 22 19 21.4 30 45 Travel Agency/Tour Operator 6 7 11.3 8.3 10 Other 8 13 22.8 8.6 7 MAIN INTERESTS %%%%% Nature 54 70 59.6 65 70 Temple and monuments 39 60 54.8 62 55 Culture 56 75 69 68 68 Minority people 23 31 26.7 32 40 Food 43 27 23.6 26 30 Shopping 30 15 15.3 33 35 New destination 25 33 32.1 24 37 Other 13 9 15.8 11 10 PROVINCES VISITED %%%%% Vientiane Capital 96 98 97.2 92 90 Luang Prabang 68 64 64.3 69 65 Xieng Khouang 9 11 8.5 12 15 Champassak 12 16 11.2 20 24 Khammouane 2 4 3.3 6 5 Savannakhet 8 10 9.7 11 10 Bokeo 5 10 7.5 14 13 Bolikhamxay 1 2 2.4 3 16 Luang Namtha 6 7 8.4 9 18 Xayabouli 1 1 1.4 1.2 1 Attapeu 2 2 1.8 1.1 1 Saravanh 2 2 2.6 1.3 1 Huapanh 1 2 1.7 2.7 1.8 Oudomsay 5 7 7 8 9 Sekong 2 1 2.2 2 1.2 Phong Saly 1 3 2.5 2 2 Vientiane Province 1 1 1 10 30 COUNTRIES VISITED ON THESE TRIPS %%%%% Only Lao PDR 32 20 28.2 26 25 Thailand 75 71 57.8 62 70 Cambodia or China or Vietnam 38 47 45.4 47 35 Other Southeast Asian countries 18 20 17 16 16 AVERAGE LENGTH OF STAY (DAYS) 6.5 7 7 7 6.5 AVERAGE EXPENDITURE PER DAY PER PERSON ( US Dollars ) 59 50 52 53 60
Source of data: Lao National Tourism Administration 21
Part III: Tourism Projections
Table 21:Tourist Arrivals to Laos, Revenue from Tourism, Average Length of Stay by Time Trend from 1993-2015
Average Lengthof Number of Tourist Revenue from Year Stay (Days) for Remark Arrivals Tourism (Dollars) international tourists
1993 102,946 6,280,000 3.50 1994 146,155 7,557,600 5.07 1995 346,460 24,738,480 4.25 1996 403,000 43,592,263 4.12 1997 463,200 73,276,904 5.00 1998 500,200 79,960,145 5.00 1999 614,278 97,265,324 5.50 2000 737,208 113,898,285 5.50 2001 673,823 103,786,323 8.00 2002 735,662 113,409,883 6.50 2003 636,361 87,302,412 6.00 2004 894,806 118,947,707 6.50 2005 1,095,315 146,770,074 7.00 2006 1,215,106 173,249,896 7.00 2007 1,632,943 233,304,695 7.00 2008 1,736,787 275,515,758 6.50 2009 1,986,833 297,333,667 7.67 Estimated 2010 2,216,968 313,133,356 7.87 Estimated 2011 2,447,103 328,933,045 8.07 Estimated 2012 2,677,238 344,732,735 8.27 Estimated 2013 2,907,374 360,532,424 8.47 Estimated 2014 3,137,508 376,332,113 8.67 Estimated 2015 3,367,642 392,131,802 8.87 Estimated
Source of data: Lao National Tourism Administration 22
Source of data: Lao National Tourism Administration 23
Table 23: Number of Lao Travel Agents from 2002-2008
Number of Travel Agents Number of Branch Travel Agents Province 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Vientiane Municipality 22 26 36 41 55 65 80 3 4 4 5 5 6 8 Bolikhamxay 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 Khammouane 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 Savannakhet 12222341112567 Champassak 2 2 3 4 9 11 14 4 4 4 8 11 13 16 Sekong 1 1 1 Attapeu 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Xieng Khouang 111112233447 Houaphanh 2 2 Luang Prabang 1 2 5 6 13 16 21 7 8 10 13 14 15 22 Bokeo 11123361445555 Luang Namtha 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 Oudomxay 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 Sayabouli 1 1 Phongsaly Saravane Vientiane Province 3 Total 33 41 56 64 93 113 143 18 23 26 36 44 49 65
Table 24: Number of Torist sites in Laos in 2008
Natural sites Cultural sites Historical sites Total Province
Phongsaly 38 69 5 112 Houaphanh 12 14 17 43 Xieng Khouang 32 18 13 63 Luang Namtha 26 34 12 72 Oudomxay 75 70 34 179 Bokeo 119 32 19 170 Luang Prabang 32 32 6 70 Sayabouli 69 10 13 92 Vientiane Province 104 10 17 131 Vientiane Capital 12 14 10 36 Bolikhamxay 51 8 4 63 Khammouane 95 25 3 123 Savannakhet 39 12 4 55 Champassak 103 59 33 195 Saravane 15 14 5 34 Sekong 8 6 7 21 Attapeu 19 8 7 34 Total 849 435 209 1493
Source of data: Lao National Tourism Administration 24
Part IV: Tourist Satisfaction Table 25 Satisfaction of tourists with the attractions in the GMS countries n = 5,089
GMS Attractions Lao PDR top score Average score 6.51 7.5 1.Historical sites 7.29 8.85 2.Ethnic diversity 6.94 7.33 3.Culture/ way of life 7.9 7.9 4.Sun, sand, sea 5.58 8.26 5.Mountains, waterfalls 7.89 7.89 6.Animal watching 6.45 6.61 7.Adventure tourism 6.8 7.42 8.Hospitality of people 8.38 8.38 9.Shopping 6.12 8.35 10.Food 6.55 8.27 11.Amusement parks 6.08 6.46 12.Sports 6.06 6.7 13.Spa 6.5 7.81 14.Rural-community tourism 6.76 7.19 15.Health/ dentistry 5.96 7.09 16.Other night entertainment 6.22 7.99 17.Casino tourism 3.92 5.51 Source: Calculated from data collected in 2005-2006
Table 26 Satisfaction of tourists with the management of infrastructure by the governments of the GMS countries n = 5,089 GMS Public Management Lao PDR top score Average score 6.61 7.12 1.Visa application 7.57 8.49 2. Immigration clearance 7.61 7.92 3.Customs clearance 7.85 8.27 4.Language and communication 6.97 7.15 5.Road / Traffic and public transportation 6.03 6.94 6.Telecom 6.27 7.53 7.International linkage with other countries 6.3 8.06 8.Cleanliness of public facilities 6.12 6.8 9.Sufficiency/sanitation of public rest rooms 5.81 6.55 10.Air pollution management 6.56 6.56 11.Waste water management 5.75 5.75 12.Noise pollution management 6.63 6.63 13.Solid waste management 5.83 5.83 14.Safety and security 7.58 7.58 15.Health and epidemic management 6.15 6.72 16.Tourism information 6.9 7.75 17.Disaster/rescue management 6.43 6.55 Source: Calculated from data collected in 2005-2006
Table 27 Satisfaction of tourists with the management of the private tourism industry in the GMS countries n = 5,089 GMS Private Management Lao PDR top score Average score 7.47 7.93 1. Hospitality 8.31 8.47 2. Speed of service 7.22 7.86 3. Politeness of staff 8.26 8.32 4. Honesty 8.16 8.16 5. Comfort 7.11 7.95 6. Hygiene standards 6.51 7.21 7. Value for money 7.75 8.27 8. Restrooms in private enterprises 6.64 7.5 9. Dissemination of domestic tourism 7.25 7.61 Source: Calculated from data collected in 2005-2006
Source of data: Lao National Tourism Administration 25
Unit 2
Understanding Luang Prabang’s Heritage
Learning Objectives
This Unit is designed to provide you with an understanding of: . An overview of the history of Luang Prabang Town and the significance of its geographic location . An understanding of the historic, artistic, social, political, cultural and religious values of the town and surrounding landscape . Familiarity with the tangible and intangible heritage values and significance of the site, including associated living traditions of the local communities
Contents
IMPACT: The effects of Tourism on Culture in Asia and the Pacific – Luang Prabang, Lao PDR
Resources
• A Guide to Luang Prabang guidebook
• IMPACT publications
• Unit exercises
Performance Standards 1 Performance Standards 2 Performance Standards 3 Performance Standards 4 Performance Standards 5 Performance Standards 2 PROTECTING AND MANAGING CULTURAL HERITAGE Scope Knowledge Specific Skills/Abilities
Protecting and . Concept of heritage values . Communicate to visitors the Managing Cultural . Process of protecting and heritage values/Outstanding Heritage managing cultural heritage Universal Values of the site. . Types of conservation . Connect heritage values with interventions specific features of the site. . Role of heritage guides, . Communicate challenges and visitors and local people in the threats to World Heritage and protection of cultural heritage inform visitors of the possible mitigation measures. . Challenges and threats to World Heritage . Distinguish between different types of conservation interventions and . Short-term versus long-term provide examples of each type of protection measures intervention. . Provide examples of good and/or bad conservation practices. . Provide examples of short-term and long-term protection of cultural heritage. . Inform visitors how they can help the protection of cultural heritage. United Nations Educational, scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO)
Pacific Asia Travel Association (PATA)
School of Travel Industry Management, University of Hawai‘i
The Royal Netherlands Embassy to Thailand, Lao PDR, Cambodia, and Myanmar in Bangkok
Thai Airways International
Norwegian Agency for Development Co-operation
The National Tourism Authority of Lao PDR
The Department of Information and Culture of Luang Prabang, Lao PDR
La Maison du Patrimoine, Luang Prabang, Lao PDR
Netherlands Development Organization (SNV)
Historical Resources Intern Program, University of Calgary, Canada Part 1: Heritage and Preservation in Luang Prabang 40 B. Heritage Preservation In Luang Prabang 41
B. HERITAGE PRESERVATION IN LUANG PRABANG Part B examines the history and key strategies for heritage preservation in Luang Prabang and outlines the preservation efforts to date.
HERITAGE This section outlines some of the major milestones in PRESERVATION the history of heritage preservation in Luang Prabang, SO FAR including an explanation of how Luang Prabang became a World Heritage site.
There has been much progress in heritage preservation in Luang Prabang over the past 18 years. Several of the initiatives are highlighted in Figure B.1 on page 41. Some of the major milestones are discussed below.
Legislation and In order to cope with existing and potential issues of Assessment of heritage conservation, the Government of Lao PDR has, Historic Buildings since 1989, begun to create new heritage legislation and has established institutions and developed relationships with institutions specializing in heritage conservation, with international organizations and with donor countries.
In 1994, the Ministry of Information and Culture, with support from the French Government, employed the French architectural firm, Ateliers de la Peninsule, to undertake an architectural assessment of the historic buildings in Luang Prabang. The project resulted in the identification and listing of 33 vat and 11 secular buildings as heritage buildings. Following this, the Government of Lao PDR listed Luang Prabang as a national heritage site. The building inventory was also used as a basis for determining heritage protection zones and formed part of the supporting documentation for the submission to UNESCO for World Heritage listing.
World Heritage The Lao PDR Government recognized that Luang Inscription Prabang met the criteria for cultural properties outlined in the World Heritage Convention 1972 (ratified by Lao PDR in 1987). In their submission for World Heritage inscription, the Government argued that a new concept of urbanization was introduced into the traditional Lao morphology of Luang Prabang in the early twentieth century as a result of exchanges between three cultures – the Lao, the Vietnamese and the French. This created the present-day city with a fusion of styles and materials from traditional Lao timber buildings to European construction with introduced materials, as well as Vietnamese and Chinese influences. Part 1: Heritage and Preservation in Luang Prabang 42 Heritage Preservation So Far 43
In its review of the nomination of Luang Prabang, the World Heritage Committee found that the level of authenticity in temples was higher than that found in domestic buildings where many introduced techniques and materials, especially concrete, had been used to replace traditional materials. Nonetheless, the World Heritage Committee found that the overall townscape and urban fabric of the town still preserved a high degree of authenticity. Moreover, it was the combination of diverse communities, rural and urban, royal and religious, sacred and secular, within a defined geographical area that the Carved timber decorative World Heritage Committee found as a main justification reliefs depicting religious scenes adorn several of the for inscription. temples of Luang Prabang. (UNESCO file photo) Luang Prabang was inscribed on the UNESCO World Heritage List in 1995. The town was noted for its “outstanding universal value, representing the harmonious relationship between the built and natural environment, and for the successful fusion of traditional Lao architectural and urban structures with those of the nineteenth and twentieth century French style”.
The area under the protection of the World Heritage Convention is extensive. It not only covers the historic town, but also the banks of the Mekong and Khan rivers on the other side of the peninsula. The protected area incorporates examples of all the architectural styles as well as the evolved town layout.
A Master Plan for In 1996, the Prime Minister’s Cabinet approved a revised Heritage Preservation urban master plan for Luang Prabang. This plan was drawn up in 1994 by the Institute of Technical Studies and Town Planning which is part of the Ministry of Communication, Transport, Post and Construction. This legally-binding plan covers an area of five hectares, divides the town into conservation and non-conservation zones, and is used by local authorities as a framework for preserving heritage and controlling development.
A major provision of the plan is the designation of a 1.4 hectare heritage preservation zone centred on the historic peninsula area of the town. This heritage zone includes major Buddhist temples, French-influenced administration buildings, Chinese-style shop houses and traditional wooden houses. The banks of the Mekong and Khan Rivers across from the peninsula are also protected under the regulations of this zone. See Figure B.2: Map of Luang Prabang: Administrative Villages and Buddhist Temples. Introduction to Luang Prabang 4 Introduction to Luang Prabang 5
INTRODUCTION TO LUANG PRABANG: A Special and Fragile Place Hidden away amid lush, wooded hills, the ancient Laotian capital of Luang Prabang is one of the truly special places of Asia. Graceful arched roofs of temples emerge from the morning mist and the chant of Buddhist monks resonates through quiet streets at dawn.
The royal capital of the former kingdom of Lane Xang, Luang Prabang has retained its historical authenticity and still embodies the serenity of its Buddhist heritage. Glittering temples, traditional teak houses and stately French colonial- era residences grace this lush, tranquil place, described by nineteenth-century French explorer Henri Mohout, as “a delightful little town.”
A Short History of Luang Prabang Archaeological, historical and linguistic research indicates that Tai-speaking populations moved into the Southeast Asian peninsula sometime between the tenth and thirteenth centuries, co-habiting with the original Austro-Asiatic speaking populations. However, Lao legend traces the origins of its people to earlier times and in more mystical ways. Legend According to one legend the Buddha left a number of footprints when travelling through the land that is now called Luang Prabang and told his disciple Ananda that a rich and powerful capital would be erected on the land upon which he was standing.
Another legend about the origins of Luang Prabang traces the history of the region to Khun Borom, the mythical ruler of the principality of Teng and the son of the King of the Celestial World. According to this legend Khun Borom was sent to Earth to oversee the Tai and Austro-Asiatic people living in the region. Khun Borom had seven sons who formed seven principalities of their own and the eldest, Khun Lo, founded the principality of Luang Prabang.
Photo captions 1. Where rivers meet and mountains rise - Luang Prabang’s natural setting is one of its most spectacular features. (Photo: Richard Engelhardt) 2. The town of Luang Prabang. Aside from traditional-style houses and temples, Luang Prabang features an array of fine French colonial buildings. (UNESCO file photo) 3. An ordained monk studying in the monastery. (Photo: Heather Peters) 4. One of the most beautiful temples of Luang Prabang, Vat Xieng Thong, decorated with the ‘tree of life’ mosaic. (Photo: David A. Feingold, Ophidian Films Ltd.) Introduction to Luang Prabang 6 Introduction to Luang Prabang 7
History Remains of stone tools excavated at Tham Hua Pu Cave suggest that the region of Luang Prabang has been inhabited since 8000 BC, while bronze pieces and cord-marked pottery exist as evidence of habitation of the region during the second millennium BC. A variety of beads has been found that indicates the area had trade links with India, probably dating from 500 BC.
Precise information about Laotian history dates from the fourteenth century, when King Fa Ngum conquered and united the regions of today’s Xieng Khouang, Khorat Plateau (in northeastern Thailand) and Luang Prabang to establish the Lane Xang Kingdom, or the ‘Land of One Million Elephants’. King Fa Ngum adopted Theravada Buddhism and accepted the golden Prabang statue – an image of the Buddha – as a gift from the Khmer Kingdom to the south. Luang Prabang, which derives its name from this sacred Buddha image, became the capital city of the Lane Xang Kingdom. In the sixteenth century, under the rule of King Setthathirat, the capital moved to Vientiane because Luang Prabang was considered vulnerable to attack by the Burmese.
In spite of the move, Luang Prabang remained the kingdom’s religious and spiritual centre. The city’s dozens of temples, filled with hundreds of sacred Buddha images, continued to thrive. The first European travellers arrived in Lane Xang Kingdom during the reign of King Sourigna Vongsa (1638-1695). After the death of the king, the land was divided into three separate kingdoms: Luang Prabang in the north, Vientiane in the centre and Champasak in the south.
In 1752, Luang Prabang sided with Siam as they anticipated a Burmese invasion. However, Luang Prabang was captured shortly after the Burmese sacked Ayutthaya. In 1778, Siam supplanted Burmese rule in Luang Prabang and controlled the city until the late nineteenth century. In 1887, the city was sacked by Haw Chinese bandits, called the Black Flags, and many sacred Buddha images, temples and historical documents were destroyed.
After this loss, Luang Prabang continued to hold special importance locally, remaining the home of its own royal family. And in the nineteenth and early- twentieth centuries Luang Prabang emerged as an important place for artistic training. It was during this period that King Sisavang Vong (1904-1959) undertook numerous preservation, restoration and beautification projects in the city.
The late-nineteenth and early-twentieth centuries saw the expansion and development of the French colonial territories in Indochina. The French established a presence in Luang Prabang with the signing of the Franco- Siamese treaty of 1893, which transferred a vast and varied region to French administration. From 1893 to 1907 a series of Siamese-French treaties were negotiated that resulted in the Siamese relinquishing control over the land lying east of the Mekong River. It was around this time that the French united the Lao principalities under colonial rule and the present boundaries of Lao PDR were created through joint commissions with China, Great Britain (for the Introduction to Luang Prabang 6 Introduction to Luang Prabang 7
Lao-Burmese border) and Siam (now Thailand). To the French, Laos was more important as a buffer state than anything else. It never provided the economic riches of Viet Nam and French physical presence was minimal. In 1940, only 600 French citizens lived in the country.
In 1941 the Japanese occupied Indochina and at this time Thailand reoccupied parts of Laos that it felt had been unfairly taken from them during Franco- Siamese negotiations in 1904. In April 1945 King Sisavang Vong declared independence but when the French returned to Laos the protectorate was reinstated. During this period the Lao Issara (Free Lao) movement grew in popularity and strived to uphold the April 1945 declaration of independence. In 1946 the movement split into three factions: one faction supporting full independence on their own terms, another supporting independence through negotiation with the French, and the third allying itself to Ho Chi Minh’s movement in Viet Nam.
Laos eventually received full sovereignty in 1953. By then the Lao Issara faction that supported Ho Chi Minh had gained prominence and became known as the Pathet Lao (Land of the Lao). By this time Kaysone Phomvihane, who was to become Secretary-General of the Lao People’s Revolutionary Party and the first Prime Minister of the Lao People’s Democratic Republic (Lao PDR) had emerged as an important figure.
From 1953 until 1975, when Lao PDR was formed, the history of the country was one of constant struggle and shifting alliances. Domestic politics were shaped by global geo-political forces as the war in Viet Nam secretly spilled over into Laos. On 23 August 1975, the Lao People’s Revolutionary Party was declared the ruling party of the new Lao People’s Democratic Republic (Lao PDR). Vientiane came under the control of Lao PDR on 2 December 1975. Upon the formation of the new government, Sisavang Vatthana (the son of the late King Sisavang Vong), who was still residing in Luang Prabang at the time, relinquished the throne.
Luang Prabang today is a palimpsest of centuries of social, political and cultural exchange, negotiation, and synthesis. The town’s 34 temples stand alongside French colonial government buildings; artwork reflecting the distinctive traces of Sukhothai, Tai Lue and even Burmese culture can be found in the town’s monuments and religious artifacts; and the former Royal Palace is now a museum. Part 1: Heritage and Preservation in Luang Prabang 20 Heritage 21
HERITAGE This section presents a catalogue of Luang Prabang’s wide range of natural, built and cultural heritage, including the numerous festivals throughout the year, traditional arts and crafts, performing arts and cuisine. It is this living heritage that makes Luang Prabang a unique destination in Southeast Asia.
Natural Heritage Luang Prabang’s natural resources form the foundation on which the area’s cultural heritage is based, and provide a unified setting for the different village communities. The Mekong River and its many tributaries serve as the primary communication and navigation backbone for the country. The waterways that pass through Luang Prabang bring trade, and increasingly visitors.
Luang Prabang is a mountainous province, characterized by numerous caves and soaring limestone formations. Elevations vary between 297 and 2257 metres. Thick upland evergreen forests, with diversity in both flora and The Mekong River, the fauna, provide abundant resources, such as wood, which ‘Mother of Waters’ is a figures prominently in local buildings and art. The hills complex ecosystem and an are also home to Luang Prabang’s many ethnic groups, important part of life and spirituality in Southeast Asia. particularly the Hmong and the Khmu. (UNESCO file photo) Built on a small peninsula at the confluence of the Mekong and Khan Rivers, the town of Luang Prabang is located in a majestic and scenic position against the backdrop of forested mountains. Before man-made structures were constructed, natural landmarks defined this sacred site. The hill (phou) in Luang Prabang (Phousi) is the physical and spiritual centre of the town. It is worshipped as the representation of Mount Meru, the sacred mountain which sits at the centre of the universe in Buddhist cosmology. Urban wetlands, riverbank gardens and limestone caves are as integral to the spatial identity of the town as built Boat-racing on the Mekong and architectural elements, creating a unique cultural River, as part of the Souang landscape and strong sense of place. Heua festival. (Photo: Rik Ponne)
Photo captions 1. The temples of Luang Prabang play an important role in the daily life of residents. Boys and young men enter the temple to become monks, while laypersons use the temple grounds for community and leisure activities. (Photo: Vanessa Achilles) 2. The colourful royal puppets are believed to each have a spirit. (Photo: Richard Engelhardt) 3. Heritage zoning includes the protection of ponds and urban wetlands, which are an important ecological component of Luang Prabang. Ponds with palm trees, waterlilies and wildlife are interspersed with houses throughout the town. (Photo: John Koch-Schulte) 4. Women giving alms to monks in the binthabat ceremony. This ceremony usually lasts for an hour at daybreak, during which the monks proceed in a long line around the town. As a sign of respect, men and women often drape a scarf over one shoulder during this ceremony. (Photo: David A. Feingold, Ophidian Films Ltd.) Part 1: Heritage and Preservation in Luang Prabang 22 Heritage 23
In recognition of its importance, water and its surrounding elements are integrated into the ritual and festival calendars of the Tai and Lao cultures. Pimai, or Lao New Year, is an important annual ceremony combining water, water spirits, religion and social events with the reaffirmation of traditional kinship.
An extensive system of interconnected wetlands is found in the town of Luang Prabang. These wetlands resulted from the digging of clay for city wells 200 to 300 years ago. They serve an important function in the annual cycle of flooding, providing retention capacity for excess water. As the water recedes, the wetlands allow water to drain gradually and be absorbed back into the ground as much as possible. In addition to hosting wildlife, the wetlands The wetlands of Luang are often put to use by the local residents as breeding areas Prabang provide for ducks or fish. The fish are a vital part of the wetlands important ecological as they reduce mosquito larvae. Within the larger urban services as well as being attractive and tranquil landscape, the wetlands provide attractive open spaces spaces within the town. and green buffer zones inside the town. (UNESCO file photo)
Built Heritage The heritage value of Luang Prabang is derived largely from its rich architectural endowment: the individual buildings, their elaborate embellishments and their urban assemblage. The vernacular and colonial architectural influences can be traced in both the monumental and secular structures, in some cases forming a distinctive hybrid urbanism.
Luang Prabang’s urban layout preserves in living form the ancient Tai settlement pattern known elsewhere only from archaeological remains. This planning principle is distinctive because it has no defined urban core. Instead, This aerial view of Luang the town is composed of a cluster of small villages, called Prabang shows the array of ban. Each village is centred around and defined by its own building types nestled within temple, which takes the name of that village. In Luang the lush greenery of the Prabang, the villages are arrayed very closely along the town. (Photo: Sirisak Chaiyasook) banks of the two rivers. The resulting proximity of each village temple thus creates an impression of a continuous string of temples along the central east-west axis of the town.
During the French colonial period (1893–1954), nineteenth- century European and hybrid European-Laotian architec- ture was introduced to Luang Prabang. However the original town plan was retained and is still apparent today. In particular, temples continue to dominate the townscape of Luang Prabang because of their height, central location and size. Part 1: Heritage and Preservation in Luang Prabang 24 Heritage 25
Religious Architecture The Buddhist temples and monasteries are the most culturally significant architectural feature in Luang Prabang. Over the centuries, the Buddhist faithful of Luang Prabang, both royal patrons and local villagers, focused their funds and efforts on building these temples. Luang Prabang’s Buddhist temples are known throughout Southeast Asia for their distinctive style: tiered roofs and pillared porticos, embellished with ornamentation of the highest quality, including wood carving, stucco moulding, dry fresco wall painting, lacquer work, and glass mosaic work.
The monastic compounds are the focal point of community The temples provide open life in Luang Prabang. They traditionally serve two main spaces where community members can engage in functions: first as a centre for religious and community leisure activities and sport. activities and second as a place that embodies and (Photo: John Koch-Schulte) safeguards the community’s cultural heritage. In addition, the temple complexes provide tranquil areas for children to play and adults to relax, quite similar to the role played by public parks in other communities.
As shown in Figure A.2, Luang Prabang monasteries usually contain a number of elements. These may include a sim (ordination hall), a that (reliquary stupa), a sala (open-sided room used for meetings, dining and casual ceremonies), a ho la khang (bell tower), a ho kong (drum tower), and a ho tai (manuscript library). Part of the compound is dedicated to the sangha (Buddhist fellowship), containing the kouti (sleeping quarters for the monks) and a well for bathing. Many monasteries also provide funeral services and because Lao Buddhists practice cremation, rather than burial, some monasteries have a crematorium. There may also be small that monuments which contain the ashes of monks and devotees. Finally, monastery grounds often have school buildings, a traditional medicine clinic Monks relax with their friends and herbal sauna, shrines to local spirits and a shed to in the temple grounds during house the long boats used by the community in river races their leisure time. on festival days. (Photo: John Koch-Schulte) Part 1: Heritage and Preservation in Luang Prabang 24 Heritage 25
1. Elephant pillars 9. Chapel of the Golden Buddha 2. City entrance 10. that (stupa) 3. Royal Funerary House 11. Offering altar 4. sim (ordination hall) 12. Boat shelter 5. Reclining Buddha chapel 13. Bathrooms 6. Tripitaka chamber 14. Shelter for the wooden bell 7. Drum tower 15. Stairs down to the Mekong river 8. kouti (monks’ quarters) 16. Pilgrims dwelling
7
2 3 1 10d 10b
10c 10a
8b 8c
4
15 5 13 14 6
16 10h 9
10e 11 10g 10f
12 13
Figure A.2: Elements of a Luang Prabang Monastery. Example: Layout of Vat Xieng Thong. Part 1: Heritage and Preservation in Luang Prabang 26 Heritage 27
Architectural Styles The architectural styles of Luang Prabang temples can be classified into four main types as follows: • The earliest temple architecture (Luang Prabang Style I) • Luang Prabang (Luang Prabang Style II) • Xieng Khouang (Luang Prabang Style III) • Vientiane (Thai Style)
The earliest style is represented by temples in which the foundations are smaller than the roof, such as in Vat Visoun. Drawings from the nineteenth-century Garnier Expedition show that the sim at Vat That Luang also The earliest style of temple had this distinctive shape. The Luang Prabang style architecture (Luang Prabang is characterised by multi-tiered sweeping roofs that Style I) is typified by Vat Visoun, represent the cosmological levels in Buddhist doctrine. which was originally built in 1512 The sim at Vat Xieng Thong is the archetype of Luang by King Phothisarat. The current Prabang style II. The Xieng Khouang style (Luang Prabang structure is a reconstruction of the Style III) has a low, sweeping roof, as seen in Vat Paphay original and was built in 1898 after the original was destroyed by the and Vat Long Khoun. The so-called Vientiane style (also Black Flags in 1887. The original called Thai style) is characterized by tall, narrow walls building was made of wood, while with shorter eaves. See Figure B.3: Temple Architectural the reconstruction is a brick and Styles, in section B which classifies each of the temples of plaster structure. Luang Prabang into their respective category. (Photo: Rik Ponne)
Believed to have been built Vat Pa Phay is an example Vat Pa Huak is an in around 1560 by King of Xieng Khouang Style example of Vientiane Setthathirat, Vat Xieng (Luang Prabang Style III). Style (Thai Style) and is Thong, the Temple of the This graceful style is rare located on the western Golden City, is one of the but several examples remain edge of Phousi in Ban best examples of the Luang in existence in Luang Choum Khong. The Prabang Style (Luang Prabang Prabang. nineteenth century Style II) and is one of Luang (Photo: David A. Feingold, murals of Vat Pa Huak Prabang’s most impressive Ophidian Films Ltd.) are very beautiful and temples.. The distinctive Lao depict the story of the roof ornamentation, dok so fa, Taming of Jambupati. can be seen in the middle of (Photo: Water Unger) the roof ridge. (Photo:.UNESCO file photo) Part 1: Heritage and Preservation in Luang Prabang 26 Heritage 27
A wide range of materials, construction and decorative techniques are deployed in the construction of monu- mental structures such as temples. Unlike traditional secular dwellings, which are largely limited to impermanent materials including wood and bamboo, temples use a combination of wood and masonry construction. Foundations and walls are masonry, while the roof structure is wood. Pillars are usually wood, encased with brick and plaster. Most notably, the temples are lavishly decorated. Door panels, hanging screens in the portico area, and gable ridges are adorned with exquisite wood carvings of floral and religious motifs. Stucco moulding can be found on the base of platform supporting the main Buddha figure or in door surrounds. Columns and doors are lacquered and gilded and are decorated with geometric patterns or allegorical scenes. The dok so fa, a particular feature of Laotian sim, is Murals are either painted or painstakingly constructed located at the centre of the from coloured glass mosaic, exemplifying the talents of sim roof ridge. royal-trained artisans. (Photo: Richard Engelhardt) The spires on the roof of the sim symbolize the universe, and indicate royal patronage in the building of the temple. A distinctive feature of sim in Lao PDR is the metal ornamentation located in the middle of the roof ridge, the dok so fa.
Secular Architecture The early dwellings in the Luang Prabang area, similar to vernacular houses throughout Lane Xang and neighbouring kingdoms, were built from wood and bamboo, and raised on piles. A lightweight framework of wood or bamboo was constructed, with panels of woven bamboo strips used for infill. Thatched roofing provided protection against the elements and could be easily replaced as necessary. Later, a plaster finish made from lime, straw, sand, palm sugar and boiled buffalo skin was introduced by the Tai Dam, a Tai-speaking group whose homeland is in northern Viet Nam. These construction techniques and materials are still predominant in the Traditional Lao houses villages surrounding Luang Prabang and in some areas of are built with bamboo, the town itself. thatch and wood, with the quality of the materials The construction technique of vernacular dwellings is depending on the wealth of consistent throughout different levels of society. Higher the owner. They are usually status is revealed only through location, larger size and free-standing structures, better quality of construction materials. As such, a village rectangular in plan and chief’s house was, traditionally, stylistically identical to elevated on piles. (Photo: Beatrice Kaldun) the house of an ordinary resident. Part 1: Heritage and Preservation in Luang Prabang 28 Heritage 29
New secular building styles were introduced between 1893 and 1907 as the French gradually assumed administrative control of Laos. In constructing administrative buildings and houses the French introduced European construction techniques and materials. For instance, the restriction on the use of bricks, which were previously used only for temples, was lifted. The French, however, did not merely transplant European styles into Luang Prabang. Instead, they employed styles developed in Viet Nam and produced designs inspired by vernacular temple Villa Santi is a colonial-era architecture and secular wooden structures that were house that has been renovated better suited to the warm and humid Laotian climate. and converted into an upmarket guesthouse. As a result, a new Laotian architectural style emerged, (Photo: Sirisak Chaiyasook) based on indigenous domestic architecture but freely incorporating French and Vietnamese design elements along with European and Chinese technical innovations. The Laotian royalty and aristocracy, who had previously lived in wooden houses, had their new masonry residences constructed in this style. The former Royal Palace (see page 14, photo 4) which today houses the Luang Prabang National Museum, was built between 1904 and 1909 and serves as a fine example of the French- inspired architecture that was popular at that time.
Chinese-style shop houses, The French introduced some elements of Chinese which were introduced into architecture and urbanism indirectly. To execute French Luang Prabang via imported public works, skilled Vietnamese labourers were Vietnamese builders, line many imported. These labourers settled near the foot of the of the roads in Luang Prabang. peninsula and built their own commercial quarters which (Photo: Water Unger) were brick, Chinese-style shop houses in rows that faced directly onto the street, with living accommodations on the upper floors. All of these architectural styles can still be seen today in Luang Prabang.
Festivals and Rituals and festivals, whether they occur once a day or Daily Rituals once a year, convey the spirit and essence of a culture, identifying what is unique to a locality. In Luang Prabang, the ritual cycle is dominated by Theravada Buddhist customs and traditions, integrated with tributes paid to the animistic spirits (phi) of the land and water. Because it is the traditional centre of religion in Laos and the seat of the former royal family, annual festivals (boun) are often organized on a grand scale in Luang Prabang. Festivals are governed by the different phases of the moon, but in general are held in the same month each year, as outlined in the box below.
This pimai street parade features ceremonial dancers dressed as the devata luang, servants of the mythological Khun Borom, guarding the sacred prabang image. (Photo: Richard Engelhardt) Part 1: Heritage and Preservation in Luang Prabang 28 Heritage 29
Luang Prabang Festivals January Boun Khoun Khao – Harvest festival, celebrated after the rice has been harvested, in which a ceremony is held to give thanks to the spirit of the land and to ensure the next harvest will be plentiful. Boun Pha Vet – A temple-based festival when the jataka or story of Prince Vestsantara (the Buddha’s penultimate life) are recited. The festival lasts for three days and three nights. Visiting fortunetellers are also a popular attraction at this time.
February Boun Makha Bous’a – A temple-based festival held during the full-moon commemorating the speech given by Buddha to 1,250 enlightened monks. Temple goers circumambulate the vat three times with candles in a ceremony known as vien tian. Boun Khao Chi – Special bread of sticky rice, coated with egg and then grilled, is made and offered to the monks. This offering occurs during makha bous’a, but is no longer widely practiced.
April Boun Pimai – New Year festival beginning in mid-April and lasting three days. Held before the onset of the rainy season, it recognizes the importance of water in people’s lives. It is also a purification festival during which Buddha images in the household and the temples are ritually cleaned with sacred water. The Prabang image is moved out of the National Museum during the festival to be purified in the grounds of Vat Mai. The water from the cleaning ceremonies is then poured or splashed by people on to each other to cleanse them of bad luck and to bring them luck for the coming year. The most elaborate New Year festival rites in Lao PDR are held in Luang Prabang with processions of the legendary guardian spirits of the town. Traditionally, boun pimai also served to reaffirm Lao kingship.
May Boun Visakha Bous’a – Falling usually on the fifteenth day of the sixth lunar month, this festival celebrates the birth, death and tatsahou (enlightenment) of Buddha. Boun Bang Fai – This festival is a rain-making and fertility festival. Held just before the rainy season, it is a wild and happy ceremony, involving music, dance and street processions, culminating in the firing of rockets. Rockets are fired to tempt the gods to produce rain needed for rice cultivation and also to send the naga from the river bank into the rice field in order to attract rain.
Part 1: Heritage and Preservation in Luang Prabang 28 Heritage 29
Luang Prabang Festivals January Boun Khoun Khao – Harvest festival, celebrated after the rice has been harvested, in which a ceremony is held to give thanks to the spirit of the land and to ensure the next harvest will be plentiful. Boun Pha Vet – A temple-based festival when the jataka or story of Prince Vestsantara (the Buddha’s penultimate life) are recited. The festival lasts for three days and three nights. Visiting fortunetellers are also a popular attraction at this time.
February Boun Makha Bous’a – A temple-based festival held during the full-moon commemorating the speech given by Buddha to 1,250 enlightened monks. Temple goers circumambulate the vat three times with candles in a ceremony known as vien tian. Boun Khao Chi – Special bread of sticky rice, coated with egg and then grilled, is made and offered to the monks. This offering occurs during makha bous’a, but is no longer widely practiced.
April Boun Pimai – New Year festival beginning in mid-April and lasting three days. Held before the onset of the rainy season, it recognizes the importance of water in people’s lives. It is also a purification festival during which Buddha images in the household and the temples are ritually cleaned with sacred water. The Prabang image is moved out of the National Museum during the festival to be purified in the grounds of Vat Mai. The water from the cleaning ceremonies is then poured or splashed by people on to each other to cleanse them of bad luck and to bring them luck for the coming year. The most elaborate New Year festival rites in Lao PDR are held in Luang Prabang with processions of the legendary guardian spirits of the town. Traditionally, boun pimai also served to reaffirm Lao kingship.
May Boun Visakha Bous’a – Falling usually on the fifteenth day of the sixth lunar month, this festival celebrates the birth, death and tatsahou (enlightenment) of Buddha. Boun Bang Fai – This festival is a rain-making and fertility festival. Held just before the rainy season, it is a wild and happy ceremony, involving music, dance and street processions, culminating in the firing of rockets. Rockets are fired to tempt the gods to produce rain needed for rice cultivation and also to send the naga from the river bank into the rice field in order to attract rain. Part 1: Heritage and Preservation in Luang Prabang 30 A. Understanding the Heritage of Luang Prabang 31
July Boun Khao Phansa – Held on the full moon, this festival marks the beginning of Buddhist lent, the three month period of monastic seclusion and meditation during the rainy season, when monks are required to stay within their vat. Monks are traditionally ordained during this period and when they are ordained, are expected to remain in the vat for the entire three months.
August Boun Khao Padab Dinh – Held on the full moon. During this festival people make special offerings to all of the deceased, not only their own ancestors.
Boun Souang Heua - In Luang Prabang this festival is held during the ninth Buddhist lunar month and is an important part of the traditional agricultural cycle. The festival pays tribute to the naga, (mythical snake water deities) with the intention of attracting the naga from the inundated rice fields back into the river. This festival also commemorates the end of the rainy season and brings luck for an abundant harvest. Similar to the Loy Krathong festival in Thailand, this festival involves the ritual launching of small offerings, made of banana leaves and flowers, onto the river. These offerings are launched at night and are lit with candles in order to cleanse the giver of bad luck and to give thanks to the water spirits. On the following day, boat races take place on the river. By holding boat races, people ritually reclaim the land from the naga, chasing them out from fields and streams and back into the Mekong River.
September Boun Khao Salak – Held on the full moon, this festival involves the giving of offerings to a specific monk (decided by a lottery system). Offerings include daily necessities such as books, pens, sugar, coffee and cigarettes. Laypeople also give tung peng (wax flower candles) to the monks. This ritual brings merit to the givers.
October/November Boun Ok Phansa – Held on the full moon ending of the three-month rainy season period of monastic seclusion. Monks who were ordained for the phansa period leave the vat and rejoin their families. This festival also involves launching candle-lit offerings on the river at night.
Boun Heua Fai – A festival for the phanga naga to bring good luck. Each village makes and decorates a boat. These boats are then paraded through the town and at night are launched on the river and ceremonially set on fire as offerings to the spirits.
December Kinh Chiang (Peb Caub) – Lao Sung (Hmong) new lunar year festival. Heritage 33
Binthabat Every morning the monks walk in single file through the streets, carrying their alms bowls to receive a daily offering of glutinous rice from people. The donors offer rice to the monks in order to gain merit. This daily ritual is known as binthabat. This simple gesture symbolizes the unique psychological and physical bond Buddhism creates between the people and monks. It is a communal, public ceremony in which everyone can participate. Daily Offerings Daily offerings to the spirits of the household are a private affair for family and close family friends. A visitor should never enter a home uninvited to observe or photograph this daily ritual. Many of these ceremonies are comme- morations for deceased parents or grandparents.
Offerings Offerings to Buddha images are made to remind us of the Buddha’s teachings. It is common to see a variety of offerings in Luang Prabang. These include the following: - Candles, which are offered to drive away darkness. They symbolize enlightenment and the light of knowledge which dispels the darkness of ignorance. - Incense, which provides a fragrant smell and symbolizes pure moral conduct. It reminds us to conduct ourselves well. - Water, which symbolizes purity, clarity and calmness. - Fruit, which symbolizes the fruit of enlightenment, which is our goal, and is representative of all actions having a reaction. - Flowers, which represent impermanence because their beauty and smell eventually whither and die. - Lotus flowers, which represent the potential or actuality of enlightenment as the lotus grows out of mud and rises above the water. Likewise, the Lord Buddha rose above his suffering and defilements to gain enlightenment.
Photo captions 1. As well as being of religious and spiritual significance, pimai is a celebratory time in which everyone has fun throwing water and playing in the streets. (Photo: Richard Engelhardt) 2. This offering includes: marigold flowers, orange candles, rice, limes, ginger, garlic, salt, cigarettes and an egg. (Photo: David A. Feingold, Ophidian Films Ltd.) 3. Cooked rice is stored in hand-woven baskets. Glutinous rice is the starch staple of the Luang Prabang diet. (Photo: Beatrice Kaldun) 4. Sa paper (mulberry-bark paper) is used to make colourful and decorative lanterns such as these, which are popular with tourists as souvenir items. (Photo: Sirisak Chaiyasook) Part 1: Heritage and Preservation in Luang Prabang 34 Heritage 35
Baci Baci (also spelled baisi) is an ancient, pre-Buddhist ritual still practiced by Tai speakers all over the upper Mekong region. In Luang Prabang and other parts of Lao PDR, baci is performed on important occasions such as weddings, births and deaths. It is also carried out just before a family member or close friend departs on a long journey, to remind them of their ties to their hometown. The ceremony also takes place to welcome people back from a prolonged absence, to honour achievments and when people are recovering from illness.
The baci ceremony involves the calling back of spiritual powers (khuan). White strings, which serve to bind good luck and protection, are tied around the wrist of the individual receiving the baci and wishes are formulated whilst knotting these strings. The mor phon, a community elder who is knowledgable about traditional Lao rituals, conducts the ceremony. Here a woman is participating in the baci ceremony (also After the ceremony the participants share a meal, which known as sou khuan), in usually includes dishes such as koi and saa, which are types which strings are tied around her wrist. This ceremony is of laap, a popular dish of spicy minced meat and herbs that performed during special is considered to bring luck. Outsiders can participate in a occasions or on the eve of baci ceremony, but must be invited. journeys. In this ritual, the tying of strings around the wrist transfers good luck to the recipient. (Photo: Rik Ponne)
Performing Arts The performing arts of Luang Prabang include classical dance-theatre and puppetry.
Music and Dance Luang Prabang’s classical dance and traditional music have their own distinctive style linked to the Royal Court. The origins of these arts date back to the fourteenth century when King Fa Ngum held victory ceremonies.
Dance was once taught at the Royal Palace by trained masters, and the dancers were recruited from the town’s youth. However in Luang Prabang there was no permanent performance troupe, as there were in Phnom Penh and Bangkok. One of the dances traditionally performed during religious festivals and other important occasions is the Phalak Phalam, an adaptation from the Indian Ramayana epic. The masks worn by the performers are made by a sole surviving craftsman in Luang Prabang. Actors performing scenes from a The Phalak Phalam performance at the Royal Theatre Hall traditional Laotian tale. now caters exclusively to tourists. (Photo: Sirisak Chaiyasook) Part 1: Heritage and Preservation in Luang Prabang 34 Heritage 35
Puppetry The ancient art of puppet theatre also holds a special place in the cultural heritage of Luang Prabang. Puppetry started in the village of Xieng Thong and all puppeteers were traditionally from this village. The traditional puppets are very difficult to operate, thus extensive training is required to master the art. The puppets themselves are considered sacred, as they are believed to each contain a spirit.
The ancient tradition of puppetry has recently made a comeback, and performances are held during festivals and weekly at the Royal Theatre Hall for tourists. After It is believed that each Royal each performance the puppets are returned to Vat Xieng Puppet has a spirit and Thong. After every fifth performance the puppets receive preceding each performance a special offering and a religious ceremony is held offerings must be given to honouring their spirits. each spirit. (Photo: Richard Engelhardt)
Traditional Arts As the former royal capital, Luang Prabang boasts a strong and Crafts tradition of patronage of the arts. Residents of Luang Prabang are well-known for their skills in carving, silver work, blacksmithing, paper making, weaving, embroidery and pottery. To this day particular villages remain centres for specific crafts. Ban Pha Nom, for example, is a centre for weaving, while Ban Chan specializes in pottery and Ban Don Hat Hien in blacksmithing.
The artistic traditions in the palace and the Buddhist temples were closely linked. The palace supported its own corps of artists and constructed their own royal temples which were decorated by the royal artists.
Some of the most skilled artisans and performers in the region lived or were trained in the town. In particular, the temples of Luang Prabang traditionally served as artistic training grounds. Many young monks learned the crafts which form the hallmark of the Luang Prabang temples. The monk craftsmen then brought their skills with them to their home villages when they left the sangha. As a result, in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries Luang Prabang emerged as an important artistic training centre. These are some of the ingredients for making traditional lime plaster, which is used for rendering walls and for moulding Buddha and naga figures. (Photo: Sirisak Chaiyasook) Part 1: Heritage and Preservation in Luang Prabang 36 Heritage 37
Buddha Image Carving Buddha image carving and casting are skills learned and Casting within the temple. Three basic types of Buddha images are produced in Luang Prabang – carved wooden images, cast bronze images, and large images made from a combination of materials, including brick, mortar, lacquer and gold leaf. Many wooden images are carved not only by monks, but also by village men who learned the skill as young men in monasteries.
Monks combine metals to create bronze for the formation of Buddha images. Here a monk is pouring bronze into a mould. (Photo: Rik Ponne)
Woodcarving Woodcarving flourished in Luang Prabang during the late fourteenth century when King Fa Ngum began promoting the arts. Many of the temples of Luang Prabang feature wood columns, doors, shutters and architectural details adorned with intricate carving.
Both the Fine Arts School in Luang Prabang and UNESCO’s Training Centre for Laotian Traditional Temple Arts and Building Crafts at Vat Xieng Mouane employ local woodcarving artists to teach traditional woodcarving, thereby ensuring the transmission of this important element of the local arts.
Silversmithing Silversmithing in Luang Prabang also dates back to the late fourteenth century. According to legend, a king wanted to have the most beautiful and complex designs for his utensils and decorations. As a result, the silversmiths in Luang Prabang became known as the most talented in all of Laos. Today, silversmithing takes place around Ban That, with two extended families involved in the craft. The items produced, though expensive, are very popular with tourists due to their high quality and attractive traditional design.
This Luang Prabang silversmith is creating an intricately decorated silver bowl. (Photo: Sirisak Chaiyasook)
Blacksmithing Blacksmithing is based in Ban Don Hat Hien. The village produces knives, sickles and agricultural tools for markets in town. All the items are locally hand-made. These traditional crafts may face future difficulties as cheaper factory-produced tools can be imported from China, Thailand and elsewhere. However there is a possibility that the blacksmiths can shift to producing more profitable tourist-oriented crafts. Part 1: Heritage and Preservation in Luang Prabang 36 Heritage 37
Sa Paper Making Paper making has been practiced locally since the seventeenth century. The traditional method uses mulberry bark to create mulberry or sa paper. Originally, sa paper was what residents wrote on, especially when copying Buddhist religious texts. Today the traditional paper is made largely for artistic purposes or for sale to tourists, local hotels and souvenir shops. New uses for traditional sa paper have made this product very popular amongst tourists.
Locally-made sa paper is used by artists and by the general public for a range of purposes. (Photo: Beatrice Kaldun)
Silk Weaving and Dyeing Women from all Tai ethnic groups, including the Lao, are accomplished weavers. Silk weaving was introduced from China, and today many Lao weavers produce their own silk by raising mulberry trees and silkworms. They then dye the threads using natural dyes made from local plant products. Traditionally, each Tai ethnic group and even each village had its own distinctive designs, which were readily identified. However, this kind of uniqueness has not been maintained, and women now use a wide repertoire of techniques and patterns. In Ban Pha Nom, a 300-year-old weaving village that used to supply the king of Luang Prabang, the Tai Lue weavers create designs that Silk fabric in a variety draw on influences from all over the country, catering of colours and patterns, mostly for the tourist market. displayed for sale. (Photo: Sirisak Chaiyasook) Embroidery Embroidery in Luang Prabang is a specialty of the Hmong ethnic group. In addition to intricate geometric patterns, during recent years they have used embroidery to ‘tell their histories’, creating narrative themes in the design. Embroidery is mainly sold by Hmong women in the so- called Hmong market in Luang Prabang, but is also found in small shops around town. Most of these women come from Ban Na Sampam.
Basketry Basketry is primarily produced by the Khmu ethnic group, who live in villages surrounding Luang Prabang. They are expert basket makers, and create a range of beautiful products, all of which are functional. There are baskets for storing rice, for serving sticky rice, for carrying things, for storing textiles, etc. Baskets have become a popular item in Luang Prabang’s souvenir shops. Part 1: Heritage and Preservation in Luang Prabang 38 Heritage 39
Pottery In the Luang Prabang area, pottery is only produced in Ban Chan because of the special clay found in that village and the limited availabity of clay elsewhere. Although pottery is not a popular souvenir, due to its fragility and bulkiness, pottery and porcelain can be found in souvenir shops in Luang Prabang. However only a small proportion of this is produced in Ban Chan - most comes from Vientiane. Nonetheless, Ban Chan benefits from tourism because they produce pottery for hotels, restaurants and guesthouses.
Cuisine A range of distinct regional cuisines exists across Laos and the dishes found in Luang Prabang are particular to the region. Because of the Royal Court’s presence, Luang Prabang’s food is considered more refined and complex than that found in other regions. Luang Prabang cuisine takes full advantage of the local vegetation and fauna. It is prepared with relatively mild seasoning which allows the flavours of the fresh produce to dominate.
A remarkable asset for understanding and appreciating Luang Prabang cuisine is the surviving recipes that belonged to one of the last royal chefs in Luang Prabang. Saved by an incredible fluke of fate, these recipes have The distinctive cuisine of the been published as a book, Traditional Recipes of Laos, region can be sampled in published by Prospect Books, London. Luang Prabang. (Photo: Patarapong Kongwijit) A common feature of the food in Luang Prabang is the use of fermented fish sauce (padek) and the bitter and spicy nature of the condiments used. Typical dishes include khai phaen, a dried river moss which is sautéed in seasoned oil and topped with sesame seeds, and jaeo bong, a jam-like condiment made from chillies and dried buffalo skin. The two dishes are frequently served together.
Another typical Luang Prabang dish is ourlam, a thick stew made from eggplant, mushrooms and buffalo or other meat, which is flavoured with chillies, local herbs and spices. Its unique flavour derives from a bitter-spicy wood called sakhan. Ourlam is eaten with glutinous rice, the primary starch staple in Laos.
This roadside stand sells Although all Laotian cooks make laap, a spicy dish of a variety of local, precooked finely minced water buffalo, chicken or fish, people in dishes, including ourlam, fish Luang Prabang prepare two similar dishes called koi and wrapped in banana leaves saa. Traditionally, laap is eaten uncooked, and is prepared (khanappa), pickled vegetables by blending minced meat, chicken or fish with eggplant, (som phak) and sticky rice coriander, mint, chillies and powdered sticky rice. Koi is (khao niew). (UNESCO file photo) usually made from fish, chicken or duck and is prepared by mixing beans, chillies, lemon and coriander with the Part 1: Heritage and Preservation in Luang Prabang 38 Heritage 39
minced meat base. Saa is made from pork which is mixed with chopped banana flowers as well as chillies, lemon and coriander. Koi and saa are chopped more coarsely than laap and are cooked.
The most important spice used in traditional Luang Prabang cuisine is fresh ginger root (Zingiber officinale), a plant native to upland Southeast Asia. In addition to the use of ginger as a flavoring, the plant has a ritual significance and is an important element in offerings to the spirits. In the world of spirits, where things are valued The Luang Prabang markets by their smell and taste, Zingiber officinale is deemed to sell a variety of locally grown represent gold, while another type of ginger, Zingiber vegetables. (Photo: Beatrice Kaldun) zerumbet, represents silver. The world’s largest river fish, the Giant Mekong Catfish (pa beuk) was formerly a major source of protein for the residents of Luang Prabang and, like ginger, is regarded as having sacred significance. Unfortunately, upstream dams and other disruptions have changed the ecology of the Mekong River and have brought this noble fish to the brink of extinction.
Bananas, eggs and rice also have ritual significance to the residents of Luang Prabang and are part of traditional ceremonies.
Because of the many years of French influence in their country, many Laotians are quite comfortable with elements of international cuisine. Coffee and baguettes, for example, are consumed widely in Luang Prabang. As the number of tourists increases in Luang Prabang, the range of cuisine has expanded dramatically. Not unexpectedly, small French bistros have led the way. Usually owned and run by young returned Laotians who were raised in France or by French expatriates and Many different local dishes their local partners, the food they offer is often a mixture are sold at the night market. of classic French and local Lao. Recently, based on the (Photo: Sirisak Chaiyasook) growing business possibilities in Luang Prabang, Western bakeries and cafes from Vientiane have opened branches in Luang Prabang.
In spite of the growing variety of international food available in Luang Prabang, the ritual link between traditional foodstuffs and important life ceremonies ensures that local cuisine retains its popularity and is readily available in restaurants where visitors can enjoy its unique flavours. Introduction to Luang Prabang 8 Introduction to Luang Prabang 9
In the 1920s tourism had just begun in The same street today. Much has Luang Prabang. This photo shows the changed in recent years and the main street at that time. (Photo: Reproduced influence of tourism is evident. Vendors with courtesy of the publishers of “Treasures of display their wares for tourists on Luang Luang Prabang”: the Institute of Cultural Research Prabang’s main street every evening. - Lao PDR, and the Cultural Association of the Silk (Photo: Rik Ponne) Routes)
Luang Prabang Today The town of Luang Prabang is an agglomeration of villages, each a separate administrative area, and the combined populations of these villages totals around 16,000. Luang Prabang Province, of which the town of Luang Prabang is the political, administrative and trading centre, has a population estimated at around 400,000, comprising many different ethnic groups.
Luang Prabang combines a spectacular natural setting and distinctive built heritage with traditional arts and crafts, food, language, festivals and rituals.
With its isolation having served as a shield against the forces of globalization, Luang Prabang is one of the few remaining historically authentic places in Asia. However, since it was ‘rediscovered’ by travellers a little over a decade ago, Luang Prabang has become subject to the pressures of an ever-growing tourism industry.
Because of its outstanding heritage values, Luang Prabang was listed as a UNESCO World Heritage Site in 1995. This drew international attention to the town and sparked a tourism boom. Since 1988, tourist arrivals into Lao People’s Democratic Republic (Lao PDR) have increased from a few hundred intrepid backpackers to more than 600,000 in 2003, with Luang Prabang being Lao PDR’s second most popular destination after Vientiane, the capital.
Tourism brings with it the potential to boost the economy of rural Lao PDR and has already contributed to a new sense of identity and local pride in the culture and heritage of the town of Luang Prabang. Tourism brings money and jobs but inevitably the issue of cultural change arises and must be addressed. The historical heart of Luang Prabang, with a resident population of only 3,000, is a place of fragile beauty that is especially vulnerable to change brought from the outside. Introduction to Luang Prabang 8 Introduction to Luang Prabang 9
The rapid increase in visitors to Luang Prabang has resulted in a correspondingly rapid and largely unplanned expansion of transportation infrastructure and accommodation facilities. In addition to the stress placed on the town’s public utilities – electricity, water, sewage and garbage collection -- the construction boom has created a demand for land within and around the town’s historic core. This combination of development pressures has placed critical stress on both the environment and the historic cultural resources of Luang Prabang, and threatens to overwhelm them.
Luang Prabang’s residents have very quickly taken advantage of the economic benefits of tourism by finding work in many new tourism-related enterprises. However, traditional skills and long-established ways of life are at risk of being abandoned and ultimately forgotten. With the loss of the unique cultural values and practices of Luang Prabang, the attractiveness of the place as a cultural tourism destination will also fade.
It is important, therefore, to ensure the cultural survival of historic Luang Prabang and to protect the serenity and beauty of this unique place, part of ‘humankind’s common heritage’. In order to achieve this, there are a number of pressing uncertainties that need to be addressed:
• How can the essential components of Luang Prabang’s cultural, spiritual and built heritage, together with its traditional arts and cultural practices, be preserved for future generations?
• How can cultural heritage – the cornerstone of Luang Prabang’s tourism – be promoted in a sustainable way?
• How can the residents of Luang Prabang become the primary beneficiaries of tourism development?
• How can densities and the number of users of Luang Prabang’s historic sites be regulated so as to ensure the protection of heritage resources?
• How can traditional social and economic patterns – which created the heritage resources of Luang Prabang and have kept them alive – be maintained?
Tourism development must be carefully managed to avoid turning Luang Prabang into another tourist town where soft-drink billboards dominate the landscape, where the sound of tour buses drowns out the soft temple prayers, and where the town’s residents are reduced to the roles of bit-players in a cultural theme park.
This IMPACT publication will assist tourism planners and operators to work with heritage managers and local residents and balance the demands of tourism with the needs of the community. The goal of this publication is to provide concepts and techniques to guide the development of tourism in Luang Prabang in order that everyone enjoys the benefits of tourist activity, while preserving the unique cultural treasures that attract visitors to Luang Prabang. Part 1: Heritage and Preservation in Luang Prabang 44 Preservation Issues and Efforts 45
Infrastructure A large infrastructure construction project entitled the Development “Heritage Protection Area Development Project” was launched in 2001 and will be completed in 2004. Its goal is the integrated improvement of the drainage and sanitation of the Heritage Protection Area. The 5,500,000 Euro (US$6,850,000) project, funded by the French Agency for Development, is directed at electricity cabling, public lighting networks and the road, alley and traffic system. A network of walkways and promenades is planned in order to create links between ten urban villages in three neighborhoods of Luang Prabang. As part of the programme, Luang Prabang citizens whose property borders the walkways must invest in their own property. This includes fixing their fences along the alleys and other Urban development projects property improvements. have involved improving and beautifying the small The Heritage Protection Area Development Project side streets of Luang follows the 1,800,000 Euro (US$2,250,000) Luang Prabang Prabang, including the Urban Development Programme that took place between provision of new drainage systems, brick edging and 1999 and 2001. One of the main goals of the Urban wooden benches. (Photo: Development Programme to develop the potential for Sirisak Chaiyasook) tourism in Luang Prabang.
PRESERVATION ISSUES This section examines some of the issues surrounding the AND EFFORTS preservation of natural, built and cultural heritage and several of the initiatives being undertaken. Natural Heritage As an integral part of Luang Prabang’s character, the town’s natural heritage needs to be conserved. The main initiatives undertaken in this regard have focused on the management and protection of the urban wetlands because in recent years these wetlands have been encroached upon for housing, roads and irrigation canals. A project is underway, funded by the European Commission’s Asia Urbs Programme, which is for mapping and researching these wetlands and developing ways in which they can be restored to their original condition. A system of trails through the wetlands is being proposed in order to enable better understanding of the ecological functioning of natural environment of the historic town for visitors and Phousi – the mountain at the residents alike. It is hoped that by raising local awareness, physical and spiritual centre sustainable preservation measures can be encouraged. of Luang Prabang. (UNESCO file photo) Since 1992, there have also been preservation efforts in the culturally important caves in the area around Luang Prabang, taking into account their natural and architectural significance as well as their archaeological importance. Work has been carried out in Tham Ting cave at Pak Ou, with expert support and Australian Government funding. Part 1: Heritage and Preservation in Luang Prabang 44 Preservation Issues and Efforts 45
Built Heritage: Years of external and internal conflict have disrupted the Religious Buildings continuity of monastic traditions. With little or no religious activity for two decades, there has been a growing gap between the older and younger generations of monks, which has resulted in the loss of traditional building and decorative arts skills. Today, it is difficult to achieve the high standards in woodcarving, painting and sculpting for which the temples of Luang Prabang are famous.
At the time of inscription of Luang Prabang on the World Heritage List, it was stated that the monasteries, more than the secular structures, had managed to maintain a relatively high degree of authenticity. Unfortunately, since Luang Prabang’s inscription, the authenticity of The Ho Prabang, located on many of the smaller temples has been compromised by the grounds of the Luang well-intended but ill-informed efforts to ‘beautify’ the Prabang museum, will, upon its completion, house the temples – often to attract tourists. Wealthier communities sacred prabang image. This hire construction companies to do the necessary work new building was constructed while work in poorer communities is often carried out in the Luang Prabang style by monks and novices. The construction companies and but using modern materials monks frequently lack the knowledge and skill needed for and techniques. appropriate restoration and they have used materials and (UNESCO file photo) techniques with varying degrees of authenticity.
Some of the inappropriate work being undertaken in temples in the Luang Prabang area include finishing with cement instead of traditional lime-based plaster and whitewashing of damaged murals which are then repainted with modern Buddhist images based upon non- traditional Indian and Cambodian models.
Traditional arts, such as the famous Luang Prabang technique of inlaying glass mosaic to depict elaborate scenes in great detail, are now rarely practiced. However, the artistic skills and knowledge of traditional building In the mid-1990s, Vat Xieng techniques are not completely lost. Some of the skills, Mouane was restored using especially woodcarving, are being taught by the Schools non-traditional materials of Fine Arts in Luang Prabang and Vientiane. These and techniques. In 1999, the UNESCO Cultural Survival trained artists and artisans are sometimes commissioned and Revival Project was to perform specific tasks in new construction and established, with the aim of restoration. ensuring future restoration work is carried out using While monks can, in theory, attend these classes, they traditional materials and face a number of obstacles. Most significantly, they are methods in order to revive required to defrock if they wish to attend. In addition, the and maintain cultural formal education level of many of the novices is not high traditions and skills. (Photo: UNESCO file) enough to pass the required entrance exams. Moreover, these young men are quite often not interested in pursuing the full-length degree programmes in fine arts that are offered. Instead, many are interested in simply acquiring Part 1: Heritage and Preservation in Luang Prabang 46 Preservation Issues and Efforts 47
the skills needed to maintain and restore their temples, which are acts of devotion and part of their responsibility as monks. These factors point to the need for non-formal teaching methods for building, restoring and maintaining monastery complexes that should be set within the context of the Buddhist community.
A UNESCO project entitled ‘Cultural Survival in Luang Prabang’ is revitalizing traditional temple arts and building crafts within the Laotian Buddhist sangha. Monks, novices and local artisans are participating in this project, As part of the UNESCO which concentrates on skills training in order to ensure ‘Cultural Survival and the survival and continued social and economic relevance Revival’ project, monks learn of the traditional system of fine arts in Luang Prabang. See a variety of skills. (Photo: David A. Feingold and UNESCO page 97 for more information about this project. project team)
Built Heritage: Most of the restoration effort directed at secular buildings Secular Buildings has targeted Luang Prabang’s French-inspired secular buildings. Many have been transformed either from civic buildings or private residences into guesthouses or restau- rants to cater for the city’s growing tourism industry. Often these projects have involved joint ventures in which foreign investment has contributed to the restoration work.
Luang Prabang’s historic Customs House, which was constructed in 1925, was renovated with funds provided by the French Government (1998 - 1999). The Customs House now functions as offices for La Maison du Patrimoine and houses its various urban planning and Many traditional wooden conservation programmes. houses in Luang Prabang are in a serious state of disrepair, The strong interest in preserving the colonial-era buildings owing to lack of funds to in Luang Prabang has not benefited the traditional restore them or to a lack of wooden houses and Vietnamese shop houses, which have appropriate materials and yet to receive much attention from either the government construction know-how. (Photo: Heather Peters) or private sector, and some are now in a serious state of disrepair. The desire for cheap, modern construction methods poses another threat to the traditional secular architecture of Luang Prabang. ‘Modern’ buildings are usually constructed from concrete and often resemble modern Thai houses, with little reference to Luang Prabang’s traditional local and architectural vocabulary. Part 1: Heritage and Preservation in Luang Prabang 46 Preservation Issues and Efforts 47
Traditional vs The replacement of traditional construction materials Modern Building with more modern, often imported, materials is not Materials only problematic from an aesthetic point of view, but also compromises the durability and functionality of the buildings and ultimately their authenticity. For example, the use of cement instead of traditional lime-based plaster has a number of consequences. Unlike plaster, cement does not allow evaporation of moisture and will not allow the walls to breathe properly. This can lead to rising damp as ground moisture seeps up the walls, causing plaster to flake off and mould to grow. In this way, frescoes and decorative artwork on the buildings’ interior walls deteriorate and are often destroyed. Furthermore, when moisture is trapped in the building it often moves up to the roof beams where it contributes to decaying the timber.
When modern paint is applied to the external plaster or cement of the building, the porosity of the walls is further decreased. Traditional lime-wash, on the other hand, unlike most modern paints, allows evaporation of moisture.
Another modern item often used in construction is corrugated iron sheeting, but the use of this metal as roofing material, instead of the traditional locally-made tiles, causes buildings to heat up much more than they normally would and this warmth accelerates the rising damp and deterioration process, with disastrous effects.
Traditional local building materials, unlike their modern counterparts, have been chosen and developed with local climatic conditions in mind. Furthermore, the techniques for the use of these traditional materials have been refined over many generations. Buildings made with traditional materials, being better suited to the climate are, contrary to popular assumption, cooler than those built with concrete.
In addition to the adverse aesthetic effect and their impact on the durability of buildings, the use of modern materials unfortunately often leads to the loss of local knowledge and traditional methods, with adverse consequences for local skills development and cultural pride. Part 1: Heritage and Preservation in Luang Prabang 48
The Ban Xieng Mouane restoration project demonstrates how conservation of traditional houses is a viable alternative to demolition.
Before Restoration. After Restoration. (Photo: David A. Feingold, (Photo: Sirisak Chaiyasook) Ophidian Films Ltd.)
One successful example of a secular building restoration project can be found in Ban Xieng Mouane. In this project, a traditional Lao wooden house was restored by Lao tradespeople through on-the-job training and workshops provided by the Ecole d’Avignon, a French conservation school. The restoration project was undertaken to demonstrate viable alternatives to demolition. The project showed how modern comforts could be accommodated into traditional houses without detracting from the historic fabric and how restoration could be accomplished using traditional materials and techniques.
Handicrafts and In addition to the considerable interventions to protect the Performing Arts built heritage of Luang Prabang, there are also efforts to preserve other forms of heritage. Until recently, many of Luang Prabang’s traditional performing arts and crafts had fallen out of practice and were facing extinction. In the late 1990s, efforts commenced to revitalize traditional arts and crafts, primarily to meet the growing demands of tourists.
The government is encouraging the revitalization of traditional dance, music and performance art, such as puppet shows, by providing seed funding to community members to re-establish dance, music and puppet troupes. There is some difficulty, however, in attracting youth to train in these traditional arts, particularly as the funding Beautifully embroidered fabrics from the government and income from the performances are sold at the markets in Luang Prabang. (UNESCO file photo) is minimal. Conflicts arise when troupe leaders use the funds raised through performances to purchase better costumes or repair equipment, while the younger members of these troupes and trainees generally want the modest income distributed among performers. Such issues need to be addressed if the traditional arts are to be successfully revitalized in Luang Prabang. Part 2: Tourism Impacts and Management in Luang Prabang 52 C. Tourism Issues and Impacts in Luang Prabang 53
C. TOURISM ISSUES AND IMPACTS IN LUANG PRABANG This section outlines the principal issues related to tourism in Luang Prabang and the reasons why these issues need to be considered and understood by the local community and other stakeholders. The impacts of tourism are then examined in detail.
TOURISM IN The distinctive natural, built and cultural heritage, LUANG PRABANG discussed in Part I, is the basis for tourism in Luang Prabang. The scenic surrounds, the authenticity of its architecture and urban form, the skillful embellishment of monuments and the traditional social practices, arts and crafts all combine to give the city its heritage value and tourism appeal.
World Heritage inscription and the consequent increase in tourism have drawn the attention of both residents and the government to the unique cultural and physical fabric of Luang Prabang. There is a welcome renaissance in the traditional arts and an increased appreciation of the natural and built environment. At the same time however, there is also increased pressure on the town’s heritage.
Largely as a result of tourism, there has been a boom in construction and there have been a number of other changes that have altered Luang Prabang’s This chapel contains a appearance. Unplanned or inappropriate construction gilded standing Buddha with the Buddha’s hands and development poses one of the greatest threats to the in the typically Lao heritage of Luang Prabang and paradoxically, threatens mudra ‘Calling for Rain’. the tourism industry, an industry upon which the town is (UNESCO file photo) becoming ever more dependent.
Like other cultural tourism destinations, Luang Prabang faces the dilemma of ascertaining acceptable levels of change and determining its carrying capacity for absorbing and managing tourism. The challenge is how to avoid compromising the natural, built and cultural heritage of Luang Prabang in the pursuit of the benefits of tourism.
Photo captions 1. The rivers of Luang Prabang wind their way through a lush, green landscape. (Photo: Walter Unger) 2. These monks, working on bamboo scaffolding, are carrying out conservation and restoration work on the temple exterior. (Photo: David A. Feingold, Ophidian Films Ltd.) 3. A monk looks out of the window of the Reclining Buddha Sanctuary at Vat Xieng Thong. (Photo: Richard Engelhardt) 4. This coloured glass mosaic of the bodhi tree on a red background is on the exterior wall of the sim at Vat Xieng Thong. The bodhi tree is the tree under which the Buddha was sitting when he achieved enlightenment and is a symbol of the Buddha’s presence and an object of devotion. (Photo: Heather Peters) Part 2: Tourism Impacts and Management in Luang Prabang 54 Assessing the Impacts of Tourism 55
While tourism does bring benefits, the Luang Prabang community must evaluate those benefits in terms of the costs of tourism. Therefore it is important that all stakeholders understand both the positive and negative impacts made or accelerated by tourism on Luang Prabang’s heritage, environment and society. It is important that the community is aware that while tourism may offer short-term financial rewards, it is the perpetuation of Luang Prabang’s valuable historic and cultural resources that will ensure a sustainable future for its people.
It is also important to recognize that not all of the changes, positive or negative, in Luang Prabang have been brought Strolling through the temple about by tourism. Both positive and negative changes grounds and visiting a range have occurred as Luang Prabang evolves in the global of different types of ancient context. monasteries is a popular activity for tourists in Luang Prabang. (Photo: John Koch-schulte)
ASSESSING THE This section examines how tourism has impacted IMPACTS different facets of Luang Prabang, including the impacts OF TOURISM on built and cultural heritage, the economic situation, environmental conditions and on society.
Built and According to a Netherlands Development Organization Cultural Heritage (SUNV) survey, the top three reasons for visiting Luang Prabang are culture (71%), the residents’ way of life (60%) and temples (55% of respondents). The built and cultural heritage is therefore the prime attraction for tourists. Unfortunately a significant amount of built heritage in Luang Prabang has been altered in response to tourism, with the result that its character, authenticity and cultural significance are often diminished or even falsified. Similarly, cultural heritage and ways of life have been affected by the presence of tourists and the tourism industry’s response to their presence.
Tourism has impacts on built and cultural heritage This temple roof was recently through its effects on authenticity and character and on restored using imported Thai demand for new elements that threaten heritage. Tourism roof tiles. While the end result also leads to cross-cultural interaction where, in cases may be attractive to some, the where there is a lack of understanding and appreciation authentic Laotian heritage value of the differences in social mores, offence can be caused of the site has been lost. (Photo: Rik Ponne) and cultural heritage can be negatively impacted. Part 2: Tourism Impacts and Management in Luang Prabang 54 Assessing the Impacts of Tourism 55
Authenticity and With the forces of globalization and homogenization Character affecting cultures around the world, authenticity of heritage (credibility and truthfulness) is more threatened than ever before.
The concept of authenticity is a controversial and complex notion. It may be applied to built heritage such as monasteries, palaces, houses, public monuments and town layout; movable cultural property such as handicrafts; intangible heritage including rituals and traditional performing arts and practices; and unique local practices ranging from cooking methods to medical practices to agricultural techniques. Authenticity is a particularly These monks have applied complex concept as culture is constantly in flux and concrete and modern paint draws vitality from the ability to adapt to inevitably to the exterior of this temple changing circumstances. However, while being a difficult and are applying gold paint concept to describe, cultural authenticity is recognizable to the columns instead of and is a key defining feature of World Heritage sites such using traditional gilding as Luang Prabang. For World Heritage sites, ensuring techniques. Such renovation work compromises the authenticity is one of the major criteria for inscription. durability of the building Luang Prabang is one of the most authentic traditional and decreases the heritage town sites in Southeast Asia, comparable to Hoi An in value of the site. Viet Nam and Vigan in the Philippines. (Photo: Rik Ponne) Cultural heritage must be presented in an authentic manner or its value can be undermined for both tourists and the local community. An example of ill-conceived, artificial presentation is the scheduling of festivals and events to be in line with the needs of the tourism industry as opposed to conforming to the traditional cultural and social calendar of these events. By scheduling these events at inappropriate times or outside of their relationship to various religious activities and community functions, festivals can be deprived of their seasonal and ritual meaning. These festivals could then become irrelevant in the lives of the local community and therefore no longer practiced (except for tourists). In this way the community could lose part of their unique and valuable heritage.
While such scheduling may be argued to be justified by the financial benefits from meeting tourist demands, it must also be argued that tourists desire experiences which are based on genuine local cultural practices, and would like to be provided with the opportunity to observe and experience something unique. So if the Luang Prabang community alters their rituals in order to satisfy what they believe tourist demands are, it could be counterproductive in that tourists will be deterred by the artificial nature of the town and will no longer be interested in visiting. Part 2: Tourism Impacts and Management in Luang Prabang 56 Assessing the Impacts of Tourism 57
In Luang Prabang, a significant number of monasteries, the linchpin of the town’s cultural assets, have recently been renovated. While tourism is not the only reason temples are being restored, it is a significant factor. Unfortunately a lack of attention to authentic and traditional materials can already be seen in these renovations. Imported cement roof tiles and acrylic paints have already compromised some artistically unique and noteworthy sites. Monasteries are not the only built heritage sites being compromised; conservation work being carried out on public buildings and private homes suffers from the same authenticity The walls of this old house were problems. originally built using woven bamboo strips, finished with Many explanations and excuses have been put forth a lime-based plaster. But the for this use of inappropriate materials and techniques house is being restored using cement instead of traditional in restoration works. One reason is that local residents plaster, compromising both the are often unaware of the value and uniqeness of their durability and heritage value of built heritage. Given this lack of awareness, they are the building. then unable to appreciate those structures and do not (Photo: Rik Ponne) understand why they should be preserved or why traditional materials and techniques should be used. Also, as a result of the influence of marketing and of television images of buildings abroad, which are constructed from steel and concrete, many local people perceive modern materials to be more prestigious. Furthermore, the influence of Thailand’s modern lifestyle on Lao PDR society is such that many people in Luang Prabang have a quest for modernism and a belief that modern buildings are somehow better than traditional ones. People often falsely assume that modern buildings offer technological advantages and greater comfort but this is not necessarily The damaged areas of the the case. Contrary to popular belief, concrete buildings are plaster walls of this building not cooler than traditional structures, for example. have been repaired with concrete, which apart from Another reason for using modern materials and techniques being aesthetically unappealing, is that even when residents wish to use traditional diminishes the building’s materials, the costs may be prohibitive. The dwindling heritage value. (Photo: Montira Horayangura Unakul) demand for traditional building materials often results in their being more expensive than mass-produced modern products. Also, mass-produced products enjoy ill-conceived government subsidies, making them even more attractive and pricing the traditional materials out of the market. Therefore, given the financial situation of the local residents, using traditional methods and appropriate materials is often unaffordable. Part 2: Tourism Impacts and Management in Luang Prabang 56 Assessing the Impacts of Tourism 57
A further reason is that it is difficult to find crafts people skilled in traditional techniques of applying lacquer, making glass mosaics, whitewashing, woodcarving and plastering. Other reasons put forth include: the durability of modern materials and the perception that renovations can be completed more quickly and be less labour- intensive with modern materials.
The lack of awareness and appreciation of built heritage among residents is an obstacle which can be overcome through awareness-raising and educational means. This must be a critical component of heritage management in Luang Prabang but will require significant effort on the part of managers to engage all members of the local community.
Many of these obstacles to authenticity can be overcome Luang Prabang has stringent building restrictions for the through regulatory means. For example new restoration exterior of shops. However, regulations in Luang Prabang, controlling the types this travel agent has two of materials and methods to be used, have spurred an large message boards on increased demand for products such as traditional tiles the sidewalk and a smaller and have therefore stimulated the production of traditional yellow sign hanging beside materials, bringing the cost of these materials down the door. The operators have also added stickers to the to a more affordable level. Regulatory means are only newly added glass doors effective, however, when they are enforced. Enforcement and original wooden doors of regulations requires commitment by officials along thereby changing the historic with public understanding and cooperation. character of the building and detracting from the public The UNESCO-supported project ‘Cultural Survival and streetscape. Revival in the Buddhist Sangha’ project is another means (Photo: Montira Horayangura Unakul) by which the obstacles to authenticity can be overcome. As discussed in Section D, this UNESCO project seeks to build capacity and revitalize traditional skills among monks in the Theravada Buddhist sangha, thereby enabling restoration of temples using authentic methods and materials. Managing New Elements Presumed demand by tourists for Western or modern services, along with a lack of building development controls, has resulted in many buildings in the main streets of the historic area of Luang Prabang being altered inappropriately and losing many of their traditional uses and much of their local value. For example, traditional houses have had incompatible alterations made to them in order to convert them into guesthouses, travel agencies, cafes and souvenir shops. Furthermore, sometimes these souvenir shops sell items and trinkets which are not culturally relevant to the region and are not even manufactured locally. Part 2: Tourism Impacts and Management in Luang Prabang 58 Assessing the Impacts of Tourism 59
This ‘hijacking’ of local culture, buildings and gathering places by the tourist industry has caused resentment among some locals and many now jokingly refer to the main street in the historic peninsula area as ‘Ban Falang’ (Foreigners’ Village).
Cross-cultural Interaction Cross-cultural interaction can become problematic if there is a lack of cultural awareness or understanding of heritage on the part of visitors. Many visitors to Luang Prabang are not aware of appropriate behavior in terms of local social norms or how to use sensitively the unique heritage resources that they are privileged to share. Without this knowledge, it is difficult for the visitor to appreciate the value of Luang Prabang’s heritage or respect local lifestyles and traditions. Also, it is difficult for visitors to understand that they need to fairly remunerate the local community for the use of their heritage and in the purchase of their crafts.
An example of lack of cultural awareness and resulting misuse of Luang Prabang’s heritage is the practice of Tourists and local residents tourists taking alcohol up to the top of Phousi, a popular watching the parade during the pimai festival in Luang site for watching the sun set over the town and the Prabang. Mekong River. Many tourists are unaware that Phousi is (Photo: Rik Ponne) the site of That Chom Si, a particularly sacred temple, and are therefore unaware that the consumption of alcohol there is extremely offensive to locals.
This example demonstrates the need for the significance of cultural practices, buildings and locations to be brought to the attention of tourists. It is vital that policies are developed to ensure effective tourist education or interpretation. The importance of interpretation is discussed in greater detail on pages 108 to 111.
Review of Heritage Clearly the demands of tourists, the lack of building Issues and Impacts controls and the inadequate implementation of existing regulations have begun to seriously change the essence of the Luang Prabang community’s built heritage. Similarly, the lack of cultural awareness of visitors and the inappropriate presentation of local heritage have combined to alter intangible heritage resources. In response to this situation, all stakeholders must determine the value of their heritage and adopt measures that will allow the community to realistically deal with the pressures of tourism as well as the ongoing process of social change within the community. Part 2: Tourism Impacts and Management in Luang Prabang 58 Assessing the Impacts of Tourism 59
While it is beneficial to attempt to maintain and, in some cases, reintroduce lifestyles and skills in order to maintain the historical fabric of the community and to ensure an authentic experience for the tourist, there also must be recognition that the ultimate decision-makers are the people of Luang Prabang. If the community chooses not to retain aspects of cultural heritage or preserve built heritage they are free to make that decision. This decision needs to be an informed one however, and the Luang Prabang community must be made aware that if they choose not to The addition of electrical follow UNESCO World Heritage guidelines for protecting boxes and other wires to the essence of the town, one of the consequences may be the exterior of this colonial- the delisting of Luang Prabang as a World Heritage site era house diminishes the and the loss of Luang Prabang’s attractiveness as a global aesthetic and historic values tourism destination. of this property. (Photo: Rik Ponne) It is therefore necessary to facilitate the protection of Luang Prabang’s heritage by putting into place a set of sustainable and realistic regulations and incentives and by fostering a sense of pride in the community’s built heritage. Without such facilitation it is unrealistic to expect residents to choose to preserve built heritage.
Economy Since the revival of international tourism in Lao PDR in 1988, the country has rapidly gained an increasing share of the Asian tourism market – growing from 600 arrivals in that first year to 636,361 in 2003. According to the Pacific Asia Travel Association (PATA) this number is expected to rise to 923,616 in 2005 (see Figure C.1).
Figure C.1: Forecasted Visitor Arrivals to Lao PDR and Revenues. Part 2: Tourism Impacts and Management in Luang Prabang 60 Assessing the Impacts of Tourism 61
Given this activity, tourism is an increasingly important contributor to the economy of Lao PDR. National tourism earnings are substantial, earning the Laotian economy US$87 million in 2003.
Tourist arrival numbers in Luang Prabang have risen even more rapidly than the national rates. Statistics compiled by the Luang Prabang Provincial Tourism Office, indicate that the number of international (foreign) tourist arrivals has increased by over 300 per cent since 1995 (see Figure C.2).
Figure C.2: Luang Prabang International Tourist Arrivals (Foreign Tourists) 1995-2003.
By using tourism as an economic development strategy, Luang Prabang is prospering within a national economy that is otherwise stagnant. Prior to the advent of tourism activity, the economic strategy pursued in Luang Prabang was based on the production of agricultural products. The growth in tourism-based industries, including the sale of handicrafts and other local products to visitors has presented local residents with new options and an alternative source of income.
Although there is not yet an accounting system in place in Lao PDR to determine the economic effects of this new income source, there is no doubt that the financial returns Luang Prabang women from tourism activity are having an effect on the society. transporting goods to and However, in the absence of baseline information and until from the market. professional economic development studies are carried (UNESCO file photo) out, it is very difficult to determine the overall economic benefit of tourism for the community. When considering the economic benefits of tourism however, it is important to remember that in developing economies a significant proportion of the money spent by tourists leaves the country in the form of economic leakages through foreign- owned businesses and outside tour operators. Part 2: Tourism Impacts and Management in Luang Prabang 60 Assessing the Impacts of Tourism 61
Tourism and One effect of the increase in tourism is the creation of Employment new employment opportunities. The World Travel and Tourism Council (WTTC) estimated that in 2003 the employment generated by the travel and tourism industry nationally in Lao PDR was 145,500 jobs or 6 per cent of total employment. By 2013, it is expected that tourism will create 269,000 jobs or 9 per cent of total employment.
In Luang Prabang, a local government survey conducted in early 2000 found that the number of people employed directly in Luang Prabang’s tourism industry was 1,950 or 5 per cent of the labour force. Direct employment in tourism is not the only type of employment that tourism brings, however. While official figures record the number of persons with salaried jobs in tourism agencies and related services, they do not, for example, take into account persons earning a living from handicraft production and restaurants or from construction jobs created by the demand for new tourist hotels or the expansion of the People operating street airport and other forms of transportation. Staff employed stalls sell popular handicrafts, including in new business ventures, such as internet cafés and jewellery, to tourists. souvenir shops that have opened recently in response to (Photo: Rik Ponne) the increased number of visitors, are also missing from the figures.
It is obvious that the real impact of tourism in creating employment opportunities for local people is much greater than the government estimates. One indicator of the economic impact of tourism in Luang Prabang is the growing number of hotels and guesthouses, which has grown from 29 in 1997 to 135 in 2003. Another indicator is the number of people employed in various tourism- related sectors. According to the Luang Prabang Tourism Office, the accommodation sector, for example, employs 650 people of which 420 are women. The tour guiding sector employs 86 official guides but there are at least eight other unofficial guides. Likewise, the 65 restaurants and 21 travel agencies have numerous employees.
Diversification of the For communities such as those in and around Luang Local Economy Prabang which have traditionally relied on agriculture, the emergence of tourism has provided many opportunities for economic diversification. While tourism is still not the main source of income for local residents, it offers an alternative or supplement to farming which, like tourism, can be an insecure livelihood, given that crop failures can devastate entire communities. Part 2: Tourism Impacts and Management in Luang Prabang 62 Assessing the Impacts of Tourism 63
Many opportunities exist for enterprising residents in Luang Prabang. However, education in researching, establishing, and operating business ventures is crucial. Unfortunately it is already too late for some residents, who have sold their farms or homes to establish new tourism- related businesses. Failed attempts at new enterprises have proven devastating for some families who entered new markets with no experience and no extra collateral to rely upon.
It is already too late, also, for many residents who were unaware that the unpredictable and seasonal aspects of tourism could make it difficult for them to earn a year-round living from tourism activities. Too often entrepreneurs achieve satisfactory results with their businesses during high season but suffer from dramatic falls in income when tourist numbers decline in the low season or at times of political stress or regional outbreaks of disease, as occurred from 2001 to 2003. Finding alternative means of support during such down-times can be difficult, especially when families have sold other assets such as farms or other businesses.
A taxi driver sleeps in his While tourism numbers are affected by a variety of factors, vehicle while waiting for tourists. During the low including international conflict and disease outbreaks, the season many taxi drivers main predictable factor influencing variations in tourist find it difficult to make numbers is the seasons, such as the rainy and dry times of a living. year. Figure C.4 illustrates the influence of climate given (Photo: Sirisak Chaiyasook) that the November to February period has the coolest and driest weather. Popular festivals such as pimai in April also cause peaks to occur.
Figure C.4: Tourism Seasonal Variations in Luang Prabang The handicrafts industry is one industry in Luang Prabang that has clearly benefited from tourism due to the fact that handicrafts are popular souvenir items and because the handicraft industry supplies articles to hotels and participates in the construction of tourist facilities. By raising the awareness of local handicrafts, tourism has also Part 2: Tourism Impacts and Management in Luang Prabang 62 Assessing the Impacts of Tourism 63
helped to increase exports of handicrafts and associated marketing activity.
However, the growth of the handicraft industry and entrepreneurial activity in this sector - for example the creation of new souvenir products - does not necessarily bring benefits to local residents. Unfortunately for the local people, many entrepreneurial activities involve foreign investors or businesses from Vientiane and therefore the economic gain for Luang Prabang residents from such activities is minimal.
Locally-owned entrepreneurial handicraft businesses should be encouraged, and if the entire community is to benefit it is important to ensure that local residents are employed in these businesses and local materials Women preparing bamboo are used. One example of an entrepreneurial activity material for weaving. which successfully utilizes local materials is a business (UNESCO file photo) which produces ‘star lanterns’. These lanterns, which are sold at shops throughout Luang Prabang, are based on a traditional design and utilize locally produced sa paper and bamboo.
Currently no comprehensive post-secondary tourism instruction exists in Luang Prabang. It is therefore obvious that more resources need to be devoted to tourism education. The only course in tourism training offered locally is a short-term session held twice a year by the Luang Prabang Tourism Office in cooperation with the National Tourism Authority. Anyone wishing to study a full course at the post-secondary level in tourism must go to Vientiane or abroad, which is difficult for all but a few privileged individuals. Even if post-secondary education were available however, it would be difficult to access since less than 4 per cent of the population has completed secondary studies. Not even 1 per cent has reached upper secondary levels. Although over 90 per cent of the Tourists outside one of the many travel agencies in population has primary schooling, almost 20 per cent of Luang Prabang. the provincial population is considered illiterate. (Photo: Sirisak Chaiyasook) Currently the inadequate access to secondary, tertiary and vocational education and training limits the ability of locals to take on more skilled and higher paying jobs in the tourism industry and limits their capability to develop their own tourism businesses and related livelihood opportunities. The recent completion of a university near the town of Luang Prabang, Souphanouvong University, the first major tertiary-level institution in northern Lao PDR, is the first step toward building the capacity of local residents to take up a wider range of employment options. Part 2: Tourism Impacts and Management in Luang Prabang 64 Assessing the Impacts of Tourism 65
Prices and Affordability As tourist numbers have grown, demand for food in Luang Prabang has increased accordingly. This has resulted in an increase in the price of food in the town which, while being appreciated by provincial farmers, has adversely impacted on local residents, particularly the poor. Similarly, because tourists can afford to pay higher prices for consumer goods, the prices of those goods, already in short supply in the area, have been pushed to a level that is unaffordable for many. Furthermore, land prices have increased in the area as a result of tourist facility development, leaving many local people unable to afford to purchase land.
Tourism Revenues According to 2003 statistics from the National Tourism Authority of Lao PDR, 81 per cent of total tourism revenue in Lao PDR came from international tourists, whereas only 19 per cent was derived from intra-regional visitors. Not only does the bulk of tourism revenue come from overseas visitors, these visitors tend to spend more money per person per day (pppd) and stay longer. In 2003 intra- regional visitors spent around US$26 pppd and stayed for three days on average, while international visitors spent US$60 pppd and stayed an average of 6 days.
Tourism development has therefore substantially increased the government’s foreign exchange reserves, and has led to the injection of capital and new money into the local economy in Luang Prabang. The national Temples collect an entrance fee, providing a source of government reinvests money back into the province of funds for the maintenance Luang Prabang, as evidenced through its involvement in of temple buildings and projects such as road upgrading, wastewater treatment also providing a local and street paving. These have been coordinated or resident with a job. funded by the Government of Lao PDR and also by (Photo: John Koch-Schulte) conservation organizations, and donor governments. Projects by La Maison du Patrimoine, for example, have improved streetscapes and this organization has overseen the renovation and restoration of several buildings in Luang Prabang. Unfortunately however there is no direct correlation between the number of people visiting Luang Prabang and the amount of money that filters back into the community to fund heritage preservation or public services.
Tourism is seen as a very good earner for the Lao PDR Government through entry fees and other charges levied on visitors. According to studies undertaken in 2000 by the Department of Culture and Information, the total income from fees and donations at Luang Prabang’s four main religious destinations (Vat Xieng Thong, Part 2: Tourism Impacts and Management in Luang Prabang 64 Assessing the Impacts of Tourism 65
Vat Visoun, Vat Aham and That Chom Si) averaged US$2,700 per month. Only a fraction of this income is reinvested in the site, however. Official reports indicate that only 20 per cent of this money (around $540) was spent on heritage conservation. A further 20 per cent was spent on administration and the remainder was allocated to the Government.
In the case of the Tham Ting caves, where only 10 per cent of revenues, or $1500, is reinvested every year, many Visitors at the lower Tham tourists are voicing displeasure about the condition of Ting cave. the site. In this case reinvestment must be increased (UNESCO file photo) dramatically in order to ensure continued visits by tourists to the site. If deterioration continues and proper preservation does not occur tourists will simply stop visiting the caves. If such deterioration of sites occurs on a large scale it would affect the image of Luang Prabang and its attractiveness to its target market, which would obviously not be in the interests of the tourism industry of Luang Prabang.
Finding ways to reinvest local tourism revenue into heritage conservation, urban conservation and upgrading efforts is an area that requires further development. One means of ensuring local tourism revenue is redirected to fund conservation projects is to fund such efforts with provincial tax revenue. In addition, if more detailed information was made available on the income generated locally through taxation and foreign exchange, the local government would be better able to identify and fund areas that require special conservation assistance.
Review of Economic There is a need to ensure that the actual economic impacts Issues and Impacts of tourism are understood and managed and that the benefits of tourism accrue to the local population. It is also important to ensure that tourism does not in fact constitute an overall negative economic impact on the community. Sound economic data and monitoring techniques are essential in making this happen.
While official job creation figures in the tourism sector appear to be strong, it is necessary to consider exactly what types of jobs are created through tourism in Luang Prabang and to consider who benefits from these jobs. Though employment opportunities have increased for local people, many of these jobs are low-paying and are unskilled or semi-skilled in nature. In addition, because of the limited educational opportunities locally, residents of Luang Prabang have few opportunities to gain more skills Part 2: Tourism Impacts and Management in Luang Prabang 66 Assessing the Impacts of Tourism 67
and therefore higher-paid jobs. Moreover, business people from outside the province and the country represent a significant proportion of those profiting from high-return tourism investment projects.
Foreign exchange earnings are valuable to any destination but the challenge lies in keeping the money in Luang Prabang and not losing it to a foreign or externally-owned company or to the government coffers.
Given the currently small amount of reinvestment in heritage assets, greater amounts of government revenue from tourism industry entrance fees, income-taxes and other sources should be invested in heritage conservation in order to adequately maintain the heritage assets on which the tourism industry depends.
Environment Increasing population, rural to urban migration, rising density and rapidly changing lifestyles are at the heart of a number of environmental issues in Luang Prabang. Too often the environment is the ultimate victim of development and expansion. Growth pressures have seen Luang Prabang’s boundaries encroach on untouched and cultivatable land and a growing population stretch infrastructure and services beyond their limits.
If the natural heritage of Luang Prabang is destroyed, a vital element of community life will be lost forever. Already 70 per cent of the province’s forests have been lost, mainly to slash and burn agriculture. In order to safeguard Luang Prabang’s environment, targeted government policies are needed to control development and heighten community awareness of the importance of environmental concerns. The many waterfalls around Luang Prabang Rapid changes that place significant stress on the are beautiful and popular environment of Luang Prabang have been brought about swimming spots. by increased incomes, changing consumption patterns and (Photo: Rik Ponne) an expansion in the range of economic activities available. But these changes are not necessarily all a result of the development of tourism in the town. Other industries and developments would place stress on the environment, even in the absence of tourism.
While tourism is not the only causal factor, tourism and associated development have definitely intensified environmental problems. Therefore, when determining the ideal pace and form of tourism development, the capacity of Luang Prabang’s environment and ecological systems to sustainably accommodate an increasing Part 2: Tourism Impacts and Management in Luang Prabang 66 Assessing the Impacts of Tourism 67
residential and tourist population must be considered. A number of increasingly alarming issues demonstrate the pressure on local carrying capacity as a result of tourism. These include waste disposal problems, increased traffic and pollution and the destruction of wetlands and waterways. These are by no means the only impacts but are seen as major issues that must be resolved.
Solid Waste Management Luang Prabang did not have a formal waste collection service until 1997, when a modern solid waste disposal system was put in place by the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP), funded by the Norwegian Government. Currently 33 out of 53 villages and most of the central town area receive collection services. Although the current waste disposal system is a vast improvement on the situation prior to 1997, the system is now reaching the limits of its ability to adequately perform its functions. Since its implementation, with increasing incomes and rising use of plastic and other packaging, the amount of solid waste collected in Luang Prabang has increased at a rapid rate, putting pressure on employees and equipment. In addition, the combination of insufficient equipment, poor roads and the likelihood of less revenue for more work means that outlying areas are unlikely to receive collection services in the near future. Unfortunately in villages where solid waste is not collected, rubbish is often burned or dumped in waterways. The garbage collection truck makes its rounds. Aspects of the waste management system also need As tourists arrivals increase and local improvement, as it does not provide a mechanism for residents have more recycling of waste and does not directly encourage waste disposable income the minimization. Community education about reuse and amount of solid waste is waste minimization and exploration of recycling options growing significantly. could be ways to improve waste management in Luang (Photo: Beatrice Kaldun) Prabang.
It is important that the waste collection system is maintained and regularly upgraded in order to keep up with changes in Luang Prabang. It is clear that without a suitably funded and effective solid waste management system the impact of increased tourism and consumption in the community could lead to serious aesthetic and ecological impacts. Part 2: Tourism Impacts and Management in Luang Prabang 68 Assessing the Impacts of Tourism 69
Traffic and Pollution The increase in motorized vehicles in Luang Prabang has been one of the most significant changes in the town. The congestion and chaos caused by this increase in traffic has brought to the forefront a serious debate on how traffic should be controlled. While one side calls for a reversion to a more historically authentic situation where all non-residential and non-emergency vehicles are banned, others argue that such restrictions will hinder development, suppress property values and force local populations out of the historic centre.
While the increase in traffic cannot be traced solely to tourism there is no doubt that tourism is seen as the major Traffic conditions are cause of what is becoming a major transportation and continuing to get worse, with increasing congestion. pollution issue. Certainly large buses outside hotels, taxis With no division of lining the main tourist routes and three wheeler ‘tuk-tuks’ parking or driving are the consequence of tourism activity. lanes, few signs, and no coordination between It is not only the ground traffic situation that has changed, modes of transport (bus, air traffic is also increasing. With the opening of the car, bicycle, etc.), as international airport in Luang Prabang, planes now bring traffic volume increases in the upper-end tourists, with up to seven arrivals the situation on the road will become increasingly a day. This is an important mode of transport given chaotic. that embassies often issue warnings concerning travel (Photo: Montira Horayangura between Vang Vieng and Luang Prabang, on the main Unakul) road to Vientiane. Furthermore, with continued tourism growth, this greater transport capacity is required in order to cope with rising tourist numbers.
Aside from chaos and congestion, the increased traffic and uncoordinated transport system in the town has led to greater air pollution, with potentially damaging consequences for local ecosystems and community health. The traffic, particularly air traffic, has also caused noise pollution which diminishes the tranquility of the area and is disturbing for local residents.
These traffic and transportation impacts indicate a need for a broad-based planning process that seeks to find transportation solutions that are acceptable to all stakeholders. Part 2: Tourism Impacts and Management in Luang Prabang 68 Assessing the Impacts of Tourism 69
Wetlands and Waterways The heritage zoning of Luang Prabang recognizes the unique cultural and natural aspects of this town, including the important wetlands and waterways. The wetlands aligned throughout the town are vital to the ecology of the flood-prone town. These ponds provide a vital retention capacity for excess water during the rainy season. They are also areas where local people cultivate vegetables and fish. Unfortunately, in spite of heritage regulations, in recent times some landowners have filled-in ponds to extend or construct new buildings thereby jeopardizing fragile ecosystems. Not all land reclamation is related to tourism but the majority of it is due to tourist-related construction or to increased incomes brought about by Wetlands and waterways tourism. are at risk from pollution and building Luang Prabang’s wetlands and waterways are also being encroachment. (Photo: John Koch-Schulte) seriously damaged due to the dumping of raw sewage and other waste products, which in part can be traced to tourism. Guesthouses, restaurants and laundries generate substantial amounts of wastewater, which is not currently being adequately managed. The pollution caused by waste dumping and wastewater not only damages local ecological systems and reduces biodiversity but can make the wetlands breeding grounds for infectious disease. Dumping of waste into waterways also puts the town’s freshwater resources in danger.
The waterways of Luang Prabang are also being impacted by the additional water traffic brought about by tourism activity. Currently over 500 boats ply the local rivers, Riverbanks are being transporting people and goods. Many of these boats are eroded due to loss of vegetation on the banks used primarily for transporting tourists. The boats cause and increased boating significant noise pollution which is very disturbing for activity. residents and is having an adverse effect on the nesting (UNESCO file photo) and mating habits of birds in the area. According to local residents the increased number of boats is also intensifying riverbank erosion.
A Maison du Patrimoine wetlands programme, supported by the European Commission, has focused on the preservation and rehabilitation of Luang Prabang’s urban wetlands. The strategy deals with the prevention of pollution, not only through ensuring proper drainage techniques and the treatment of toxic wastes but also through local public education activities. The project seeks to demonstrate that protection of wetlands can enhance social development and generate new community resources. Part 2: Tourism Impacts and Management in Luang Prabang 70 Assessing the Impacts of Tourism 71
Review of While tourism intensifies environmental problems in Environmental Issues Luang Prabang, a number of factors exist to create or and Impacts perpetuate these environmental problems in the first place. One such factor is the lack of public awareness of the environmental consequences of everyday actions. There is insufficient understanding, for example, about the ecological and health effects of disposal of waste and wastewater into wetlands and waterways. Another factor is the flawed solid waste management system that not only is not keeping pace with changes in the town but does not directly encourage waste minimization practices such as reuse and recycling. A further factor is the lack of effective government control and lack of enforcement of environmental regulations.
There is no doubt that without adequate and enforceable regulations dealing with waste, the transportation system and wetland and waterway issues, the environmental conditions in Luang Prabang will be seriously threatened in the future. The establishment of effective government The number of boats on controls (and enforcement thereof) is therefore a vital the river has grown as population and tourism aspect of dealing with the environmental impacts of increase in Luang Prabang. tourism. There is also a need for a community-wide (UNESCO file photo) educational effort to enable the local population to recognize the importance, for the tourism industry and for ecological reasons, of maintaining Luang Prabang’s natural assets, and to recognize the growing demand among tourists for environmentally-friendly facilities. It is also important to focus attention on how the lifestyles and consumption patterns of the local residents affect the environment and what they can do to minimize their impact.
Society Social change is a dynamic process with numerous internal and external factors contributing to this change. In Luang Prabang it is difficult, but important, to isolate the impacts of tourism in a rapidly changing society. There can be no doubt that the people of the local community of Luang Prabang are both positively and negatively affected by their interaction with tourists and their observation of tourist behavior. Many residents of Luang Prabang link the increase in crime and drug abuse to the rise of tourism in the town and perceive that these will increase as tourism numbers grow. Tourim is not the only influence on Luang Prabang society, however. The behavior, speech and attire of community members are also influenced by Thai and Western music and Thai satellite television programmes. Part 2: Tourism Impacts and Management in Luang Prabang 70 Assessing the Impacts of Tourism 71
It is also difficult to gauge whether overall changes in behavior or values are negative or positive. It very much depends on the perspective of the person doing the assessment and it can be argued fairly convincingly that for many people in the community the social changes are desirable. There remains a general optimism in both the community and government regarding the future of tourism. However, it may be only through careful sociological studies and community education that residents can be made aware of the true impacts of tourism on their society and can make informed decisions about whether they need to adopt more measured means of tourism development.
While yearly tourism targets are increasing, relatively little attention has been paid to the capacity of Luang Prabang Young women in Luang Prabang. (UNESCO file photo) to host increasingly larger numbers of visitors, in terms of water, sanitation, food and other basic services. Although there are plans to expand these capacities, the expansion is not keeping pace with the increase in visitors. Unless improvements are made, this shortfall in infrastructure and services will mean that the standard of public services throughout the town will decrease, lowering the community’s standard of living, while increasing the cost of services, for visitors and residents alike.
Even more serious is the fact that no community-based dialogue has yet taken place in regard to the acceptable rate of social and cultural change in Luang Prabang. Likewise, little discussion has been carried out to These girls are dressed in determine an upper limit to the carrying capacity of the the traditional dress of the town’s historic core and other popular areas. It is clear various minority groups however, that some sites, such as the Pak Ou caves, have of the Luang Prabang region, as part of a cultural already reached their visitor capacity limits. performance for tourists. (Photo: John Koch-Schulte)
Luang Prabang as It is important to remember that Luang Prabang is not a Place to Live just a tourist destination, it is the home of thousands of people. It is a place where people are born, grow up, have their own families and pass away and it is where people live, work, eat, socialize, attend school, worship and celebrate. Luang Prabang is, first and foremost, a living and evolving community exposed to all the opportunities and threats that the global environment presents. Part 2: Tourism Impacts and Management in Luang Prabang 72 Assessing the Impacts of Tourism 73
Today, the familiar tasks of everyday life – offering alms at dawn, celebrating the birth of a child, planting a garden, weaving fabric, building a house – are assuming new meaning given their value as part of the community’s tourism product. The traditional culture of Luang Prabang is no longer the private and exclusive domain of the local community. Local inhabitants are now not the only ones experiencing their own heritage as this experience is now being sold to tourists.
It is important that the community understands the social Local residents preparing impacts of having their culture and way of life viewed food for the monks at their village temple. and sold as a commodity, so that they are able to make (Photo: Rik Ponne) informed decisions as to how to manage the impact this has on their society.
The community must also be made aware that attempts to present their culture in an authentic way brings with it pressure to freeze the social development of the community. However any attempt to freeze the community is inappropriate and must be avoided. Such an attempt can be illustrated by the episode during the pimai festival several years ago, in which barriers were erected at the street parades to deny entry to young Laotian girls not dressed in traditional dress. Such episodes can be regarded as negative impacts of poorly considered tourism policies. Given present-day values in Luang Prabang, it is difficult to determine how relevant the traditional style of dress is for young people in the community. Encouraging traditional dress is acceptable as a means of strengthening community pride in their customs and heritage but insisting that residents dress in A spirit house located in traditional ways for special occasions in order to meet the a family’s garden in Luang demands of tourism belittles the choices of residents and Prabang. Offerings such as disregards the evolving nature of culture. Furthermore, flowers and fruit are given such insistence does not necessarily make the occasion to the phi (spirits). more authentic. Unless the traditional style of dress and (UNESCO file photo) other cultural traditions are relevant to people’s modern lives, insistence upon them may degrade Luang Prabang and turn it into a kind of theme park.
It is important to develop approaches that allow the community to continue to grow and evolve while maintaining important dimensions of their culture. Maintaining aspects of culture is necessary both for the social well-being of the inhabitants and to preserve the basis on which tourism and associated livelihood opportunities depend. Of course, the only people who can determine the optimal balance between modernization and maintenance of cultural traditions are the residents Part 2: Tourism Impacts and Management in Luang Prabang 72 Assessing the Impacts of Tourism 73
themselves. Experts and advisors can provide them with alternatives and guidance but the decision is a community one.
It is instructive to note that with the onset of new regulations designed to protect local heritage and promote tourism, often developed by outsiders, some local inhabitants are voicing dissatisfaction. They feel that their needs and views are being overlooked and that regulations work against their interests. For example, zoning regulations and the differential applications of building codes and business licensing, although necessary to protect the historic precinct, make it more advantageous to operate outside the protected areas, and are forcing businesses out of the historic zone. On the other hand, there is growing understanding within the community of the link between heritage preservation and future economic well-being After the monks have eaten, the and of the ways in which businesses can be adapted to community members who were involved in preparing the food conform to heritage protection regulations. gather to share a meal at the temple. (Photo: Rik Ponne)
Religious Community The religious community has experienced both positive and negative effects of tourism in Luang Prabang. On the positive side, because a high proportion of tourists visit Luang Prabang specifically to see the temples there is now greater community pride in their religion. And as a result of this strengthened pride, greater efforts are being made to preserve religious sites. Vat Xieng Thong, for example, is one of the most visited sites in Luang Prabang and a proportion of the entrance fees paid by tourists is retained by the temple and used to maintain the site and strengthen the religious community.
Unfortunately, tourism has eroded some aspects of The early moning binthabat religion in Luang Prabang. Some enterprising residents ceremony in which have commercialized the religious baci and binthabat laypeople donate rice ceremonies. The baci ceremony is traditionally performed to the monks and earn merit. Here, tourists are for many occasions, including welcoming guests, and participating in the ritual. many tour operators are now performing the ceremony (Photo: Beatrice Kaldun) for tourists. Similarly, it is very common to see tourists participating in the binthabat ceremony, causing concern in the religious community that their tradition of making merit is being compromised. Part 2: Tourism Impacts and Management in Luang Prabang 74 D: Designing a Management Strategy for Tourism in Luang Prabang 75
Another consequence of tourism is that many monks now want to learn English and other languages in order to help them find work in the tourist industry. This has had the negative effect of a decline in the study of traditional subjects, as they are being dropped in favour of language courses.
Community members need to determine if their religious rituals are something they are willing to share with tourists and at the same time they also need to be made aware of the expectations and motivations of tourists in order to avoid resentment among residents of tourist activities and behaviour.
Novice monks making decorations for a religious festival. (Photo: Pattarapong Kongwijit)
Review of Social Issues Understanding and managing social change in the and Impacts community is a very difficult and complex process. The challenge is how to preserve and present cultural heritage without having adverse impacts on the social development of the residents.
Baseline studies need to be undertaken that will allow the community to trace changes in social values and behaviours and better assess the impact of tourism. With this information the community can then determine what aspects of its heritage it wishes to preserve and the measures for carrying this out as well as the levels of acceptable intervention in order to meet tourism objectives. A local woman cutting up sugarcane for sale. Sugarcane has a number of uses. Apart from being eaten, as this child is doing, the juice can be extracted and is a popular drink in Luang Prabang. Also, the sugar derived from the cane is used in making traditional lime plaster. (Photo: Rik Ponne) Exercise 2.1: Understanding Luang Prabang’s Heritage Values
Heritage values are the things about Luang Prabang that make it important to people. Identify some things in Luang Prabang which contribute to the following heritage values.
Value Element contributing to value
E.g. Aesthetic Gold-leaf stenciling on temple walls /artistic value
Aesthetic /
artistic value
Scientific value
Social value
Spiritual value
Historic value
Archaeological
value
Exercise 2.2: Understanding World Heritage significance
A common question asked by visitors is “why is Luang Prabang included on the World Heritage List”?
• Repeat the Outstanding Universal Value and criteria sh own i n t he P owerPoint pr esentation i n Unit 1 using your own words.
What are the main components?
• How would you e xplain t o a v isitor t he r easons why the town in a World Heritage Site? Write notes here:
Unit 3
Protecting and Managing Luang Prabang’s Heritage Landscape
Learning Objectives
This Unit is designed to provide you with an understanding of: . The present state of conservation in Luang Prabang Town . The measures that have been put place to protect Luang Prabang’s Heritage . What some of the key issues are relating to protection and management of Luang Prabang, including pressures built and intangible heritage resources, tourism and infrastructure development
Contents & Resources
• Lao PDR Heritage Law
• Publications on traditional temple building crafts and conservation techniques
• Help us protect the almsgiving ceremony booklet
• Unit exercises
Performance Standards 1 Performance Standards 2 Performance Standards 3 Performance Standards 4 Performance Standards 5 Performance Standards 3 HERITAGE INTERPRETATION Scope Knowledge Specific Skills/Abilities
Heritage . The role of heritage interpretation in . Develop and plan a thematic interpretative Interpretation the visitors’ understanding of a talk. cultural heritage site . Tell (a) complete story/stories of the site . The role of guides in creating visitor and, where appropriate, incorporate experience viewpoints of different groups. . The relationship between heritage . Incorporate the Outstanding Universal interpretation and heritage protection Value(s) of the site in interpretation. . Historical, social, political and . Provide thought-provoking economical background of the site information/insights about the site. . Outstanding Universal Value(s) of the . Select appropriate interpretive methods site(s) and tools. . Festivals, rituals and traditions . Use existing and available resources associated with the site(s) effectively. . Folklores , legends and local stories . Involve visitors in interpretation by using associated with the site various interactive activities, including, but . Types of interpretation methods and not limited to, asking questions. their appropriateness in various . Satisfy visitors’ queries with complete and contexts accurate answers. . Adjust the pace/style of presentation as necessary or as circumstances dictate. . Where appropriate, make visitors use various senses to understand the site. . Involve relevant aspects of community as part of the activities. Translation Endorsed by the Law Committee of the National Assembly of the Lao PDR
LAO PEOPLE’S DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC PEACE INDEPENDENCE DEMOCRACY UNITY PROSPERITY ______No. 138/PDR
DECREE of the PRESIDENT of the LAO PEOPLE'S DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC
On the Promulgation of the Law on National Heritage
Pursuant to Chapter 6, Article 67, point 1 of the Constitution of the Lao People's Democratic Republic and the laws adopted by the National Assembly;
Pursuant to Resolution No. 52, dated 9th November 2005, of the 9th Ordinary Session of the National Assembly regarding the adoption of the Law on National Heritage; and
Pursuant to Proposal No. 15/SCNA, dated 18th November 2005, of the National Assembly Standing Committee.
The President of the Lao People's Democratic Republic Decrees That:
Article 1. The Law on National Heritage is hereby promulgated.
Article 2. This decree shall enter into force on the date it is signed.
Vientiane, 9 December 2005 The President of the Lao People’s Democratic Republic
[Seal and Signature]
Khamtai SIPHANDON Translation Endorsed by the Law Committee of the National Assembly of the Lao PDR
LAO PEOPLE’S DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC PEACE INDEPENDENCE DEMOCRACY UNITY PROSPERITY ______
National Assembly No. 08/NA 9 November 2005
LAW ON NATIONAL HERITAGE
Part I General Provisions
Article 1. Purposes
The Law on National Heritage determines the principles, regulations and measures for the administration, use, protection, conservation, restoration, [and] rehabilitation of the national heritage, and also determines the rights and duties of the State, social organisations and individuals to preserve the value of the national cultural, historical and natural heritage, with the aims of educating citizens with a conscious love for their nation and fine national traditions that is deeply embedded in their hearts1 and of assuring the elements for prosper sustainability of the nation.
Article 2. National Heritage
National Heritage [refers to items]2 produced by mankind or formed by nature that have outstanding cultural, historical or natural value, thereby becoming precious assets [and] property of the Lao national community, some of which are adopted as regional and world heritage.
National heritage consists of cultural, historical and natural heritage existing in the form of tangible objects, intangible items, moveable or immoveable property, and living or non-living organisms, reflecting3 the history of the Lao nation [and] the Lao people in each different era.
1 The literal translation is “conceptual basis”.
2 The Lao word translated as “heritage” has, embedded in it, the meaning of “a thing or item of heritage”. It is wide enough to cover sites, ideas, practices and objects. The Lao word is therefore a concrete, count noun unlike the English abstract noun. Where possible, the translators have translated this term in the singular form as “heritage” without further qualification but in some places it has been necessary to add a qualifier such as [items] or [locations] to make sense of the text. Readers should, in any event, always note that the Lao word has a different semantic and grammatical structure from its English counterpart. 3 The literal translation is “identifying”.
1 Translation Endorsed by the Law Committee of the National Assembly of the Lao PDR
National heritage includes items existing in the country and abroad.
Article 3. Use of Terms
The terms used in this law shall have following meanings:
1. National cultural and historical heritage means tangible objects, intangible items, moveable property and immoveable property which are of high outstanding value from the point of view of culture, history, science or technology, thereby becoming national property, and which have been inherited from generation to generation in different eras; 2. National natural heritage means the heritage formed by nature which is of outstanding value from the point of view of landscape scenery, biodiversity of a pure, original nature, [and] aesthetics. 3. National icons means tangible objects, intangible items, moveable property and immoveable property which are special, rare, and unique to the nation from the point of view of culture, history, and nature; 4. Historical trails4 means the sites, architectural works, and archaeological sites with archaeological objects, which are of high outstanding value from the point of view of culture, history and science; 5. Archaeological objects means the tangible products created by mankind evidencing the historical evolution of mankind’s society; 6. Sources of archaeological objects means the places where the archaeological objects and historical evidence are found in a homogeneous group; 7. Replica means a newly created object which is copied from an ancient object, which has similar characteristics, features, dimensions, colours, patterns, decorations and other specifications that are identical to the original pattern; 8. Architectural works means artistic structures, which are outstanding from the point of view of culture and history, relating to ethnic livelihood practices, ancestors and national heroes; 9. Protection of the national heritage means the protection from theft, destruction, burning, natural causes of damage or illegal use; 10. Conservation of the national heritage means preserving the cultural, historical or natural value, the trails, [and] the colours of national heritage against loss or deterioration; 11. Restoration of the national heritage means the process of maintaining [and] protecting the forms, patterns and original details of buildings, [and] structures in accordance with a certain era by adding or recovering the missing parts to the originals; 12. Rehabilitation of national heritage means restoration, [or] new construction in order to return historical cultural objects or
4 This term appears to refer not just to physical trails or tracks but to the abstract sense of “links to the past”.
2 Translation Endorsed by the Law Committee of the National Assembly of the Lao PDR
structures, [or] natural scenery to its original condition and unique character; 13. Heritage sites means archaeological, anthropological, monumental, natural, and architectural places, which are of outstanding value from the point of view of culture, history, science or technology, [and] scenery, which have been inherited from generation to generation; 14. Anthropological places means places, which are sacred to the people, relating to their religions, traditions and historical trails; 15. Monuments means places that are memorials to glorious ancestors and the heroic liberation movements and struggle of the multi- ethnic Lao people in the protection and development of the nation, [serving to remind] future generations; 16. Museums means places for restoring, conserving and exhibiting articles relating to culture, history, nature, science and society for domestic and foreign research, education, study tours, [and] tourism; 17. Precious property means highly valuable, outstanding and rare property.
Article 4. State Policy on National Heritage
Socio-economic development shall proceed side by side with protection and conservation of the national heritage.
The State promotes and creates the conditions for individuals, [and] organisations within the country and abroad to participate in the protection, conservation, restoration and rehabilitation of the national heritage in a sustainable manner.
The State promotes research, innovation and advancement regarding national heritage, and publicises5 the national and public value of national heritage, meanwhile restricting [and] eliminating obstructions to the advancement of the multi-ethnic people and the forward movement of the nation.6
The State recognises property constituting national heritage that belongs to organisations and individuals and that has been lawfully registered.
Article 5. Obligations of Citizens
5 The literal translation is “disseminates”.
6 The sentence structure has been changed for readability.
3 Translation Endorsed by the Law Committee of the National Assembly of the Lao PDR
Lao citizens, aliens, and apatrids7 residing in the territory of the Lao PDR shall have the obligation to participate in the protection, conservation, restoration and rehabilitation of the national heritage.
Foreigners, [and] tourists entering the Lao PDR shall have the same obligation to participate in the protection and conservation of the national heritage.
Article 6. International Cooperation
The State has a policy to promote international relations and cooperation regarding national heritage in the exchange of lessons, information, scientific research, [and] technical training, in the dissemination of culture, in exhibitions, in attracting funds and in other activities.
Part II National Heritage
Chapter 1 Cultural Heritage
Article 7. Types of Cultural Heritage
Cultural heritage consists of:
• Cultural heritage in tangible objects; • Cultural heritage in intangible items.
Article 8. Cultural Heritage in Tangible Objects
The cultural heritage in tangible objects refers to [items of] tangible heritage which are of high outstanding value from a cultural point of view, including in the form of moveable or immoveable property with unique character, namely: antiques, handicrafts such as: weave patterns (such as laichok [and] matmee8), artistic works, consumer goods, foods such as: sticky rice, [and] fermented fish, traditional music instruments such as: khean…9 production tools, ancient inscriptions, archaeological sites, anthropological sites and others.
Article 9. Cultural Heritage in Intangible Items
7 Readers may wish to refer to the Law on Lao Nationality for the distinction between aliens, apatrids (i.e. persons unable to certify their nationality) and foreign individuals.
8 These are two specific examples of weave patterns, which are listed in the law. The spelling of many of these transliterations of Lao words can vary. The translators have adopted the English translations used by the Lao Tourism Organisation where these are available. In other cases, the translators have attempted to provide transliterations that are as close to the Lao word as possible.
9 In Lao, using three dots in punctuation implies “etc.” or “and others”.
4 Translation Endorsed by the Law Committee of the National Assembly of the Lao PDR
The cultural heritage in intangible items refers to [items of] intangible heritage which are of high outstanding value from a cultural point of view, such as: local innovation, knowledge, public philosophies, beliefs, fine traditions which are expressed in livelihood practices, social behaviour, languages, alphabets, numbers, scripts10, legends, novels, proverbs, poems, traditional music, traditional dances, songs, melodies, folk songs, formulas of traditional medicine and others which are inherited from generation to generation.
Chapter 2 Historical Heritage
Article 10. Types of Historical Heritage
Historical heritage consists of two types:
• Historical heritage in tangible objects; • Historical heritage in intangible items.
Article 11. Historical Heritage in Tangible Objects
The historical heritage in tangible objects refers to [items of] tangible heritage which are of high outstanding value from a historical point of view, including in the form of moveable or immoveable property, namely: places of worship, sacred buildings, military equipment, tools, foods, consumer goods, documents of record, historical sites such as: places of liberation and struggle of the people, heroic ancestors and revolutionary leaders, battle fields, and monuments …11
Article 12. Historical Heritage in Intangible Items
The historical heritage in intangible items refers to [items of] conceptual12 heritage which are connected with the history in different eras and generations, such as: ideas, theories, ideologies which express love for the nation and unyielding bravery13, innovative knowledge, capability, strategies, martial arts and tactics, warfare lessons, [and experiences gained from] the leadership, administration and development of the nation.
Chapter 3 Natural Heritage
10 The Lao word translated as “scripts” refers to longer texts than the word previously described as “inscriptions”. Inscriptions may be on physical objects (e.g., in caves or on rocks).
11 The three dots at the end of the sentence implies “etc.” or “and others”.
12 The Lao term connotes non-physical, mental, conscious and spiritual.
13 The literal translation is “brave fight without surrender”.
5 Translation Endorsed by the Law Committee of the National Assembly of the Lao PDR
Article 13. Types of Natural Heritage
Natural heritage consists of two types:
• Natural heritage having scenic value; • Natural heritage having scientific [or] ecological value.
Article 14. Natural Heritage Having Scenic Value
Natural heritage having scenic value refers to heritage [areas] which have outstanding aesthetic value, [or] are pure in biodiversity, namely: national conservation forests, biodiversity conservation areas, natural caves, waterfalls, rapids, cascades14, streams, islands, mountains, cliffs, aquatic and wild animals, lakes, marshes, canals, ponds, and others...
Article 15. Natural Heritage Having Scientific, [or] Ecological Value
Natural heritage having scientific or ecological value refers to heritage [areas] which have precious natural value, and which are significant, [and] outstanding from the point of view of geology, biology, [and] geography.
Part III Levels of National Heritage
Chapter 1 Levels of Cultural and Historical National Heritage
Article 16. Levels of Cultural and Historical National Heritage
The cultural and historical national heritage is divided into three levels:
• Local level; • National level; • World level.
Article 17. Local Level
Cultural and historical heritage at local level refers to [items of] heritage which are of outstanding local value situated in that local area, such as: Prabat Phon San, That Phone.
Article 18. National Level
14 The Lao terms translated as “waterfalls” and “cascades” have the meanings of “waterfalls from tall cliffs” and “waterfalls along rivers” respectively.
6 Translation Endorsed by the Law Committee of the National Assembly of the Lao PDR
Cultural and historical heritage at the national level refers to [items of] heritage which are of outstanding national value located in any area of the Lao PDR, and which have become the heritage of the national community, such as: That Luang, Wat Xieng Thong, Viengxay district, Lumvong dances, Seosavath and Sang Sinh Say novels, and others.
Article 19. World Level
World cultural and historical heritage refers to [items of] Lao heritage which are of the outstanding world value located in any area of the Lao PDR, and which have been adopted by the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation, such as: Luang Prabang City, Wat Phou Champasack and others.
Chapter 2 Levels of Natural National Heritage
Article 20. Levels of Natural National Heritage
The natural national heritage is divided into four levels:
• Local level; • National level; • Regional Level; • World level.
Article 21. Local Level
Natural heritage at local level refers to heritage [areas] which are of outstanding local value from the point of view of aesthetic scenery and biodiversity located in that local area, such as: Tat Lo, Tat Kouang Xi.
Article 22. National Level
Natural heritage at national level refers to heritage [areas] which are of outstanding national value from the point of view of aesthetic scenery, which are located in any area of the Lao PDR, and which have become the heritage of the national community, such as: Phou Bia, Khon Phapheng, Xepiane National Conservation Forest, Phou Hin Poune, Nakai-Nam Theun National Biodiversity Conservation Area, dinosaur fossil site and others.
Article 23. Regional Level
Natural heritage at regional level refers to Lao national heritage [areas] which are of outstanding regional value from the point of view of regional aesthetic scenery, which are located in any area of the Lao PDR, and which have been adopted by concerned regional organisations, such as: national conservation forests, hot springs and others.
7 Translation Endorsed by the Law Committee of the National Assembly of the Lao PDR
Article 24. World Level
Natural heritage at world level refers to Lao national heritage [areas] which are of outstanding world value from the point of view of aesthetic scenery, which are located in any area of the Lao PDR, and which have been adopted by the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation.
Chapter 3 National Icons
Article 25. The Importance of National Icons
National icons include [items of] national heritage which are special, rare and unique to the nation, which the State shall pay attention to protect [and] conserve for sustainable15 existence with the country16.
Article 26. Types of National Icons
National icons are classified into tangible objects, intangible items, moveable property or immoveable property, such as: That Luang Vientiane, Haw Pha Keo, Wat Xieng Thong, Prabang, Khunbulom inscription, Sang Sinh Say novels, Xiang Miang novels and others.
Part IV Administrative Regulations, Use, Protection, Conservation, [and] Restoration of Cultural and Historical National Heritage
Chapter 1 Administrative Regulations on National Cultural and Historical Heritage
Article 27. Administrative Regulations
The State centrally and uniformly administers the national cultural and historical heritage throughout the country, including those [items] in the representative offices of the Lao PDR abroad, by registering, and by dividing [responsibility for their] administration among sectors17 and local administrations18.
15 The literal translation is “prosper”.
16 The connotation of the Lao text is that these national icons should prosper or flourish as long as the country does.
17 The term “sector” is used in many Lao laws to refer to the cluster of government ministries or agencies engaged in a particular activity.
18 The same Lao term may be translated as both “local administrations” and “local administrative authorities”. The translators have generally applied the following convention: (i) if the term is used in a sentence in juxtaposition to a reference to some specific agency within the line ministries, the term has been translated as “local administrations”, referring only to the bodies responsible for local administration discussed in the Law on Local Administration; and (ii) if the term
8 Translation Endorsed by the Law Committee of the National Assembly of the Lao PDR
The State protects the property [and] copyright [subsisting in items of] Lao national cultural and historical heritage which are outside the territory of the Lao PDR, which are in the illegitimate possession of other countries, or [in respect of which foreign countries have illegitimately asserted] copyright.
Article 28. Registration
[Items of] national cultural and historical heritage which are possessed by individuals or organisations shall be registered.
The State conducts surveys, and collects the [items of] heritage to evaluate, classify and register [them], while encouraging possessors of heritage [items] to propose them for registration in accordance with the following regulations:
1. National heritage at the local level shall be registered with the information and culture divisions at provincial or city level; 2. National heritage at the national level shall be registered with the Ministry of Information and Culture; 3. National heritage at world level shall be registered with the concerned international organisations based on the proposal of the government of the Lao PDR; 4. National heritage that is in the possession of the representative offices of the Lao PDR abroad shall be registered with the Ministry of Information and Culture and the concerned sector; 5. National heritage which are national icons shall be registered with the Ministry of Information and Culture.
After registration, the State recognises these [items of] heritage as national heritage, and also recognises the right of possession of the owners of these [items of] heritage.
In the event that the [items of] heritage are not registered, the owners of these [items of] heritage are not entitled to conduct any activities relating to these [items of] heritage, such as: displaying them in exhibitions, making replicas and others.
National heritage [items] at national level which have high value, are rare and are of unique national character shall be considered and proposed for registration of ownership and copyright in the name of the nation with international organisations.
Article 29. Maintenance, Restoration and Rehabilitation
is used alone in a sentence, it has been translated as “local administrative authorities” to indicate that it may be wide enough to cover local administrations as well as local divisions, offices or units of line ministries. However, the reader should note the alternative meaning that may have been intended.
9 Translation Endorsed by the Law Committee of the National Assembly of the Lao PDR
The State promotes individuals and organisations to participate in the maintenance, restoration and rehabilitation of the national cultural and historical heritage.
The maintenance, restoration and rehabilitation of [items of] national heritage shall be approved by the organisations with which they are registered.
Article 30. Replicas
A replica is a new object created by copying the pattern, colour, [and] design of the original heritage [item].
The replication of [items of] national heritage which are national icons and national heritage at the national level shall be approved by the Ministry of Information and Culture. For the national heritage at the local level, the approval of the information and culture divisions at the provincial and city level shall be obtained.
Article 31. New Creations
Individuals and organisations intending to create monuments or sculptures of their ancestors, leaders, [or] national heroes, shall obtain approval from the government.
For the creation of religious places, approval shall be obtained from the provincial governor or city mayor, in coordination with concerned authorities.
For the sculpting of Buddhas, [and] the sculpting of monuments of an individual’s ancestors, approval shall be obtained from the information and culture sector.
Article 32. Exhibition
There are three main types of exhibition of national heritage:
• Exhibitions open to the public; • Exhibitions for the purpose of obtaining contributions for the protection and restoration [of the national heritage]; • Exhibitions for commercial purpose.
The exhibition of national heritage may be conducted within the country or abroad.
The exhibition of national heritage within the country shall require the approval of the information and culture sector, after coordination with the concerned local administrations.
10 Translation Endorsed by the Law Committee of the National Assembly of the Lao PDR
The exhibition of national heritage abroad shall require the approval of the government, by a proposal through the Ministry of Information and Culture.
Article 33. Seen and Discovered
Individuals or organisations that, during the conduct of any activities, see any national heritage shall immediately report to the local administrations and the concerned information and culture sector, and shall suspend such activities until approval for continuation is granted.
Individuals or organisations that have discovered sites, received information on existing sites, or suspect that any [item of] national heritage or holy relic exists, shall immediately report to the local administrations and the information and culture sector, and shall be prohibited from exploring them prior to obtaining the approval of the information and culture sector.
Article 34. Research and Analysis
The State promotes domestic or foreign persons or organisations to conduct research and analysis on the national cultural and historical heritage by granting different policies19.
The research and analysis of such national heritage shall require approval from the information and culture sector. The person or organisation intending to cooperate with foreign countries to conduct such research and analysis shall obtain approval from the Ministry of Information and Culture, after coordination with the Ministry of Foreign Affairs.
The original record of the data and the results of such research and analysis shall be handed over to the information and culture sector for storage and publication, in accordance with regulations.
Article 35. Export for Analysis
The export to other countries for analysis of parts or objects that are the national cultural and historical heritage that are of high value, shall require the approval of the government. For parts or objects that are other national heritage, approval from the Ministry of Information and Culture is required.
Article 36. Import, Display or Distribution
The importation, display or distribution of cultural products of other countries shall be examined and approved by the information and culture sector.
19 The term “policies” is often used as an indirect way of referring to “incentives’ or “privileges”. In this context, it is unclear whether that use is intended or whether “policies” is being used in the sense of “strategies and measures of governance”.
11 Translation Endorsed by the Law Committee of the National Assembly of the Lao PDR
Tangible cultural products of other countries, especially Buddhas, or intangible items that contradict the culture, [or] fine national traditions of Laos will not be permitted to be imported, displayed or distributed.
Article 37. Transfer
The ownership of [items of] national cultural and historical heritage which are registered may be transferred or licensed to other people, but the transferee shall notify the information and culture sector where the [item of] heritage is registered within thirty days from the date of transfer.
Article 38. Purchase and Sale
Any individual or organisation intending to purchase or sell20 any [item of] national cultural and historical heritage shall obtain approval from the information and culture sector. In the case where such national cultural and historical heritage [item] has high outstanding value, the State shall have priority to buy such heritage at an agreed price.
The State does not permit the sale of national heritage out of the country. For the exchange [of national heritage] between states, prior approval of the government shall be obtained.
Article 39. Succession
[Items of] national cultural and historical heritage which are registered may be transferred by inheritance, provided that the successor shall notify the information and culture sector where the [item of] national heritage is registered within sixty days from the date of succession. In the event that there are many successors, one person shall be assigned in writing as the representative to make such notification.
Chapter 2 Regulations on the Use of Cultural and Historical National Heritage
Article 40. Purpose of Use
The use of national cultural and historical heritage has the following purposes:
1. As the basis for national prosperity, as the driving force for social expansion, and for the development of a strong and wealthy nation; 2. To educate citizens to love their nation, to be unified and proud of historical efforts, to be creative, to bravely struggle, and to be united as one with the multi-ethnic Lao people in the protection and development of the nation;
20 The Lao word is a compound word: “buy-sell”.
12 Translation Endorsed by the Law Committee of the National Assembly of the Lao PDR
3. To increase the wealth of the store of national cultural and historical heritage; 4. To promote the tourism industry; 5. To integrate with world conservation activities and [world activities] that extend the value of the national cultural and historical heritage; 6. To conduct research on archaeological science, history and others.
Article 41. Regulations on Use
The use of national cultural and historical heritage shall comply with the following provisions:
1. the use shall be in accordance with the purpose, and shall be in an effective and sustainable manner; 2. it is prohibited to use heritage areas, heritage sites, and historical sites for any purpose that may cause changes to their original conditions; 3. a suitable portion of the revenue from the [use of] national heritage shall be used for the development of such heritage.
Chapter 3 Regulations on the Protection, Conservation, Maintenance and Restoration of National Cultural and Historical Heritage
Article 42. Protection and Conservation of National Cultural and Historical Heritage in Tangible Objects
The protection and conservation of national cultural and historical heritage in tangible objects shall be carried out as follows:
1. Individuals or organisations that are responsible for the national heritage [object] shall assess the effect of damage to the national cultural and historical heritage and determine preventive measures, including immediate and proper solutions; 2. Individuals or organisations intending to pursue socio-economic development, in particular industrial, agricultural and infrastructural development, in [national cultural and historical heritage] areas or in places where it is suspected that there is any national cultural and historical heritage shall obtain prior approval from the Ministry of Information and Culture, including determination of measures to protect such heritage from damage; 3. Individuals or organisations are prohibited from causing damage to national cultural and historical heritage, such as: destroying Buddhas, archaeological sites and anthropological sites; encroaching onto historical sites; occupying land in national heritage conservation areas; changing the original condition of any heritage to another condition; and changing history.
13 Translation Endorsed by the Law Committee of the National Assembly of the Lao PDR
Domestic and foreign persons are prohibited from receiving concessions of any national cultural and historical heritage21 at the national level unless there is necessity, in which event approval shall be obtained from the government based on the proposal of the Ministry of Information and Culture.
Article 43. Protected Area of Heritage Sites
The protected area of heritage sites is generally divided into three zones:
• Zone 1 is the central area, where the heritage is located, which must be protected in its original circumstances and where no construction is permitted; • Zone 2 is the area surrounding the central area, where some activities are permitted to increase the value of zone 1, provided that no damage shall be caused to that surrounding area; • Zone 3 is the administrative area where construction is permitted to serve zones 1 and 2 for the accommodation of tourists.
The detailed determination of each zone will be in specific regulations.
Article 44. Protective Measures for Heritage Sites
The responsible authorities shall pay attention to monitor the cases where it is discovered that the national heritage has been encroached on, destroyed or damaged by human or natural causes, for which immediate protective measures shall be laid down in coordination with the local administration where the heritage is located, followed by notification to the information and culture sector for an immediate solution.
Article 45. Procedures for Maintenance, Restoration and Rehabilitation
The maintenance, restoration and rehabilitation of national cultural and historical heritage shall be carried out as follows:
1. There must be a specific enterprise or enterprises, which are lawfully registered and meet the conditions to perform the maintenance, restoration and rehabilitation of national cultural and historical heritage; 2. The performance of work shall be approved by the heritage administrative agency where the [items of] heritage are registered. For national cultural and historical heritage at the national and world levels, approval shall be obtained from the Ministry of Information and Culture; 3. The original character of the [items of] heritage shall be maintained.
21 The connotation is of a grant of concession in the heritage itself, e.g., granting someone the right to operate a historical site.
14 Translation Endorsed by the Law Committee of the National Assembly of the Lao PDR
Article 46. Protection and Conservation of National Heritage in the Form of Intangible Items
The protection and conservation of national cultural and historical heritage in the form of intangible items shall be carried out as follows:
• The protection and conservation of national cultural and historical heritage shall be undertaken simultaneously with its promotion, publication and wide use in domestic and foreign contexts; • The nature of research [and] creation shall be national, public and advanced; • Expatriates and foreigners, including their organisations, and international organisations intending to conduct research and analysis on the national heritage shall perform [such research and analysis] in accordance with the reality of that heritage and shall obtain approval from the Ministry of Information and Culture; • It is prohibited to copy, [or] assemble the results of research, [or] innovation of other people regarding any national heritage by pirating the copyright or publication without obtaining the prior consent of the copyright owner and of the concerned authorities; • It is prohibited to disseminate or publish any national heritage which constitutes national secrets.
Part V Regulations on the Administration, Use, Protection, Conservation, Restoration and Rehabilitation of Natural National Heritage
Chapter 1 Regulations on the Administration of National Natural Heritage
Article 47. Regulations on the Administration of National Natural Heritage
The State centrally and uniformly administers [areas of] national natural heritage within the country by registering them, and dividing [the responsibility for their] administration among sectors and concerned local authorities.
The State protects the property [and] copyright [subsisting in items of] Lao national natural heritage which are outside the territory of the Lao PDR, which are in the illegitimate possession of other countries, or [in respect of which foreign countries have illegitimately asserted] copyright.
Article 48. Registration of National Natural Heritage
[Areas of] national natural heritage shall be registered, in particular the areas which contain heritage of high value [and] outstanding things, such as: biodiversity protected areas, conservation forests, wetlands, [and] caves that have natural value, and shall be regulated as follows:
15 Translation Endorsed by the Law Committee of the National Assembly of the Lao PDR
1. National natural heritage at the local level shall be registered with the information and culture division at the provincial or city level, in coordination with concerned sectors; 2. National natural heritage at the national level shall be registered with the Ministry of Information and Culture, in coordination with the concerned sectors; 3. National natural heritage at the regional level shall be registered with the concerned regional organisations by the proposal of the government; 4. National natural heritage at world level shall be registered with the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation by the proposal of the government.
Article 49. Regulations on the Administration of Sources of Biodiversity
Sources of biodiversity which are national natural heritage, such as: wetlands, ponds and marshes, shall be administered by inspection and registration, as proposed by the concerned sectors.
Article 50. Regulations on the Administration of Conservation Forests
Conservation forests that have been registered as national natural heritage shall be administered for the purpose of protecting nature in a sustainable [and] rich manner.
Article 51. Regulations on the Administration of National Parks
National parks, which are full of richness in respect of the ecosystem and their clean and aesthetic attraction, and which have become national natural heritage shall be administered as places for relaxation and for domestic and foreign tourists.
Article 52. Regulations on the Administration of Natural Landscape Scenery
Areas with natural landscape scenery, which are of value from the point of view of natural and aesthetic scenery and are outstanding, including mountains, cliffs, forests, rivers, streams, waterfalls and others, shall be registered as national natural heritage and shall be administered for the purpose of the sustainable preservation of their aesthetic nature.
The administration of the natural heritage defined in articles 49 to 52 of this law shall be regulated in separate regulations.
Chapter 2 Regulations on the Use, Protection, Conservation and Restoration of National Natural Heritage
Article 53. Purpose and Regulations on Use
The use of national natural heritage has the following purposes:
16 Translation Endorsed by the Law Committee of the National Assembly of the Lao PDR
1. As the basis of national prosperity, and as the basis and potential for socio-economic development; 2. To create awareness in citizens to love the natural environment, in particular, forests, water resources and biodiversity; 3. To promote the tourism industry; 4. To integrate with world and regional conservation activities and [with world and regional activities] that extend the value of the national natural heritage; 5. To conduct research on nature, biodiversity and others; 6. To increase the wealth of the store of national natural heritage.
Use of national natural heritage shall:
1. Be consistent with the socio-economic development plan; 2. Be effective, [and] sustainable, and cause no harmful effects to the natural environment or to society; 3. Be in accordance with laws and regulations.
Article 54. Regulations on the Protection and Conservation of National Natural Heritage
The protection and conservation of national natural heritage shall be carried out as follows:
1. Individuals or organisations intending to pursue socio-economic development in any national natural heritage area, in particular industrial, agricultural and infrastructural development, shall obtain prior approval from the Ministry of Information and Culture and other concerned sectors; 2. Individuals or organisations that are responsible for the national natural heritage [area] shall assess the effect of damage to such national natural heritage, and determine preventive measures, including immediate and proper solutions; 3. National natural heritage shall be preserved for its aesthetic scenery and richness of biodiversity; 4. Individuals or organisations are prohibited from causing harmful effects to national natural heritage, such as: destruction of forests[;] surface or underground exploration of natural resources in any national natural heritage area[;] encroaching on or occupying land in biodiversity protected areas, conservation forest areas, national parks and areas of natural aesthetic scenery[;] including changing the original conditions of any natural heritage.22
22 The punctuation in this paragraph has been changed to give a better sense of the breaks in ideas.
17 Translation Endorsed by the Law Committee of the National Assembly of the Lao PDR
Article 55. Regulations on the Restoration of National Natural Heritage
The restoration of national natural heritage shall comply with the following:
1. There must be a specific enterprise or enterprises, which are lawfully registered and meet the conditions to engage in the restoration of national natural heritage; 2. The restoration shall be approved by the heritage administrative agency where the heritage [areas] are registered. For national natural heritage at regional and world levels, approval shall be obtained from the Ministry of Information and Culture in coordination with concerned sectors; 3. The original character of the heritage shall be maintained; 4. The restoration shall aim to return the national natural heritage [areas] that have deteriorated, been damaged or been destroyed to their original conditions.
Article 56. Development Goals
The development of national natural heritage aims to make the heritage sustainable, abundant and richer as the basis for national economic development, [and] for research and study, [and] to promote the maximum value of such heritage, while at the same time extending the potential of the heritage, serving to protect the environment and tourism throughout the country, and contributing to national protection and development.
Part VI Museums
Article 57. Types of Museums
Museums are divided into three types as follows:
• State museums; • Collective museums; • Private museums.
Article 58. The Meaning of Museum
1. State museums are places for storing, exhibiting, and preserving precious and outstanding objects of the State, consisting of:
• The national museums, which are places for storing, exhibiting, and preserving precious and outstanding objects throughout the country; • The sectoral museums, which are places for storing, exhibiting, and preserving precious and outstanding objects relating to the concerned sector;
18 Translation Endorsed by the Law Committee of the National Assembly of the Lao PDR
• The local museums, which are places for storing, exhibiting, and preserving precious and outstanding objects existing in that local area.
2. Collective museums are places for storing, exhibiting, and preserving precious and outstanding objects of the collectives in that area; 3. Private museums are places for storing, exhibiting and preserving private articles.
Article 59. Regulations on the Establishment of Museums
The establishment of museums shall meet the following conditions:
• There shall be adequate numbers of articles that are of precious value in culture, history, nature, science, [or] technology for exhibition; • Places for exhibition and storage must be secure; • There shall be knowledgeable experts on that national heritage, as regulated.
The establishment of museums shall be approved in the following cases:
• National museums shall be approved by the President of the State, based on the proposal of the government; • Sectoral and local museums shall be approved by the Prime Minister, based on the proposal of the Ministry of Information and Culture; • Collective and private museums shall be approved by the provincial governors or city mayors, based on the proposal of the information and culture divisions.
Part VII National Heritage Fund
Article 60. Sources of National Heritage Fund
To assure the protection, conservation, restoration and rehabilitation of national heritage in a sustainable and better-developed manner, it is necessary to establish the national heritage fund, which shall be derived from:
1. The State budget; 2. The assistance of foreign countries and international organisations; 3. The contribution of individuals and organisations within the country and from abroad; 4. The revenue from the use of national heritage such as: entrance fees, publications, research and analysis of national heritage, from the tourism business, from fines of violators and others;
19 Translation Endorsed by the Law Committee of the National Assembly of the Lao PDR
5. Compensation23 for activities that affect the national heritage; 6. Income from activities relating to national heritage and others.
Article 61. Administration and Use of the National Heritage Fund
The administration and use of the national heritage fund shall comply with the purposes stipulated in the first paragraph24 of article 60 of this law, and shall be in accordance with the Law on State Budget and other relevant laws.
The administration and use of such fund shall be specifically regulated.
Part VIII Administrative and Inspection Agencies25
Chapter 1 Administrative Agencies
Article 62. Administrative Agencies
The State centrally and uniformly administers the national heritage throughout the country by assigning tasks to the Ministry of Information and Culture as the focal point, in coordination with concerned sectors and with concerned local authorities.
The national heritage administrative agencies are divided into four levels as follows:
1. The Ministry of Information and Culture; 2. The information and culture divisions at the provincial and city level; 3. The information and culture offices at the district and municipal level; 4. The village administrations.
The administration of [items of] Lao national heritage that have become world heritage or regional heritage shall be administered by special
23 The literal term is “obligations”.
24 The translators are aware that it is awkward to speak of “the first paragraph” of Article 60, which has only one paragraph (with several points, point 1 of which does not appear to set out any purpose). Instead, this reference in Article 61 appears to be a reference to the lead-in language at the start of Article 60.
25 In the Lao language, the word roughly meaning “the entire organisation of responsible governmental agencies” is capable of being translated as any one of the following English words: “organisation”, “agency”, or “authority”. In choosing which English word to use, the translators have adopted the following convention. Where the governmental agencies in question have in practice adopted an English term for themselves (e.g., the Tax Authority), the translators have used that term. Otherwise, the translators have used the generic term “organisation” or, as in this law, “agency”.
20 Translation Endorsed by the Law Committee of the National Assembly of the Lao PDR
organisations, such as: the committee for national heritage, the local heritage committees and the office of world heritage, the establishment and activities of which shall be separately regulated.
Article 63. Rights and Duties of the Ministry of Information and Culture
In the administration of the national heritage, the Ministry of Information and Culture shall have following main rights and duties:
1. To conduct research, lay down policies and strategies, and issue legislation on the national heritage, in particular, on the cultural and historical heritage; 2. To conduct surveys, gather data, analyse, [and] explore each type of national heritage; 3. To disseminate and educate on the policy directives, laws and regulations relating to the national heritage; 4. To supervise, encourage, monitor, [and] inspect the information and culture divisions in their implementation of laws, regulations, plans, [and] projects on the national heritage; 5. To supervise, [and] encourage the offices of regional and world heritage in their implementation of laws, regulations, plans, and projects on regional and world heritage; 6. To register and issue licenses relating to national heritage within its responsibility; 7. To build up human resources relating to national heritage; 8. To be the focal point, in coordination with other concerned sectors, in administering and implementing26 the national heritage; 9. To extend relations and cooperation with foreign countries and international organisations on activities relating to national heritage; 10. To summarise reports and provide evaluations on the implementation of activities relating to national heritage to the government and Prime Minister; 11. To exercise other rights and perform other duties as regulated by laws and regulations.
Article 64. Rights and Duties of the Information and Culture Divisions
In the administration of national heritage, each information and culture division at the provincial or city level shall have following main rights and duties:
1. To elaborate on the laws, regulations, plans, [and] projects of the Ministry in its own regulations, plans, projects and implementation;
26 This is a literal translation. The translators are aware that it is awkward to speak of “implementing national heritage”. It is possible that this is a reference to implementing “activities” regarding national heritage. A similar provision in Article 64(4) spells this out. However, this Article 63(8) does not contain the word “activities”.
21 Translation Endorsed by the Law Committee of the National Assembly of the Lao PDR
2. To conduct surveys, [and] gather data on the national heritage within its area of responsibility; 3. To disseminate [and] educate on the policy directives, laws and regulations on national heritage; 4. To register and issue licenses relating to the national heritage within its responsibility; 5. To supervise, [and] encourage the information and culture offices at district and municipal level in their implementation of administrative activities relating to national heritage; 6. To be the focal point, in coordination with other concerned sectors, in the administration and implementation of activities relating to national heritage; 7. To summarise reports and provide evaluations on the implementation of activities relating to national heritage to its higher authority; 8. To exercise other rights and perform other duties as regulated by laws and regulations.
Article 65. Rights and Duties of Information and Culture Offices at the District Level
In the administration of national heritage, each information and culture office at the district or municipal level shall have following main rights and duties:
1. To implement laws, regulations, plans, [and] projects on national heritage; 2. To conduct surveys, gather data, [and] create lists of the national heritage within its area of responsibility; 3. To disseminate, [and] educate on the policy directives, laws and regulations on national heritage; 4. To issue licenses relating to the national heritage within its responsibility; 5. To coordinate with other concerned sectors in the administration and implementation of activities relating to national heritage; 6. To summarise reports and provide evaluations on the implementation of activities relating to national heritage to its higher authority; 7. To exercise other rights and perform other duties as regulated by laws and regulations.
Article 66. Rights and Duties of the Village Administrations
In the administration of national heritage, each village administration shall have following main rights and duties:
1. To perform tasks relating to national heritage in the administration, protection, conservation, rehabilitation and use of the national heritage within its area of responsibility;
22 Translation Endorsed by the Law Committee of the National Assembly of the Lao PDR
2. To conduct surveys, and create lists of the national heritage within its area of responsibility to propose to higher authorities for adoption; 3. To summarise reports on the implementation of activities relating to the national heritage to its higher authorities.
Article 67. Rights and Duties of Other Concerned Agencies
Other concerned agencies [involved in] the administration of national heritage at central and local levels shall have the right and duty to coordinate with the information and culture sector in accordance with their roles and responsibilities.
Chapter 2 Inspection Agencies
Article 68. Inspection Agencies
The inspection agencies are the same agencies as the administrative agencies defined in Article 62 of this law.
The inspection agencies shall have the following rights and duties:
1. To inspect the implementation of plans, projects, laws and regulations relating to the administration of national heritage, including contracts and international conventions that the Lao PDR has signed and or to which it is a party; 2. To inspect the resolution of proposals by individuals or organisations relating to national heritage; 3. To exercise other rights and perform other duties as stipulated by laws and regulations.
Article 69. Types of Inspections
There are three types of inspections of national heritage:
1. Regular systematic inspections, which are carried out based on the operational plan, on a regular basis and at a specified time; 2. Inspections with advance notification, which are inspections outside the operational plan in the event of necessity and of which notice shall given in advance27 to the person inspected; 3. Emergency inspections, which are emergency inspections without advance notice to the inspected person.
27 The literal translation is “of which prior notice shall be given in advance”.
23 Translation Endorsed by the Law Committee of the National Assembly of the Lao PDR
Part IX Policies and Measures28
Article 70. Policies
Individuals or organisations with outstanding performance in the administration, protection, conservation, restoration and development of national heritage will receive awards and other appropriate policies.
Persons who have seen, discovered, researched or given useful information on national heritage, in addition to receiving awards, will receive other benefits in accordance with the laws and regulations.
Article 71. Measures
Individuals or organisations that have violated the provisions of this law shall be re-educated, fined, or subject to civil liability or criminal punishment, as determined on a case by case basis.
Part X Final Provisions
Article 72. Implementation
The government of the Lao PDR is entrusted to implement this law.
Article 73. Effectiveness
This law shall enter into force sixty days after the date of the promulgating decree issued by the President of the Lao People's Democratic Republic.
All regulations and provisions that contravene this law are null and void.
Vientiane, 9 November 2005 President of the National Assembly
[Seal and Signature]
Samane VIGNAKET
28 See footnote 19. In the context of this Part, the term “policies” takes the meaning of “privileges” and the term “measures” takes the meaning of “sanctions”.
24
¦¾-ê¾-ì½-•½-ìñ© ¯½-§¾-êò-¯½-Ī ¯½-§¾-§ö•-쾸 ¦ñ•-ªò-²¾® Àº-¡½-쾩 ¯½-§¾-êò-¯½-Ī Àº-¡½-²¾® ¸ñ©-꽕¾- -«¾¸º• ______¦½-²¾Á¹È¤-§¾©. Àì¡-êó 08/ ¦²§ •½-£º•-¹ù¸¤¸¼¤-¥ñ•, ¸ñ•-êó 9 ²½¥ò¡ 2005
¡ö©-Ͼ¨ - ¸È¾-©É¸¨-´ð-ì½-©ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©
²¾¡-êó I ®ö©-®ñ•-¨ñ©-ꉸį
´¾©-ª¾ 1. ¥÷©-¯½¦ö¤- ¡ö©-Ͼ¨¸È¾©É¸¨-´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤§¾© -¡¿-•ö©-Íñ¡¡¾•, ì½-®¼®-¡¾• Áì½ ´¾©-ª½-¡¾• ¡È¼¸¡ñ®¡¾•£÷É´-£º¤, •¿Ã§É, ¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾, º½•÷ìñ¡, ®ø콕½, ¯½ªò¦ñ¤¢º•´ð콩ö¡Á¹ú¤ §¾© ¡ð-£ó¡¿ô©¦ð©, ÎÉ¾ê† -Áì½ ²ñ•ê½¢º¤¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤ìï©, ¦ï¤£ô´ Áì½ ®õ¡£ô À²•º»ï¡ ¦¾Ä¸É§‡¤£õ£È¾¢º¤´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾© 꾤©É¾•¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿, ¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾© Áì½ ê¿´½§¾© Á•Ã¦È¦ô¡¦¾ºö®»ö´²ö•ì½-À´õº¤-ùÉ-´óÕÃ¥»ï¡§¾©,- »ï¡´öÀ§œººï©ñ¤¾´¢º¤§¾©Ã¹ÉÀ¯ï²œ «¾•©É¾•¥ò©Ã¥ Áì½ -À¯ñ•¯ñ©Ã¥£Õ¯½¡ñ•¡¾•¨õ•¨ö¤£ö¤ªö¸¢º¤§¾©ì¾¸ª½¹ùº©Ä¯.
´¾©-ª¾ 2. ´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾© ´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾© Á´È°½ì𩪽²ïꆴ½õ©¦É¾¤¢› ÍóÀ¡ñ©¢›Àº¤Â©¨ê¿´½§¾© ꆴñ£õ£È¾¦ö¤ê¾¤©É¾¸ï©ê½½ê¿, ¯½¹¸ï©¦¾© Íó ê¿´½§¾©, À¯ï§ï®-¦ö´-®ñ©--ºñ•ìÕ-£È¾, À¯ñ•¡¿´½¦ò©ì¸´¢º¤¸ö¤-£½-•½-¨¾©Á¹È¤-§¾©-쾸 §‡¤²¾¡-¦È¸•-·¤«ó¡»ï®»º¤À¯ñ•-- ´ð-ì½- ©ô¡²¾¡²œ Áì½ ´î콩ô¡Âì¡. ´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾© -¯½-¡º®-©É¸¨´ð콩ö¡ê¾¤©É¾•¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿, ¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾© -Áì½ ê¿´½§¾© ê†À¯ï¸ï©«õ, ®ÒÀ¯ï¸ï©«õ, À¯ï¦ï¤¹¾ìð´½§ï® Íó º½¦ï¤¹¾ì𴽧ï®, ´ó§ó¸ò© Íõ ®Ò´ó §ó¸ò© §‡¤µ˜¤µóÀ«ð¤£¸¾´À¯ï´¾¢º¤§¾©ì¾¸, £ô쾸ÃÁªÈ콨õ¡ÁªÈ콦½ÄÏ. ´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾© ´óêñ¤µøȲ¾¨Ã• Á콪Ⱦ¤¯½Àê©.
1 ´¾©ª¾ 3. ¡¾•º½êò®¾¨£¿¦ñ® £¿¦ï®Ã¡ô©Ï¾¨¦½®ï®š ´ñ£¸¾´Ï¾¨©„¤š: 1. ´ð콩ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©ê¾¤©É¾•¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿ Áì½ ¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾© Ͼ¨-À«ð¤´î콩ô¡ê† À¯ï¸ï©«õ Íó ®ÒÀ¯ï¸ï©«õ, À¯ï¦ï¤¹¾ìð´½§ï® Íó º½¦ï¤¹¾ìð´½§ï® ê†´ñ£õ£È¾ ¦ø¤ê¾¤©É¾•¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿, ¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾©, ¸ò꽨¾¦¾©- ¹ùõ Àªñ¡-•Âì- -§ñ ê†À¯ï¦ô´ ®ñ©¢º¤§¾©, Ä©É»ñ®¡¾•¦õ®êº©¡ñ•´¾--ÁªÈ-콨÷¡ÁªÈ-콦½ÄÏ. 2. ´ð콩ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©ê¾¤©É¾•ê¿´½§¾© Ͼ¨-À«ð¤´î콩ô¡ê†¯½¡º®¦É¾¤¢›Â©¨ ê¿´½§¾©Àº¤ §‡¤´ñ£õ£È¾¦ö¤ê¾¤©É¾ê辶½ñ¨½²¾® -Áì½ §ñ¸½¾Å²ïê†¨ï¤ £ö¤£¸¾´¦ö´®ø•ê¾¤ê¿´½§¾©©˜¤À©ñ´ -Áì½- £¸¾´-¦¸¨¦ö©-¤ö©-¤¾´. 3. ¦ô´®ï©´…¤À´óº¤ Ͼ¨-À«ð¤´î콩ô¡ªô¡êº© ꆴñ£õ£È¾¦ö¤, ©©À©„À¯ï²ðÀ¦© 꾤-©É¾•-¸ñ©ê½•½-ê¿, ¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾©, ê¿-´½-§¾©ê†¹¾¨¾¡ Áì½ À¯ïÀº¡½ìï¡ ¢º¤§¾© ê†À¯ï¸ï©«õ, ®ÒÀ¯ï¸ï©«õ, ¦ï¤¹¾ìð´½§ï® Íó º½¦ï¤¹¾ì𴽧ï®. 4. »Èº¤-»º¨-¯½¹¸ñ©-¦¾©- Ͼ¨-À«ò¤¦½-«¾•-ê†, -¦…¤¡Ò-¦É¾¤-꾤-©É¾•-¦½-«¾-¯ñ©-ª½-¨½- ¡¿, ®ø-»¾•-¦½-«¾ §‡¤-´ó-¸ñ©-«÷-®ø»¾- ꆴñ-£÷•-£È¾-¦ø¤ê¾¤©É¾•-¸ñ©-ê½-•½-ê¿, ¯½- ¹¸ñ©-¦¾© Á콸ò-ê½-¨¾-¦¾©. 5. ¸ñ©-«÷-®ø-»¾• Ͼ¨-À«ò¤-°½-ìò©-ª½-²ñ•-꾤-©É¾•¸ñ©-«÷- ê†-¦É¾¤¢›Â©¨´½õ©ºïÀ¯ï Íñ¡«¾•µ˜¤µóÀ«ð¤-¯½-¹¸ñ©-¦¾©Á¹È¤¢½®¸•¸ò¸ñ©- ¢º¤¦ñ¤£ö´´½•÷©. 6. ÁÍȤ¸ñ©«÷®ø»¾• Ͼ¨-À«ð¤¦½«¾ê† §‡¤¸ï©«õ®ö»¾¦½«¾®ö»¾ Áì½ ®ï©¾ »Èº¤»º¨Íñ¡«¾•ê¾¤¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾© «õ¡£í•²ö®µøÈ»ú¸´¡ñ•À¯ñ•¡÷È´. 7. ¸ñ©-«÷-¥¿-캤Á®® Ͼ¨-À«ò¤¸ñ©-«õꆦɾ¤-¢›ÃÏÈ- ©¨-¡¾•-¡È¾¨Àºö¾-Á®®¸ñ©-- «÷-®ø »¾ §‡¤-´ó-ìñ¡-¦½-•½-»ø®-§ö¤, ¦ñ©-¦È¸•, ¦ó-¦ñ•, 츩쾨, ¡¾•-ªö®-ÁªÈ¤ Áì½¥÷©-²ò- À¦©º•Å- ª¾´-Á®®-¦½-®ñ®-À©ó´. 8. ¦½«¾¯ñ©ª½¨½¡¿ Ͼ¨-À«ð¤¦…¤¡Ò¦É¾¤Á¹È¤¦ð콯½ ê†Â©©À©„꾤©É¾¸ï©ê½ ½ê¿ Áì½ ¯½¹¸ï©¦¾© §‡¤ªð©²ï¡ï®Á®®Á°©¿ìô¤§ñ¸ð©¢º¤¯½§¾§ô®ï ©¾À°‣¾, ¢º¤®ï²½®õìõ© -Áì½- ¸òì½®÷ì÷©Á¹È¤§¾©. 9. ¡¾•-¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾© Ͼ¨-À«ò¤¡¾•¯Éº¤¡ñ•®Òùɫõ¡ìñ¡, ê¿ì¾¨, ¥ø©À°ö¾, «õ¡À¦¨¹¾¨¥¾¡ê¿´½§¾© Íõ «õ¡-Àºö¾-į-•¿-çÉ©¨-®Ò-«õ¡ªÉº¤-ª¾´-¡ö© Ͼ¨. 10. ¡¾•-º½-•÷ìñ¡´ð-- ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾© Ͼ¨-À«ð¤¡¾»ï¡¦¾Ä¸É§‡¤£õ£È¾, »Èº¤»º¨, ¦ó¦ñ• 꾤©É¾•-¸ñ©-ê½-•½-ê¿, ¯½-¹¸ñ©-¦¾©, ê¿´½§¾©¢º¤´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾© À²•º-®ÒùÉ-- ¦ö¹¾¨ Íó À¦•º´À¦¨Ä¯.
11. ¡¾•®ø콕½´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾© Ͼ¨-À«ò¤¢½®¸•¡¾•¦Éº´Á¯¤, »ñ¡¦¾»ø®Á®®, 츩쾨 Áì½ ì¾¨ì½º¼©À©ñ´¢º¤º¾£¾, ¦…¤¡Ò¦É¾¤Ã¹É«ó¡ªÉº¤ª¾´¨õ¡¦½ ÄÏê†ÁȺ ©¨ªÒÀªñ´ Áì½ À¦ñ´¦È¸©˜¤À©ñ´ê†¢¾©¹¾¨Ä¯Ã¹É¦ö´®ø•.
2 12. ¡¾•-¯½-ªò¦ñ¤-- ¢º•´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©- Ͼ¨-À«ò¤--¡¾•-®ø콕½, ¦É¾¤-£õ-•-ÃÏÈ À²•º- ùÉ-¸ñ©-«÷- Íõ- ¦…¤-¡Ò-¦É¾¤©É¾•¯½-¹¸ñ©-¦¾©, ¸ñ©-ê½-•½-ê¿, êñ©-¦½-•ó-¨½-²¾®-ê¿´½ §¾© £ó¦öȦ½²¾® Áì½ Àº¡½ìï¡©˜¤À©ñ´.
13. ´ð-ì½-©ö¡¦½«¾• Ͼ¨-À«ò¤®ø»¾•¦½«¾•, ¯ø§½•ó¨½¦½«¾•, º½•÷¦º•¦½«¾•, ¦½«¾ê†ê¿´½§¾© Áì½ ¦½«¾¯ï©ª½¨½¡¿ §‡¤´ñ£õ£È¾ê¾¤©É¾¸ï©ê½½ ê¿, ¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾©, ¸ò꽨¾¦¾© -¹ùõ- Àªñ¡-•-Âì-§ó, êñ©¦½-•ó¨½-²¾® ꆦó®êº©¡ï ´¾. 14. ¯ø§½•ò¨½¦½«¾• Ͼ¨-À«ð¤¦½«¾ê† §‡¤À¯ï®ÈºÀ£ô¾ìô®®ö§¾¢º¤¯½§¾§ô ꆪð©²ï¡ï®¡¾À£•ºÄ¹¸ê¾¤¦¾¦½Î¾, »ñ©£º¤¯½À²•ó Áì½ »Èº¤»º¨¯½ ¹¸ñ©¦¾©. 15. º½•÷¦º•¦½«¾• Ͼ¨-À«ð¤¦½«¾ê†ì½ò¡À«ð¤¸ð콡¿¢º¤®ï²½®õìõ© Áì½ ¢½®¸¡¾ªÒ¦öɺï²ð콺¾©¹¾¢º¤¯½§¾§ô쾸®ï©¾À°‣¾ ᾯô¡¯ï¡ »ï¡¦¾ Áì½ ¦É¾¤¦¾¯½Àꩧ¾© À²•º£¸¾´§ô¤¥¿¢º¤º½õ§ô£ô»õøÍï¤. 16. ¹ð-²ò²ò©-ê½²ñ• Ͼ¨-À«ò¤¦½«¾•-ê†-À¡ñ®-´É¼•, º½•÷-ìñ¡-»ñ¡¦¾ -Áì½ -¸¾¤-¦½-Á©¤- ¸ñ©«÷-²ñ•¡È¼¸-¡ñ®-¸ñ©ê½•½-ê¿, ¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾©, ê¿-´½-§¾©, ¸ò-꽨¾-¦¾© -Áì½- ¦ñ¤£ö´ -À²•º»ï®-çɡ¾•-£í•-£¸É¾, ¦ô¡¦¾-ºö®»ö´, êñ©¦½•½-¦ô¡¦¾ Áì½ ¡¾•êȺ¤ êȼ¸-¢º¤-²¾¨-Õ -Áì½-ªÈ¾¤-¯½-Àê©. 17. §ñ®-¦ö´®ñ©-ºñ•-ìÕ-£È¾ Ͼ¨-À«ò¤§ñ®-¦ö´®ñ©-ê†-´ó-£÷•-£È¾-¦ø¤, ©©-- À©„ -Áì½ -¹¾-¨¾¡.
´¾©ª¾ 4. •½Â¨®¾¨¢º¤ìñ©¡È¼¸¡ñ®´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾© ¡¾²ï©ê½¾À¦©«½¡ð©Œ¦ï¤£ô´ ªÉº¤Ä¯- -£¼¤-£øÈ-¡ñ®¡¾•¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾ -Áì½ º½•÷ìñ¡ ´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©. ì辶‣¤À¦ñ´ Á콦ɾ¤À¤•ºÄ¢Ã¹É®õ¡£ô, ¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤ê†µöȲ¾¨Ã Áì½ ªÈ¾¤¯½Àê© ¯½¡º®¦È¸•À¢í¾Ã•¡¾•¯ö¡-¯ñ¡-»ñ¡¦¾, º½•÷ìñ¡, ®ø콕½ -Áì½ -¯½ªò¦ñ¤¢º•´ð-ì½-©ö¡Á¹È¤ §¾© À²•ºÀ»ï©Ã¹É¨ó¨ô¤£ô¤ªô¸. ì辶‣¤À¦ñ´¡¾£í£¸É¾, ¡¾¯½©ð©ÁªÈ¤, ¡¾À°ñ¨Á°È£õ£È¾ê†-´óìñ¡¦½•½§¾©, ´½¹¾§ô Áì½ ¡É¾¸Îɾ¢º¤´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾© ²Éº´ê拉¿¡ï©, Á¡ÉÄ¢¦…¤¡ô©Îȸ¤«È¸¤©ò¤ £¸¾´¡É¾¸Îɾ¢º¤¯½§¾§ô쾸®ï©¾À°‣¾ Áì½ ®¾©¡É¾¸À©ñ¢º¤¯½Àꩧ¾©. ì嗢﮻öÉ¡¿´½¦ð©¡È¼¸¡ï®´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©¢º¤¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤ Áì½ ®õ¡£ô ê†Ä©É¢›ê½ ®¼•µÈ¾¤«õ¡ªÉº¤ª¾´¡ö©Ï¾¨.
3 ´¾©ª¾ 5. ²ñ•ê½¢º¤²ö•ì½À´õº¤ ²ôì½À´óº¤ì¾¸, §¾¸ªÈ¾¤©É¾¸, £ô®Ò´ñ¦ï§¾© ꆺ¾Ã¦µöÈ®ô-©ò•-Á©•-¢º¤ ¦¯¯ 쾸 ìɸ•ÁªÈ´ó²ñ•ê½¯½¡º®-¦È¸•-À¢í¾-Õ-¡¾•¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾, º½•÷ìñ¡, ®ø콕½ -Áì½ ¯½ªò¦ñ¤¢º• ´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©. §¾¸ªÈ¾¤¯½Àê©, ï¡êȺ¤êȼ¸ê†À¢í¾´¾ ¦¯¯ 쾸 ¡î´ñ²ï꽯½¡º®¦È¸À¢í¾Ã ¡¾•¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾ -Á콺½•÷ìñ¡´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©-À§„-©¼¸-¡ñ•-.
´¾©ª¾ 6. ¡¾•»È¸´´õ¦¾¡ö• ìï©´ñ½Â¨®¾¨¦‣¤À¦ó´¡¾•²ö¸²ñ•, ¡¾•»È¸´´õ¡ñ®¦¾¡ö•¡È¼¸¡ñ®´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾© - À²•ºÁ졯ȼ®ô©»¼, ¢Ó´ö¢È¾¸¦¾, £í£¸É¾-- ¸ò-꽨¾-¦¾©, ±ô¡ºö®»ö´¸ò§¾¡¾•, À°ó¨Á°È ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿, ¸¾¤¦½Á©¤, ¨¾©-Á¨È¤-êô•-»º Áì½ º•Å.
²¾¡êó II ´ð- -ì½-©ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©--
ϸ©êó 1 ´ð-ì½-©ö¡ê¾¤©É¾•--¸ñ©ê½•½-ê¿
´¾©ª¾ 7. ¯½À²©´ð콩ö¡ê¾¤©É¾•¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿ ´ð콩ö¡ê¾¤©É¾•¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿ ´ó¦º¤¯½À²©£õ : Œ ´î콩ô¡ê¾¤©É¾¸ï©ê½½ê¿ê†À¯ï¸ï©«õ; Œ ´î콩ô¡ê¾¤©É¾¸ï©ê½½ê¿ê†®ÒÀ¯ï¸ï©«õ.
´¾©ª¾ 8. ´ð콩ö¡ê¾¤©É¾¸ñ©ê½½ê¿ê†À¯ñ¸ñ©«÷ ´î콩ô¡ê¾¤©É¾¸ï©ê½½ê¿ ê†À¯ï¸ï©«õ Á´È´î콩ô¡ê†´ñªô¸ªô•, À¯ñ•§ñ®¦ö´®ñ© ºïìգȾ꾤©É¾¸ï©ê½½ê¿ §‡¤ì¸´´ñ¦…¤ê†À¯ï¦ï¤¹¾ìð´½§ï® Íó º½¦ï¤¹¾ìð´½§ï® ê†
À¯ñ•Àº¡½ìñ¡À¯ñ•-ªí•: ¸ñ©«÷®ø»¾•, À£•º¤¹ï©«½¡¿-À§„: °É¾-Á²ì¾¨-¥ô¡, 쾨´ï©Ï†, ¸ð¥ð©ª½ ¡¿, À£•º¤ºõ¯½Â²¡, ®îìð²¡À§„: À¢í¾Î¼¸, ¯¾-Á©¡, À£•º¤©ôªñ²œ-À´óº¤À§„: -Á£•..., À£•º¤´ó¡¾°½ìð©, ¥¾ìò¡-®ø»¾•, ¦½-«¾•-®ø»¾•, ¯ø-§½-•ò¨½¦½-«¾ Áì½ º•Å.
´¾©ª¾ 9. ´ðì½- -©ö¡ê¾¤©É¾•¸ñ©ê½•½-ê¿-ê†-®Ò-À¯ñ•-¸ñ©«÷ ´ðì½- -©ö¡-꾤©É¾•¸ñ©-꽕½- -ê¿-ê†-®ÒÀ¯ñ•-¸ñ©-«÷ Á´È•-´ð콩ö¡-ꆮҴñªô¸ªô, À¯ï§ï®¦ô´®ï©
ºïìգȾ꾤©É¾¸ï©ê½½ê¿À§„: ²ø´-¯ñ•-¨¾, £¸¾´-»øÉ,- ¯ñ©-§½-¨¾¢º¤´½¹¾§ö•, £¸¾´-À§•º- «õ, »ó©-£º¤-¯½-À²-•óºñ•-©ó-¤¾´ -§‡¤¦½Á©¤ºº¡Ã¸ð«ñ--§ó-¸ò©, ´¾ì½-¨¾©--Õ-¦ñ¤£ö´, ²¾-¦¾,- ªö¸ 4 ºï¡¦º, ªô¸Àì¡, ²œÁ°È-, ª¿-•¾•, •ò-꾕, ¦÷-²¾-¦ò©, -¡¾®¡º•, ¦¼¤©ö•-ªñ²œ-À´õ-º¤-, ®ö©- ³Éº•-²œÀ´õº¤,- ¦¼¤»Éº¤, ê¿•º¤À²¤, ¢ñ®-ì¿-, ª¿-ì¾µ¾²œÀ´óº¤ Á콺óøÅ- -ê†Ä©É-¦õ®-꺩- ¡ñ•-´¾-.
ϸ©êó 2 ´ðì½- -©ö¡--꾤©É¾•¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾©
´¾©ª¾ 10. ¯½À²©´ð콩ö¡ê¾¤©É¾•¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾© ´ð콩ö¡ê¾¤©É¾•¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾© ´ó¦º¤¯½À²©£õ : Œ ´î콩ô¡ê¾¤©É¾¯½¹¸ï©¦¾© ê†À¯ï¸ï©«õ ; Œ ´î콩ô¡ê¾¤©É¾¯½¹¸ï©¦¾©- ꆮÒÀ¯ñ•¸ñ©«÷.
´¾©ª¾ 11. ´ð-ì½-©ö¡ê¾¤©É¾•--¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾©ê†À¯ñ¸ñ©«÷ ´î콩ô¡ê¾¤©É¾¯½¹¸ï©¦¾©ê†À¯ï¸ï©«õ Á´È´î콩ô¡ê†´ñªô¸ªô, À¯ï§ï®¦ô´®ï© ºïìգȾ꾤©É¾¯½¹¸ï©¦¾© §‡¤ì¸´´ñ¦…¤ê†À¯ï¦ï¤¹¾ìð´½§ï® Íó º½¦ï¤¹¾ìð´½§ï® À¯ï ªí•-Á´È• ¹ð, »¤; º¾¸÷©¨÷©Â꯽¡º•, ²¾¹½•½, À£•º¤ºõ¯½Â²¡, À£•º¤Ã§É¦º¨, Àº¡½¦¾ê†®ïêò¡Ä¸É; ¦½«¾ê†¯½¹¸ï©¦¾© À§„: «¾ê†Ï˜¢º¤¢½®¸¡¾ªÒ¦öÉ¢º¤ ¯½§¾§ö•, ®ñ•²½®øì÷© Áì½ °øÉ•¿¡¾•¯½ªò¸ñ©, ¦½Ïðì½²ø´, º½•÷¦º•¦½«¾•...
´¾©-ª¾ 12. ´ð-ì½-©ö¡ê¾¤©É¾•-¯½-¹¸ñ©-¦¾©-ê†-®Ò-À¯ñ•-¸ñ©-«÷ ´ð-ì½-©ö¡ê¾¤©É¾•-¯½-¹¸ñ©-¦¾©-ê†-®Ò-À¯ñ•-¸ñ©«÷ Á´È•´ð콩ö¡-꾤©É¾¥ð©Ã¥ ꆪð©²ï ¡ñ®¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾©-ÁªÈ-ì½-¨÷¡-ÁªÈ-콦½-ÄÏÀ§„: -Á•¸£ò©, êò©¦½©ó, º÷©ö´¡¾•- §‡¤-¦½-Á©¤-À«ò¤ ´öÀ§œº»ï¡§¾©, ²ð콺¾©¹¾ªÒ¦öɮҨº´¥¿ô, ¯ï-¨¾-£¸¾´-»øÉ, £¸¾´¦¾´¾©, ¨÷©ê½ ¦¾©, ¦ò콯½¨÷©, ¨÷©ê½¸òêó, ®ö©»¼•Ã•¡¾•ªÒ¦øÉ, ¡¾••¿²¾, ¡¾•¯ö¡£º¤ Áì½ ¡¾• ¦É¾¤¦¾²ñ©ê½•¾¯½Àꩧ¾©.
ϸ©êó 3 ´ð콩ö¡ê¾¤©É¾•ê¿´½§¾©
´¾©ª¾ 13. ¯½À²©´ð콩ö¡ê¾¤©É¾•ê¿´½§¾© ´ð콩ö¡ê¾¤©É¾•ê¿´½§¾© ´ó ¦º¤¯½À²©£õ : Œ ´îì½- -©ö¡ê¾¤©É¾•-ê¿-´½-§¾©-ê†-´ó-£÷•-£È¾-꾤-êñ©¦½•ó-¨½-²¾® ; Œ ´î-ì½-©ö¡ê¾¤©É¾•-ê¿-´½-§¾©-ê†-´ó-£÷•-£È¾-꾤-©É¾•¸ò꽨¾¦¾©, •òÀ¸©¸ò꽨¾.
5 ´¾©-ª¾ 14. ´ð-ì½-©ö¡ê¾¤©É¾•-ê¿-´½-§¾©-ê†-´ó-£÷•-£È¾-꾤-êñ©¦½•ó-¨½²¾®- ´ð-ì½-©ö¡ê¾¤©É¾•-ê¿-´½-§¾©-ê†-´ó-£÷•-£È¾-꾤-êñ©¦½•ó-¨½²¾®- Á´È´î콩ô¡ê†´ñ£¸¾´ ¦¸¨¤¾´ºï©©À©„, ºõ©ô´¦ô´®öį©É¸¨§ñ¸½¾Å²ïÀ¯ïªí: ¯È¾¦½¹¤¸•, À¢©º½•÷ìñ¡ §ó¸½•¾Å²ñ•, «Õ-ê¿´½§¾©, •Õªö¡ª¾©, Á¡É¤, £º•, Á´È•Õ, ì¿À§, À¡¾½©º•, ²ø, °¾, ¦ï©Õ, ¦ï©¯È¾, ¹É¸¨, κ¤, £º¤, ®ò¤ Áì½ º•Å...
´¾©ª¾ 15. ´ð-ì½-©ö¡ê¾¤©É¾•-ê¿-´½-§¾©-ê†-´ó-£÷•-£È¾-꾤-©É¾•-•òÀ¸©¸ò꽨¾, ¸ò꽨¾¦¾© ´ð- -ì½-©ö¡ê¾¤©É¾•-ê¿-´½-§¾©-ê†-´ó-£÷•-£È¾ê¾¤-©É¾•-•òÀ¸©¸ò꽨¾, ¸ò꽨¾¦¾© Á´È• - ´î콩ô¡ºïìգȾ꾤©É¾ê¿´½§¾© ꆴñ£¸¾´¦¿£ï, ©©À©„꾤©É¾êîì½ñ¦¾©, §ñ ¸½¦¾© Áì½ ²ø´¦¾©.
²¾¡-êó III -콩ñ®´ð-ì½-©ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©
ϸ©êó 1 콩ñ®´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾•¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿ Áì½ ¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾©
´¾©ª¾ 16. 콩ñ®´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾•¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿ Áì½ ¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾© ´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾•¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿ Áì½ ¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾© ¥ñ©Á®È¤À¯ñ•¦¾´ì½©ñ® ©„¤š : Œ 콩ï®êɺ¤«… ; Œ 콩ﮧ¾© ; Œ 콩ï®Âì¡.
´¾©ª¾17. 콩ñ®êɺ¤«… ´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾¸ï©ê½½ê¿ Áì½ ¯½¹¸ï©¦¾©ì½©ï®êɺ¤«… Á´È´îì½
©ô¡ê†´ñ£õ-£È¾-ºï©©À©„¦¿ìï®êɺ¤«…é·¤ Áì½ ª˜¤µöȲœê†¢º¤êɺ¤«…˜À§„:- ²½®¾© ²•¦ñ•, 꾩²ú•.
´¾©ª¾ 18. 콩ñ®§¾© ´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾•¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿ Áì½ ¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾©ì½©ñ®§¾© Á´È•´ð-ì½- ©ö¡-ê†-´ó-£÷•-£È¾ºï©©À©„콩ﮧ¾© §‡¤ª˜¤µöÈòœê†Ã©Î‡¤¢º¤ ¦¯¯ 쾸 ê†À¯ï´îì½ ©ô¡¢º¤¸ô¤£½½¨¾©Á¹È¤§¾© À§„ : ²½ê¾©Í¸¤, ¸ñ©§¼¤êº¤, À´õº¤¸¼¤Ä§, -Á®®³Éº• 쿸ô¤, ð꾦¼¸¦½¹¸¾©, ¦ï¤¦ðħ Áì½ º•Å.
6
´¾©ª¾19. 콩ñ®Âì¡ ´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾•¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿ Áì½ ¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾©ì½©ñ®Âì¡ Á´È•´ðì½ ©ô¡¢º¤ì¾¸ê†´ñ£õ-£È¾ºï©©À©„콩ï®Âì¡ §‡¤ª˜¤µöȲœê†Ã©Î‡¤¢º¤ ¦¯¯ 쾸 -©-¨ »ñ®»º¤¥¾¡ºö¤¡¾•¦½¹½-¯½§¾-§¾© -À²•º-¡¾•-¦ô¡¦¾, ¸ò-꽨¾-¦¾© Áì½ - ¸ñ©ê½•½-ê¿ À§„: À´óº¤Í¸¤²½®¾¤, ¸ï©²ö¥¿¯¾¦ï¡ Áì½ º•Å.
ϸ©êó 2 콩ñ®´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾•ê¿´½§¾©
´¾©ª¾ 20. 콩ñ®´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾© 꾤©É¾•ê¿´½§¾© ´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾•ê¿´½§¾© ¥ï©Á®È¤À¯ï ¦† 콩ﮩ„¤š : Œ 콩ï®êɺ¤«…; Œ 콩ﮧ¾©; Œ 콩﮲¾¡²œ; Œ 콩ï®Âì¡.
´¾©ª¾ 21. 콩ñ®êɺ¤«…
´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾ê¿´½§¾©ì½©ï®êɺ¤«… Á´È´î콩ô¡ê†´ñ£õ-£È¾-ºñ•Â©© À©„꾤©É¾ê辶½ñ¨½²¾® Áì½ §ñ¸½¾Å²ï¦¿ìï®êɺ¤«…é·¤ Áì½ ª˜¤µöȲœê†¢º¤ êɺ¤«…˜ À§„: ª¾©Àì¾½, ª¾©¡¸¾¤§ñ.
´¾©ª¾ 22. 콩ñ®§¾©
´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾•ê¿´½§¾©ì½©ñ®§¾© Á´È•´ð-ì½-©ö¡-ê†-´ó-£÷•-£È¾ºï©©À©„ 꾤©É¾ê辶½ñ¨½²¾®ì½©ï®§¾© §‡¤ª˜¤µöȲœê†Ã©Î‡¤¢º¤ ¦¯¯ 쾸 ê†À¯ï´î콩ô¡¢º¤
¸ô¤£½½¨¾©Á¹È¤§¾© À§„: ²öÀ®˜¨, £º²½À²¤, ¯È¾¦½¹¤¸•Á¹È¤§¾©À§¯¼•, ²ø¹ó•¯ø•,
À¢©º½õìñ¸½¾Å²ïÁ¹È¤§¾©¾¡¾¨ŒÕÀêñ, À¢©§¾¡Ä©ÂÀ¦ô¾ Áì½ º•Å.
´¾©ª¾ 23. 콩ñ®²¾¡²œ ´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾ê¿´½§¾©ì½©ï®²¾¡²œ Á´È´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©ì¾¸ ꆴñ
£÷•-£È¾ºï©©À©„꾤©É¾ê辶½ñ¨½²¾®ì½©ï®²¾¡²œ §‡¤ª˜¤µöȲœê†Ã©Î‡¤¢º¤ ¦¯¯ 쾸
©¨»ï®»º¤Àºô¾¥¾¡ºô¤¡¾²¾¡²œê†¡È¼¸¢Éº¤ À§„: ¯È¾¦½¹¤¸•Á¹È¤§¾©, ®Ò•Õ»ûº• Áì½ º•Å.
7 ´¾©ª¾ 24. 콩ñ®Âì¡ ´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾ê¿´½§¾©ì½©ï®Âì¡ Á´È´î콩ô¡¢º¤ì¾¸ ꆴñ£õ-£È¾ ºï©©À©„꾤©É¾ê辶½ñ¨½²¾®ì½©ï®Âì¡ §‡¤ª˜¤µöȲœê†Ã©Î‡¤¢º¤ ¦¯¯ 쾸 ©¨ »ñ®»º¤¥¾¡ºô¤¡¾¦½¹½¯½§¾© À²•º¡¾ ¦ò¡¦¾, ¸ð꽨¾¦¾© Áì½ ¸ï©ê½½ê¿.
ϸ©êó 3 ¦ö´®ñ©´…¤À´õº¤
´¾©-ª¾ 25. £¸¾´¦¿£ñ•¢º¤¦ö´-®ñ©-´…¤À´õº¤ ¦ô´®ï©´…¤À´óº¤ ¯½¡º®©É¸¨´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾© ꆴñ£õ£È¾ºï©©À©„À¯ï²ðÀ¦©, ¹¾¨¾¡ Áì½ À¯ïÀº¡½ìï¡¢º¤§¾© §‡¤ì頻ɺ¤Ä©ÉÀºô¾Ã¥Ã¦Èᾯö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾, º½•÷ ìï¡Ã¹ÉϘ£ô¤µöÈ£öȮɾ£öÈÀ´óº¤.
´¾©ª¾ 26. ¯½À²©¦ö´®ñ©´…¤À´õº¤ ¦ô´®ï©´…¤À´óº¤´ñê臘…¤ê†À¯ï¸ï©«õ Íó ®ÒÀ¯ï¸ï©«õ, ¦ï¤¹¾ìð´½§ï® Íó º½¦ï¤¹¾ìð´½ §ï®À§„: ²½ê¾©Í¸¤¸¼¤¥ï, ¹î²½Á¡É¸, ¸ï©§¼¤êº¤, ²½®¾¤, ²œ¢õ®öìô´, ðê¾¦ï¤ ¦ò•Ä§, •ò꾕§¼¤Ïɼ¤ Áì½ º•Å.
²¾¡-êó IV ì½®¼®¡¾•£÷É´£º¤, ¡¾••¿Ã§É, ¡¾•-¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾, ¡¾•º½•÷ìñ¡¡¾•®ø콕½ Á콡¾•¯½ªò¦ñ¤¢º•´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤-©É¾•-¸ñ©ê½•½-ê¿ -Áì½- ¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾©
ϸ©êó 1 ì½®¼®¡¾•£÷É´£º¤´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤-©É¾•-¸ñ©ê½•½-ê¿ -Áì½ -¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾©
´¾©ª¾ 27. ì½®¼®¡¾•£÷É´£º¤
ìñ©£÷É´£º¤ì¸´¦ø•À¯ñ•Àº¡½²¾®ªÒ´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾© 꾤-©É¾•-¸ñ©ê½•½-ê¿ -Áì½- ¯½¹¸ï©¦¾© ⺮À¢©ê‣¸¯½Àê© ï®ê蘆öȦ¿ï¡¤¾°öɪ¾¤Îɾ¢º¤ ¦¯¯ 쾸 µöȪȾ¤ ¯½Àê© Â©¨´ñ¡¾¢›ê½®¼, Á®È¤¢˜£õÉ´£º¤Ã¹É¢½ÁΤ¡¾ Áì½ êɺ¤«…. ìñ©¯ö¡¯Éº¤¡¿´½¦ò©, ìò¢½¦ò© ªÒ´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ì¾¸ê¾¤-©É¾•-¸ñ©ê½•½-ê¿ -Áì½- ¯½¹¸ï©¦¾© ꆪô¡µöȺ¡º½êð¯½Äª¢º¤ ¦¯¯ 쾸 Íó «ó¡ªÈ¾¤¯½Àê©Àºô¾Ä¯¿Ã§ÉÀ¯ï ¡¿-´½-¦ò©, ìò¢½¦ò©¢º¤ªö• -©¨-®Ò-«õ¡-ªÉº¤ª¾-´¡ö©Ï¾¨.
8 ´¾©ª¾ 28. ¡¾¢›ê½®¼ ´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾¸ï©ê½½ê¿ Áì½ ¯½¹¸ï©¦¾© ꆮõ¡£ô ¹÷ó ¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤ ´óĸÉÕ£º®£º¤ªÉº¤Ä©É»ï®¡¾¢›ê½®¼. ìï©©¿Àñ¡¾§º¡£í, À¡ï®¡¿´î콩ô¡ªÈ¾¤Å À²•º¯½À´ñ£õ£È¾, ¥ï©Á®È¤ì½©ï® - Áì½ ¢›ê½®¼- ²Éº´¡ï˜¡î§õ¡¨öÉùɰöÉ£º®£º¤´î콩ô¡¦½ÀÎñ¢›ê½®¼ ª¾´ì½®¼® ©„¤š: 1. ´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©ì½©ï®êɺ¤«… ùɢ›ê½®¼¿²½Á¡«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ï© 꽕½ê¿Á¢¸¤, •½£º•; 2. ´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ì½©ï®§¾© ùɢ›ê½®¼¿¡½§¸¤«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ï©ê½ •½ê¿;
3. ´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ì½©ñ®Âì¡ Ã¹É¢›ê½®¼¿ºô¤¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤¦¾¡ôꆡȼ¸¢Éº¤ ª¾´ ¡¾•¦½ÀÎ󢺤ìñ©«½®¾• ¦¯¯ 쾸; 4. ´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê†µöȦ¿ï¡¤¾°öɪ¾¤Îɾ¢º¤ ¦¯¯ 쾸 µöȪȾ¤¯½Àê© Ã¹É¢› ê½®¼••¿¡½§¸¤«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½½ê¿ Áì½ ²¾¡¦È¸ê†¡È¼¸¢Éº¤; 5. ´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê†À¯ï¦ô´®ï©´…¤À´óº¤ ùɢ›ê½®¼¿¡½§¸¤«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿. ²¾¨Í濫›ê½®¼Áìɸ ìï©¥½»ï®»öÉ´î콩ô¡©„¤¡È¾¸À¯ï´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾© ²Éº´êï¤»ï® »øɦò©£º®£º¤¢º¤À¥í¾¢º¤´ð콩ö¡.
«É¾¹¾¡´î콩ô¡˜®ÒÄ©É¢›ê½®¼ À¥í¾¢º¤´ð콩ö¡¥½®Ò´ó¦ò©©¿À•ó•¡ò©¥½¡¿ªÈ¾¤Å ¡È¼¸¡ï®´î콩ô¡©„¤¡È¾¸ À§„: ¡¾¸¾¤¦½Á©¤, ¡¾¥¿ìº¤Á®® Áì½ º•Å. ´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©ì½©ï®§¾©ê†´ñ£õ£È¾¦ö¤, ¹¾¨¾¡ Áì½ À¯ïÀº¡½ìï¡¢º¤§¾© ªÉº¤ ĩɣ핣¸É¾ Áì½ ¦½ÀÎó¥ö©ê½®¼•¡¿´½¦ò© Áì½ ìò¢½¦ò©¢º¤§¾©ªÒ¦¾¡ö•.
´¾©-ª¾ 29. ¡¾•¦Éº´Á¯¤, ®ø콕½ Á콯½ªò¦ñ¤¢º• ì辶‣¤À¦ñ´Ã¹É®õ¡£ô Áì½ ¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤ ¯½¡º®¦È¸Ã¡¾¦Éº´Á¯¤, ®öì½½ Áì½ ¯½ªò¦ñ¤¢º•´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾•¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿ Áì½ ¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾©. ¡¾¦Éº´Á¯¤, ®öì½½ Áì½ ¯½ªð¦ï¤¢º´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©˜ ªÉº¤Ä©É»ï®º½•÷- - ¨¾©-¥¾¡¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤®Èºê†ªô¢›ê½®¼.
´¾©-ª¾ 30. ¡¾•-¥¿-캤-Á®® ¡¾¥¿ìº¤Á®® Á´È¡¾¦É¾¤¸ï©«õÃÏÈ¢› ©¨¡¾¡È¾¨Àºô¾Á®®, ¦ñ¦ï, 츩 쾨¢º¤´î콩ô¡©˜¤À©ñ´. ¡¾¥¿ìº¤Á®®´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾© ê†À¯ï¦ô´®ï©´…¤À´óº¤ Áì½ ´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©
콩ñ®§¾©ªÉº¤¢ðº½•÷¨¾©¥¾¡¡½§¸¤«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿. ¦¿ìñ®´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤
9 §¾©ì½©ï®êɺ¤«…Á´È•²½Á•¡«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿Á¢¸¤, •½£º• À¯ñ•°øÉ º½•÷´ñ©.
´¾©ª¾ 31. ¡¾•¦É¾¤ÃÏÈ ®õ¡£ô Á콡¾¥ï©ª˜¤ ꆴñ¥õ©¯½¦ô¤µ¾¡¦É¾¤º½õ¦¾¸½ìñ, ¯˜¹÷Ò»ö®®ï²½®õìõ©, °øÉ•¿, ¸ò콧ö•Á¹È¤§¾© ªÉº¤Ä©É»ñ®º½•÷¨¾©¥¾¡ìñ©«½®¾•.
¦¿ìñ®¡¾•¦É¾¤¦¾©¦½•½¦½«¾• ªºÉ¤Ä©É»ñ®º½•÷¨¾©¥¾¡À¥í¾Á¢¸¤, À¥í¾£º¤•½
£º• -©¨-¯½¦¾•¡ñ®ºö¤-¡¾•-º•ê†¡È¼¸¢Éº¤. ¦¿ìﮡ¾¯˜ÍÒ²½²õ©ê½»ö®, ¡¾¯˜ÍÒ»ö®-º½•÷¦º•¢º¤-ª½¡ø•¦È¸•-®÷-¡£ö• ªÉº¤- Ä©É»ñ®º½•÷¨¾©¥¾¡¢½ÁΤ¡¾•«½-Áͤ-¢È¾¸ Áì½- ¸ñ©-ê½-•½-ê¿. - ´¾©-ª¾ 32. ¡¾•-¸¾¤-¦½-Á©¤ ¡¾•¸¾¤¦½Á©¤´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©´ó ¦¾´¯½À²©ªí•ªð©„¤š : Œ ¡¾¸¾¤¦½Á©¤ À²•ºÀ°ñ¨Á°Èùɴ¸§ôÀ¢í¾§ô´; Œ ¡¾¸¾¤¦½Á©¤ ©¨´ñ¡¾¯½¡º®¦È¸Ã¡¾¯ô¡¯ï¡»ï¡¦¾ Áì½®ø콕½;- Œ ¡¾¸¾¤¦½Á©¤ À²•º¡¾£É¾; ¡¾•¸¾¤¦½Á©¤´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾© º¾©¥½©¿À•ó•µøȲ¾¨Ã• Íõ µøȪȾ¤¯½Àê©. ¡¾•¸¾¤¦½Á©¤´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©µøȲ¾¨Ã•¯½Àê© ªÉº¤Ä©É»ñ®¡¾•º½•÷¨¾©¥¾¡ ¢½ÁΤ¡¾•«½Áͤ¢È¾¸Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿²¾¨¹ùñ¤¯½¦¾•¦ö´êö®¡ñ®ºö¤¡¾•¯ö¡£º¤ êɺ¤ «…ꆡȼ¸¢Éº¤. ¦¿ìﮡ¾¸¾¤¦½Á©¤´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©µöȪȾ¤¯½À꩘ ªÉº¤Ä©É»ï®¡¾º½õ¨¾© ¥¾¡ìñ©«½®¾• ©¨¡¾•¦½ÀÎ󢺤¡½§¸¤«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿.
´¾©ª¾ 33. ¡¾•²ö®À¹ñ• Áì½ ¡¾•²ö®²Ó ®÷¡£ô Íó ¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤ ꆩ¿Àñ¡ð©¥½¡¾Ã©Î‡¤ ¹¾¡Ä©É²ô®À¹ï´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾© ªÉº¤ì¾¨¤¾Ã¹Éºô¤¡¾¯ô¡£º¤µöÈêɺ¤«… Áì½ ¢½ÁΤ¡¾«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ï©ê½½ ê¿ê†¡È¼¸¢Éº¤Ãêïé ²Éº´êï¤Â¥½¡ð©¥½¡¾˜ ¥ô¡¸È¾¥½Ä©É»ï®º½õ¨¾©-ùÉ-¦õ®-ªÒ. ®õ¡£ô Íó ¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤ ¹¾¡Ä©É²ô®²Ó¦½«¾ê† Íó ĩɻﮢӴö¡È¼¸¡ï®¦½«¾ê†ê†´ñ Íó
¦ö¤Ä¦¸È¾´ó´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©, À£•º¤£Õ¢º¤£ö ªÉº¤ì¾¨¤¾Ã¹Éºô¤¡¾¯ô¡£º¤êɺ¤«… Áì½ ¢½ÁΤ¡¾•«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿§¾®Ã•êñ•Ã© Áì½ ¹É¾´®Òùɢ÷©£í•¡Èº•Ä©É »ñ®º½•÷¨¾©¥¾¡¢½ÁΤ¡¾•«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿.
10 ´¾©ª¾ 34. ¡¾•£í•£¸É¾¸òÄ¥ ìñ©¦‣¤À¦ñ´Ã¹É®õ¡£ô Íó ¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤µöȲ¾¨Ã Íó ªÈ¾¤¯½Àê© ©¿Àñ¡¾£í£¸É¾¸ðÄ¥ ¡È¼¸¡ñ®´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾•¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿ Áì½ ¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾© ©É¸¨•½Â¨®¾¨ªÈ¾¤Å. ¡¾£í£¸É¾¸ðÄ¥¡È¼¸¡ï®´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©˜ ªÉº¤Ä©É»ï®º½õ¨¾©¥¾¡¢½ÁΤ¡¾ «½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿; ¦¿ìñ®®÷¡£ö• Íõ ¡¾•¥ñ©ª˜¤ê†´ñ¥õ©¯½¦ô¤»È¸´´ó¡ï®ªÈ¾¤¯½ Àê© Ã¡¾£í£¸É¾¸ðÄ¥¡È¼¸¡ï®´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©˜ ªÉº¤Ä©É»ï®º½õ¨¾©¥¾¡¡½§¸¤«½ Áͤ ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿ ²¾¨¹ùñ¤¯½¦¾•¦ö´êö®¡ñ®¡½§¸¤¡¾•ªÈ¾¤¯½Àê©Áìɸ. ¢Ó´ö Áì½ °ô¢º¤¡¾£í£¸É¾¸ðÄ¥˜ ªÉº¤´º®ªí¦½®ï®Ã¹É¢½ÁΤ¡¾«½Áͤ ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿ À²•ºÀ¡ï®»ï¡¦¾Ä¸É Áì½ Â£¦½¾À°ñ¨Á°Èª¾´ì½®¼®¡¾.
´¾©-ª¾ 35. ¡¾•-¦‰¤ºº¡º¡¯½Àê©À²ˆº¡¾¸òÄ¥ ¡¾¦‣¤¦™¦È¸ Íó ¸ï©«õê†À¯ï´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾¸ï©ê½½ê¿ Áì½ ¯½ ¹¸ï©¦¾© §‡¤´ñ£õ£È¾¦ö¤ºº¡º¡¯½Àê©À²•º¡¾¸ðÄ¥ ªÉº¤Ä©É»ï®º½õ¨¾©¥¾¡ìï©«½ ®¾. ¦¿ìﮦ™¦È¸ Íó ¸ï©«õ´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©º•˜ ªÉº¤Ä©É»ï®º½õ¨¾©¥¾¡¡½§¸¤«½ Á¹ù¤¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿.
´¾©ª¾ 36. ¡¾••¿À¢í¾, À°ó¨Á°È ¹ùõ ¥¿ÎȾ¨ ¡¾••¿À¢í¾, À°ó¨Á°È ¹ùõ ¥¿ÎȾ¨°½ìò©ª½²ñ•¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿¢º¤ªÈ¾¤¯½Àê© ªÉº¤ Ä©É»ñ®¡¾•¡¸©¡¾ Áì½ º½•÷¨¾©¥¾¡¢½ÁΤ¡¾•«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿. °½ì𩪽²ï¸ï©ê½½ê¿¢º¤ªÈ¾¤¯½Àê© ê†À¯ï¸ï©«õ ©¨¦½À²¾½²½²õ©ê½»ö® Íó ®ÒÀ¯ï¸ï©«õꆮҦº©£Èº¤¡ï®¸ï©ê½½ê¿, »ñ©£º¤¯½À²•óºñ•©ó¤¾´¢º¤§¾©ì¾¸ ¥½®Ò º½•÷¨¾©Ã¹É•¿À¢í¾, À°ó¨Á°È ¹ùõ¥¿ÎȾ¨.
´¾©ª¾ 37. ¡¾•Âº• ´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾•¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿ Á콯½¹¸ñ©¦¾©ê†Ä©É¢›ê½®¼Áìɸ ¦¾ ´¾©Âº•-¡¿´½- -¦ð©, ì𢽦ð©Ã¹É°öɺ•Ä©É, ÁªÈ°öÉê†Ä©É»ï®Âº˜ ªÉº¤-Ä©ÉÁ¥É¤Ã¹É¢½ÁΤ ¡¾•«½-Áͤ-¢È¾¸ Áì½-¸ñ©-ê½-•½-ê¿ ®Èºê†ªô¢›ê½®¼»ï®§¾® ²¾¨Ã-¡¿-•ö© ¦¾´-¦ò® ¸ñ• •ñ®-ÁªÈ-¸ñ•Âº•À¯ñ•ªí•Ä¯.
´¾©-ª¾ 38. ¡¾§œŒ¢¾¨ ®õ¡£ô Íó ¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤ ꆴñ¥õ©¯½¦ô¤§œŒ¢¾¨¸ï©«õê†À¯ï´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿ Áì½ ¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾© ªÉº¤Ä©É»ñ®º½•÷¨¾©¥¾¡¢½ÁΤ¡¾•«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿. Õ¡ð콕ó¸ï©«õê†À¯ï´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©˜ ¹¾¡´ñ£õ£È¾¦ö¤, ©©À©„ ìï©´ñ®ö ì𴽦𩧜Àºô¾¸ï©«õ©„¤¡È¾¸ª¾´ì¾£¾ê†ªô¡ìô¤¡ï.
11 ìñ©®Òº½•÷¨¾©-ùɧœŒ¢¾¨ ´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ºº¡•º¡¯½Àê©. ¦¿ìñ®¡¾•Á졯ȼ• ì½¹¸È¾¤§¾©˜ ªÉº¤Ä©É»ï®º½õ¨¾©¥¾¡ìï©«½®¾.
´¾©ª¾ 39. ¡¾•¦õ®êº© ´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾¸ï©ê½½ê¿ Áì½ ¯½¹¸ï©¦¾© ê†Ä©É¢›ê½®¼Áìɸ¦¾
´¾©¦õ®êº©À¯ñ•´ø•´ð콩ö¡Ä©É, ÁªÈ°öÉê†Ä©É»ï®¡¾¦ó®êº©ªÉº¤Ä©ÉÁ¥É¤Ã¹É¢½ÁΤ¡¾«½ Á¹÷¤¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ï©ê½½ê¿ ®Èºê†ªô¢›ê½®¼˜»ï®§¾® ²¾¨Ã¡¿ô©¹ô¡-¦ò®¸ñ• •ñ® ÁªÈ¸ñ•Ä©É»ñ®¡¾•¦õ®êº©À¯ñ•ªí•Ä¯. Õ-¡ð-ì½-ñꆴññ;¨-£ö•-Ä©É-»ï®¡¾¦ó®êº©¿¡ï˜ ¥½ ´º®¦ñ•ê½À¯ñ•ì¾¨ìñ¡ºñ¡¦º•-ùÉ-°öÉé°öÉ·¤-À¯ñ•°øɪ¾¤-Îɾ-įÁ¥É¤¡ðÄ©É.
ϸ©êó 2 ì½®¼®-¡¾•-•¿-çÉ-´ðì½- -©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©-꾤-©É¾•-¸ñ©ê½•½-ê¿ -Áì½ -¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾©
´¾©ª¾ 40. ¥÷©¯½¦ö¤¡¾••¿Ã§É ¡¾••¿Ã§É´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤-©É¾•-¸ñ©ê½•½-ê¿ -Áì½ -¯½¹¸ 辶¾© Á´ÈÀ²•º¥õ© ¯½¦ô¤©„¤š :
1. ùÉÀ¯ï²œ«¾Á¹È¤¡¾¨ó¨ô¤£ô¤ªô¸¢º¤§¾©, À¯ñ•¡¿ìñ¤©ñ•Ã¹É¦ñ¤£ö´¢½¹¨¾¨ ªô¸ êï¤Á´È¥õ©Ï¾¨¢º¤¡¾²ï©ê½¾¯½Àꩧ¾©Ã¹É»„¤´ñ, À¢˜´Á¢¤; 2. ¦ò¡¦¾ºô®»ô´²ôì½À´óº¤Ã¹É´ñÕÃ¥»ï¡§¾©, ´ñ£¸¾´Àº¡ºÉ¾¤ê½ô¤Ã¥ªÒ´öÀ§œº ¢½¹¨ïÏ„²¼, ¯½©ð©¦É¾¤, ªÒ¦öɲð콺¾©¹¾•, ¦¾´ñ¡£óÀ¯ñ•¯ô¡Á°ú•¢º¤¯½ §¾§ô쾸®ï©¾À°‣¾Ã¡¾¯ô¡¯ï¡»ï¡¦¾ Áì½ ²ï©ê½¾¯½Àꩧ¾©; 3. À²†´ê½¸ñ£ï¤¦¾¤´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾¸ï©ê½½ê¿ Áì½ ¯½¹¸ï©¦¾© Ã¹É ºõ©ô´»„¤´ñ¢›; 4. ¦‣¤À¦ñ´ºõ©¦¾¹½¡¿¡¾êȺ¤êȼ¸;
5. À§•º´Â¨¤À¢í¾¡ï®¡¾À£•ºÄ¹¸º½õìï¡, À¦ó´¢½¹¨¾¨£÷•£È¾´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾© 꾤©É¾•¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿ Áì½ ¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾©¢º¤Âì¡; 6. £í£¸É¾¸ðĥ꾤©É¾®ö»¾¸ð꽨¾, ¯½¹¸ï©¦¾© Áì½ º•Å.
´¾©ª¾ 41. ì½®¼®¡¾••¿Ã§É ¡¾••¿Ã§É´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾© 꾤-©É¾•-¸ñ©ê½•½-ê¿ -Áì½ -¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾© ùɯ½ªò®ñ© ©„¤š : 1. •¿Ã§Éùɫõ¡ªÉº¤ª¾´¥÷©¯½¦ö¤, ´ó¯½¦ò©êò°ö• Áì½ ¨õ•¨ö¤;
2. ®Òº½•÷¨¾©Ã¹É•¿Ã§ÉÀ¢©´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©, ´ð콩ö¡¦½«¾•, ¦½«¾ê†¯½¹¸ï© ¦¾© À¢í¾ÃÀ¯í¾Ï¾¨Ã©Î‡¤ê†¥½²¾Ã¹ù¦½«¾½²¾®À©ñ´˜¯È¼Á¯¤;
12 3. ¿Ã§É쾨»ï®ê†Ä©É´¾¥¾¡´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾© ©É¸¨ºï©ª¾¦È¸ê†ÀϾ½¦ô´À¢í¾Ã ¡¾•²ñ©ê½•¾-´î콩ô¡©„¤¡È¾¸.
ϸ©êó 3 ì½®¼®¡¾•¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾, º½•÷ìñ¡, ®ø콕½ Áì½ ¯½ªò¦ñ¤¢º•´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾© 꾤-©É¾•-¸ñ©ê½•½-ê¿ -Áì½- ¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾©
´¾©ª¾ 42. ¡¾•¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾, º½•÷ìñ¡´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤-©É¾•-¸ñ©ê½•½-ê¿- Áì½- ¯½¹¸ñ© ¦¾©ê†À¯ñ¸ñ©«÷ ¡¾•¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾, º½•÷ìñ¡´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾•¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿ Áì½ ¯½¹¸ñ© ¦¾©ê†À¯ï¸ï©«õªÉº¤¯½ªð®ï© ©„¤š : 1. ®õ¡£ô Íó ¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤ ꆴñ£¸¾´»ï®°ð©§º®¡È¼¸¡ï®´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾© ªÉº¤£¾© £½À°ôÀ¦¨¹¾¨ê†¥½À¡ñ©¢›Á¡È´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤-©É¾•-¸ñ©ê½•½-ê¿ -Áì½- ¯½¹¸ñ©-¦¾© ²Éº´ê老ñ´¾©ª½¡¾¦½¡ï©¡˜, Á¡ÉÄ¢µÈ¾¤ÀϾ½¦ô´ Áì½ êï ¡¾•; 2. ®õ¡£ô Íó ¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤ ꆴñ¥õ©¯½¦ô¤²ï©ê½¾À¦©«½¡ð©Œ¦ï¤£ô´ ©¨¦½À²¾½ ¡¾²ï©ê½¾ºõ©¦¾¹½¡¿, ¡½¦ð¡¿, ²œ«¾Â£¤ìȾ¤ÃÀ¢©ê†´ñ Íó ¦ô¤Ä¦¸È¾ ´ó´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤-©É¾•-¸ñ©ê½•½-ê¿ -Áì½ -¯½¹¸ï©¦¾©˜ ªÉº¤-Ä©É»ñ®º½ õ¨¾©¥¾¡¡½§¸¤«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ï©ê½½ê¿ ²Éº´ê老ñ´¾©ª½¡¾ À²•º ¯ô¡¯ï¡»ï¡¦¾´î콩ô¡©„¤¡È¾¸®ÒùÉÀ¦¨¹¾¨; 3. ¹É¾´®÷¡£ô Íó ¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤ ¡Ò£¸¾´À¦¨¹¾¨-Á¡ú´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤-©É¾•-¸ñ© 꽕½-ê¿ -Áì½ -¯½¹¸ï©¦¾©À§„ : ¡¾•ê¿ì¾¨²½²÷©ê½»ø®, ®ø»¾•¦½«¾•, ¯ö¦½ð¨½«¾, ¦½«¾ê†¯½¹¸ï©¦¾©¡¾®¼©¨ò©, ¡¾¥ï®¥º¤ê†©ðÀ¢©º½ •÷ìñ¡´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©, ¡¾•¯È¼•Á¯¤¦½«¾•½²¾®À©ó´¢º¤´ð콩ö¡ į¦øȦ½ «¾½²¾®º•, ¡¾®ð©À®óºÀœºÃ¯½¹¸ï©¦¾©. ®Òº½õ¨¾©Ã¹ù®õ¡£ô Íó ¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤ê爐¾¨Ã Áì½ ªÈ¾¤¯½Àê© ¦¿¯½ê¾ ´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤-©É¾•-¸ñ©ê½•½-ê¿ -Áì½ - ¯½¹¸ï©¦¾©ì½©ï®§¾© À¸˜À¦¨ÁªÈ´ñ £¸¾´¥¿À¯ï §‡¤ªÉº¤Ä©É»ï®º½õ¨¾©¥¾¡ìï©«½®¾ ª¾´¡¾¦½ÀÎñ¢º¤¡½§¸¤«½ Á¹ù¤¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿.
´¾©ª¾ 4--3. À¢©¯ö¡-¯ñ¡-»ñ¡¦¾´ð-ì½-©ö¡¦½«¾• À¢©¯ö¡-¯ñ¡-»ï¡¦¾´î콩ô¡¦½«¾ ©¨ê‣¸Ä¯ÁìɸÁ®È¤ºº¡À¯ï¦¾´À¢© ©„¤š : Œ À¢© 1 -Á´È•À¢©Ã¥¡¾¤ --À¯ñ•-¦½«¾ê†-ª˜¤¢º¤´î-ì½-©ö¡- §‡¤ªÉº¤»ï¡¦¾¦½²¾®-- À©ó´-Ä¸É -Áì½ ®Ò-ùÉ-´ó-¡¾•-¯÷¡-¦É¾¤ ;
13 Œ À¢© 2 ---Á´È•À¢©ºÉº´»º®-À¢©Ã¥¡¾¤ -§‡¤-º½•÷¨¾©-ùÉ-©¿À•ó•-¡ò©¥½-- ¡¿-¥¿ ¸Î‡¤ - À²•º¦‣¤-À¦ó´£÷•-£È¾-¢º¤--À¢©Î‡¤ -Áªú®Ò-ùÉ-¡Ò£¸¾´-- À¦¨¹¾¨-ªÒ¦½²¾® Á¸©-ìɺ´¢º¤À¢©˜; Œ À¢© 3 -Á´È•À¢©£÷É´-£º¤ §‡¤-º½•÷-¨¾©-ùÉ-´ó-¡¾•-¯÷¡-¦É¾¤ -À²•º-»ñ®-çÉ-ùÉ-Á¡È-À¢© 1 -Áì½-À¢©- 2 -À²•º-»º¤-»ñ®-¡¾•-êȺ¤-êȼ¸. ¦¿ìﮡ¾¡¿ô©À¢©ì½º¼©˜ ´ñì½®¼®¡¾¦½À²¾½.
´¾©ª¾ 4-4. ´¾©-ª½¡¾•-¯ö¡-¯ñ¡-»ñ¡-¦¾À¢©´ð콩ö¡¦½«¾• °öÉ´ñÎɾꆻﮰ𩧺®ªÉº¤-Ä©É-Àºö¾-Ã¥-æÈ-ªò©-ª¾´-¡¸©-¡¾ áîì½ñê†À¹ï¸È¾´î콩ô¡- Á¹È¤-§¾©«õ¡®÷¡ì÷¡, ê¿ì¾¨ Íõ À¦¨¹¾¨¥¾¡¡¾•¡½ê¿¢º¤£ö• Íõ ¥¾¡ê¿´½§¾© ªÉº¤´ó ´¾©ª½¡¾•¦½¡ï©¡˜µÈ¾¤ê ©¨¯½¦¾¦ô´êô®¡ï®ºô¤¡¾¯ô¡£º¤êɺ¤«…®Èº´î 콩ô¡¦½«¾ª˜¤µöÈ ÁìɸÁ¥É¤Ã¹É¢½ÁΤ¡¾«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ï©ê½½ê¿§¾® À²•º ´ó´¾©ª½¡¾•Á¡ÉÄ¢µÈ¾¤êñ•¡¾•.
´¾©ª¾ 45. ¡¾•©¿À•ó•¡¾•¦Éº´Á¯¤, ®ø콕½ Áì½ ¯½ªò¦ñ¤¢º• Õ¡¾•¦Éº´Á¯¤, ®ø콕½ Áì½ ¯½ªò¦ñ¤¢º•´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤-©É¾•-¸ñ©ê½•½- ê¿ Áì½-- ¯½¹¸ï©¦¾© ùɯ½ªð®ï©©„¤š : 1. ªÉº¤Á´È¸ð¦¾¹½¡ð©¦½À²¾½ Íó ¸ð¦¾¹½¡ð©ê†´ñÀ¤•ºÄ¢Ã¡¾¦Éº´Á¯¤, ®ö 콕½ Áì½ ¯½ªò¦ñ¤¢º• ´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾© 꾤-©É¾•-¸ñ©ê½•½-ê¿ -Áì½ -¯½ ¹¸ï©¦¾©ê†Ä©É¢›ê½®¼«ó¡ªÉº¤ª¾´¡ô©Ï¾¨; 2. ªÉº¤Ä©É»ñ®º½•÷¨¾©¥¾¡ºö¤¡¾•£÷É´£º¤´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾© ®Èº•´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤ §¾©˜¢›ê½®¼¿. ¦¿ìï®´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤-©É¾•-¸ñ©ê½•½-ê¿ -Áì½ -¯½ ¹¸ñ©¦¾©ì½©ñ®§¾© Áì½ ì½©ñ®Âì¡ ªÉº¤Ä©É¢ðº½•÷¨¾©•¿¡½§¸¤«½Áͤ ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿; 3. ªÉº¤»ï¡¦¾£õì½½À©ñ´¢º¤´î콩ô¡˜Ä¸É.
´¾©ª¾ 46. ¡¾•¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾ Áì½ º½•÷ìñ¡´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê†®ÒÀ¯ñ¸ñ©«÷ ¡¾•¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾ Áì½ º½•÷ìñ¡´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾•¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿ Áì½ ¯½¹¸ñ© ¦¾©ê†®ÒÀ¯ï¸ï©«õ ªÉº¤¯½ªð®ï©©„¤š: ¡¾•¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾ Áì½ ¡¾•º½•÷ìñ¡´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾•¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿ Áì½ ¯½¹¸ï©¦¾© ªÉº¤Ä¯£¼¤£öȡﮡ¾¦‣¤À¦ñ´, À°ñ¨Á°È Áì½ ¿Ã§ÉµÈ¾¤¡¸É¾¤¢¸¾¤ ªÒ²¾¨Ã• Áì½ ªÈ¾¤¯½Àê©; ¡¾•£í•£¸É¾, ¯½©ò©ÁªÈ¤ ªÉº¤»ñ®¯½¡ñ•ìñ¡¦½•½§¾©, ´½¹¾§ö•Á콡ɾ¸Îɾ;
14 §¾¸ªÈ¾¤©É¾¸, £ôªÈ¾¤¯½Àê© ì¸´ê嵐¾¥ï©ª˜¤¢º¤®õ¡£ô©„¤¡È¾¸, ºô¤¡¾ ¥ï©ª˜¤¦¾¡ôꆥ½©¿Àñ¡¾£í£¸É¾, ¸ðÄ¥´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾© ªÉº¤-ùɦº©£Èº¤ ¡ñ®-Àœº-Õ-£¸¾´-À¯ñ•-¥ò¤¢º¤-´ð-ì½-©ö¡-˜ Áì½ Ä©É»ï®º½õ¨¾© ¥¾¡¡½§¸¤«½ Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿; ®Òùɥô©¡È¾¨, 캡Á®® Àºô¾°ô¤¾¡¾£í£¸É¾, ¯½©ð©ÁªÈ¤¢º¤°öɺ• ¡È¼¸¡ï® ´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©´¾À¯ñ•ìò¢½¦ò©¢º¤ªö• Íõ ²ò´À°ó¨Á°È ©¨®ÒÄ©É»ñ®º½•÷¨¾© ¥¾¡À¥í¾¢º¤ìò¢½¦ò© Áì½ ²¾¡¦È¸•¡È¼¸¢Éº¤; ®ÒùÉÀ°ó¨Á°È´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾© ê†À¯ï£¸¾´ìﮢº¤§¾©.
²¾¡-êó V ì½®¼®-¡¾•-£÷É´-£º¤, ¡¾•-•¿-çÉ, ¡¾•-¯ö¡-¯ñ¡-»ñ¡¦¾, ¡¾•-º½•÷-ìñ¡ - Áì½- ¡¾•-®ø콕½-´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©-꾤-©É¾•-ê¿´½- -§¾©
ϸ©êó 1 ì½®¼®-¡¾•-£÷É´-£º¤-´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©-꾤-©É¾•-ê¿´½- -§¾©
´¾©ª¾ 47. ì½®¼®-¡¾•-£÷É´-£º¤-´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©-꾤-©É¾•-ê¿-´½-§¾©
ìñ©-£÷É´-£º¤-츴¦ø•À¯ñ•-Àº¡½-²¾®- ªÒ-´ðì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©-꾤-©É¾•-ê¿-´½§¾©-- Õ¢º® -À¢©-ê‣¸-¯½-Àê©Â©¨-´ó-¡¾•-¢›ê½®¼, -Á®È¤-¢˜£õÉ´-£º¤-ùÉ-¢½-ÁΤ¡¾•ªÈ¾¤Å -Áì½ -êɺ¤- «…ꆡȼ¸¢Éº¤. ìñ©-¯ö¡-¯Éº¤-¡¿´½-¦ò©, ìò-¢½-¦ò©-¢º¤-ªö•-ªÒ-´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©ê¾¤©É¾•ê¿´½§¾© -ê†-ªö¡ -µøÈ-•º¡º½êò¯½-Ī-¢º¤ ¦¯¯ 쾸 Íõ «õ¡-ªÈ¾¤-¯½-Àê©-Àºö¾-į-À¯ñ•-¡¿´½-¦ò©, ìò-¢½-¦ò©-¢º¤-ªö•- ©¨-®Ò-«õ¡-ªÉº¤ª¾-´¡ö©Ï¾¨.
´¾©ª¾ 48. ¡¾¢›ê½®¼´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾ê¿´½§¾© ´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾•ê¿´½§¾©ªÉº¤Ä©É¢›ê½®¼ À¯ïªí-Á´È ²œê†´î콩ô¡ Á콦…¤ê†´ñ£õ£È¾¦ö¤, ©©À©„ À§„: -À¢©-¯ö¡-¯ñ¡-»ñ¡¦¾-§ó¸½-•¾Å-²ñ•--, ¯È¾-¦½¹¤¸•, -À¢©©ò•- ®ðìò-À¸•-•Õ, «Õ-ê†-´ó-£÷•-£È¾-꾤-©É¾•-ê¿-´½-§¾© ª¾´ì½®¼®©„¤š: 1. ´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾ê¿´½§¾©ì½©ï®êɺ¤«… ùɢ›ê½®¼¿²½Á¡ «½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿ ©¨¯½¦¾¦ô´êô®¡ï®²¾¡¦È¸ê†¡È¼¸¢Éº¤; 2. ´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾ê¿´½§¾©ì½©ï®§¾©Ã¹É¢›ê½®¼¿¡½§¸¤«½Áͤ ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ï©ê½½ê¿ ©¨¯½¦¾¦ô´êô®¡ï®²¾¡¦È¸ê†¡È¼¸¢Éº¤;
3. ´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾ê¿´½§¾©ì½©ï®²¾¡²œ ùɢ›ê½®¼¿ºô¤¡¾²¾¡ ²œê†¡È¼¸¢Éº¤ ©¨ìï©«½®¾À¯ñ•°øɦ½ÀÎó;
15 4. ´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾ê¿´½§¾©ì½©ï®Âì¡ Ã¹É¢›ê½®¼¿ºô¤¡¾¦½¹½- ¯½§¾-§¾© -À²•º-¡¾•-¦ô¡¦¾, ¸ò-꽨¾-¦¾© -Áì½- ¸ñ©ê½•½-ê¿ Â©¨ìñ©«½®¾•À¯ñ• °øɦ½ÀÎó.
´¾©ª¾ 49. ì½®¼®-¡¾•-£÷É´-£º¤Á¹ùȤ§ó¸½-•¾Å-²ñ• ÁÍȤ§ó¸½-•¾Å-²ï§‡¤-À¯ñ•-´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©ê¾¤-©É¾•-ê¿´½- -§¾©À§„: ê¾´, ®ò¤, ¯õȤ. - ªÉº¤-Ä©É´ó-¡¾•-£÷É´-£º¤-©É¸¨-¡¾•¡¸©¡¾, -¢›ê½®¼ ª¾´¡¾•-- ¦½-ÀÎ󢺤-¢½-ÁΤ¡¾•-ê†- ¡È¼¸¢Éº¤.
´¾©ª¾ 50. ì½®¼®-¡¾•-£÷É´-£º¤-¯È¾-¦½¹¤¸• ¯È¾-¦½¹¤¸ê†-Ä©É-¢›ê½®¼-À¯ñ•-´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©-꾤-©É¾•-ê¿-´½-§¾©-Áìɸ-˜ ªÉº¤- ´ó¡¾•-- £÷É´-£º¤ -À²•º¥÷©-¯½¦ö¤-- Õ-¡¾•-¯ö¡-¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾-ê¿-´½-§¾©-ùÉ-¨õ•-¨ö¤ Áì½- º÷©ö´-¦ö´®ø•.
´¾©ª¾ 51. ì½®¼®-¡¾•-£÷É´-£º¤¦¸•-º÷©-êò¨¾• ¦¸•-º÷©-êò¨¾•--ê¿-´½-§¾©§‡¤-º÷©ö´-»úñ¤-´ó-į-©É¸¨-ì½®ö®-•ò-À¸©, ¦½º¾©-¦¸¨-¤¾´À¯ñ•- Îɾ-¯½-êñ®--Ã¥ ꆡ¾¨-À¯ñ•-´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©-꾤-©É¾•-ê¿-´½-§¾©-˜ ªÉº¤-´ó-¡¾•-£÷É´-£º¤À²•º ùÉÀ¯ï¦½«¾ê†²ï¡°Èº Áì½ êȺ¤êȼ¸¢º¤²¾¨Ã Áì½ ªÈ¾¤¯½Àê©.
´¾©ª¾ 52. ì½®¼®-¡¾•-£÷É´-£º¤À¢©êò¸-êñ©-ê¿-´½-§¾© À¢©êò¸-êñ©-- ê¿-´½-§¾© §‡¤-´ó-£÷•-£È¾-꾤-©É¾•-êñ©¦½•ó-¨½-²¾®ºñ•¦¸¨-¦ö©-¤ö©-¤¾´ - Áì½-©©-À©„ ꆴó-- ²ø-, °¾, ¯È¾-Ä´É, Á´È-- •Õ, -ì¿-À§, •Õªö¡ª¾© -Áì½- º•Å ªÉº¤¢›ê½®¼
À¯ñ•-´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©ê¾¤-©É¾•-ê¿-´½§-¾© Áì½ -ªÉº¤-´ó-¡¾•-£÷É´-£º¤ À²•º- -¥÷©-¯½¦ö¤-»ñ¡¦¾- £¸¾´-¦¸¨-¤¾´-¢º¤-ê¿-´½-§¾©-ùÉ-¨õ•-¨ö¤. ¦¿ìñ®-¡¾•£÷É´-£º¤-´ð-ì½-©ö¡-꾤-©É¾•-ê¿-´½-§¾© ê†-Ä©É-¡¿•ö©-ĸÉ-Õ´¾©ª¾ 49 ¹¾ 52 ˜- ¥½´ñì½®¼®¡¾¦½À²¾½-¡¿•ö©Ä¸ÉªÈ¾¤¹¾¡.
ϸ©êó 2 ì½®¼®-¡¾•-•¿-çÉ, ¡¾•-¯ö¡-¯ñ¡-»ñ¡¦¾, ¡¾•-º½•÷-ìñ¡ -Áì½-¡¾•-®ø콕½ -´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©-꾤-©É¾•-ê¿-´½-§¾©
´¾©ª¾ 53. ¥÷©-¯½¦ö¤ -Áì½ì½®¼®-¡¾•-•¿-çÉ- ´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤-©É¾•-ê¿-´½-§¾© Á´È•-- •¿-çÉ-À²•º: 1. À¯ï²œ«¾Á¹È¤¡¾¨ó¨ô¤£ô¤ªô¸¢º¤§¾©, À¯ï®Èº-ºó-¤ ---Áì½ -êȾ-Á»¤¢º¤ ¡¾²ï©ê½¾À¦©«½¡ð©Œ¦ï¤£ô´Á¹È¤§¾©; 16 2. ¦É¾¤-¥ò©-¦¿•ô¡-ùɲôì½À´óº¤ ´ñÕÃ¥»ï¡¦…¤Á¸©-- ìɺ´-ê¿-´½-§¾© -À¯ñ•ªí•- Á´È• ¯È¾-Ä´É, -ÁÍȤ•Õ -Áì½- §ó¸½-•¾Å-²ñ•; 3. ¦‣¤À¦ñ´ºõ©¦¾¹½¡¿¡¾•êȺ¤êȼ¸; 4. À§•º´Â¨¤À¢í¾¡ï®¡¾À£•ºÄ¹¸º½õìï¡, À¦ñ´¢½¹¨¾¨£õ£È¾´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤-- §¾© 꾤©É¾ê¿´½§¾©¢º¤²¾¡²œ Áì½ ¢º¤Âì¡; 5. £í£¸É¾¸ðĥ꾤©É¾¦…¤-Á¸©-ìɺ´, §ó¸½-•¾Å-²ï Áì½ º•Å; 6. À²†´ê½¸ñ£ï¤¦¾¤´î콩ô¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©ê¾¤©É¾ê¿´½§¾© ùɴñ£¸¾´ºõ©ô´»„¤´ñ¢›. ¡¾••¿Ã§É´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤-©É¾•-ê¿´½- -§¾©ªÉº¤: 1. ¦º©-£Èº¤-¡ñ®-Á°•-²ï©ê½¾À¦©«½¡ð©Œ¦ï¤£ô´;
2. ´ó-¯½¦ò©êò-°ö•, ¨õ•-¨ö¤ -Áì½ -®Ò-ùÉ-´ó-°ö•-¡½êö®-ªÒ-¦…¤-Á¸©-ìɺ´-ê¿-´½-§¾© -Íõ - ¦ñ¤£ö´; 3. -«õ¡-ªÉº¤ª¾-´ì½®¼®-¡ö©Ï¾¨.
´¾©ª¾ 54. ì½®¼®-¡¾•-¯ö¡-¯ñ¡-»ñ¡¦¾ -Áì½ -º½•÷-ìñ¡-´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©-꾤-©É¾•-ê¿-´½-§¾© ¡¾•¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾ -Áì½ º½•÷ìñ¡´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤-©É¾•-ê¿-´½-§¾© ªÉº¤¯½ªò®ñ© ©„¤š : 1. ®õ¡£ô Íó ¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤ ꆴñ¥õ©¯½¦ô¤²ï©ê½¾À¦©«½¡ð©Œ¦ï¤£ô´ ÃÀ¢©´î콩ô¡ Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾•ê¿´½§¾© ©¨¦½À²¾½¡¾•²ñ©ê½•¾º÷©¦¾¹½¡¿, ¡½¦ò¡¿,
²œ«¾Â£¤ìȾ¤ ªÉº¤Ä©É»ñ®º½•÷¨¾©¥¾¡¡½§¸¤«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿ - Áì½- ¢½Á¹•¤-- ¡¾•-º•ê†-¡È¼¸¢Éº¤; 2. ®õ¡£ô Íó ¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤ ꆴñ£¸¾´»ï®°ð©§º®¡È¼¸¡ï®´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾ê¿ ´½§¾© ªÉº¤£¾©£½À°ôÀ¦¨¹¾¨ê†¥½À¡ñ©¢›Á¡È´î콩ô¡©„¤¡È¾¸ ²Éº´ê老ñ ´¾©ª½¡¾¦½¡ï©¡˜, Á¡ÉÄ¢µÈ¾¤ÀϾ½¦ô´ Áì½ ê;
3. ´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤©É¾•ê¿´½§¾© ªÉº¤Ä©É»ï®¡¾¯ô¡¯ï¡»ï¡¦¾Ä¸É§‡¤£¸¾´ ¦¸¨¤¾´¢º¤êñ©¦½•ò¨½²¾® Áì½ £¸¾´º÷©ö´¦ö´®ø•ê¾¤§ó¸½•¾Å²ñ•; 4. ¹É¾´®õ¡£ô Íó ¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤ ¡Ò£¸¾´À¦¨¹¾¨-Á¡È´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤-©É¾•-ê¿-´½- §¾©À§„: ¡¾ê¿-쾨-¯È¾-Ä´É -¹ùõ ¢÷©£í•§ñ®²½¨¾¡º•ê¿´½§¾©µøÈÎɾ©ò•, ÃªÉ ©ò•Ã•À¢©´ð콩ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©, ¡¾®¼©¨ò©, ¡¾¥ï®¥º¤ê†©ðÀ¢©-¯ö¡-¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾-
§ó¸½-•¾Å-²ñ•, À¢©¯È¾-¦½¹¤¸•, ¦¸•-º÷©-êò¨¾• -Áì½ À¢©-êò¸-êñ©- - ê¿-´½§¾© 츴 êñ¤-¡¾•-¯È¼•-Á¯¤-¦½«¾•½-²¾®-À©ó´-¢º¤-´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©.
´¾©ª¾ 55. ì½®¼®-¡¾•-®øì½½³œ³ø ¡¾®öì½½³œ³ö´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤-©É¾•-ê¿´½- -§¾© ùɯ½ªð®ï©©„¤š : 1. ªÉº¤Á´È¸ð¦¾¹½¡ð©¦½À²¾½ Íó ¸ð¦¾¹½¡ð© ꆴñÀ¤•ºÄ¢Ã¡¾®öì½½³œ³ö ´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©ê¾¤-©É¾•-ê¿-´½-§¾© Áì½ Ä©É¢›ê½®¼«ó¡ªÉº¤ª¾´¡ô©Ï¾¨;
17 2. ªÉº¤Ä©É»ï®º½õ¨¾© ¥¾¡ºô¤¡¾£õÉ´£º¤´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾© ®Èºê†´î콩ô¡˜ Ä©É¢›ê½®¼. ¦¿ìï®´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©ì½©ï®²¾¡²œ Áì½ ì½©ï®Âì¡ ªÉº¤ ĩɢ𺽕÷¨¾©¥¾¡¡½§¸¤«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿ ©¨¯½¦¾•¦ö´êö® ¡ï®²¾¡¦È¸ê†¡È¼¸¢Éº¤; 3. ªÉº¤»ï¡¦¾£õì½½À©ñ´¢º¤´î콩ô¡˜; 4. ªÉº¤Á•-æȯö¸-Á¯¤´ð-콩ö¡-- Á¹È¤-§¾©-꾤-©É¾•ê¿-´½-§¾©ê†-§÷©-§´, -À¦-¨¹¾¨ ¹ùõ «õ¡ê¿-쾨-ùÉ-£õ-•¦øÈ-¦½²¾®-À©ó´.-
´¾©ª¾ 56. -À¯í¾Ï¾¨¢º¤-¡¾•²ñ©ê½•¾- ¡¾•-²ñ©ê½•¾´ð-ì½-©ö¡--Á¹È¤-§¾©ê¾¤©É¾•-ê¿-´½-§¾© --Á•Ã¦ÈÀ»ñ©Ã¹É-´î콩ô¡˜¨ó-¨ö¤-,
--º÷©ö´-¦ö´®ø• -Áì½ »„¤-´ñ¢› - -À²•º--À¯ñ•-®Èº•-ºó-¤-ùÉ-Á¡È-¡¾•²ñ©ê½•¾-À¦©«½¡ò©-Á¹È¤-§¾©, -¦ô¡¦¾- £í•-£¸É¾, -§º¡-»øÉ£÷•-£È¾-ºñ•-¨º©-¨…¤-¢º¤-´ð-ì½-©ô¡©„¤-¡È¾¸ ²Éº´-êñ¤-À¦ó´-¢½¹¨¾¨-êȾÁ»¤¢º¤-´ð- ì½-©ö¡-˜- À¢í¾-Õ-¸¼¡-¤¾•¯ö¡-¯ñ¡-»ñ¡¦¾-¦…¤-Á¸©-ìɺ´, -¡¾•-êȺ¤-êȼ¸- Õ-¢º®-À¢©-ê‣¸-¯½-Àê©, ¯½¡º®-¦È¸•-À¢í¾-Õ-²¾ì½¡ò©-¯ö¡¯ñ¡-»ñ¡¦¾ -Áì½ -¦É¾¤-¦¾-¯½-Àê©-§¾©.
²¾¡êó VI ¹ð²ò²ò©ê½²ñ•-
´¾©ª¾ 57. ¯½À²©¹ð²ò²ò©ê½²ñ• ¹î²ð²ð©ê½²ïÁ®È¤ºº¡À¯ï ¦¾´¯½À²© ©„¤š : Œ ¹î²ð²ð©ê½²ï¢º¤ìï©; Œ ¹î²ð²ð©ê½²ï츴ÏöÈ; Œ ¹î²ð²ð©ê½²ïÀº¡½§ô.
´¾©ª¾ 58. £¸¾´Ï¾¨¢º¤¹ð²ò²ò©ê½²ñ• 1. ¹ð²ò²ò©ê½²ñ•¢º¤ìñ© Á´È¦½«¾ê†¦½¦ô´, ¸¾¤¦½Á©¤, º½õì¾¸ï© «õ²ïꆴñ£õ£È¾¦ö¤, ©©À©„¢º¤ìï© §‡¤¯½¡º®©É¸¨: -¹ð²ò²ò©ê½²ñ•Á¹È¤§¾© §‡¤Á´È¦½«¾ê†¦½¦ô´, ¸¾¤¦½Á©¤, º½õìï¡ »ï¡¦¾¸ï©«õ²ïꆴñ£õ£È¾¦ö¤, ©©À©„ ⺮À¢©ê‣¸¯½Àê©; ¹î²ð²ð©ê½²ï¢½ÁΤ¡¾ §‡¤Á´È¦½«¾ê†¦½¦ô´, ¸¾¤¦½Á©¤, º½õ ì¾¸ï©«õ²ïꆴñ£õ£È¾¦ö¤, ©©À©„¡È¼¸¡ï®¢½ÁΤ¡¾•; ¹î²ð²ð©ê½²ï콩ï®êɺ¤«… §‡¤Á´È¦½«¾ê†¦½¦ô´, ¸¾¤¦½Á©¤, º½õ ì¾¸ï©«õ²ïꆴñ£õ£È¾¦ö¤, ©©À©„ µöÈêɺ¤«….
18 2. ¹î²ð²ð©ê½²ï츴ÏöÈ Á´È¦½«¾ê†¦½¦ô´, ¸¾¤¦½Á©¤, º½õì¾¸ï© «õ²ïꆴñ£õ£È¾¦ö¤, ©©À©„ ¢º¤ì¸´ÏöȵöøÀ¢©˜; 3. ¹ð²ò²ò©ê½²ñ•Àº¡½§ö• Á´È•¦½«¾•ê†¦½¦ô´, ¸¾¤¦½Á©¤, º½õì恵õ²ï ¢º¤¦È¸•®÷¡£ö•.
´¾©-ª¾ 59. ì½®¼®¡¾•¦É¾¤¹ð²ò²ò©ê½²ñ• ¡¾•¦É¾¤¹ð²ò²ò©ê½²ñ• ªÉº¤´ñÀ¤•ºÄ¢©„¤š:
´ñ¡¾¦½¦ô´¸ï©«õꆴñ£õ£È¾¦ö¤ê¾¤©É¾¸ï©ê½½ê¿, ¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾©, ê¿´½§¾©, ¸ð꽨¾¦¾©, Àªï¡ÂÂì§ñ Ã¥¿¸ê†ÀϾ½¦ô´ À²•º¸¾¤¦½Á©¤; ´ñ¦½«¾ê†¸¾¤¦½Á©¤ Áì½ ¦¾¤À¡ï®´É¼ê†»ï®¯½¡ï; ´ñ𧾡¾ê†´ñ£¸¾´»öɡȼ¸¡ï®´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾© ª¾´ì½®¼®¡¾. ¡¾¦É¾¤¹î²ð²ð©ê½²ï ªÉº¤Ä©É»ï®º½õ¨¾©ª¾´¡îì½ñ©„¤š: ¹ð²ò²ò©ê½²ñ•Á¹È¤§¾© ªÉº¤Ä©É»ñ®º½•÷¨¾©¥¾¡¯½ê¾•¯½Àê© Â©¨Á´È•ìñ© «½®¾•À¯ñ•°øɦ½ÀÎó; ¹ð²ò²ò©ê½²ñ•¢½ÁΤ¡¾• Áì½ ì½©ï®êɺ¤«… ªÉº¤Ä©É»ï®º½õ¨¾©¥¾¡¾ ¨ö¡ìñ©«½´ö•ªó ©¨¡¾•¦½ÀÎ󢺤¡½§¸¤«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿;
¹ð²ò²ò©ê½²ñ•ì¸´ÏøÈ Áì½ Àº¡½§ö• ªÉº¤Ä©É»ñ®º½•÷¨¾©¥¾¡À¥í¾Á¢¸¤ Íõ À¥í¾ £º¤•½£º• ª¾´¡¾•¦½ÀÎ󢺤²½Á•¡«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿.
²¾¡êó VII ¡º¤êô•´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©
´¾©ª¾ 60. ÁÍȤ¡º¤êô•´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾© À²•º»ï®¯½¡ñ•-Á¡È-¡¾•¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾,- º½•÷ìñ¡, ®ø콕½ Áì½ ¯½ªò¦ñ¤¢º•´ð콩ö¡ Á¹È¤§¾©Ã¹É¨ó¨ô¤ Áì½ ²ï©ê½¾¢›˜ ´ñ£¸¾´¥¿À¯ïªÉº¤¦É¾¤ª˜¤¡º¤êò´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤ §¾©¢› §‡¤Ä©É´¾¥¾¡: 1. ¤ö®¯½´¾•¢º¤ìñ©; 2. ¡¾§È¸¨ÀÍ󺢺¤ªÈ¾¤¯½Àê© Áì½ ºô¤¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤¦¾¡ô; 3. ¡¾¯½¡º®¦È¸¢º¤®õ¡£ô Áì½ ¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤ ê爐¾¨Ã Áì½ ªÈ¾¤¯½Àê©; 4. 쾨ĩɥ¾¡¡¾¿Ã§É£õ£È¾¢º¤´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©À§„: ¡¾®îìð¡¾À¢í¾§ô´, ¡¾•À°ó¨Á°È£¦½•¾, ¡¾•£í•£É¸¾¸òÄ¥´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©, °øɯ½¡º®¡¾•êȺ¤ êȼ¸, £È¾¯ñ®-ÃÏ¥¾¡°öÉì½À´ñ© Áì½ º•Å; 5. ²ïê½¥¾¡¡ð©¥½¡¾ªÈ¾¤Å ꆴó°ö•¡½êö®ªÒ´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©; 6. 쾨ĩɥ¾¡¡¾À£•ºÄ¹¸¡ð©¥½¡¿¡È¼¸¡ï®´î콩ô¡ Áì½ º•Å.
19
´¾©ª¾ 61. ¡¾•£÷É´£º¤ Áì½ ¡¾••¿Ã§É¡º¤êô•´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾© ¡¾•£÷É´£º¤ Áì½ ¡¾••¿Ã§É¡º¤êô•´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾© ªÉº¤¯½ªò®ñ©Ã¹É«õ¡ªÉº¤ª¾´ ¥õ©¯½¦ô¤ ê†Ä©É¡¿ô©Ä¸Éøï¡êñ·¤´¾©ª¾ 60 ¢º¤¡ô©Ï¾¨¦½®ï®š, ª¾´¡ô©Ï¾¨¸È¾©É¸¨ ¤ô®¯½´¾ Áì½ ¡ô©Ï¾¨º•Åꆡȼ¸¢Éº¤. ¡¾£õÉ´£º¤ Áì½ ¡¾¿Ã§É¡º¤êò©„¤¡È¾¸ ´ñì½®¼®¡¾¦½À²¾½.
²¾¡-êó VIII ºö¤¡¾•-£÷É´-£º¤ -Áì½- ¡¸©-¡¾
ϸ©êó 1 ºö¤¡¾•-£÷É´-- £º¤
´¾©-ª¾ 62. ºö¤-¡¾•-£÷É´-£º¤ ìñ©«½®¾•-£É÷´-£º¤-´ð-콩ö¡-- Á¹È¤-§¾©-µÈ¾¤-츴¦ø• -Áì½- À¯ñ•-Àº¡½-²¾®-Õê‣¸- -¯½-Àê© Â©¨´º®Ã¹É¡½§¸¤«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿À¯ñ•Ã¥¡¾¤Ã•¡¾•£÷É´£º¤ ©É¸¨¡¾•¯½ ¦¾•¦ö´êö®¡ñ®¢½-ÁΤ¡¾ Áì½ êɺ¤«…ê†-¡È¼¸¢Éº¤. ºô¤¡¾£õÉ´£º¤´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©´ñ ¦†¢˜ ©„¤š: 1. ¡½§¸¤«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿; 2. ²½Á•¡«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿ Á¢¸¤, •½£º•; 3. ¹Éº¤¡¾•«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿À´õº¤, Àꩦ½®¾•; 4. ºö¤¡¾•¯ö¡£º¤®É¾•. ¦¿ìﮡ¾£õÉ´£º¤´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©ì¾¸ ê†Ä©É»ï®»º¤Àºô¾À¯ï´î콩ô¡Âì¡ Íó ²¾¡²œ˜ ´ññ¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤¦½À²¾½-- À§„: £½½¡¿´½¡¾´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©, £½½¡¿´½ ¡¾´î콩ô¡êɺ¤«… Áì½ ¹Éº¤¡¾´î콩ô¡Âì¡ §‡¤ì½®¼®¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤ Áì½ ¡¾À£•º Ĺ¸Ä©É¡¿ •ö©Ä¸ÉªÈ¾¤¹¾¡.
´¾©ª¾ 63. ¦ò©- Áì½ Îɾê†-¢º¤-¡½§¸¤-«½-Áͤ¢È¾¸- Áì½ -¸ñ©ê½•½-ê¿ Ã•-¡¾•-£÷É´£º¤-´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾© ¡½§¸¤«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Á콸ñ©ê½•½-ê¿- ´ó¦ò©-- Áì½ Îɾꆪí•-- ªî ©„¤-š: 1. £í•-£¸É¾, ¦É¾¤-»È¾¤-•½-¨®¾¨, --Á°•-¨÷©-ê½-¦¾©-, ºº¡•òªò¡¿¡È¼¸¡ñ®-´ð-ì½-©ö¡- Á¹È¤-§¾© À¯ñ•ªí•- 꾤©É¾•¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿ Áì½ ¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾©; 2. ¦¿-͸©, -À¡ñ®-¡¿-¢Ó-´ø•, ¸ò-Ä¥, ¢÷©-£í•´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©-ÁªÈ-ì½-¯½-À²©;
20 3. £¦½•¾-À°ó¨-Á°È, ¦ô¡¦¾-ºö®»ö´--Á•¸-꾤•½-¨®¾¨, -ì½®¼®-¡ö©Ï¾¨¡È¼¸-¡ñ®-´ð- ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©; 4. §š¿, §÷¡¨øÉ,- ªò©-ª¾´-, ¡¸©-¡¾ ²½Á•¡«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿ Õ¡¾• ¥ï©ª˜¤¯½ªð®ï©-ì½®¼®-¡ö©Ï¾¨, -Á°•-¡¾•, -£¤-¡¾•-¡È¼¸-¡ñ®-´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©; 5. §š¿, §õ¡¨öɹɺ¤¡¾´î콩ô¡²¾¡²œ Áì½ Âì¡ Ã¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤¯½ªð®ï©-ì½®¼®- ¡ö©Ï¾¨, -Á°•-¡¾•, -£¤-¡¾•-¡È¼¸-¡ñ®-´ð-ì½-©ô¡²¾¡²œ Áì½ Âì¡-; 6. ¢›ê½®¼ -Áì½ -ºº¡-º½•÷¨¾©-¡È¼¸-¡ñ®´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾© ê†--µøÈ-Õ-£¸¾´-»ñ®-°ò©- §º®-¢º¤-ªö•; 7. ¦É¾¤-®÷-¡£½ì¾-¡º•--¡È¼¸-¡ñ®-´ðì½- -©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©; 8. À¯ñ•Ã¥¡¾¤¯½¦¾•-¦ö´êö®-¡ñ®-¢½ÁΤ¡¾•-º•Å-ê†-¡È¼¸¢Éº¤- Õ-¡¾•£÷É´-£º¤ -Áì½ ¥ï©ª˜¤¯½ªð®ï©- -´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©; 9. ²ö¸²ñ• -Áì½ -»È¸´-´õ-¡ñ®-ªÈ¾¤-¯½-Àê© Áì½ ºô¤¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤¦¾¡ô-¡È¼¸-¡ñ®¸¼¡-¤¾•´ð- ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©; 10. ¦½ÍЮ쾨-¤¾• Áì½ -¯½À´ó•-- °ö•-Õ-¡¾•-¥ï©ª˜¤¯½ªð®ï©-¸¼¡-¤¾•-´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©- ªÒ-ìñ©«½®¾• -Áì½- •¾-¨ö¡-ìñ©«½´ö•ªó; 11. ¯½ªò®ñ©-¦ð© Áì½ Îɾê†-º•Å- ª¾´-ê†-Ä©É-¡¿•ö©-ĸÉ-Õ-ì½®¼®-¡ö©-Ͼ¨.
´¾©ª¾ 64. ¦ò©- Áì½ Îɾê†-¢º¤-²½-Á•-¡«½-Áͤ¢È¾¸- Áì½- ¸ñ©ê½•½-ê¿ Ã•-¡¾•-£÷É´-£º¤-´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾© -²½-Á•-¡«½-Áͤ¢È¾¸- Áì½ -¸ñ©ê½•½-ê¿Á¢-¸¤, •½£º• --´ó-¦ð© Áì½ Îɾê†-ªí•-ªð-©„¤-š: 1. °ñ•-¢½-¹¨¾¨ì½®¼®-¡ö©Ï¾¨-, Á°•-¡¾•, £¤-¡¾•¢º¤-¡½§¸¤- ´¾À¯ñ•-ì½®¼®-- ¡¾•,- Á°•-¡¾•, -£¤-¡¾•-¢º¤-ªô Áì½ ¥ï©ª˜¤¯½ªð®ï©; 2. ¦¿-͸©-, À¡ñ®-¡¿-¢Ó-´ø•-¡È¼¸-¡ñ®-´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾© -Õ-¢º®-À¢©-£¸¾´»ñ®-°ò©§º®- ¢º¤-ªö•; 3. £¦½•¾-À°ó¨-Á°È, ¦ô¡¦¾-ºö®»ö´--Á•¸-꾤•½-¨®¾¨, -ì½®¼®-¡ö©Ï¾¨¡È¼¸-¡ñ® ´ð- ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©; 4. ¢›ê½®¼- Áì½- ºº¡-º½•÷¨¾©¡È¼¸-¡ñ®-´ðì½- -©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©- ê†--µøÈ-Õ-£¸¾´-»ñ®-°ò©- §º®-¢º¤-ªö•; 5. §š¿, §õ¡¨öɹɺ¤¡¾«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ï©ê½½ê¿À´óº¤, Àꩦ½®¾Ã¡¾ ¥ï©ª˜¤¯½ªð®ï©¡È¼¸¡ï®¸¼¡¤¾£õÉ´£º¤´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©; 6. ¯½¦¾•-¦ö´êö®-¡ñ®-²¾¡-¦È¸•-ê†-¡È¼¸¢Éº¤- Õ-¡¾•-£÷É´-£º¤- Áì½ -¥ñ©ª˜¤¯½ªð®ï©-¸¼¡ ¤¾•-´ðì½- -©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©; 7. ¦½¹ì÷®, ¯½-À´ó•-°ö•-¡¾•-¥ï©ª˜¤¯½ªð®ï©¸¼¡-¤¾•-´ð-ì½-©ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©- Áìɸ쾨¤¾• ªÒ¢˜- -Àêò¤-¢º¤-ªö•;
21 8. ¯½-ªò-®ñ©-¦ò©- Áì½ Îɾê†-º•Å- ª¾´-ê†-¡¿•ö©-ĸÉ-Õ-ì½®¼®-¡ö©Ï¾¨.
´¾©-ª¾ 65. ¦ò©- Áì½ Îɾ-ꆢº¤-¹Éº¤-¡¾•«½-Áͤ-¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©-꽕½-ê¿¢˜À´õº¤- Õ-¡¾•-£÷É´-£º¤-´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾© ¹Éº¤¡¾•«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½•½ê¿À´õº¤, Àꩦ½®¾• ´ó-¦ò© -Áì½ Îɾê†-ªí•-ªð- ©„¤-š: 1. ¥ñ©-ª˜¤¯½ªð®ï©ì½®¼®-¡ö©Ï¾¨, Á°•-¡¾•,£¤-¡¾•¡È¼¸-¡ñ®-´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©; 2. ¦¿-͸©, À¡ñ®-¡¿-¢Ó-´ö, ¢›®ï§ñ-¡È¼¸-¡ñ®-´ðì½- -©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©-Õ-¢º®-À¢©-£¸¾´»ñ® °ò©§º®-¢º¤-ªö•; 3. £¦½•¾-À°ó¨-Á°È, ¦ô¡¦¾-ºö®»ö´--Á•¸-꾤•½-¨®¾¨ -Áì½ ì½®¼®-¡ö©Ï¾¨¡È¼¸- ¡ñ®-´ð-콩ö¡Á¹È¤-§¾©; 4. ºº¡-º½•÷¨¾©-¡È¼¸-¡ñ®-´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©-ê†-•º•-µøÈ-Õ-£¸¾´-»ñ®-°ò©-§º®-¢º¤-ªö•; 5. ¯½¦¾•-¦ö´êö®-¡ñ®-²¾¡-¦È¸•-ê†-¡È¼¸¢Éº¤- Õ-¡¾•-£÷É´-£º¤ -Áì½- ¥ï©ª˜¤¯½ªð®ï©-¸¼¡- ¤¾•-´ðì½- -©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©; 6. ¦½¹ì÷®, ¯½-À´ó•-°ö•-¡¾•-¥ï©ª˜¤¯½ªð®ï©¸¼¡-¤¾•-´ð-ì½-©ö¡Á¹È¤§¾©- Áìɸ쾨¤¾• ªÒ¢˜- -Àêò¤-¢º¤-ªö•; 7. ¯½-ªò-®ñ©-¦ò©- Áì½ Îɾê†-º•Å- ª¾´-ê†-¡¿•ö©-ĸÉ-Õ-ì½®¼®-¡ö©Ï¾¨.
´¾©ª¾ 66. ¦ò©- Áì½ Îɾꆢº¤ºö¤¡¾•¯ö¡£º¤- -®É¾• Õ¡¾•-- £÷É´-£º¤-´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©- ºö¤-¡¾•-¯ö¡£º¤-®É¾•-´ó-¦ò© -Áì½ Îɾê†-ªí•-ªð-©„¤-š: 1. ¥ï©ª˜¤¯½ªð®ï©-¸¼¡-¤¾•-´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾© Õ¡¾•£÷É´£º¤, ¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾, º½ •÷ìñ¡, ¯½ªò¦ñ¤¢º• Áì½ •¿Ã§É´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾© µøÈÕ¢º®À¢©£¸¾´»ñ®°ò© §º®¢º¤ªö•;
2. ¦¿Í¸©,- ¢›®ï§ñ-´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©- ê†--µøÈ-Õ¢º®À¢©-£¸¾´-»ñ®-°ò©-§º®- ¢º¤-ªö• À²•º¦½ÀÎñùɢ˜Àêð¤»ï®»º¤;
3. ¦½ÍЮ, 쾨-¤¾•-¡¾•-¥ï©ª˜¤¯½ªð®ï©-¸¼¡-¤¾•-´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾©ªÒ¢˜-Àêò¤-¢º¤-ªö•.
´¾©ª¾ 67. ¦ò© Áì½ Îɾꆢº¤ºö¤¡¾ºˆÅꆡȼ¸¢Éº¤ ºô¤¡¾º•Åꆡȼ¸¢Éº¤¡ï®¡¾£õÉ´£º¤´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©¢˜¦ö¡¾¤ Áì½ êɺ¤«… ´ñ¦ð© Áì½ Îɾꆯ½¦¾¦ô´êô®¡ï®¢½ÁΤ¡¾«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Áì½ ¸ï©ê½½ê¿ ª¾´²¾ ì½®ö©®¾© Áì½ £¸¾´»ñ®°ò©§º®¢º¤ªö•.
22 ϸ©-êó 2 ºö¤-¡¾•¡¸©-¡¾
´¾©-ª¾ 68. ºö¤¡¾•¡¸©-¡¾ ºô¤¡¾¡¸©¡¾ Á´Èºô¤¡¾©¼¸¡ï¡ï®ºô¤¡¾£õÉ´£º¤ ê†Ä©É¡¿ô©Ä¸Éà ´¾©ª¾ 62 ¢º¤¡ô©Ï¾¨¦½®ï®š. ºô¤¡¾¡¸©¡¾ ´ñ¦ð© Áì½ Îɾꆪíªî©„¤š: 1. ¡¸©¡¾-¡¾•-¥ï©ª˜¤¯½ªð-®ñ©-Á°•-¡¾•, -£¤-¡¾•, ì½®¼®-¡ö©Ï¾¨¡È¼¸¡ñ® ¡¾• £õÉ´£º¤´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾© 츴ê臘慨 Áì½ ¦ôêð¦ï¨¾¦¾¡ôê† ¦¯¯ 쾸 Ä©ÉÀ§ñ• ¹ùõ À¢í¾»È¸´À¯ñ•²¾£ó; 2. ¡¸©¡¾¡¾•Á¡ÉÄ¢£¿¦½ÀÎ󢺤®÷¡£ô ¹÷ó ¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤¡È¼¸¡ï®´î콩ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©; 3. ¯½-ªò-®ñ©-¦ò© -Áì½ Îɾê†-º•Å- ª¾´-ê†-¡¿•ö©-ĸÉ-Õ-ì½®¼®-¡ö©Ï¾¨.
´¾©-ª¾ 69. »ø®-¡¾•¡¸-©¡¾ ¡¾•¡¸©-¡¾¸¼¡-¤-¾• ´ð-ì½-©ö¡-Á¹È¤-§¾© ´ó ¦¾´»ø®-¡¾• £õ : 1. ¡¾•¡¸©-¡¾ª¾´-ì½-®ö®-¯ö¡-¡½-ªð §‡¤Á´È-¡¾•¡¸©-¡¾ê†-©¿-À•ó•-į-ª¾´-Á°•- ¡¾• µÈ¾¤-À¯ñ•-¯½-¥¿ Áì½´ó-¡¿-•ö©-À¸-ì¾-ºñ•-Á•È•º•. 2. ¡¾•¡¸©-¡¾-©¨-´ó-¡¾•-Á¥É¤-ùÉ-»øÉ-ìȸ¤-Îɾ §‡¤Á´È-¡¾•¡¸©-¡¾-•º¡-Á°•-¡¾• À´•º-À¹ñ•-¸È¾-´ó-£¸¾´-¥¿-À¯ñ• ªÉº¤-Á¥É¤-ùÉ-°øÉ-ê†-¥½-«õ¡¡¸©-¡¾-§¾®-ìȸ¤-Îɾ. 3. ¡¾•¡¸©-¡¾-Á®®-¡½-êñ•-¹ï §‡¤Á´È-¡¾•¡¸©-¡¾-©¨-»ó®-©È¸• ê†-®Ò-Ä©É-Á¥É¤-ùÉ- °øÉ-¥½«õ¡¡¸©-¡¾-§¾®-ìȸ¤-Îɾ.
²¾-¡êó IX ½Â¨®¾¨ªÒ°øÉꆴó°ö¤¾ Áì½ ´¾©ª½¡¾ªÒ°øÉì½À´ó©
´¾©ª¾ 70 . ¡¾•¨Éº¤¨ðªÒ°øÉ´ó°ö•¤¾• ®õ¡£ô Íó ¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤ê†´ñ°ô¤¾Ã¡¾£õÉ´£º¤, ¯ô¡¯ï¡»ï¡¦¾, º½õìï¡, ®öì½½ Áì½ ²ñ©ê½•¾´ð콩ö¡Á¹È¤§¾© ¥½Ä©É»ñ®¡¾•¨Éº¤¨î¦ïì½À¦ñ Áì½ ½Â¨®¾¨º•Å ª¾´ £¸¾´ÀϾ½¦ö´. °öÉ´ñ°ô¤¾Ã¡¾²ô®À¹ï, ²ô®²Ó, £í£¸É¾ Íó ùɢӴöê†À¯ï¯½Â¹¨©¡È¼¸¡ï®´îì½
©ô¡Á¹È¤§¾©˜ •º¡¥¾¡¥½Ä©É»ñ®¡¾•¨Éº¤¨ð¦ñ•ì½À¦ó•Áìɸ ¨ï¤¥½Ä©É»ï®°ô¯½Â¹¨©º• ª¾´ì½®¼®¡ö©Ï¾¨.
23 ´¾©ª¾ 71. ´¾©ª½¡¾•ªÒ°øÉì½À´ó© ®÷¡£ö• Íõ ¡¾¥ï©ª˜¤ ¹¾¡Ä©Éì½À´ñ©¡ô©Ï¾¨¦½®ï®š ¥½«ó¡¦ò¡¦¾ºô®»ô´, «ó¡¯ï® ÃÏ, çÉÁê•ê¾¤Á²È¤ Íõ «õ¡ìö¤Âê©ê¾¤º¾¨¾ ÁìɸÁªÈ¡ð콕óÀ®ö¾ Íõ Îñ¡.
²¾¡-êó X ®ö©®ñ•¨ñ©¦÷©êɾ¨
´¾©ª¾ 72. ¡¾¥ñ©ª˜¤¯½ªò®ñ© ìï©«½®¾Á¹È¤ ¦¾ê¾ì½½ì﩯½§¾êð¯½Äª¯½§¾§ô쾸 À¯ï°öɥ頻˜¤¯½ªð®ï© ¡ö©Ï¾¨¦½®ñ®š.
´¾©ª¾ 73. °ö•¦ñ¡¦ò© ¡ô©Ï¾¨¦½®ï®š ´ñ°ô¦ï¡¦ð©²¾¨Íï¤ ¹ô¡-¦ò®-¸ñ• •ñ®ÁªÈ¸ñ•¯½ê¾•¯½Àê© Á¹È¤ ¦¾ê¾ì½•½ìñ© ¯½§¾êò¯½Äª ¯½§¾§ö•ì¾¸ ºº¡ìñ©«½©¿ìñ©¯½¡¾©Ã§ÉÀ¯ñ•ªí•Ä¯. ¢Ó¡¿ô©, ®ô©®ï¨ï©Ã© ꆢ視ﮡô©Ï¾¨¦½®ï®š ìɸÁªÈ«ó¡¨ô¡Àìñ¡.
¯½ê¾•¦½²¾Á¹È¤§¾©
24 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ
Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang ສະບັບທົດລອງ Advance copy ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
ຮີບໂຮມໂດຍ ອາຈານໜໍ່ແສງ ສາຍວົງເດືອນ ອາຈານ ສົມບຸນ ບຸນທະວົງ ດັດແກ້ໂດຍ ທ່ານ ບຸນຄົງ ຄຸດທ້າວ (ກວດແກ້ພາສາລາວ) ທ່ານ ນາງ ມົນທິຣາ ຫໍຣະຍາງກູຣາ ອູນາກູນ ແລະ ທ່ານ ຣິກພອນ (ກວດແກ້ພາສາອັງກິດ) ແປໂດຍ ອຸປະດິດ ປັດຖາວົງ Compiled by Mr Noseng Saivongdeuane Mr Somboun Bounthavong Edited by Mr Bounkhong Khutthao (Lao) Ms Montira Horayangura Unakul and Mr Rik Ponne (English) Translated by Mr Oupadith Patthavong
I ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງຫຼວງພະບາງ ພະແນກຖະແຫຼງຂ່າວ ແລະວັດທະນະທຳແຂວງ ຫຼວງພະບາງ ຈຳນວນ 72 ໜ້າ 1. ມໍລະດົກທາງວັດທະນະທຳ, 2. ການອານຸລັກມໍລະດົກ, 3. ຫຼວງພະບາງ ສປປ ລາວ 4. ສາສໜາພຸດ
ຮີບໂຮມໂດຍ: ອາຈານໜໍ່ແສງ ສາຍວົງເດືອນ, ອາຈານ ສົມບຸນ ບຸນທະວົງ ດັດແກ້ໂດຍ: ທ່ານ ບຸນຄົງ ຄຸດທ້າວ (ກວແກພາສາລາວ)ທ່ານ ນາງ ມົນທິຣາຫໍຣະຍາງກູຣາ ອູນາກູນ ແລະທ່ານ ຣິກພອນ (ກວດແກ້ພາສາອັງກິດ) ແປໂດຍ: ອຸປະດິດ ປັດຖາວົງ
ຈັດພິມໂດ ຍ ພະແນ ກຖະ ແຫຼງຂ່າວ ແລະ ວັດທະນະທຳ ແຂວງຫຼວງພະ ບາງ ຊຶ່ງ ໄດ້ ຮັບ ການສະໜັບສະໜູນຈາກ ອົງການ ອູ ຍ ແນ ສ ໂກ ແລະລັດຖະບານ ແຫ່ງ ຣາຊອານາຈັກນອກ ແວ. ອອກແບບ ໂດຍ: ບໍລິສັດ ດອກເກດ ຈັດພິມຈຳກັດ, ທີ່ວຽງຈັນ ຈັດ ພິມທີ່ ວຽງຈັນ ໜ້າປົກ: © ສະຫງວນລິຂະສິດໂດຍ ເດວິດເອ ໄຟໂກລ໌ ໂອພິດຽມຟິມລ໌ ຈໍາກັດ ©ສະຫຽວນລິຂະ ສິດ ໂດຍ ພະແນ ກຖະແຫຼງຂ່າວ ແລະວັດທະນະທຳ ແຂວງຫຼວງພະ ບາງ ປີ 2007. ຫ້າມກ່າຍ, ອັດສຳເນົາ, ລອກຮຽນແບບ ແລະພິມ ຂາຍ ບໍ່ວ່າສ່ວນໃດ ຫຼື ຮູບການ ໃດໜຶ່ງ ລວມທັງ ຮູບ ພາບ, ຮູບ ແຕ້ມໃນປຶ້ມຫົວນີ້ ໂດຍ ບໍ່ ໄດ້ ຮັບ ອະນຸຍາດຈາກ ຜູ້ ຮຽບຮຽງ.
Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang Department of Information and Culture, Luang Prabang, 2007. X + 72 p. 1. Cultural Heritage. 2. Heritage Conservation. 3. Luang Prabang, Lao PDR. 4. Buddhism
Compiled by: Mr Noseng Saivongdeuane,Mr Somboun Bounthavong Edited by: Mr Bounkhong Khutthao (Lao), Ms Montira Horayangura Unakul and Mr Rik Ponne (English) Translated by: Mr Oupadith Patthavong
Published by: the Department of Information and Culture, Luang Prabang with support from UNESCO and the Royal Government of Norway
Design: Dokked publishing Co., ltd, Vientiane Printed in Vientiane Cover photo: © David A. Feingold, Ophidian Films Ltd. © Department of Information and Culture, Luang Prabang, 2007 All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be copied, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form by any means, electronic, mechanical, recording or otherwise, except for brief extracts for the purpose of review, and no part of this publication, including photographs and drawings, may be sold without permission of the publisher.
2 ສາລະບານ ຫນ້າ Content page
ຄຳນຳ Preface ພາກສະເຫນີ 6 Introduction 7
¡¾ນÁªÉ´ì¾¨ì¾¸ 17 Drawing of tradition Lao motifs 18 ÁªÉ´±¾°½Îñ¤ 20 Mural Painting 21 ¡¾ນÀ»ñ©¢½´÷¡ 26 Lacquer Appliqué 27 ການອອກແບບຟອກຄຳປິວ 30 Gold leaf Stenc Designs 31
¡¾ນªò©£¿ 36 Gilding 37 ¡¾ນªò©Á¡É¸ 40 Glass Mosaics 41 ປູນປະທາຍ ຫຼືຊິເມັນ 44 Lime or cement 45
¯½ê¾¨À²ñ© 48 Traditional stucco 49 ¯½ê¾¨ເຟືອງ 56 Reinforced Lime plaster 57 £¸ñ©Ä´É 62 Wood Carving 63 ວິທີການຫໍ່ຼ 66 Bronze casting 67
3 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
£¿-ນ¿
¹ù¸¤²½-®¾¤- Ä©É-«õ¡-¯½¡¾©-À¯ñ-ນ´ð콩ö¡-Ãນ-¯ó 1995 À¯ñ-ນຣ¾-§ê¾ນó-ê†-À¡‰¾-Á¡È-¢º¤ º¾ນ¾¥ñ¡-ìɾນ-§É¾¤ -À£ó¨-À¯ñ-ນ¦ø-ນ¡¾¤¢º¤-²÷©ê½-¦òì-¯½¸ñ©-ê½ນ½-ê¿-Ã-ນº¾-©ó© §‡¤- Ãນ-¯ñ©-¥÷-®ñນ ¸ñ©¸¾º¾-»¾´-ºñ©-¤ö©-¤¾´ -Áì½²òêó¡¿-¯½¥¿-¸ñນ¢º¤-§¾¸®É¾ນ- ê†-¨ñ¤- £ö¤-¦½êɺນ-À«ò¤-¥ò©-¸ò-¨¾ນ-꾤-¦¾¦½Î¾ «õ-À¯ñ-ນÀº¡½ìñ¡-¢º¤¹ù¸¤²½-®¾¤. ²¾¨-êÉ-¡¾ນ¦½Îñ®¦½Îøນ ¢º¤-ìñ©«½®¾ນ-Á¹È¤ë¾§ºນ¾¥ñ¡-ນº¡-Á¸ ºö¤¡¾ນ- ¦½¹½-¯½§¾-§¾©-À²ˆº-¡¾ນ-¦ô¡¦¾-¸ò꽨¾¦¾©¸ñ©ê½ນ½ê¿ (ºø-¨-Áນ-¦-¡) Ä©É-ùÉ- £¸¾´-§È¸¨-À¹ùõº-Ã-ນ¡¾ນ-³œນ³ø- ¦ò콯½-¦½¡÷-ນ§È¾¤-쾸 ê†-¡È¼¸¢Éº¤-¡ñ®-¸ñ©¸¾º¾- »¾´-¢º¤¹ù¸¤²½-®¾¤ -ª˜¤-ÁªÈ-¯ó 2000 ©¨-°È¾ນ£¤¡¾ນ “³œ-ນ³ø-¦ò콯½-¦½¡÷-ນ §È¾¤-Ã-ນ²÷©ê½¦¾¦½Î¾” °È¾-ນ¡¾ນ-ª˜¤¦ø-ນ±ô¡-ºö®»ö´-¦ò콯½-¦½¡÷-ນ§È¾¤-쾸 ê†-¸ñ©§¼¤´È¸ນ §‡¤-¢ôûນ¡ñ®-¡¾ນ-©ø-Áì-¢º¤-²½-Áນ-¡«½-Á¹ù¤¢È¾¸ -Á콸ñ©ê½ນ½ê¿ »È¸´-¡ñ®-º-ö¤¡¾ນ-²÷©ê½¦¾¦½Î¾µøȹù¸¤²½-®¾¤ Ãນນ˜ນ ¹ù¾¨¤¾ນ¦ò콯½Ä©É´ó ¡¾ນ¦ô¡¦¾¸òÄ¥ ®ñນêô¡£¸¾´»øÉ¥¾¡§È¾¤¦ó´õº¾¸÷¦êɺ¤«…ນ ª½¹ùº©»º©¡¾ນ- «È¾¨êº©´ð콩ö¡ê¾¤¸ñ©ê½ນ½ê¿ºñນ´ó£÷ນ£È¾ ©¨°È¾ນ¡¾ນ±ô¡ºö®»ö´§È¾¤»÷úນ- ÃÏú §‡¤ìɸນÁªÈÀ¯ñນ²½¦ö¤¦¾´½Àນນ. Îñ¤¦õ-À¹˜ù´ນš- Ä©É-»¸®-»¸´°öນ¤¾ນ-¸ò-Ä¥-¢º¤-¦ø-ນ±ô¡-ºö®»ö´- êñ¤-À¯ñ-ນ®Èºນ츴£¸¾´- »øÉ-²ø´-¯ñນ¨¾-êɺ¤-«…-ນÀìõúº¤¦½¡÷-ນ§È¾¤-¹ù¸¤²½-®¾¤ -Áì½ນ¿-´¾-¥ñ©-²ò´-À¯ñນ£˜¤ê¿- ºò© 꾤-²¸¡-¢É¾²½-À¥í¾¹¸ñ¤-µÈ¾¤-¨…¤¸È¾£ö¤-À¯ñ-ນ¯½-¹¨-© ªÒ-§È¾¤-±ó-´õ ນñ¡¸ò§¾¡¾ນ- ນñ¡»¼ນ ນñ¡-¦ô¡¦¾ -Áì½®ñນ©¾-Á¢¡ê†-´¾µÉ¼´µ¾´-À´õº¤-´ð콩ö¡-Á¹È¤ນ-š.
©ë. ëò§¾© ºó¤-À¡-컾©êþ ê†-¯ô¡¦¾-꾤-©É¾ນ-¸ñ©ê½ນ½ê¿- ອົງການອູຍແນສໂກ ¯½¥¿²¾¡²œນº¾§ó Á콯¾§ó-³ò¡
4 Preface
Luang Prabang was inscribed onto the World Heritage List in 1995. The ancient capital of the Lane Xang kingdom has historically been a vibrant centre for Buddhist culture and arts. Today, the splendid temples and everyday rituals of the people continue to display this spirit of living Buddhism that is the hallmark of Luang Prabang. With the sponsorship of the Royal Government of Norway, UNESCO has supported the revival of traditional crafts associated with the temples of Luang Prabang since 2000 through the “Cultural Survival and Revival in the Buddhist Sangha” project. Through the efforts of the Training Centre for Laotian Traditional Arts and Building Crafts in Vat Xieng Mouane, which operates under auspices of the Department of Information and Culture and the Buddhist Sangha of Luang Prabang, many crafts have been thoroughly documented, the knowledge of traditional masters has been recorded and a new generation of skilled monk artisans have been trained – thus keeping alive this valuable cultural heritage within the monastic institution. Developed from the on-going research of the training centre, this volume is the first compendium of Luang Prabang temple arts to be published. We hope that it will continue to inspire artisans, scholars, students and visitors to this vibrant World Heritage town.
Richard Engelhardt UNESCO Regional Advisor for Culture in Asia and the Pacific
5
ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
²¾¡-¦½-ÀÎó
¹ù¸¤²½-®¾¤ À¯ñ-- ນ¦ø-ນ¡¾¤-Á¹È¤-¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾©-꾤-¦ò쯽 -Á콦½¡÷-ນ§È¾¤ ¦¾©¦½Î¾²÷© ´óºò©êò²öນªÒ͸¤²½®¾¤ À´õº¤¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾©µÈ¾¤Í¸¤Í¾¨ À§…¤ º½©ó© À¯ñນ쾩§½ê¾ນóÀ¡‰¾Á¡È Á¹È¤ì¾©§½º¾ນ¾¥ñ¡ì¾¸ ꆴ󺾨÷ 700 ¯ó Áì½ ¯ñ©¥÷®ñນ Ä©É¡¾¨À¯ñນÀ´õº¤´ð콩ö¡Âì¡»ñ®»º¤Â©¨ ºö¤¡¾¨øÁນ¦Â¡. ¦¼¤¡º¤¥¾¡¸ñ© 34 Á¹È¤Ãນªö¸À´õº¤ ®‰¤®º¡À«ò¤¥ñ¤¹¸½ ¸ò«ó¡¾ນ©¿ìö¤§ó¸ò© ¢º¤°øÉ£öນ. ²¾®¢º¤²½¦ö¤ ꆣ÷´°É¾ÀÍõº¤ºñນ¦½¹¤È¾ ®ÒÀ£ó¨¥õ©¥¾¤¹¾¨. êȾ´¡¾¤¦¾¨²øꆺɺ´»º® ¢½Î¾ນįª¾´Á´ÈນÕ¢º¤ Áì½ນÕ£¾ນ, ͸¤ ²½®¾¤ £õÀ´õº¤ê†´ó£¸¾´¤ö©¤¾´ê¾¤ê¿´½§¾© Áì½´óÀº¡½ìñ¡¦½À²¾½ªö¸-.
²ø¦ó À¯ñນ¦øນ¡¾¤ê¾¤¯½¹ñ¸©¦¾© ì½¹¸È¾¤Á´ÈນÕêñ¤¦º¤¦¾¨ À¯ñນÁÍȤ²ø´¦ñນ «¾ນ Á콯½À²ó¢º¤À´õº¤Í¸¤²½®¾¤, ²øÎȸ¨ນš «õÀ¯ñນ¦ñນ¨¾ìñ¡²ø²½À´ë÷, À§…¤À¯ñນ²øꆦñ¡¦ò©Á¹È¤¦øນ¡¾¤¢º¤¥ñ¡¡½¸¾ນ, ª¾´£¸¾´À§ˆºÃນ²÷©ê½¦¾¦ ξ Á콦¾©¦½Î¾»ò©ø, µøȺɺ´²ø¦ñ¡¦ò©Îȸ¨ນš ´óºÉ¾¨ÂªÈ¤¡É¸¾¤ ¢¸¾¤µøȯ¾¡ £¾ນ (-À¤õº¡) ªÒ¡ñ®Á´ÈນÕ¢º¤ À²ˆº£º¨¯ö¡¯Éº¤£÷É´£º¤À´õº¤. Íñ¤£¾¸ñ©¦ó£¿À¯„¤Á¦¤¯½¡¾¨ÀÍõº¤ÀÍœº´, ͸¤²½®¾¤ À¯ñນ©„¤À´õº¤¦½¹¸ñນ §˜ນ³É¾ ¢º¤À긽©¾ Áì½°øɺ¾Ä¦ ª½Íº©À«ó¤Á¢¡®É¾ນÁ¢¡À´õº¤ ꆮҺ¾© ¦¾´¾©¯½ªòÀ¦©£¸¾´¤ö©¤¾´ ¢º¤À´õº¤¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾©Á¹È¤ນšÄ©É.
Ãນ¦ñ©ª½¸ñ© êó 14 À´õº¤Í¸¤²½®¾¤ Ä©É¡¾¨À¯ñນ뾩§½ê¾ນóÁ¹È¤º¾ນ¾¥ñ¡ ìɾນ§É¾¤ (Á°úນ©òນÁ¹ú¤§É¾¤ìɾນª). Ã-ນÄ쨽-¦ñ©ª½¸ñ©-©„¤¡È¾¸, -¹ù¸¤²½®¾¤-- Ä©É-À¯ñນນ½£ºນ¹ù¸¤¢º¤-¡½¦ñ©, ¸ñ©¸¾º¾»¾´ªÈ¾¤Å Ä©É»ñ®¡¾ນ¯÷¡¦É¾¤ªö¡ ÁªÈ¤µÈ¾¤¦¸¨¤¾´ êñ¤-Ä©É-»ñ®-²½-®ð-ຣö´-뾧ø¯½«¿¥¾¡²½´½¹¾¡½¦ñ© ¥…¤À¯ñນê† ¦öນÃ¥ªÒ¡ñ®®ñນ©¾ນ¾¨§È¾¤±ó´õ Ãນìúº¤Á´ÈນÕ¢º¤, À«ó¤Á´Èນ¸È¾ ¸¼¤¥ñນ¥½«õ À¯ñນÀ´õº¤¦øນ¡¾¤¢º¤¡¾ນ®ðìò¹¾ນ, À´ˆº±ë„¤À¦©Ä©ÉÀ¢í¾´¾¯ö¡£º¤ì¾¸Ãນ¯ó 1893, ÁªÈ ͸¤²½®¾¤ ¡Ò¨ñ¤´ó£¸¾´¦¿£ñນÃນ«¾ນ½¦øນ¡¾¤ê¾¤¦ò쯽 Áì½ ¸ñ©ê½ນ½ê¿ ¢º¤§¾©.
6 ພາກສະເຫນີ Introduction
Introduction
Luang Prabang is an historic centre for arts and crafts Buddhism defines the character of the historic town of Luang Prabang, the 700-year old capital of the former Kingdom of Laos and today a UNESCO World Heritage site. Drums from the town’s 34 temples beat out the daily rhythm of peoples’ lives, and saffron-robed Buddhist monks are never out of sight. Set amidst mountains along the banks of the Mekong and the Nam Khan rivers, Luang Prabang is a town of extraordinary natural beauty as well as symbolic meaning.
Mount Phousy, located at the centre of the historic peninsula between the two rivers, is the geographical and ritual centre of Luang Prabang. This mountain symbolizes Mount Meru, the cosmic mountain at the centre of the universe according to Buddhist and Hindu mythology. Surrounding this magical mountain, the universal ocean swirls in the form of mythological naga (water snakes), intertwined like the Mekong and Nam Khan rivers, protecting the town. Indeed, with its gold-roofed temples radiating brightness and enlightenment, Luang Prabang appears to be a suitable earthly abode for heavenly gods – as well as for the town’s inhabitants and the many visitors who cannot fail to appreciate the timeless beauty of this historic place. In the 14th century the town became the capital of Lane Xang, the Kingdom of a Million Elephants. During subsequent centuries, when Luang Prabang served as a royal capital, many beautiful and elaborately decorated temples were constructed, with the king’s patronage attracting the best artisans from all around the upper Mekong region. Although Vientiane was made the administrative capital when the French turned Laos into a protectorate in 1893, Luang Prabang continued to retain special importance as the artistic and cultural centre of the nation.
In layout, Luang Prabang is a tightly woven cluster of small neighborhoods or villages, called ban. At the centre of each village is a temple around which the life of the village revolves.
7 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
À¸í¾ì¸´Áìɸ ͸¤²½®¾¤®ÒÁ´ÈນÀ´õº¤¦½ÄÏÃÏÈꆴó«½Îöນ¹öນ꾤 Á콮ɾນ À´õº¤Á®®§÷´§öນ¦½ÄÏÃÏÈ, ÁªÈÀ¯ñນ¡÷È´§÷´§öນນɺ¨Å ꆯ½¡º®¡ñນ¢ôûນÀ¯ñນ ®É¾ນ Á콦øນ¡¾¤¢º¤ÁªÈ콮ɾນ¡Ò£õ¸ñ©, À§…¤ºÉº´»º®Ä¯©É¸¨¸ò«ó§ó¸ò©Á®® ¤È¾¨Å.
©É¾ນ¦½«¾¯ñ©ª½¨½¡¿¢º¤¹ù¸¤²½®¾¤ ກໍ¯È¼ນÁ¯¤Ä¯ໃນໄລຍະêɾ¨¦ñ©ª½ ¸ñ©ê† 19 ©É¸¨ºò©êò²öນ¢º¤±ë„¤À¦©, Íñ¤¥¾¡ນ˜ນ ªÒ´¾Ä©É´ó¡¾ນ¯½¦ö´¯½¦¾ນ ¡ñນ ì½¹¸È¾¤¦½«¾¯ñ©ª½¨½¡¿©¤À©ó´ັ້ ¡ñ®¢º¤±ë„¤À¦© À¹ñນÄ©É¥¾¡¸ñ©¸¾ º¾»¾´ ꆴ󣸾´¤ö©¤¾´ ºÈºນ§Éº¨¢º¤¨º©§Ò³É¾ Áì½±¾°½Îñ¤ê†ªö¡ÁªÈ¤ ©É¸¨Á¡É¸Í¾¡Í¾¨¦ó ª¾´Â£¤¦É¾¤©„¤¡È¾¸ À§„ນ: ¦¿ນñ¡¤¾ນ²¾¦ó (¯½¥÷®ñນ Á´Èນ¹Éº¤¡¾ນ´ð콩ö¡) Áì½²½ì¾©§½¸ñ¤ ºñນÀº¡ºÉ¾¤¦½¹¤È¾¤¾´. ©É¸¨£¸¾´Â©©À©„ນ ê†À¯ñນÀº¡½ìñ¡¦½À²¾½ªö¸ 꾤¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾© ¢º¤¦½«¾ ¯ñ©ª½¨½¡¿Í¸¤²½®¾¤ນšÀº¤ ¥…¤Ä©É»ñ®¡¾ນ¥ö©ê½®¼ນ ùÉÀ¯ñນÀ´õº¤´ð콩ö¡ Âì¡ À´ˆºÀ©õºນêñນ¸¾ ¯ó 1995. ¯ñ©¥÷®ñນ ͸¤²½®¾¤ «õĩɸȾÀ¯ñນ·¤Ãນ ®ñນ©¾À´õº¤¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾© ê†Ä©É»ñ® ¡¾ນº½ນ÷ìñ¡Ä¸ÉÄ©É©óꆦ÷© Ãນ²¾¡²œນ º¾§óª¾À¸ñºº¡¦¼¤ÃªÉ.
¦ò쯽-¤¾-ນ±ó-´õ-Á®®-©„¤-À©ó´ -áÉ-¦øນ¹¾¨-į-ª¾´-¡¾ນÀ¸ì- ¾ ÁªÈ-- ¦¾´¾©-»ñ¡¦¾-Ä©É Ãນº½©ó© §¾¸Î÷È´ Áì½®ñນ©¾Î÷È´ນɺ¨ µøÈ͸¤²½®¾¤ çÉÀ¸ì¾Í¾¨¯ó-Ã-ນ¡¾ນ- À¯ñ-ນນñ¡®¸©, À²ˆº¦ô¡¦¾²÷©ê½¦¾©¦½Î¾ Á콦ò콯½¤¾ນ±ó´õ Ãນ©É¾ນªÈ¾¤Å À²ˆºÀ¯ñນêôນ»ºນÁ¡ÈªöນÀº¤- À´ˆºÀ¯ñນ°øÉùȨ¢›ນ´¾ ນº¡¥¾¡¥½Ä©É»ñ®£¸¾´»øÉ ²œນ«¾ນ꾤¡¾ນ¦ô¡¦¾ Áì½»¼ນ»øÉê¿´½ £¿¦„¤¦ºນ꾤²÷©ê½¦¾©¦½Î¾ Áìɸ ²¸¡À²†ນ¨ñ¤Ä©É»¼ນ»øɤ¾ນ©É¾ນ¦ò콯½ ê†À¹ñນ¸È¾¥¿À¯ñນÀ²ˆºນ¿´¾Ã§É Ãນ¡¾ນ¯ö¡¯ñ¡»ñ¡¦¾ Á콦ɺ´Á¯¤¸ñ©. À«ò¤Á´Èນ¸È¾ ²½¦ö¤ £õ°øÉ©øÁì¸ñ© ÁªÈÃນ ¢½ນ½©¼¸¡ນñ ¡ÒÀ¯ñນ¹ö¸Îɾ£÷É´£º¤¤¾ນ¡Ò¦É¾¤ Áì½¹ö¸Îɾ¤¾ນ§È¾¤¦ò콯½Ãນ ®É¾ນºó¡©É¸¨.
¥¾¡À¹©¡¾ນ ¡¾ນ¯È¼ນÁ¯¤Ãນ§÷´-¯ó 1970 À»ñ©Ã¹É¡¾ນÀ±ò¡ºö®»ö´¢º¤²÷©ê½ ¦¾¦½ນò¡¡½§öນ £Èº¨ÍЩÎɺ¨«º¨ìö¤, Íñ¤¥¾¡¯ó 1975 §¾¸Î÷È´ê†À¢öû¾¸ñ© À²ˆº¦ô¡¦¾ Á콺ö®»ö´¡È¼¸¡ñ®²÷©ê½¦¾¦Î¾ À솴¹ì÷©ìö¤ Àນˆº¤¥¾¡²½ À«ë½ ꆦò¡¢¾ì¾À²©Ä¯ Íõ ®¾¤ºö¤¡Ò´ðì½ນ½²¾® ¸ò§¾º¾§ó®Í¾¨ÅµÈ¾¤ ¡Ò¦øນ ¹¾¨Ä¯, ©¨¯ö¡¡½ªò µøÈ͸¤²½®¾¤ນ˜ນ´ó¸ñ©µøȦº¤Á¹È¤ê†À¯ñນ¦øນ¡¾¤ ¡¾ນ
8 ພາກສະເຫນີ Introduction
The architectural face of Luang Prabang was subtly altered by the arrival of French influence in the late 19th century. During the subsequent decades, there was a merger of traditional Laotian architecture and French colonial styles. The Buddhist monasteries with their graceful sweeping roofs and walls decorated with colorful glass mosaics came to share space with such structures as the colonial Customs House and the new Royal Palace, build in a grandiose fusion of the two styles.
The outstanding universal importance and historical uniqueness of Luang Prabang’s architecture were recognized in December 1995 when Luang Prabang was declared a World Heritage site, in recognition of its “outstanding universal value, representing the harmonious relationship between the built and natural environment, and for the successful fusion of traditional Lao architectural and urban structures with those of the nineteenth and twentieth century French style”. Luang Prabang survives today as one of the best- preserved, living historic cities in Southeast Asia.
Traditional artisan skills are endangered, but can be saved In the past, almost all boys and young men in Luang Prabang spent several years of their lives ordained as monks in order to study Buddhism and to acquire other skills to equip them for adult life. In the temples, they not only acquired basic literacy and the fundamentals of Buddhist ethics, they also learned the artistic skills needed to maintain and preserve their temples and ritual objects therein. The Buddhist monks were caretakers of the temples and, at the same time, the master builders and master craftsmen of the village.
The changes in the 1970s caused a decline in traditional Buddhist practice, and after 1975 fewer young boys entered the monasteries for education and religious training. As older monks left the temples or passed away, many skills were lost. In Luang Prabang, the two principal temples dedicated to artistic training, Vat Mai and Vat Siphouttabat, were closed, resulting in the loss of the last vehicles for training younger monks in the traditional skills essential to maintain the cultural heritage.
Today, with the re-opening of the Buddhist temples and the revival of traditional
9 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
À±ò¡ºö®»ö´¸ò§¾º¾§ó® 꾤¦ò쯽£õ: ¸ñ©ÃÏÈ Áì½ ¸ñ©¦ó²÷©ê½®¾© ¥¿À¯ñນªÉº¤ ¯ò©Ä¯, Àນˆº¤¥¾¡¡¾ນ¢¾©¡¿ìñ¤¦¿£ñນÃນ¡¾ນºö®»ö´²½¦ö¤ ꆥ½¦ô¡¦¾¸ò§¾ º¾§ó® À²ˆº»ñ¡¦¾´ð콩ö¡ê¾¤¸ñ©ê½ນ½ê¿.
¯ñ©¥÷®ñນ Ä©ÉÀ¯ó©¡¾À±ò¡ºö®»ö´ ³œນ³ø꾤¸ñ©ê½½ê¿, ¸ñ©À¡‰¾Á¡ÈªÈ¾¤Å µøÈ Í¸¤²½®¾¤ ¥‡¤¡ñ®´¾´ó§ó¸ò©ºó¡£˜¤Î‡¤ À§„ນÃນº½©ó© ²½ Á콦ñ´Àນນ À¯ñນ °øɡҦɾ¤ Á콦ɺ´Á¯¤¸ñ©¸¾º¾»¾´ À«ó¤Á´Èນ¸È¾ ®¾¤§÷´§öນꆴó«¾ນ½¡¾ນ- À¯ñນµøÈê†©ó ¥½¥É¾¤®ðìò¦ñ©¡Ò¦É¾¤ ùɴ¾§È¸¨¸¼¡©„¤¡È¾¸ນš ÁªÈ¸¼¡ªÈ¾¤Å ¡Ò¨ñ¤µøÈ Ãນ¡¾ນ©øÁì ¢º¤À¥öû¾º½êò¡¾ນ¸ñ© Áì½²½À«ë½.
À¦¨©¾¨ÁªÈ¸È¾¡¾ນ¡Ò¦É¾¤ Á콦ɺ´Á¯¤ ¨ñ¤¢¾©Á£ນ£¸¾´»øÉ £¸¾´§¿ນ¾ນ 꾤¸ò§¾º¾§ó®Ãນ©É¾ນ¦½«¾¯ñ©ª½¨½¡¿ Á콦ò콯½¡¾ນªö¡ÁªÈ¤¸ñ©Á®® ©ñû¤À©ó´. °öນ¢º¤¡¾ນª˜¤Ã¥ Á´ÈນªÉº¤¡¾ນ¥½À»ñ©ºº¡´¾Ã¹É©ó ÁªÈ¡ñ®ºº¡´¾ Ãນ»ø®¡¾ນ-ê†-¢ñ©-¡ñ®£¸¾´À¯ñນ´ð콩ö¡ê¾¤¦½«¾¯ñ©ª½¨½¡¿ê†ÁêÉ¥ò¤¢º¤ À´õº¤Í¸¤²½®¾¤, À²¾½§Èº¤¹¸È¾¤¢º¤À¥í¾´Èº´ Áì½²½À«ë½ ¨ñ¤´óµøÈ;¨ £¸¾´À¯ñນ¦ò콯½¡¿ ꆣö¤µøÈÃນ¸ñ©¸¾º¾»¾´ ¥…¤«õ¡ê¿ì¾¨. ²½¦ö¤¹ù¾¨ºö¤ê† ´ó£¸¾´§¿ນ¾ນ¤¾ນ¡Ò¦É¾¤ Á콦ò쯽¡¾ນªö¡ÁªÈ¤ Ä©É´ðì½²¾®Ä¯ À»ñ©Ã¹É ²½ Á콦ñ´ÀນນÃນ¨÷¡¯ñ©¥÷®ñນ ®Òĩɦô¡¦¾À«ò¤¸ò§¾º¾§ó®ê†´ó£¸¾´¥¿À¯ñນªÒ ¡¾ນ®¿ì÷¤»ñ¡¦¾, ®øì½ນ½ Á콺½ນ÷ìñ¡¸ñ©Ãນ»ø®Á®®©ñû¤À©ó´ µÈ¾¤ÁêÉ¥ò¤.
£¤¡¾ນê† “³œນ³ø¦ò콯½-¦½¡÷-ນ§È¾¤-Ãນ-²÷©ê½¦¾©¦½Î¾” µøÈÀ´õº¤Í¸¤²½®¾¤ À¯ñນÁນ¸£ò©ê†À¡ó©¢ôûນ´¾ À²ˆºªº®»ñ®¡ñ®®ñນ¹¾¢º¤¡¾ນ º½ນ÷ìñ¡¸ñ©ê½ນ½ ê¿ Á콦½¹¤¸ນ»ñ¡¦¾¦ò콯½Á®®©ñû¤À©ó´Ä¸É, Áນ¸£ò©©„¤¡È¾¸Á´ÈນìòÀ솴 ¥¾¡ºö¤¡¾ນ¨øÁ¦Â¡ À§…¤»È¸´¡ñ®²½Áນ¡«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Á콸ñ©ê½½ê¿ Á¢¸¤ ͸¤²½®¾¤ Á콺ö¤¡¾ນ²÷©ê½¦¾©¦½Î¾¦¿²ñນ쾸 ©¨¡¾ນ¦½Îñ®¦½ Îøນ ¥¾¡ìñ©«½®¾ນ ນº¡Á¸. ¥÷©¯½¦ö¤¢º¤Â£¤¡¾ນນš ¡ÒÀ²ˆº³œນ³ø ¡¾ນÀ±ò¡ ºö®»ö´¦ò콯½ Á콡¾ນÀ±ò¡¤¾ນ²¾¨Ãນ¸ñ© µøÈ͸¤²½®¾¤ «É¾Â£¤¡¾ນນš¯½ ¦ö®°öນ¦¿Àìñ© ¡Ò¥½À§ˆºÁນȸȾ ¸ñ©¸¾º¾»¾´ê†¤ö©¤¾´µøÈ͸¤²½®¾¤ ¥½Ä©É»ñ® ¡¾ນ£÷É´£º¤ Áì½ນšÏ¾¨£¸¾´¸È¾ º¾£¾ນÀ¡‰¾Á¡È Á콤¾ນ§È¾¤±ó´õ¢º¤Í¸¤ ²½®¾¤ ¡Ò¥½Ä©É»ñ®¡¾³œນ³ø À»ñ©Ã¹ÉÀ¡ó©´óêñ©¦½ນ½ Áì½À¯ó©Âº¡¾©Ã¹ÉÁ¡È £öນ»÷úນÍñ¤ ´ó¸¼¡À»ñ©¤¾ນê¿.
10 ພາກສະເຫນີ Introduction cultural practice, the historic temples of Luang Prabang are coming back to life. As in the past, the work of constructing and repairing temple buildings is often carried out by monks and novices. Wealthier communities may hire local construction companies to carry out the work under the supervision of the monastery’s abbot and senior monks.
Unfortunately, because of the loss of the traditional knowledge about temple architecture and decorative arts, the results of these well-intentioned but sometimes ill-informed interventions can hamper the authentic preservation of the architectural heritage of Luang Prabang. Because the gap between the older and younger generation of monks is so wide, the artistic lineages maintained in the monasteries have been disrupted. Many of the monks who were masters in the traditional building skills and decorative arts have died, depriving the current generation of monks and novices of the teachers who can transmit the crafts necessary to maintain, restore and conserve the temples in the appropriate manner.
The project “Cultural Survival and Revival in the Buddhist Sangha” in Luang Prabang is an innovative response to this problem of heritage conservation and the preservation of traditional arts. Initiated jointly by UNESCO, the Department of Information and Culture of Luang Prabang and the Laotian Buddhist Sangha, with generous support from the Government of Norway, the goal of the project is to revive the traditional practice of artisan training and apprenticeship within the temples of Luang Prabang. This project ensures that the beautiful temples and monasteries of Luang Prabang are saved and that the traditional building and craft professions of Luang Prabang are revived, providing future generations with skills and employment opportunities.
Craft training centre is based in community temple In October 2000, a training centre was established on the grounds of Vat Xieng Mouane in an old kouti, or monk’s residential quarters. Currently, the centre at Vat Xieng Moune provides training for monks and novices from temples throughout Luang Prabang and northern Lao PDR. The project training centre is located, according to traditional practice, within temple grounds in order to ensure that the monastery, which forms the core of the heritage of Luang Prabang, remains the principal institution for training in
11 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
¦ø-ນ±ô¡-ºö®»ö´¸ò§¾-§È¾¤ª˜¤µøÈ-§÷´-§ö-ນ¸ñ© ÃນÀ©õºນª÷ì¾ ¯ó 2000 ¦øນÀ±ò¡ºö®»ö´©„¤¡È¾¸ ĩɦɾ¤ª˜¤¢ôûນ ꆸñ©§¼¤´È¸ນÃນ- ¡÷ªòÀ¡‰¾Å À²ˆº¦½©¸¡. ¯ñ©¥÷®ñນ ¦øນꆸñ©§¼¤´È¸ນÄ©É¥ñ©À±ò¡ºö®»ö´Ã¹ÉÁ¡È²½ Áì½ ¦ñ´Àນນ¥¾¡ ¸ñ©Ãນ͸¤²½®¾¤ Á콪½Íº©»º©²¾¡ÀÎõº¢º¤ ¦.¯.¯ 쾸-.£¤¡¾ນ¦øນÀ±ò¡ºö®»ö´¦É¾¤ª˜¤¢ôûນª¾´Á®®©„¤À©ó´ £õ: ª˜¤µøȲ¾¨Ãນ²œນ ꆸñ© À²ˆºÃ¹É¦ö´¡ñ®¸È¾ ¸ñ©À¯ñນÀ¯öû¾Ï¾¨ê†¦¿£ñນ꾤´ð콩ö¡¢º¤Í¸¤²½®¾¤. ¥½¨ñ¤£ö¤À¯ñນ¦½«¾®ñນÍñ¡ À²ˆºÀ±ò¡ºö®»ö´Ãນ©É¾ນ êñ¡¦½¦ò콯½Á®®©ñû¤À©ó´ ¢º¤§÷´§öນ, ¡¾ນ¦‰¤À¦ó´¡¾ນÀ±ò¡ºö®»ö´²¾¨Ãນ¸ñ© ¡Ò§È¸¨¦É¾¤£¸¾´À¢í¾Ã¥ Áì½£¸¾´»ñ®°ò©§º®ªÒ¦ñ¤£ö´¢º¤§÷´§öນꆴóªÒ¡¾ນº½ນ÷ìñ¡À´õº¤Í¸¤²½®¾¤ Ãນ«¾ນ½À¯ñນÀ´õº¤´ð콩ö¡Âì¡ Â©¨´º®Ï¾¨£¸¾´»ñ®°ò©§º®ນ š ùÉÁ¡È§¾¸ ²÷©Ãນºñ©«¾êò®¾¨¢º¤Íñ¡ê¿ £¸®£øÈį¡ñ®¡¾ນÀ±ò¡ºö®»ö´ê¾¤©É¾ນ¸ò§¾§È¾¤.
¡¾ນÀ±ô¡-- ºö®»ö´-Ä©É-»ñ®-¡¾-ນ¦õ®-꺩 -Áì½ìö¤´õ-¯½ªò®ñ©-Ã-ນ²¾¡-¦½Î¾´ ²½¦ö¤°øÉÀ¢í¾»ñ®¡¾ນÀ±ò¡ºö®»ö´Ä©É»¼ນ»øÉêñ¡¦½¸ò§¾§È¾¤¦ò콯½Ãນê÷¡ì½©ñ® À²ˆºÃ¹É¦ö´¡ñ®¸È¾ ¸ñ©Ãນ͸¤²½®¾¤Ä©É»ñ®¡¾ນº½ນ÷ìñ¡µÈ¾¤«õ¡ªÉº¤ÁêÉ¥ò¤ êñ¡¦½À͉¾ນš 츴įÀ«ò¤Àêñ¡ນò¡¡¾ນ¦É¾¤º¾£¾ນÁ®®Â®»¾ນ,- ÁªÉ´ì¾¨ì¾¸, ¡¾ນ£¸ñ©, Á¡½¦½ìñ¡Ä´É, ¥ò©ª½¡¿±¾°½Îñ¤, ¡¾ນÍÒ꺤, ªò©Á¡É¸³º¡£¿¯ó¸ 쾨츩 ນաɼ¤ ¯˜ນ¯øນ¯¾¦Àªó À²†ນ¨ñ¤»¼ນ»øɦȸນ¯½¦ö´ª¾´¦ø©¦½ÄÏÀ¡‰¾ À²ˆº¥½°½ìò©¦óê¿´½§¾©, ¯½ê¾¨À²ñ© Áì½¢½´÷¡ À¯ñນ¦È¸ນ¯½¦ö´¥¾¡ນÕ ¡É¼¤ Áì½¢šÀ«‰¾ À²ˆºÃ§É¯˜ນªö¡ÁªÈ¤ì¾¨ນøນºñນ¯¾ນó© ¡ñ®°½Îñ¤Ä´ÉÁêÈນ®ø§¾ Á콪øÉ£¿²ó.
´¾À«ò¤¯ñ©¥÷®ñນ °øÉÀ¢í¾»ñ®¡¾ນÀ±ò¡ºö®»ö´Ä©Éນ¿£¸¾´»øÉꆪöນ»Ô»¼ນ´¾ À²ˆº®ø ì½ນ½ Á콦ɺ´Á¯¤¸ñ©Í¸¤²½®¾¤ªÈ¾¤Å À§„ນ: ê¿£¸¾´¦½º¾© Áì½²º¡ £¿¯ó¸ª¾´À¦ö¾²¾¨Ãນ¸ñ©§¼¤êº¤ §‡¤«õĩɸȾÀ¯ñນÀ²ñ©À´ñ©¤¾´ Á¹È¤À´õº¤´ð 콩ö¡Âì¡Í¸¤²½®¾¤ ²¾¨ÃªÉ£¿Áນ½ນ¿£ø°øɦºນµÈ¾¤Ã¡É§ò© ນº¡¥¾¡ນš °øÉÀ¢í¾»ñ®¡¾ນÀ±ò¡ºö®»ö´ ¨ñ¤À»ñ©¸¼¡»È¸´¡ñ®§¾¸®É¾ນ Á콧ȼ¸§¾ນ꾤©É¾ນ ¦½«¾¯½ນò¡ ¥¾¡²½Áນ¡«½Áͤ¢È¾¸ Á콸ñ©ê½ນ½ê¿À²ˆº®øì½½¸ñ©¯È¾§É¾ (¸ñ©²ø§É¾¤) §‡¤À¯ñນ¸ñ©Ãນ¦½ÄÏ ¦ñ©ª½¸ñ©êó 19 ꆴ󣸾´¦¿£ñນ꾤©É¾ນ¯½ ¹¸ñ©¦¾© ꆡȼ¸Àນˆº¤¡ñ®ì¾§½¸ö¤¢º¤Í¸¤²½®¾¤ÁªÈ¡Èºນ.
12 ພາກສະເຫນີ Introduction traditional artisan skills within the community. Keeping the training within the monasteries reinforces the community’s social responsibility for the conservation of Luang Prabang as a World Heritage site, by placing this responsibility within the traditional Buddhist context of religious practice coupled with practical skills training.
Training is hands-on, practical and takes place on-site The young monk trainees are learning the entire range of artisan skills needed to ensure that the temples of Luang Prabang are authentically conserved. These skills include traditional building techniques, drawing Laotian motifs, terracotta tile manufacture, wood carving, mural painting, bronze casting, glass mosaic inlay work, gold leaf stencil work and gilding. They learn to mix traditional materials according to ancient formulas to produce natural pigments, traditional lime plaster, phathaipet (traditional stucco) and khamouk (lacquer appliqué) a thick putty composed of lacquer and ash used to sculpt elaborate decorations used for embossing wooden panels, altars and scripture cabinets.
The trainees are already using their new skills to help restore and repair the temples of Luang Prabang. They have cleaned and restored the gold leaf stencils on the pillars inside Vat Xieng Thong, the jewel of the Luang Prabang World Heritage site. Under the guidance of the master teachers, trainees are also working together with local villagers and architectural experts from the Department of Information and Culture to restore Vat Paa Sa (Vat Phou Xang), a 19th-century temple with important historical connections to the former royal family of Luang Prabang.
Lost techniques are documented for teaching purpose Project research is systematically documented and educational teaching materials are produced as part of the project output. Six instructional films on various craft techniques, as well as three teaching manuals, have already been produced.
13 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
Àêñ¡ນò¡ªÈ¾¤Åê- †-¦ø-ນÀ¦¨-į-«õ¡ນ¿-- ´¾-À¡ñ®-®ñນêô¡-»¸®-»¸´-À²ˆº-¯½-¹¨-©ê¾¤- ¡¾ນ¦ò©¦º- ນ ¡¾ນ»¼ນ¡¾ນ¦ºນ¢º¤Â£¤¡¾ນ©„¤¡È¾¸ Ä©É«õ¡»¸®»¸´Ä¸ÉµÈ¾¤´óì½®ö® Áì½ º÷¯½¡ºນ¡¾ນ¦ô¡¦¾«ô¡°½ìò©¢ôûນÀ²ˆºÀ¯ñນ¦È¸ນ·¤¢º¤°öນ¤¾ນ ®Ò¸È¾¥½À¯ñນ ¡¾ນ«È¾¨¸ó©óº¡¾ນ¦ºນꆡȼ¸¡ñ®Àêñ¡ນò¡¤¾ນ§È¾¤¦ò콯½ªÈ¾¤Å 6 ´É¸ນ Áì½ £øÈ´õ¡¾ນ¦ºນ 3 À͘´.
¡¾- ນ¦½Îñ®¦½Îøນ¢º¤-êȾນ ¥½-- §È¸¨-ùÉ-À¡ó©-¡¾-ນ¯È¼-ນÁ¯¤-Ã-ນÀ»ñ©-ùÉ-£¤¡¾ນ- ´ó-£¸¾´-¨õ-ນ¨ö¤ ¦øນÀ±ô¡ºö®»ö´ê†¸ñ©§¼¤´È¸ນ ¨ñ¤Ä©û¹¾-쾨-Ä©ÉÁ®®-©ñû¤-À©ó´¥¾¡-¡¾ນ»ñ®¡¾ນ ¥ñ©²òêóê¿®÷ນ §‡¤-¥ñ©-»È¸´-¡ñ®-§¾¸®É¾ນ ¦È¸ນ°½ìò©-ª½²ñ-ນê†-çÉ-ĸÉ-ªö¡-ÁªÈ¤-¸ñ© §‡¤ນ-ñ¡»¼-ນÀ¯ñ-ນ°øÉ-À»ñ© ¨ñ¤-´ó-§¾¸®É¾-ນ¦„¤-§œºó¡-©É¸¨.
À«ó¤Á´Èນ¸È¾§È¾¤¦ò콯½»÷úúນÃÏÈÅ ¥½Ä©É»ñ®¡¾ນÀ±ò¡ºö®»ö´¥öນÀ«ó¤¥¿ນ¸ນê† ²¼¤²ðªÒ¸ñ©ê†´óµøÈÃນ͸¤²½®¾¤ Áì½Ãນ ¦.¯.¯.쾸 Àº¤ Áìɸ´ð콩ö¡ê¾¤ ¸ñ©ê½ນ½ê¿ Á콦ò콯½¢º¤ì¾¸ ¡Ò¨ñ¤µøÈÃນ«¾ນ½ê†ÎɾÀ¯ñນ¹È¸¤. ª¾´¸ò«ó©ñû¤À©ó´Áìɸ ¸ñ©Ãນ²½²÷©ê½¦¾©¦½Î¾ À¡õº®êñ¤Ïö©Ä©É»ñ®¡¾ນº÷¯½ «¿ ¥¾¡¡¾ນ®ðìò¥¾¡ ¢º¤§¾¸®É¾ນê†Ã¥®÷ນ Íõ ¦½Á¹¸¤¹¾®÷ນ©É¸¨¡¾ນ®ðìò ¥¾¡¯ñ©Ä¥Ã¹É¡ñ®¸ñ© Íõ ¤¾ນ®÷ນªÈ¾¤Å.
Ãນº¡¾©ນš 꾤²¸¡-¢É¾²½-À¥í¾ ¢ð»¼ນÀ§óນê÷¡êȾນ´¾´ó¦È¸ນ»È¸´§È¸¨¡ñນ®ð ìò¥¾¡êôນ À²ˆºÃ¹É¦ö´¡ñ®¸È¾ ¸ñ©ê½ນ½ê¿ºñນ©ó¤¾´¢º¤Í¸¤²½®¾¤ ¥½µøÈ캩 ª½Íº©Ä¯. 쾨-Ä©É-¥¾¡-¡¾ນ¥ñ©-²ò´-£˜¤ນš ¥½-§È¸¨Ã¹É-¦ø-À±ô¡-ºö®»ö´-©„¤¡È¾¸- ´ó- £¸¾´-¨õ-ນ¨ö¤-ªÒ-į.
²¾¡¦È¸-ນê†-¡È¼¸¢Éº¤ ºö¤-¡¾ນ-ºø-¨-Á-ນ¦-¡, £½ນ½-¡¿-´¾êò¡¾-ນÁ¹È¤-§¾©-À²ˆº-ºö¤¡¾ນ-ºø-¨-Á-¦-¡, ìñ©«½ ®¾ນ -ນº¡-Á¸, ²½-Áນ-¡«½-Á¹ù¤¢È¾¸ -Á콸ñ©ê½ນ½ê¿-Á¢¸¤¹ù¸¤²½-®¾¤, -»¤ »¼ນ¸ò¥ò©-ª½¡¿,- ºö¤¡¾-ນ²÷©ê½¦¾©¦½Î¾¦¿²ñ-ນ¹ù¸¤²½-®¾¤, ®ñນ©¾ນ-¾¨-§È¾¤
14 ພາກສະເຫນີ Introduction
Your contribution will make a difference in sustaining the training centre The Training Centre at Vat Xieng Mouane generates funds of its own through traditional means such as merit-making boun ceremonies organized by the community, sales of products produced by trainees and orders for temple decorations commissioned by the local community. However, until such time as a new generation of master artisans is trained in sufficient numbers for the many temples of Luang Prabang and Lao PDR, the country’s cultural and artistic heritage is still very much at risk. In accordance with traditional practice, Buddhist temples are wholly dependent upon donations from the community of well-wishers who earn merit through their contributions to the temples and their activities.
We invite you to take part in this traditional practice by contributing generously to ensure the survival of the traditional temple arts of Luang Prabang. The proceeds of the sales of this publication will go entirely towards sustaining the Training Centre.
Partners UNESCO, Lao National Commission for UNESCO, Government of Norway, Luang Prabang Department of Information and Culture, Luang Prabang School of Fine Arts, Luang Prabang Buddhist Sangha, traditional masters.
15 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
¡¾ນÁªÉ´ì¾¨ì¾¸
²¾¡¦½ÀÎó 쾨쾸¹ù¸¤²½®¾¤Á®®©ñû¤À©ó´ À¹ñນ¸È¾¦õ®êº©´¾ÁªÈ¦½ÄÏÀ¥í¾³É¾¤ÐÈ´ ¦¾´Á¦ນÄê »º©¦½ÄÏÀ¥í¾Ä§Àຊ©«¾êò쾩. ²½À¥í¾³É¾¤ÐÈ´Ä©Éêɺນ»´Á°Èນ ©òນìɾນ§É¾¤ ùÉÀ¢í¾À¯ñນºñນÎôú¤ºñນ©¼¸¡ñນ Áì½Ä©Éນ¿Àºö¾¦¾©¦½Î¾²÷© ´¾ À°ó¨Á°ÈùÉÁ¡È¯½§¾§öນ ùɴ󣸾´À¹ùœº´Ã¦¦ñ©ê¾ªÒ¦¾©¦½Î¾À¯ñນµÈ¾¤¨òú¤, ĩɲɺ´¡ñນ¦É¾¤¸ñ©¸¾º¾ë¾´¢ôûນªÒ¡ñນ´¾À숺¨Å. ¸ñ©µøȹù¸¤²½®¾¤ ¨ñ¤À¯ñນ £ñ¤¦¾¤êɺນ»´Àºö¾®ñນ©¾ì¾¨®ø»¾ນ. ¦½êɺນùÉÀ¹ñນµøÈꆦò콯½ì¸©ì¾¨ ªÈ¾¤Å ນº¡ນ˜ນ¨ñ¤À¯ñນ¦øນ¡¾¤¡¾ນ¦ô¡¦¾ Áì½À¯ñນ²ò²ò©ê½²ñນ¡¾¤Á¥É¤. êñ¤Ïö©ì¾¨ê†¡È¾¸´¾ນ˜ນ ¦¾´¾©²ö®À¹ñນĩɪ¾´ÁêÈນ ²½²÷©ê½»ø®µøȸñ©¸ò§÷ນ Á콸ñ©§¼¤êº¤. ®ñນ²½®øì÷©¢º¤ì¾¸Ä©É¦É¾¤¦ò콯½ 쾨쾸 Á콡Ҧõ® 꺩¡ñນ´¾¥öນ»º©¯½¥÷®ñນນີ້.
쾨쾸¹ù¾¨Á®®Ä©É¯½¨÷¡ºº¡¥¾¡ê¿´½§¾©À§ñúນ: ªíນÄ´É, À£õºÀ¢ö¾, »¸¤À¢í¾, ນö¡®òນ, ¡¾-®òນ, ©¸¤ª¾À¸ñນ, ¢šÀ±œº, ©º¡®ö¸, ¡É¾´¯ø, ¹¾¤ºú¼ນ, ª¾ºÉº¨, »¸¤À°š¤, Á¯¸Ä³, ©º¡°ñ¡Á¸Èນ, ¡¾®¯ó. ê÷¡Å¦†¤©„¤¡È¾¸ìɸນÁªÈ «õ¡ນ¿Ã§ÉÀ¢í¾Ãນ¡¾ນ¯½©ñ®ÁªÈ¤ÀºÉ¨Éº¤º¾£¾ນ Á콦òú¤¢º¤µÈ¾¤¡É¸¾¤¢¸¾¤. ນº¡¥¾¡ນñ¡¥ò©ª½¡ºນꆯ½©ò©ºº¡¥¾¡ê¿´½§¾©Áìɸ ນñ¡¥ò©ª½¡ºນ- ¨ñ¤Ä©É¡¿ນö©¯½À²©¢º¤¡¾ນÁªÉ´ì¾¨ì¾¸®ø»¾ນºº¡´¾Ä©É£õ:
¡¾ນÁªÉ´ì¾¨ì¾¸ ´óµøÈ 3 ¯½À²©©É¸¨¡ñນ 1. ¯½À²©ÁªÉ´ì¾¨£ñ¸© 2. ¯½À²©ÁªÉ´ì¾¨²º¡ 3. ¯½À²©¡¾ນÁªÉ´ì¾¨¯½¡º®»ø®ÁªÉ´±¾°½Îñ¤ì¾¨-ªÈ¾¤Å-
ÁªÈì½-¯½-À²©¥½-Áª¡-ªÈ¤¡ñ-ນÀìñ¡ນ-ɺ¨. ÁªÈ--¦¾´-¯½-À²©-ê†-¡È¾¸-´¾-¢É¾¤-Àê-ò¤ນ˜ນ ¦È¸ນ-¹ù¾¨ ນò¨-ö´-ÀºÉ¨Éº¤-¸ñ©¸¾-º¾»¾´.
16 ການແຕ້ມລາຍລາວ Drawing of traditional Lao Motifs
DRAWING OF TRADITIONAL OF LAO MOTIFS
Introduction NAGA PATTERN Lao traditional motifs (in the Luang Prabang style) have AND LEAVES been passed down from the reigns of King Fangum and King Samsenthai to the reign of King Saysetthathilath. King Fangum unified the land of Lanexang (land of million elephants) and introduced Buddhism, which has flourished and led to the building of many temples. Temples in Luang Prabang are the repository of a valuable display of Lao traditional motifs, as seen in a wide array of artistic crafts and can serve as a learning centre and museum. They can be seen very prominently on the altars of the Buddha images at Vat Visoun and Vat Xiengthong.
Patterns designed by Laotian ancestors have become traditional Lao patterns and been passed on to the present time. Many traditional Lao motifs are developed from nature, for example: trees, tendrils, rice husks, flying birds, flying crows, the sun, clouds, lotuses, crab claws, eel’s tails, sugar cane eyes, bee hives, flames, phakvaen blossoms, and banana flower peels. All of these are widely used in decoration of buildings as well as objects. Besides deriving the basic patterns from nature, the artists elaborated these into specific Lao patterns for different arts.
The traditional drawing of Lao motifs includes three types • Traditional drawing of Lao motifs for carving • Traditional drawing of Lao motifs for gold leaf stencils • Traditional drawing of Lao motifs for mural painting
The motifs are slightly different for each type. Each of the three types mentioned above are mostly used for decoration at temples.
17 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
¯½À²©¡¾ນÁªÉ´ì¾¨£ñ¸© ¡¾ນºº¡Á®® ¹ùõ ÁªÉ´ì¾¨£¸ñ©À»ö¾ªÉº¤Ã¹É©º¡ì¾¨ªò©¡ñນ, À¡¾½¡È¾¨ ¡º© ¡É¼¸¡ñນ ùɧȺ¤Ä³ ¹ùõ ²œນÁ£®À¢í¾¹ù¾¨¡¸ú¾¡¾ນÁªÉ´¯½À²©ºˆນÅ.
¡¾ນÁªÉ´ì¾¨³º¡ ¡¾ນºº¡Á®®¢º¤ì¾¨ì¾¸¦¿¹ùñ®¥½³º¡, À®œº¤ªíນ À»ö¾¸¾¤©º¡¸¾¤À¦˜ນ¦ð ÀÏõºນ¡ñນ¡ñ®ÁªÉ´ì¾¨£¸ñ©, Ͼ¨£¸¾´¸È¾ ¥½ªñ©Àºö¾ÁªÈ¦½À²¾½©º¡ Á콩º¡ºº¡´¾À¯ñນÀ£õºÀꉾນ˜ນ. ÁìɸùÉÀºö¾¦†¸¦ñ®Ä¯ª¾´©º¡ນ˜ນºº¡ À²ˆºÄ©ÉÀ¯ñນ§Èº¤¹¸ú¾¤¢º¤»ø©º¡, ¥öນÀ»ö¾À®†¤À¯ñນ§Èº¤©º¡ Áì½À£õºµø່ນ¿¡ñນ.
¡¾ນÁªÉ´ì¾¨¯½¡º®»ø®ÁªÉ´±¾°½Îñ¤ µøȪ¾´»ø®ÁªÉ´±¾°½Îñ¤ 쾨쾸®ø»¾ນ¦È¸ນ¹ù¾¨Á´Èນ´ó¡¾ນ¯½¡º®Ã¦È¦ó ນÕ£¿ Á콪ñ©À¦˜ນ (¦óÁ©¤ ¹ùõ ¦ó©¿) À§†¤À¯ñນ»ø®ÁªÉ´Á®®À¡‰¾ê†À¹ñນµøȪ¾´ ¸ñ©µøÈÃນ¹ù¸¤²½®¾¤£õ: ¸ñ©¯È¾»¸¡, ¸ñ©¦ó²÷ꮾ©, ¸ñ©ìúº¤£ø, ¸ñ©©ºນ´, ¸ñ©¯¾¡ºø, ¸ñ©¯È¾ Á콸ñ©¯È¾Ä°È. ¸ñ©êñ¤Ïö©ê†¡È¾¸´¾ນ˜ນìɸນÁªÈ´ó»ø®ÁªÉ´ 쾨¯½¡º®¦ó£¿ Á콦óê¿´½§¾©. «É¾À¯ñນ¦óꉸįÁìɸ ¦È¸ນ¹ù¾¨§È¾¤´ñ¡ Àºö¾¦óºÈºນ 꾪ñ©À¯ñນÁ¦¤¢º¤ì¾¨. À´ˆºÀ¸í¾¯½À²©ÁªÉ´ Á콡Ⱦ¨ì¾¨ ª¾´Á®®Áìɸ¡Ò´ó£¸¾´Áª¡ªÈ¾¤¡ñ¦½À²¾½§Èº¤¹¸ú¾¤ º¾©¥½¡É¸¾¤¡¸ú¾ ¡¾ນÁªÉ´Á®®ºˆນ ©„¤ນ˜ນນ¾¨§È¾¤ªÉº¤Ã§É£¸¾´¯¾ນó©ê†¦÷©.
18 ການແຕ້ມລາຍລາວ Drawing of traditional Lao Motifs
Traditional drawing of Lao motifs for carving When designing or drawing Lao motifs for carving, the flower pattern must be intertwined, often designed to fit a narrower space than in other arts and must include open space.
Traditional drawing of Lao motifs for gold leaf stencils When designing Lao motifs for gold leaf stencils, flowers are designed first on paper using a pencil and drawn similar to traditional drawings of Lao motifs for carving. This means that only flowers and flowering vines are used. Then the flowers are cut to make a pattern of climbing flowers with space between and around them, yet still attached to each other.
Traditional drawing of Lao motifs for mural painting In mural painting, traditional Lao motifs are usually rendered with a com-bination of lines (especially red and black lines), colors and gold leaf. This is a very old technique that can be seen in temples in Luang rabang, for example at Vat Pahuak, Vat Siphoutthabath, Vat Longkhoun, Vat Donmo, Vat Pak-ou, Vat Paa, and Vat Paphai. All of these temples mentioned above are only painted with paint made from natural ingredients with the addition of gold leaf. If the colors aren’t specified, the artist mainly uses light colors to render the Lao motifs. Copying and painting Lao motifs according to the traditional designs is different from other types of painting. Moreover, especially with mural paintings, the space painted might be larger than in other paintings so the artist has to be very patient.
19 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
ÁªÉ´±¾°½Îñ¤
²¾¡¦½ÀÎó ¥ò©ª½¡¿±¾°½Îñ¤À¯ñນ¦ò콯½ªö¡ÁªÈ¤¸ñ©¸¾º¾»¾´ Áì½²½ë¾§¸ñ¤ µøȹù¸¤ ²½®¾¤, ¥½Àນ˜ນÀ숺¤¦¾©¦½Î¾, §ó¸ò©¡¾ນÀ¯ñນµøÈ, »ó©£º¤¯½À²ນó, ¯½¹¸ñ© £¸¾´À¯ñນ´¾ Á콸ñ©ê½ນ½ê¿¢º¤§¾©Ã©Îôú¤. ¥ò©ª½¡¿±¾°½Îñ¤¥½¦½êɺນ ùÉÀ¹ñນ¥ò©¦¿ນô¡¢º¤°øɦɾ¤©É¸¨£¸¾´»ñ¡, ´ñ¡¤¾ນ¢º¤ªöນ Áì½ນò¨ö´¦òú¤ê† ¤ö©¤¾´ê¾¤©É¾ນ¦ò콯½. ນ¾¨§È¾¤¦½ÄϡȺນ ĩɦɾ¤±¾°½Îñ¤ À²ˆºÃ¹ÉÀ¡ó© £¸¾´»øɦô¡À¢í¾Ã¥ÃນÀນœºÀ숺¤, ¡È¼¸¡ñ®²½ê¿¸òÄນ, ¯ñ©§½¨¾, ¸ñນນ½£½©ó, ນò ê¾ນ²œນÀ´õº¤ Áì½²½²÷©ê½¦¾©¦½Î¾. ÀນœºÀ숺¤ê†ò¨ö´ìö¤ÁªÉ´Ã¦È±¾°½Îñ¤ Á´Èêö©¦½§¾©§¾©ö¡, À숺¤ì¾´´½¡¼´ ¹ùõ £¸¾´À¯ñນ´¾¢º¤êɺ¤«†ນ.
¥ò©ª½¡¿±¾°½Îñ¤ À¯ñນ¦ò콯½¯½À²©Îôú¤ ê†À¡ó©¥¾¡£¸¾´²¾¡²¼ນ, ¡¾ນ ¯½©ò©¦É¾¤¥¾¡¦òú¤®ñນ©¾ນÃ¥Ãນ¡¾ນ¦É¾¤¦ñນ À²ˆºÃ¹ÉÀ¡ó©¦½´¾êò, ¥òນª½ນ¾ ¡¾ນÁìɸ«È¾¨êº©ºº¡´¾À¯ñນ¡¾ນÁªÉ´ ©¨À솴¥¾¡¡¾ນÁªÉ´À¦˜ນ¢¾¸©¿, ÁªÉ´Ã¦È¦ó¥öນÀ«ó¤¢˜ນªºນ¦÷©êɾ¨ê†¥½¦¿Àìñ©¦ö´®øນ. Ãນ¡¾ນ³º¡£¿ªñ©À¦˜ນ 쾨¥ò©ª½¡¿±¾°½Îñ¤À¯ñນ¡¾ນ¦É¾¤¦ñນ¦òú¤ê†À¯ñນນ¾´´½ê¿Ã¹É¯½¡ö©°öນºº¡ ´¾ Ãນ¡¾ນÁªÉ´ºñນº÷©ö´©É¸¨£÷ນ£È¾ê†¦ø¤¦‰¤.
¡¾ນÁªÉ´»ø®Ã¦È±¾°½Îñ¤Ãນ¦½ÄϡȺນ ¥½ÁªÉ´©É¸¨¦óê¿´½§¾©Ä©É´¾¥¾¡ ©òນ¦ó, ¥¾¡Á¡ÈນϾ¡Ä´É, À¯õº¡ªíນÄ´É Á콺ˆນÅ ¯½¦ö´À¢í¾¡ñນ¡ñ®¡¾¸ Á¡Èນ Ͼ¡¢¾´ ¹ùõ ¡¾¸Îñ¤£¸¾¨. çÉÀ¯õº¡ªíນ©º¡¡½©ñ¤¤¾ê÷®¯¾¨Ã¹ÉºÈºນ À»ñ© À¯ñນ³º¨. ¡¾ນæȦ󢺤ªö¸ì½£ºນ ¥½Á®È¤ ¹ùõ Á¨¡¡ñນùÉÀ¹ñນµÈ¾¤¥½Á¥É¤ ì½¹¸È¾¤ ¡½¦ñ©¯ö¡£º¤À´õº¤, ¥½¯½©ñ®¯½©¾©É¸¨¡½Â¥´¹ö¸Ã¦È¦ó£¿¯ó¸ ¡¾ນນ÷Ȥ«õ¥½Áª¡ªÈ¾¤¡ñ®§¾¸®É¾ນê¿´½©¾ª½¹ùº©»º©®Èºນ ²ñ¡²¾º¾Ä¦ ¢º¤²½´½¹¾¡½¦ñ© ¥½¯½©ñ®©É¸¨©º¡©¸¤ì¸©ì¾¨ÀºÉ¨Éº¤µÈ¾¤º½ìñ¤¡¾- ນ©É¸¨¦ó£¿¯ó¸.êñ¤Ïö©¥†¤À»ñ©Ã¹É°øÉÀ®†¤°øɧö´À¹ñນÄ©ÉÀ«ó¤ºò©êò²öນ Á콺¿ນ¾© ¢º¤°øɯö¡£º¤. ¡¾ນÁªÉ´»ø®±¾°½Îñ¤ ¯ö¡¡½ªòÀ²†ນ¥½ÁªÉ´À¯ñນ¡÷È´À¯ñນªºນ ©¨º¾Ä¦ ²ø°¾ ¯È¾Ä´É, ¹É¸¨ນÕì¿À§ Á콡¿Á²¤À´õº¤, À¯ñນ»ø®²¾®Á¯ ®Ò´ó²¾®Ã¡É ²¾®Ä¡,
20 ແຕ້ມຝາຜະໜັງ Mural Painting
MURAL PAINTING
Introduction Mural paintings adorn temples and royal palaces in Luang Prabang, conveying themes about religion, lifestyle, traditions, national history, and the culture of a nation. They form a significant part of the cultural heritage of the nation. The paintings reflect the ideas of their creators, their affection for their work and their concepts of artistic beauty. Ancient artists created these murals to kindle feelings and understanding of ethical concepts, literature, philosophy, folktales and Buddhism. Popular topics for mural paintings are the Jataka tales from the previous life of the Buddha, stories about the life of the Buddha, scenes from the Ramayana, or local historical events.
Mural painting is an art which requires patient creation. The powers of meditation and imagination of the artist are transferred into the painting. The artist begins painting by using black and white lines, using color only as the final step. Gold leaf stenciled designs and traditional drawings of Lao motifs on the mural painting are abstract expressions used to add value to the painting.
From ancient times, the mural paintings were painted using paints made of natural pigments. The pigments are derived from colored minerals, fruit seeds, and tree bark and mixed with glues obtained from tamarind or buffalo skin. The tip of the bark of the tondokkadannga tree is beaten until it is soft and is be used instead of brushes. Different colors are used to clearly differentiate the identity and rank of the people depicted in the murals. For instance, the king will be wearing a crown decorated with gold leaf stencils; his clothing will differ from the local people’s clothes. The royal residences will also be decorated with dedicated gold leaf patterns. This allows the visitor to see the influence or power of the rulers.
In terms of composition, mural paintings are usually arranged in scenes which are divided by mountains, streams, rivers and the town wall. It is
21 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
¡¾ນÁªÉ´¥½Ã§É¦óÁ®®®Ò´óÁ¦¤À¤ö¾, ¸òêó¡¾ນÁªÉ´À²†ນ¥½ÁªÉ´ºÉº´±¾°½Îñ¤ ¥¾¡¢¸¾Ä¯§É¾¨ ÁªÉ´ÁªÈÀêó¤ìö¤ì÷È´ ¯½¹¸È¾¤ì÷È´¢º¤±¾°½Îñ¤ ¯½´¾ນ 1Á´ñ©, ¥÷©¯½¦ö¤®Òùɡ½êö®¡ñ®¡¾ນ¦¿ì÷©Ä¸ Àນˆº¤¥¾¡¯½§¾§öນꉸį °øÉê†Ä¯À»ñ© ®÷ນÀ»ñ©ê¾ນµøȸñ© À¸ì¾ê†À¢í¾Ä¯Ãນ²ñ©ê½¦ò´´¾ Áìɸ¥½À¯ñນນòĦ ²¾¡ñນນ„¤ ºó¤±¾¥‡¤¥½À¯ñນ¦¾¨À¹©Ã¹É¦½²¾®»ø®ÁªÉ´¦¿ì÷©. ºó¡®ñນ¹¾Îˆ¤À²†ນ¯½©É¾ນ ì÷ȴꆮҴó»ø®ÁªÉ´ ùɦø¤¡¸ú¾´õÀ©ñ¡ນ້º¨ê†®ÒÀ¢í¾Ã¥£÷ນ£È¾¢º¤»ø®ÁªÉ´ ´ñ¡¥ñ® ìø® ¹ùõ çɢº¤Á¢¤¢ø©¢ó© À»ñ©Ã¹É»ø®ÁªÉ´À§ˆº´¦½²¾®Â©¨®Ò´óÀ¹©°öນ.
¡¾ນ»ú¾¤²¾® ¥ò©ª½¡¿±¾°½Îñ¤ ´ñ¡¥½¯½¡ö©µøȪ¾´±¾°½Îñ¤º¾£¾ນªÈ¾¤ÅÃນ¸ñ©, Ãນ²½ 뾩§½¸ñ¤ ª¾´±¾ê†¡Ò©É¸¨¯øນ, Ä´É ¹ùõ ¦È¸ນ¯½¡º®º¾£¾ນ À§ນ„ : Ä´É¢ˆ, À²©¾ນ, À¦ö¾ Á콺ˆນÅ. ¡¾ນ»ú¾¤²¾®¥½ªÉº¤Ä©É²ò¥¾ì½ນ¾À숺¤ Á콡¿ນö© ²¾®ê†¦½Á©¤ºº¡ ùɲð ©ó¡ñ®²œນê†, ¹ùñ¤¥¾¡ນ˜ນ ¡Ò¥ñ©ºö¤¯½¡º®¢º¤ÁªÈ 콡÷ȴùɴ󥄤¹¸½ Á콡¾ນÀ£ˆºນŸ À´ˆºÀ®†¤Áìɸ¡Ò»øɦô¡¸È¾ ²¾®êñ¤Ïö© ´ó§ó¸ò© Áì½À¢í¾Ã¥£¸¾´Ï¾¨Ä©É¤È¾¨¢ôûນ. À´ˆº¡¿ນö©À£í¾Â£¤ÀϾ½¦ö´²ð©ó Áìɸ, «É¾ນ¾¨§È¾¤¥½ÁªÉ´ì¾¨Ã¦È ±¾°½Îñ¤À¡‰¾ £¸ນùɦô¡¦¾À®…¤ÀນœºÀ숺¤ ¢º¤»ø®¡Èºນ, À»ñ©£õ©„¤À¸í¾ ¥½§È¸¨ ùÉນ¾¨§È¾¤»ú¾¤²¾®¤È¾¨ Á콦¸¨¤¾´. ¦È¸ນ¡¾ນ»ú¾¤²¾®À긽©¾, ¡½¦ñ©, °¾¦¾© Áì½ë¾©§½ìö©®ñນìñ¤ §È¾¤ÁªÉ´ ¥½ÁªÉ´Á®®Ã¹É©ó Á콤¾´¡Èºນ Áìɸ¥ôú¤¡È¾¨ìö¤±¾°½Îñ¤.
¡¾ນæȦó»ø® À´ˆº»ú¾¤²¾®À¯ñນꆻ¼®»ûº¨Áìɸ, ªÉº¤êö©ìº¤Ã¦È¦ó»ø®¢½¹¨¾¨Ã¹É¡û¸¾¤¢ôûນ, êö©ìº¤Ã¦È¦ó»ø®ÃນÁ°ÈນÀ¥É¨À²ˆº¥ñ©¦óùɡó©ນÕÎñ¡ºÈºນ ÁªÈ¥÷©À©„ນ¥÷©¦¿»º¤ ²œນ¹ùñ¤. À´ˆº¦¿Àìñ©ÁìɸùÉນ¾¨§È¾¤Àìõº¡¦ó Áìɸìö¤´õÁªÉ´Ä©ÉÀìó¨, ¡¾ນÁªÉ´ ªÉº¤Ã¦È¦óêó¸êñ©®ñນ¨¾¡¾©¡Èºນ £õ: æȦó²øÀ¢ö¾, êɺ¤³É¾, Á´ÈນÕ, ¦ñ©ªÈ¾¤Å ©¨À¸˜ນ»ø®²½ë¾©§½¸ñ¤ ¹ùõ º¾£¾ນ µÉ¾¸À»õºນ ¦½«¾¯ñ©ª½¨¾¡¿ªÈ¾¤Å Áì½»ø®£öນĸÉæȪ¾´¹ùñ¤ À´ˆº¦¿Àìñ©Áìɸ¡Ò³º¡©É¸¨£¿ªñ©À¦˜ນÀ¯ñນ¢˜ນªºນ ¦÷©êɾ¨.
22 ແຕ້ມຝາຜະໜັງ Mural Painting a flat image – all the scenes are seen in the same scale -- there are no close up views. The painting has no shadows. It is painted from right to left and from top to bottom, leaving the lowest space of the wall empty (about one meter up from the floor). This prevents rapid damage as a result of the local people who make merit in the temple who they habitually sit against the wall, which would damage the paintings. Furthermore, leaving the bottom section unpainted prevents it from damage by children, who often do not understand the value of the painting, so they touch, feel and use solid objects to scratch and damage the painting carelessly.
Sketching Mural paintings are applied on the walls of buildings in the temple compound or in the royal palace, especially on walls made of lime or wood, or on the structure of the buildings, including such parts as beams, ceiling, poles, etc. It is necessary to consider the content of the story and determine if the story will fit within the given site. After that, the artist arranges the scenes. Many of the scenes are dynamic, depicting action, which enables the viewers to understand the meaning more easily. The sketches are first done on paper. If the artist is drawing a motif based on an existing mural, it is recommended that he/she study the original painting. This will help the artist sketch it easily and beautifully. Pictures of deities, kings, castles, thrones and royal chariots must be beautiful so the artist will sketch on paper until the design is finalized. Then the design is transferred to the wall.
Coloring When the sketching is done, it is enlarged to test the colors. The artist will try out the colors on paper to choose which colors should be strong and which soft. Once the colors are selected, the artist will start painting the mural. It is necessary to color the surroundings first, for example, the scenery and atmosphere (mountains, sky, rivers, trees, and animals). Then the artist will paint the palaces, houses, or buildings. The human figures are painted last. Finally, gold leaf stencil designs are applied to enhance certain images. 23 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
¡¾ນÀ»ñ©¢½´÷¡
²¾¡¦½ÀÎó ¢½´÷¡Á´Èນ¦ø©¯½¦ö´Á®®®ø»¾ນ À²†ນçÉĸɪö¡ÁªÈ¤²¾¨Ãນ¸ñ©À§„ນ: çɯ˜ນ ¤Èນ, §¾¨£¾, À¦ö¾, §÷É´¯½ªø Áì½ Á¯. ºó¡µÈ¾¤Îôú¤ ¨ñ¤Ã§Éªö®ÁªÈ¤¸ñ©«÷ºˆນÅ ê†À¡ñ®Ä¸ÉÃນ¸ñ© £õ: ²œນ°ó¸ÁêÈນ²½ ¹ùõ ªøÉ£¿²óîì¾ນ, ªö¡ÁªÈ¤²½¦¼ນ. ນº¡ນš ¨ñ¤Ã§É¦ø©ນš¡ñ®¸ñ©«÷ນɺ¨Åê†À¯ñນ¢º¤¦È¸ນªö¸À§„ນ: À£ˆº¤Ã§É¦º¨, §É¾ນաɼ¤ Áì½ ºø®µ¾, ®¾¤£˜¤¨ñ¤Ã§Éªö¡ÁªÈ¤²½²ñ¡ À²¾½¸È¾ ¢½´÷¡À¯ñນ¸ñ©«÷ꆺȺນ Áì½Î¼¸ ¥ˆ¤¦¾´¾©Ã§Éªò©¡ñ®Ä´ÉÄ©É©ó. ¦ø©©„¤¡È¾¸ນš Ä©É«õ¡ນ¿Ã§É¹ù¾¨¯óÁìɸ. £ò©¸È¾ê†´¾ê¿ºò©¢º¤¢½´÷¡¥½ªö¡µøÈÃນ¦½Äϲ½À¥í¾Ä§À§©«¾êò뾩, §ôú¤²ö® À¹ñນ®¾¤ªö¸µÈ¾¤ê†¸ñ©§¼¤êº¤, ¹ù¸¤²½®¾¤. ¦ñ®ê†Ã§ÉÁêນ¢½´÷¡ (²¾¦¾ºñ¤¡ò©Àºšນ¸È¾ Embossing ) ²¾¦¾ì¾¸Á´Èນ ¢½´÷¡, §ôú¤Ä©É´¾¥¾¡¡¾ນ¯½¦ö´ນաɼ¤¡ñ®¢šÀ«‰¾ê†Ä©É´¾¥¾¡ªíນ² ¹ùõ ªíນÄ». ¡¾ນ¯½¦ö´¢½´÷¡ Á´ÈນÀ²†ນ¥½ìÓæÈ£Éນ¹óນ, Áìɸນ¿Àºö¾©º¡¢½´÷¡ªò©Ã¦È²œນ °ó¸ê†´óນաɼ¤ê¾.
À£ˆº¤´õ Áì½ ¸ñ©¦½©÷»ñ®Ã§É • ¹óນÁìນÀ²ˆºÀ»ñ©Á´ÈÁ®® • ¹óນ§¾: À²ˆº²ñ© Áì½ À»ñ©Ã¹ÉÀ®í¾ì¼®©ó • °É¾ນÕÀ¢í¾À²ˆºªº¤¢šÀ«öú¾ • ¤À²ˆº¯½¦ö´¢½´÷¡ • ¡¾®²É¾¸À²ˆºê¾ນաɼ¤ • Á¡É¸ ¹ùõ ®˜¤Ä´ÉÄ°Èξ À²ˆºìÓ¢½´÷¡Ã¹ÉÀ¢í¾À®í¾ • Ä´ÉÁ¯ນ, ¦†¸, ¡Éº¤-Á¡É¸Î¾, ³º¤¡òນນÕ, °É¾ນÕÀ¢í¾, °É¾µ¾¤ • ¢šÀ«öú¾Ä©É´¾¥¾¡ªíນ² ¹ùõ ¢šÀ«‰¾Ä´ÉÄ» • ນÕ¡û¼¤ Ä©É´¾¥¾¡ªíນນաɼ¤
24 ການເຮັດຂະມຸກ Lacquer Appliqué
LACQUER APPLIQUÉ
Introduction Lacquer appliqué is a traditional technique used to decorate the exterior of temples, for example the decorative molding on gables, eaves and column, porch and purlins. It is also used to decorate items inside the temple, for example the surface of altars, the platforms on which Buddha images sit, or the wooden cabinets used to store palm leaf manuscripts and the headdress of Buddha images. The technique is also used on smaller, personal items, for example, jewelry, lacquer-coated baskets, and tobacco boxes. Occasionally it is used to make a Buddha image’s face because lacquer appliqué is soft and sticky, and can be applied to wooden surfaces. The technique has been used for hundreds of years; it is thought that lacquer appliqué was first introduced by King Saisethathirat. Some of the earliest examples are found at Vat Xieng Thong in Luang Prabang. The material used for doing lacquer appliqué (also called embossing) is called khamouk in Lao. It is made by mixing prepared lacquer with the finely washed ash from the banyan tree or the hai tree. The khamouk mixture is rolled into a stone mold. Then the decorative piece of khamouk is applied on a lacquered surface.
Tools and materials • Flat river stones to make the molds • Sandy stone to flatten and polish the molds • White cloth dyed with rice water to filter the ashes • Banana tree leaves to mix the khamouk on • Bark of coconut tree to apply the lacquer • Thick bottle or thick piece of bamboo to roll the khamouk into the mold • Planks, chisels, thick bottles, sponges, white cloth dyed with rice water, plastic sheeting • Ashes from banyan tree (Lao: mai pho) or hai tree • Prepared lacquer from the lacquer tree (Lao: ton nam kieng)
25 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
¡¾ນ¡½¡¼´
¡¾ນ¡¼´À®í¾ ¦¿¹ùñ®À®í¾Ã¹ÉÀºö¾Ï¾¡¹óນÁìນ´¾À»ñ©Ã¹É´ñນÁ¯Å, 꿺ò©Ã¹Éçɦ†¸¦ñ® Áìɸ °ñ©²œນ°ó¸ ¢º¤Ï¾¡¹óນ Áìນ©É¸¨¹óນ§¾¨Á¡È Áì½ນÕ. ¡È¾¨Á®®¥¾¡À¥É¨Ã¦È ²œນ°ó¸ê†¡¼´Ä¸ÉÁìɸçÉÀ¹ùñ¡Á¹ù´, ´ó©, ¦†¸¦ñ® Áì½£¸ñ©ì¾¨Ã¹ÉÀ¯ñນນøນªÔ.
¡¾ນ¡½¡¼´¢šÀ«‰¾ ¢˜ນªºນ꿺ò©Ãນ¡¾ນÀ»ñ©¢½´÷¡ Á´Èນ¥¿À¯ñນªÉº¤¡¼´¢šÀ«‰¾. ª¾´Á®®©ñû¤À©ó´ ນ¾¨§È¾¤À²…ນÀºö¾¢šÀ«‰¾¥¾¡ªíນ² ¹ùõ ªíນÄ»¡Ò©ó, ¥ñ©¹¾Ä´ÉÀ²ˆºÃ¹ÉÄ©É¢šÀ«‰¾´¾, ນ¾¨-§È¾¤ªÉº¤Àìõº¡¤È¾ê†-Á¹É¤-©ó Áì½ -Àìõº¡ªíນÄ´ÉÀ²ˆº¥ø©Ä´ÉÀºö¾«È¾ນê†ì½º¼©, ¡¾ນ¥ø©Ä´ÉùÉÀ¯ñນ«È¾ນçÉÀ¸ì¾¹ù¾¨´œ¥‡¤¥½Áìɸ. À´ˆºÄ©É¢šÀ«‰¾²ð¯½´¾ນÁìɸ ùû-Àºö¾-°É¾ນ-Õ-À¢í¾-ªº¤-æÈ-£÷-ù¨ÈùÉÁ§È¢šÀ«‰¾ Á콪º¤©É¸¨ນÕ¥õ©ê÷¡Å´œ, ¯È¼ນ ນÕ À»ñ©Á®®ນš¥½§È¸¨¡¿¥ñ©ນÕÀ¡õººº¡¥¾¡¢šÀ«‰¾, ùɻñ¡¦¾ນÕÀ¡õºê†Á§È¢š À«‰¾ªºນ꿺ò©Ä¸É À²ˆºÀºö¾Ä¯Ã§ÉÀ¸ì¾ìÓ¢½´÷¡Ã¦ÈÁ´ÈÁ®®. À¸ì¾Ä©É¢šÀ«‰¾ê† “¦½º¾©Áìɸ” ùɫº¡ນÕ«š´ Á콡¸¾©¢šÀ«‰¾Ã¦È¤ ÁìɸÀºö¾Ä¯ª¾¡Ã¹É Á¹É¤, À´ˆº¢šÀ«‰¾Á¹É¤Áìɸùɪ¿ ¹ùõ ®ö©. ¥¾¡ນ˜ນÀºö¾©í¤´¾À¢ó¤Ã¹É콺¼©, À´ˆº À¹ñນ¸È¾¡¼´À¦ö¾¦¿Àìñ©Áìɸ À¯ñນºñນ¸È¾Ã§É¯öນ¡ñ®ນաɼ¤Ä©ÉÀìó¨.
¡¾ນ¡½¡¼´ນաɼ¤À²ˆºÀ»ñ©¢½´÷¡ ¢˜ນªºນ¡¾ນ¡½¡¼´ນաɼ¤À²ˆºÀ»ñ©¢½´÷¡, 꿺ò©Ã¹ÉÀºö¾ນաɼ¤Ã¦ÈÏÓ¢¾¤ ij¯½´¾ນ 1 §‰¸Â´¤ ¹ùõ À£†¤§‰¸Â´¤ «É¾Á©©»ûºນùɪ¾¡Á©©¡ÒÄ©É. ¯½ìò´¾ນ ນաɼ¤¥½¹ì÷©¹ນɺ¨ìö¤ÁªÈ¡Ò¨ñ¤®ðúξ¯¾Ã©, £ñນÁìɸùÉÀºö¾ÏÓນաɼ¤Ã¦È²¾- ນÕ¯½´¾ນ 2 ¹ùõ 3 §‰¸Â´¤À²ˆº¯½Ã¹É´ñນÀµñນ Áìɸນաɼ¤¥½Î¾¢ôûນ μ¸À¯ñນ µ¾¤. À´ˆºນաɼ¤¡¼´¦¿Àìñ©À¯ñນꆻ¼®»ûº¨Áìɸ, ùÉÀ¡ñ®»ñ¡¦¾ນաɼ¤ ꆨñ¤ À¹ùõºÃ¦ÈÃນ¯ò® ¯ò©±¾Ä¸ÉµÈ¾¤©óÀ²ˆºÃ§É¨¾¸ນ¾ນ, ªÒį²¾¨Îû¾ ¹¾¡µ¾¡ນ¿´¾ çɡҮҥ¿À¯ñນ¡¼´ºó¡ªˆ´.
¯½¦ö´ນաɼ¤ Áì½ ¢šÀ«‰¾À²ˆºÀ»ñ©¢½´÷¡ ¡¾ນ¡½¡¼´¢½´÷¡Ã¹ÉçÉ¤¯ø²œນ ÁìɸÀºö¾¢šÀ«‰¾Â»¨Ã¦ÈÀꈺì½Àìñ¡ì½- ¹ນûº¨Ã¹É¯½¦ö´£É¾¨£õ¡ñ®Á¯É¤À¢í¾Îö´¯ñ¤, À´ˆºÃ§ÉÄ´É£öນ£úº¨Å ÁìɸùÉçɴõ
26 ການເຮັດຂະມຸກ MosaicsLacquerLacquer AppliqueAppliqué
Preparations
Preparing the molds For the molds, flat river stones are used. To make the stone perfectly flat, first use chisels and finish it by polishing its surface with a sandy stone and water. Transfer the patterns from paper onto the surface of the stone using a sharp iron pin. Using chisels and knifes, the patterns are shallowly incised and carved on the surface.
Preparing the ashes The first step in making khamouk is to prepare the ashes. Traditionally, artisans use ashes made from either the banyan tree or hai tree. To procure the wood to make the ashes, the artisan selects well-dried branches and sections of the tree and burns them to produce a fine ash. Burning the tree takes several days to complete. When there are sufficient ashes, they are filtered through a cloth dyed with rice water into a large bowl. The ashes are soaked and filtered every day for about one week with fresh water. The water is changed every day. This process is necessary to remove the “salts” from the ash. The water from the first time the ashes are soaked should be stored; later it will be used to prepare the mold before rolling the khamouk into it. When the ashes are “clean”, the water is poured off, and the remaining ashes are placed on banana leafs in the sun to dry. When the ashes are dry, they are pounded or ground, then sieved carefully through a bamboo screen. After completing this process, the ashes are ready to be mixed with lacquer.
Preparing the lacquer for making khamouk To prepare the lacquer for making khamouk, first, it must be heated in a pot over a fire for about one and a half hours or placed in the sun. The lacquer will reduce, but it will still be very thin. Then, the pot of lacquer is placed in a tray of cool water for two to three hours. As it cools, the lacquer thickens, and the consistency resembles viscous glue.
Once the lacquer has been prepared, the excess prepared lacquer can be stored in a closed container for a long time. The next time it is needed, it
27 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
¦õ®ªÒ£¸ñ© ¹ùñ¤¥¾¡ນ¸©À¢í¾¡ñນ£õÁ¯É¤À¢í¾Îö´¯ñ¤Áìɸ ¥ˆ¤Àºšນ¸È¾¢½´÷¡.
¡¾ນ¡½¡¼´¸ñ©«÷ ꆥ½ªò©¢½´÷¡ çɡ¾®Ï¾¡²É¾¸ê¾ນաɼ¤Ã¦È¸ñ©«÷ 1 »º®Áìɸ¯½Ã¹ÉÁ¹É¤¦½´¾©¯½´¾ນ Έ¤´œ ´ñນ¥ˆ¤£Èº¨Î¼¸.
¸òêó¡¾ນìÓ¢½´÷¡ìö¤À®í¾ ¹ùõ °¸ນ©º¡ À´ˆºÀ»ö¾Ä©ÉÁ´ÈÁ®®ê†-´ó©-º¡Áìɸ ¡ÈºນºˆນùÉÀºö¾ນÕ¹ö¸¢šÀ«öú¾ê†À¡ñ®»ñ¡¦¾Ä¸É ÃນÄ쨽¡½¡¼´ê¾ìö¤À¦¨¡Èºນ, ນ¿¢šÀ«‰¾©„¤¡È¾¸´ó꾩Áº¸£¾ì¾¨ Áì½ ´óìñ¡¦½ນ½¹ùÒ´õúນ À»ñ©-£õ-©„¤-¸È¾-¥½-§È¸¨-ùÉ-¢½´÷¡-®Òªò©-À®í¾. ªÒ´¾¥ˆ¤Ã§É´ó©ªñ©Àºö¾ ¢½´÷¡Ã¹ÉÀϾ½¦ö´¡ñ®©º¡ê†µøÈÃນÁ´ÈÁ®®, ¹ùñ¤¥¾¡ນ˜ນ ນ¿Àºö¾®˜¤Ä´É´¾ìÓ ¹ùõ 욤¢½´÷¡ìö¤Ã¦ÈÁ´ÈÁ®®, ¦È¸ນ®˜¤Ä´ÉÄ°È Ã¹É¥÷ȴæȹö¸ນÕ¢šÀ«‰¾ À»ñ©ìñ¡¦½ນ½ £É¾¨£õ¡ñ®ªºນ¡¼´Á´ÈÁ®® À²ˆº¯Éº¤¡ñນ®ÒùÉÁ´ÈÁ®®ªò©¡ñ®¢½´÷¡.
¡¾ນªò©©º¡¢½´÷¡ À¸ì¾¥½Àºö¾¢½´÷¡ºº¡¥¾¡Á´ÈÁ®®Ã¹Éì½´ñ©ì½¸ñ¤ÁìɸùÉÀºö¾ນÕ¹ö¸¢šÀ«‰¾ «º¡Ã¦ÈÁ¯Éນ, çɴó©Á¹¡Á£´©º¡ê†¢½´÷¡À¹ùõººº¡ À²ˆºÃ¹ÉÁ£´©º¡´ó £¸¾´ì½º¼©ª¾´ªÉº¤¡¾ນ À¸ì¾ªò©À»ñ©´õ£úº¨ÅÀນ„ນ¢½´÷¡Ã¦È²œນ°ó¸ê†À»ö¾ ¥½ªò© Áìɸ¯½Ã¹É´ñນÁ¢¤.
28 ການເຮັດຂະມຸກ Lacquer Appliqué doesn’t need to be prepared again.
Mixing the ashes and lacquer to prepare khamouk To prepare the khamouk, banana leaves should be spread on the ground and some ashes sprinkled on them. The thickened lacquer should be poured onto the banana leaves, and ashes should be sprinkled little-by-little. The process is not unlike mixing pie dough. After the mixture is stirred gently with a stick, it should continue to be mixed using fingers. After kneading it like dough, this mixture is called khamouk. reparing the object that will receive the khamouk Using the bark of a coconut tree, a layer of raw lacquer should be applied on the object. It should be left to partially dry for about one day so that it is still sticky.
Application of khamouk
Rolling khamouk into the mold First, the mold, which has been incised with traditional designs and leaves, must be prepared by moistening it with the first water stored during the preparation of the ashes, which is alkaline and has lubricating properties. This is done so that the khamouk does not stick to the mold. Then, using a knife, the artisan should cut a section of rolled khamouk approximately the same size as the mold. After that, using thick piece of bamboo, the khamouk should be rolled and pressed into the shallow mold. The thick piece of bamboo should be dipped in the same water used to prepare the mold to prevent it from sticking to the khamouk. Applying the khamouk The khamouk should be carefully removed from the mold and placed on a plank moistened with water that was stored during the preparation of the ashes. The excess khamouk should be trimmed off around the edges. Using a knife, the artisan should refine and articulate the motif. Then, the decorative pieces of khamouk should be gently pressed onto the surface, and allowed to harden.
29 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
¡¾ນ-ºº¡-Á®®--³º¡-£¿-¯ó¸
²¾¡¦½ÀÎó ¡¾ນ-ºº¡-Á®--®³º¡-£¿¯ó¸ -´ñ¡-¥½-²ö®-À¹ñ-ນµøÈ-ꉸ-į-ª¾´-¸ñ© -Á콦¾©¦½Î¾ ¦½«¾-ນ ªÈ¾¤Åµø¹ù¸¤²½-®¾¤ êñ¤-À¯ñນ·¤-Ã-ນ¦ò콯½ê†-çÉ-Àªñ¡ນò¡-Á®®-©„¤-À©ó´- -Ã-ນ¡¾-ນ³º¡-©º¡-µøÈ-ª¾´-¸ñ© §‡¤ì¸©-쾨-©„¤¡È¾¸ -¦¾´¾©-²-ö®-À¹ñ-ນÄ©É-ª¾´-±¾-°½ Îñ¤©É¾ນນ-º¡-©É¾-ນÃນÀ¦ö¾, ¯É¾ນìö´-¯É¾-ນ§¾¨, -Ä´É-¢ˆ,-- Ä´É-¢É¾¸, --Ä´É-¡ºນÁ¢ນນ¾¤, ¦óÎû¾.
¸òêó-¡¾ນÀ»ñ©-- Á´È- çÉ-Á´È-ນÁ®®-쾨-³º¡
--À£ˆº¤´õ Áì½ ¸ñ©-¦½©÷ • ´ó©-Á§´, -À¹ùñ¡ª¾¯ø, ¦†¸, - £Éºນ-Ä´É--, -À¥É¨¦¾¦ñ®©º¡-Á®®-³º¡ • ´ó©-À²ˆº-¡¼ນÀ¥É¨-Á®®-³º¡-Ã-ນ£¾¸-¥¿-À¯ñນ • -Á°È-ນ£¿-¯ó¸ (Áì½ -À¥É¨¦¾) • ³º¨-¦¿ìñ®-ê¾ -Áì½³º¨-¢ö-ນÄ¡È
¡¾ນ¡½¡¼´-- À¥É¨-³º¡ ¢˜ນªºນ-ê¿-ºò©- ùÉ-¡È¾¨-쾨-ê†-Àìõº-¡Ä¸É-ìö¤-æÈ-À¥É¨--³º¡ -Áìɸ-çÉ-¦†¸ ¹ùõ ´ó©-ªñ©- À§„ນ: -î´ó©-£ñ©-Àªó -À¯ñນªíນ ນ¾-¨§È¾¤£¸ນ-ªñ©-¦È¸-ນê†-®Ò-ªÉº¤¡¾-ນºº¡Ã¹É-²ð©ó- ²ð¤¾´ -À²¾½-쾨¦È¸ນ-¹ù¾¨¥½-Á´È-ນ쾨ê†À¯ñນ©º¡ À¯ñນîªÈ¾¤Å.
¡¾-ນ¡½¡¼´®Èºນ¥½ªö¡-ÁªÈ¤ Íõ ³º¡£¿¯ó¸ ®Èºນ꥽´¾-ªöີ່ ກÁªÈ¤ £¸ນ-´ó-¡¾ນ-¡½¡¼´-ĸÉ-¡Èºນìȸ¤¹ນû¾. ນ¾¨-§È¾¤-£¸ນ-çÉ- ³º¨-ê¾²œນ©É¸¨ນաɼ¤-ùÉ-Ä©É-À¯õº¡Î‡¤ -Áìû¸¯½-ĸÉ-¯½´¾ນ·¤ ¹ùõ ¦º¤´œ -ùÉ- Á¹É¤¥‡¤-¦½´¾©¡¾ນ¡½¡¼´²œນꆥ½ê¾¦ó¡¾-ນ¡½¡¼´ນÕ´ñ-ນ¨¾¤ -Á콦óນÕ¹¾¤ ¦¿ìñ®-¤¾ນ-ªöກ-ÁªÈ¤¯½©ñ®-¯½©¾-¸ñ©, ¦È¸-ນ¹ù¾¨À²†-ນçÉ-¦ó-Á©¤-ê¾. «É¾-À»ñ©-Á®®- ®ø»¾-ນÁ´È-ນÀ²†-ນçÉ-¦ó-Á©¤-ê¿-´½-§¾©- (Àºšນ¸È¾¦óນÕ¹¾¤) ©¨-Ä©É-´¾-¥¾¡-¡¾-ນ¯½ ¦ö´-©ò-ນÁ©¤ -Áì½ນÕ´ñ-ນ¨¾¤-ê†-Ä©É-´¾-¥¾¡-ªíນ¨¾¤ -Áì½µ¾¤-À²ö¾-´¾-¥¾¡-ªí-ນÀ²ö¾.
30 ການອອກແບບຟອກຄຳປິວ Gold Leaf stenciled Designs
GOLD LEAF STENCILED DESIGNS
Introduction Gold leaf stenciled designs can be seen at temples and other important buildings in Luang Prabang. This is one of the oldest techniques of applying traditional motifs onto temples. They can be found on the outer and inner walls of the temple, as well as on columns, windbreak, beam, purlin and rafters. This technique uses the negative imprints of the motif pattern – the gold leaf pattern is applied through cut-outs in the paper stencils.
Tools and materials Scissors, nails, chisel and mallet to prepare the paper stencils • Knife to prepare the paper stencils when necessary • Gold leaf (and mulberry paper) • Brushes for painting and rabbit hair brushes
Preparing the paper stencils The first step is to copy the selected design onto a piece of paper. Then, using chisels or a sharp knife, such as an X-acto blade, the artisan should precisely cut out the design. Common motifs are flower patterns.
Preparing the object that will be decorated with the gold leaf Meanwhile, the object that will be decorated should also be prepared. The artisan should use a brush to apply a layer of raw lacquer and wait for about one or two days to let it partially dry.
Preparation for designs on painted surfaces For temple decoration, red paint is mostly used. Traditionally, this was a natural red paint prepared by mixing red earth pigment and prepared nyang resin from the nyang tree and phao resin from the phao tree.
31 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
¡¾-ນ¡¼´²œນê†Å¥½-³º¡ -ùÉ-çÉນÕ´ñນ¨¾¤ທ¾À¯ñນ²œນ¹ນ‡¤£˜¤ - Á콯½-ĸÉ-ùÉ-Á¹É¤- ¯½´¾ນ·¤´œ.
¸òêó-¡¾-³º¡ ¡Èº-ນ¥½-³º¡£¿-¯ó¸ ªÉº¤-ê¿-£¸¾´-¦½º¾© -²Éº´êñ¤-Àºö¾-¡½©¾©-§¾¨-°ñ©Ã¹É- ¡É¼¤¦¾ນ¡Èºນ Áìɸ-ª¾´-´¾-Á´È-ນê¾ນաɼ¤ ¹ùõ ¦óນÕ¹¾¤. ນ¾¨-§È¾¤-£¸ນ-Áê¡- ¢½Î¾©£¸¾´-¡¸É¾¤, £¸¾´-¨¾¸-¢º¤-ÁªÈì½-¥÷©-²œນê†êñ¤¹´ö©¦¾¡Èºນ ¥‡¤-¥½-»øÉ- ¸È¾-©º¡-´ó-¢½Î¾©-À¹ùõº-Àꉾ-é Áìɸ¥¾¡-ນ˜ນùÉ-Àìõº¡-Á®®.
-À¸ì¾-²œນê†-Á¹É¤-²ð©ó -ÁªÈ-´ó-£¸¾´Î¼¸µøÈ ນ¾¨-§È¾¤-£¸ນ-Àºö¾-À¥É¨-Á®®-¸¾¤-ìö¤®Èº-ນ ê†-¥½-³º¡. ç--û-¯É-´õ-¥Õ-À®…¤-²œນê† «É¾-´ó-»º¨--¯É-´õªò©-µøÈ Ï¾¨£¸¾´-¸È¾-³º¡-Ä©É- Áìɸ. Á®®-³º¡---£¸-ນçÉ-À¹ùñ¡ª¾¯ø ¹ùõ À¢ñ´-¯ñ¡ -À²ˆº-¯Éº¤-¡ñນ®ÒùÉ-ÀÎñ¤ªó¤.
¹ùñ¤¥¾¡ນ-˜ນ ùÉ-Àºö¾-£¿-¯ó¸-Àນ˜-ນæÈÀêò¤²œນꆥ½-³º¡-À®ö¾Å. -Á°È-ນ£¿-¯ó¸-À¯ñ-ນ¸ñ©«÷- ê†-¥ó¡-¤È¾¨ -Áì½ìö´-²ñ©-¡Ò-¯ó¸ ©„¤ນ˜ນນ¾¨-§È¾¤-£¸ນ-ì½´ñ©ì½¸ñ¤À¯ñນ²òÀ¦©. ùÉ- çÉ-Ä´É-©š¸²ñນæÈ-±É¾¨-Áìɸ-Àນ˜ນ£¿-¯ó¸-æÈ-²œນê†ນ˜ນ. ¹ñù¤¥¾¡£¿-¯ó¸-ªò©-ÁÎû-ນÁìɸ ນ¿-Àºö¾-³º¨-¢ö-ນ¡½ªÈ¾¨-´¾-¯ñ©--À¦©-À¹ùõº¢º¤-£¿-¯ó¸-«š´. Ã-ນÀ¸ì¾ນ-˜ນ ªÉº¤»ñ¡¦¾- À¥É¨--Á®®-³º¡-£¿-¯ó¸-ùÉ-©ó -Áì½À¯ñ-ນ»ø-®»È¾¤-§ñ©-À¥ນ. À´ˆº-À¹ñ-ນ¸È¾-£¿-¯ó¸À¢í¾-Á®®- Ä©É-©ó-Áìɸ -ùÉ-캡-À¥É¨-Á®®-ºº-¡êñນêó.
¡¾ນ-³º¡-£¿-¯ó¸-À¯ñນ¦ò콯½--ê†-´ó-£¸¾´ì½º¼©-ºÈº-ນ®º®-®¾¤ ®Ò-£¸-ນ²º¡Ã¦È- ®Èºນ-ê†-«õ¡-Á¦¤-Á©©-À°ö¾-ÄÏû, ນÕ±ö-ນ¦¾©-Ã¦È ¹ùõ »‰¸. -£¸ນ-Àìõº¡-²º¡-æÈ-Ã-ນ®Èºນ- »‰´ ®Èº-ນ¯º©-IJ- -À¢©-ê†-®Ò-´óນÕ§ô´ ¹óù¡-À¸˜ນ¡¾-ນê¿ì¾¨-¥¾¡-¡÷È´-£öນ®Ò-Ò©ó Íõõ-°øÉ-ê†- ®Ò-À¢í¾-Ã¥-Ã-ນÀ¸ì¾-À¢í¾-į-Ãນ-¸ñ©, -®Ò-£¸¾´-¥ñ®-ìø®£¿-®ðìò-À¸-ນ®Èºນ-ê†-´ó-츩쾨, ®Ò-¦ö´-£¸-ນ¥½ນ-„¤-ºó¤-±¾, ºó¤-À¦ö¾-ê†-´ó-쾨-³º¡-£¿-¯ó¸®ðìò-À¸ນນ-˜ນÅ.
Á°Èນ£¿¯ó¸¥½µøÈì½¹¸È¾¤¡¾¤¢º¤Á°ÈນÀ¥É¨êö®À£…¤ À²ˆº¯Éº¤¡ñນ®Òùɯó¸. £¸ນ콸ñ¤®ÒùÉÁ°Èນ£¿¯ó¸ºº¡¥¾¡À¥É¨¹ÒÀ©ñ©¢¾© «É¾£¿¯ó¸ºº¡¥¾¡À¥É¨¹Ò ¥½Ã§É¡¾ນ®ÒÄ©É, ®Òùɫõ¡ນš¸´õ ¹ùõ ´õ À²¾½¸È¾Á°Èນ£¿¯ó¸¥½ªò©´õ çɮÒÄ©É¥½Ä©É «š´Ä¯Àìó¨.
32 ການອອກແບບຟອກຄຳປິວ Gold Leaf stenciled Designs
Preparing the surface which will receive the gold leaf Using a brush, a layer of prepared nyang resin should be brushed on the area to be stenciled and allowed to dry for about one day.
Application Before stenciling, it is necessary to clean and sand the surface until it is smooth. Then, the lacquer or red earth pigment color should be applied. The length and width of the surface should be measured, so that the artisan will know how much space is available. Then the pattern should be selected.
When the surface is almost dry but still sticky, the artisan should place a paper stencil pattern on the surface. The surface should be tested by pressing a thumb onto the surface. It is ready if a thumbprint is left on the surface. The stencil should be placed on the surface. The stencil should be lightly nailed or pinned down to prevent unwanted movement.
After that, a piece of gold leaf should be gently pressed onto the surface, on top of the stencil. The gold leaf easily tears and blows away, so the artisan has to be very careful. Using a bamboo stick with a cloth tip, the gold leaf is pressed carefully onto the surface. After the gold leaf adheres firmly, rabbit hair brushes should be used to brush away the excess gold leaf, keeping the gold leaf design bright and clearly delineated. Once the gold leaf is in place, the paper stencil should be removed immediately.
Gold leaf stenciled designs are fragile, so it is suggested to apply gold leaf onto places where there is no sun, rain, or water leakage. That is to say, it is suggested that they are applied in shady, waterproof area, safe from destruction by visitors who come to
33 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
¦ñ©ªøꆻɾ¨¡¾© ²¾Ã¹É¦ò콯½¡¾ນ³º¡£¿¯ó¸ªö¡À»È¨À¦¨¹¾¨ Áì½ ¦¿ì÷© Á´Èນ´¾¥¾¡ນÕ´õ£öນ, £öນÀ¯ñນ°øÉÀ¦ó´¦É¾¤ ¡÷È´£öນ°øɮһøÉ£÷ນ£È¾ À¯ñນ°øÉê¿ì¾¨.
34 ການອອກແບບຟອກຄຳປິວ Gold Leaf stenciled Designs visit the temple. It is recommended not to touch the place where there are motifs or to sit against the wall or pillar with gold leaf stenciled designs since they may be damaged.
The gold leaf sheets should be carefully kept in their wrapping paper and protected from flying away. Should a piece of gold leaf fly out from the wrapped paper or be touched by fingers, it can no longer be used. Ironically, the greatest danger to gold leaf stencil craft is posed by people, who are the ones who create it and yet are the same ones who might destroy it without knowing its value.
35 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
¡¾ນªò©£¿
²¾¡¦½ÀÎó ¡¾ນªò©£¿À¯ñນꆨö´¡ñນªò©Ã¦È¸ñ©«÷ꆦɾ¤¢œນ ©É¸¨¯½ê¾¨À²ñ©, ¸ñ©«÷ꆣ¸©ັັ Áì½Á¡½¦½ìñ¡ À§„ນ: ®¾ນ¯½ªø, ®¾ນ¯Èº¤µÉ¼´, §÷É´¯½ªø, »¸¤À°š¤, À²ñ©²º¨, ¹ö¸²½ìñ¡²½ì¾´, ÁêÈນ²½ Á콡½ªÈ¾ນաɼ¤. ¡¾ນªöກÁªÈ¤ê†´ó¡¾ນªò©£¿¯ó¸ ¦È¸ນ¹ù¾¨Á´Èນ«õ¡ນ¿Ã§ÉµøÈÃນ¸ñ©¸¾º¾»¾´ ©¨¦½À²¾½ ²½²÷©ê½ºö¤¯½ê¾ນ À²ˆºÀ¯ñນ¦òìò´÷¤£÷, ºò©êò²öນ.
À£ˆº¤´õ Áì½ ¸ñ©¦½©÷»ñ®Ã§É • ¡¾®²É¾¸À²ˆºê¾ນաɼ¤ ¹ùõ ¦óນÕ¹¾¤ • ³º¨¢öນ¡½ªÈ¾¤À²ˆº¯ñ©À¦©¢º¤£¿¯ó¸ • Ä´ÉÁ¹ù´¯¾¨°ñນ©É¸¨¨º¤±É¾¨ À²ˆºÀ»ñ©Ã¹É£¿¯ó¸ªò©¡ñ®²œນ°ó¸Ä©É©ó • £¿¯ó¸ -Áì½ -À¥É¨
¡¾ນ¡½¡¼´¸ñ©«÷ꆥ½ªò©£¿¯ó¸ ¡ÈºນºˆນÏö© ນ¾¨-§È¾¤-£¸ນ-æÈ-¡¾®Ï¾¡²É¾¸ê¾ນաɼ¤»º¤²œນÀ¯õº¡Îˆ¤ Áìɸ¯½Ã¹ÉÁ¹É¤¦½´¾© ¯½´¾ນ 1 ´œ.
¡¾ນê¾ນաɼ¤ ¹ùõ ¦óê¿´½§¾© ¡ÈºນÎû¾ê¾¦óນաɼ¤ ¹ùõ ¦óÁ©¤ນÕ¹¾¤, 꿺ò© ນ¾¨-§È¾¤£¸ນçɡ½©¾©§¾¨ °ñ©®Èºນê†Ä´ÉªÒ¡ñນ À´ˆºÀ§ñ©ÁìɸùÉ꾦óນաɼ¤ ¹ùõ ¦óÁ©¤ນÕ¹¾¤ÁªÈì½À¯õº¡ ¥½¯Èº¨Ä¸ÉùÉÁ¹É¤ ¥ˆ¤ê¾À¯õº¡ÃÏú¥öນ¡¸ú¾¦ó¥½ìô®»úº¤»º¨ ꆮÒ콺¼©¢º¤ ¸ñ©«÷. ²¾¨¹ùñ¤£¸¾´ªÉº¤¡¾ນ꾦󻺤²œນĩɪ¾´Ã¥´ñ¡Áìɸ ¥ˆ¤ê¾À¯õº¡¦÷© êɾ¨ ê¾Á®®®¾¤Å, ¯Èº¨Ä¸ÉùÉÁ¹É¤¯½´¾ນ 1 ´œ ¡Èºນ¥½ªò©£¿ ¡¾ນꆦ󻺤 ²œນ²ð©ó ¡Ò£õÀºö¾¹ùñ¤´õÁ¯½´ó£¸¾´»øɦô¡¸È¾Î¼¸Àìñ¡ນɺ¨À¹ñນ¸È¾²ð©óÁìɸꆥ½ªò© £¿¯ó¸, ²œນê†ê¾¦ó®Òùɯ¼¡§÷È´¹ù¾¨ Á°Èນ£¿¯ó¸¥½®Òªò© À²¾½¸È¾¦ó»º¤²œນ ¥½ §ô´¢œນ´¾¡òນÁ°Èນ£¿¯ó¸, ¦ó¢º¤£¿¥½À¦í¾ «É¾¹¾¡¸È¾Á¹É¤¹ù¾¨ Á°Èນ£¿¯ó¸¥½ ®Òªò©.¥½À¯ñœນ¡¾œນ©ó «É¾£¾©Ï¾¨¸È¾¦¾´¾©ªò©Ä©É¯½´¾ນÀꉾéºó¤Ã¦È£¸¾´ º¾©¦¾´¾©À»ñ©Ä©É, «É¾¸È¾ê¾Ä¯¡É¸¾¤¹ù¾¨À»ñ©®ÒÁìɸªò©Á°່ນ£¿¯ó¸®Òêñນ
36 ການຕິດຄຳ Gidling
GILDING
Introduction Gilding is popularly applied onto objects made of stucco, carved objects and sculptured items such as door panels, window panels, porches, fillet (carved wood panel between the columns), jewelry, Ramayana masks, altars, and lacquer polished baskets. Gilding decoration is mostly used in the temple especially for Buddha images, which reflects their importance as powerful objects of worship.
Tools and materials • Bark of a coconut tree to apply the lacquer or natural paint • Soft rabbit hair brushes to brush away the excess gold leaf • Bamboo stick with acloth tip to secure the gold leaf onto the surface • Gold leaf and paper
Preparing the object that will receive the gold leaf Using the bark of a coconut tree, the artisan should apply a layer of raw lacquer and wait for about one day to let it partially dry.
Application of lacquer or paint First, the artisan should sand the seams on the items where the wood pieces are joined before painting it with the raw lacquer or red earth pigment paint. Then, base coats of lacquer or red earth pigment paint should be applied. Each coat should be allowed to dry before the next coat is applied. The paint should cover the non-detailed surface of the object. After the base coats are completed, the final coat should be painted thinly.
37 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
¦ó²œນ¡Ò¥½Á¹É¤¡Èºນ Á콡ҥ½¦šນÀ¯õº¤ºó¡À´ˆºê¾ªˆ´.
¡¾ນªò©£¿¯ó¸Ã¦ÈນÕ¡û¼¤ ນ¾¨-§È¾¤£¸ນ¥½¥ó¡Á°Èນ£¿¯ó¸ Áì½Àºö¾´õ¢öú´£úº¨Åæȣ¿¯ó¸ À²ˆºÃ¹Éªò©¡ñ® ²œນ, £¿¯ó¸À¯ñນ¸ñ©«÷ꆥó¡ Á콯ó¸¤È¾¨, ©„¤ນ˜ນÀ¸ì¾ªò©£¸ນ콸ñ¤.
çÉÄ´ÉÁ¹ù´²ñນ©É¸¨¨º¤±É¾¨, çɴõ ¹ùõ ³º¨Àນ˜ນÁ°Èນ£¿¯ó¸©É¸¨£¸¾´ì½´ñ© 콸ñ¤Ã¦È²œນ°ó¸, ®Ò£¸œນùɣ¿¯ó¸ªö¡§½§¾¨ À²¾½À¦©À¹ùõºÁ°Èນ£¿¯ó¸Ã©Î‡¤ º¾©¯ó¸Ä¯ªò©Ã¦È®Èºນ¹¸È¾¤©º¡ì¾¨. À´ˆºÀ¹ñນ¸È¾£¿¯ó¸ªò©ÁÎûນ¦½ນò©Áìɸ Áì½²ðÃ¥Áìɸ ùÉçɳº¨¢öນ¡½ªÈ¾¨¯ñ©®ÈºນÀ¦©À¹ùõººº¡ À²ˆºÀ¯ñນ¡¾ນÀ»ñ© ùɣ¿¯ó¸À¹ùœº´Ã¦¦ñ©ê¾´ó£¸¾´¯¾ນó©À¯ñນµÈ¾¤¨…¤.
Á°Èນ£¿¯ó¸À¯ñນ¸ñ©«÷ꆴ󣸾´®º®®¾¤®Ò¦¾´¾©êöນÁ©©êöນ±öນÄ©É, «É¾¸È¾«õ¡ Á¦¤Á©©À°ö¾, ນÕ±öນ»‰¸, ນÕ±öນ¦¾©¦½Ã¦È¥½À»ñ©Ã¹É¦ó¢º¤£¿¯ó¸À¦í¾, ¨†¤Ä¯ ¡¸È¾ນນ˜ £¿¯ó¸¥½¦¿ì÷©Ä¸¡Èºນ¡¾ນÀ¸ì¾ Á콺¾¨÷¡¾œນçɤ¾œນ. ¸ñ©«÷ꆪò©£¿ £¸ນ¥½®ñນ¥÷ĸÉÃນ²÷©ê½¦ò´´¾ ®Òùɫõ¡£ວັນêø®£ວັນê¼ນĪɮø§¾²½²÷©ê½ »ø®¥½À»ñ©Ã¹É£÷ນ£È¾¢º¤¡¾ນªöກÁªÈ¤£¿¯ó¸À¦ˆº´¦½´ñ©ª½²¾®, ºó¡®ñນ¹¾Îˆ¤ ®Ò£¸ນìø®,¥ñ®®¾¨, ¢ø©¢ó©, ÁªÉ´ê¾¦óນÕ£¿»¾Âª æÈÃÏú, ¥½À»ñ©Ã¹É£÷ນ£È¾ ¢º¤¸ñ©«÷®ø»¾ນ Á콦½«¾ນꆯ½¹¸ñ©¦¾©Ïö©Ä¯ µÈ¾¤®Ò´óÀ¹©°öນ.
38 ການຕິດຄຳ Gidling
It is recommended to wait about one day before applying the gold leaf. The object surface should be touched and tested by hand. If it is slightly sticky, it is ready for the application of gold leaf. The coating should not too moist. If it is moist, it will not possible to apply the gold leaf because the base coat will soak up the gold leaf, and the color of the gold leaf will not be brilliant. However, if it is too dry, the gold leaf will not stick on the surface. It is advised to plan in advance the scale of the task. If the whole object is painted, it may not be possible to apply the gold leaf in time. The coating will dry and it be expensive to re-apply the coating.
Application of lacquer and gold leaf The artisan should tear off a small piece of the gold leaf and gently press it onto the surface. The gold leaf easily tears and blows away, so one has to be very careful.
Using a bamboo stick with a cloth tip, the artisan should press the gold leaf carefully onto the surface with fingers and a small brush. None of the golf leaf should go to waste – any excess pieces can be used to cover any remaining uncovered spots on an item. After the gold leaf adheres firmly and the piece is covered to the satisfaction of the artisan, rabbit hair brushes should be used to brush away the excess gold leaf, keeping the gold leaf design bright and clearly delineated.
The gold leaf sheets are very thin and extremely sensitive to sunlight and rain. If it is burnt by the sun or damaged by the rain, the gold color look dark. Moreover, it is easily stained with the passing of time. The gilded objects in the temple should be placed far away from smoke of incense and candles which are lit to venerate the Buddha images. The accumulated smoke will diminish the value of the gold leaf decoration. Finally, it is recommended not to touch, to scratch, to draw on or to cover with synthetic color paint on the gilded surface. This will endanger the value of the artifacts and historic site.
39 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
¡¾ນªò©Á¡É¸
²¾¡¦½ÀÎó ¡¾ນªò©Á¡É¸Â´À¦¡ À¯ñນ츩쾨ªö¡ÁªÈ¤¯½À²©Îˆ¤ ꆴ󣸾´¯¾ນó©¹ù¾¨, §ˆ¤ªÉº¤º¾Ä¦£¸¾´´ó´¾ນ½ºö©êöນ Á콦ó´õꆩóÀ¯ñນÀìó©. µøȹù¸¤²½®¾¤ ¡¾ນ ªò©Á¡É¸Â´À¦¡µøȪ¾´±¾°½Îñ¤ ¥½À¯ñນ¡¾ນÀ쉾À숺¤ì¾¸ªÈ¾¤ÅÀ§ñúນ: ²÷©ê½ ¯½¹¸ñ©²Éº´êñ¤´ó쾨쾸¯½¡º®À숺¤ì¾¸©„¤¡È¾¸, À¹ñນĩɵøȸñ©§¼¤êº¤, ¹ð¯½§÷´²ø¦ó, ¹ð²ò²ò©ª½²ñນ (²½ì¾©§½¸ñ¤À¡‰¾) Á콦½«¾ນꆺˆນÅ. ÃນÀ´ˆº ¡Èºນ çÉÁ¡É¸²œນ§õນÀ²ˆºªö¡ÁªÈ¤¡¾®¹ö¸À¦ö¾, ¯½ªøù¨È, ¯Èº¤µÉ¼´, ÁêÈນ²½ ²÷©ê½»ø® Á콯½©ñ®¯½©¾ªö¡ÁªÈ¤®ðìòÀ¸ນÀ£ˆº¤Ã§É¦ñ¡¡½ì½®ø§¾ªÈ¾¤Å.
Á¡É¸Â´À¦¡ê†Ã§ÉµøÈÃນ ¦.¯.¯.쾸 ¯½¡º®´ó¦º¤§½ນò©£õ: Á¡É¸²œນ§õນ (Á®®¦½-ÄϡȺນ) Áì½ Á¡É¸¨†¯÷Èນ (Á¡û¸¦½ÄÏÃÏú). Á¡É¸²œນ§õນÀ¯ñນÁ¡É¸ ¯½À²©Îˆ¤ê†ºÈºນ ´óÀ¤ö¾À¹ùõûº´¤¾´, Á¡É¸¦½ÄÏÃÏú ¹¾¨¾¡ê†¥½ê¼®Ä©É. ¨†¤Ä¯¡¸ú¾ນ˜ນ Á¡É¸²œນ§õນÁ´Èນ´ó£¸¾´Â£É¤¤ð ¦¾´¾©ªò©ì¼®©ó ª¾´²œນꆣö© £ɤ Áì½Ã§É´ó©ªñ©¡Ò¤È¾¨ºó¡©É¸¨. À«ó¤µÈ¾¤Ã©¡Òª¾´ µøȹù¸¤²½®¾¤ Á´ÈນÀ¹ñນ¸È¾ £¸¾´»øÉ£¸¾´¦¾´¾©Ãນ¡¾ນ°½ìò©Á¡É¸²œນ§õນĩɦøນ¹¾¨Ä¯ª¾´¡¾ນÀ¸ì¾.
À£ˆº¤´õ Áì½ ¸ñ©¦½©÷»ñ®Ã§É • ´ó©Á§´ • ´ó© • ¨º¤±É¾¨ • Á¡É¸¦½ÄϡȺນ (§õ-ນ´ó-®¾) • Έ¤-Ãນ-¸ñ©-¦½©÷-ªÒ-įນ-š: Œ µ¾¤À²ö¾¥¾¡ªíນÀ²ö¾ê†-¡¼´-Ä¸É Œ ¢½´÷¡ (¯½¦ö´ນաɼ¤ Áì½ ¢šÀ«‰¾) Œ ¯½ê¾¨À²ñ©
¡¾ນºº¡Á®® Áì½ ¡¾ນªñ©Á¡É¸Â´À¦¡ ¡¾ນªò©Á¡É¸Â´À¦¡Ã¹ÉÀ¯ñນÀ숺¤ì¾¸ªÈ¾¤ÅæȪ¾´±¾°½Îñ¤¸ñ©, ²½ì¾©§½ 40 ການຕິດແກ້ວ Glass Mosaics
GLASS MOSAICS
Introduction Glass mosaics are a very exquisite form of decoration which require great skill and patience. In Luang Prabang, glass mosaic murals depict stories such the Jataka tales of the previous lives of the Buddha, along with Lao motifs, such as those found at Wat Xiengthong, in the Phousi conference building at the museum (the former Royal Palace) and in other locations. From ancient times, tin glass was used to decorate pillars, porches, windows, altars as well as worship objects.
The glass mosaics used in Lao PDR consist of two kinds: tin glass (the traditional variety) and Japanese glass (the modern substitute). The tin glass has a beautiful soft sheen which is hard to emulate with modern glass. Moreover, it is flexible, can adhere more smoothly to curved surfaces, and can be cut easily with a knife. However, the knowledge for making tin glass has now been lost in Luang Prabang.
Tools and materials • Pair of scissors • Knife • Cotton wool • Traditional glass (tin mercury) • One of the following adhesive materials: - Prepared phao resin from the phao tree - Khamouk (mixture of lacquer and ashes) - Traditional Stucco
Designing and cutting the glass mosaic In creating glass mosaic murals depicting different
41 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
¸ñ¤ ¹ùõ ¦½«¾ນê†À£ö¾ìö®®ø§¾. À®œº¤ªíນ ùÉນ¾¨§È¾¤Áꡲœນê†Å¥½ªò©Á¡É¸ ª¾´¢½Î¾©£¸¾´ÀϾ½¦ö´, ¥¾¡ນ˜ນùÉÁªÉ´Á®®Ã¦ÈÀ¥É¨Á¢¤, °øÉÀ»ñ©ªÉº¤ ϘນÃ¥¸È¾Á®®ê†ºº¡´¾ນ˜ນ ªÉº¤Ã¹ÉÀ¹´¾½¡ñ®²œນê†ÅÁê¡Ä¸ÉÁìɸ. ª¾´¯ö¡ ¡½ªòÁìɸÁ®®ê†ºº¡´¾¥½À¯ñນªö¸ì½£ºນ Áì½ ªíນÄ´É, ²øÀ¢ö¾ Á콦ñ©¦¾¸¾ ¦…¤, ¹ð»¤²½ì¾©§½¸ñ¤ À»õºœນ§¾ນ®É¾ນ§Èº¤. À´ˆº¦¿Àìñ©Ïö©êñ¤ÀນœºÃນ¢º¤ À숺¤Áìɸ °øÉÀ»ñ©£¸ນçɴó©Á§´ ¹ùõ ´ó©ªñ©Á¡É¸ª¾´Á®® ¹ùõ À¥É¨ê†¡¼´Ä¸É. Ãນນ˜ນ £¸ນ£¿ນõ¤À«ó¤¡¾ນÀìõº¡¦ó¢º¤Á¡É¸ÁªÈ콪Ⱥນ.
¡¾ນ¡½¡¼´²œນ°ó¸ê†¥½ªò© ²œນ°ó¸ê†¥½ªò©Á¡É¸Â´À¦¡ £¸ນùɴó¡¾ນê¿£¸¾´¦½º¾© À´ˆºê¿£¸¾´¦½ º¾©ÁìɸùÉçÉÄ´ÉÁ¹ù´¥÷È´ªò©¡¾¸, ¡¾œນ£ñ©Àìõº¡¡¾¸¢ôûນµøÈ¡ñ®¸ñ©«÷ ꆻñ® »º¤Ä©É, ´ó¡¾¸Ã¹ÉÀìõº¡µøÈ-¦¾´-Á®®-©É¸¨-¡ñນ£õ: ¡¾¸ê†Ä©É´¾¥¾¡ªíນÀ²ö¾, ¢½´÷¡ ¹ùõ ¯½ê¾¨À²ñ©, ¡¾¸©„¤¡È¾¸ ´óນÕµ¾¤ êöນê¾ນꆦ÷©. ¦È¸ນù¨ÈÀ²òúນ ນິ¨ö´Ã§É¡¾¸ê†Ä©É´¾¥¾¡ªíນÀ²ö¾ ນ¿¯½À²©Ä´É, ¢½´÷¡Ã¦È¡ñ®²œນꆴóນաɼ¤ê¾ Á콯½ê¾¨À²ñ© æȡñ®²œນê†Å´ó¯½ê¾¨¯øນ.
¡¾ນªò©Á¡É¸Â´À¦¡ ÃນÀ¸ì¾ªò©Á¡É¸Â´À¦¡ ນ¾¨-§È¾¤ªÉº¤À»ñ©£¸¾´¦½º¾©²œນꆯ½¡¾¨»ø®¢º¤ Á¡É¸µÈ¾¤-ì½´ñ©ì½¸ñ¤ À²ˆº¯Éº¤¡ñນ®Òùɡ¾¸ê†Ã§Éªò© Á¹É¤£¾µøȲœນ°ó¸©„¤¡È¾¸ Áì½¥½À»ñ©Ã¹ÉÁ¡É¸´ñນ®Òæ. ùɺ½ນ¾Ä´ À§ñ©²œນ°ó¸ ©É¸¨°É¾¯¼¡, ¥¾¡ນ˜ນ ùÉນ¿Àºö¾°É¾Á¹É¤ ¹ùõ ¨º¤±É¾¨°ñ©Á¡É¸ ¥öນ¡¸È¾¯½¡¾¨Á¦¤À¤ö¾.
42 ການຕິດແກ້ວ Glass Mosaics stories in the temple, palaces and other places of worship, the artisan starts by measuring the surface on which the glass mosaics will be applied. Based on the appropriate size, the artisan should draw the designs on hard paper, making sure that the design will fit the measured surface. Usually the designs include humans, trees, mountains, animals, royal palaces, houses and villages. Once the design is finalized, the artisan should use a pair of scissors or a knife to cut the glass following the pattern on the prepared paper. The selection of color for each piece of glass should be considered.
Preparing the surface The surface which will receive the mosaic should be cleaned. Then, using a stick, a layer of adhesive material should be applied. The choice of adhesive material depends on the application and the underlying and adjacent materials. There are three choices of adhesive material: resin from the phao tree, khamouk or traditional stucco, of which the latter is the most durable. Mostly, resin from the phao tree is used on wood, khamouk on lacquered surfaces and traditional stucco on plastered surfaces.
Applying the glass mosaic During the application of the mosaics, the artisan must carefully clean the exposed surface of the glass to prevent the adhesive material from drying on the surface and dulling its shine. To clean the surface, a wet cloth should be used to wipe it, followed by a dry cloth or cotton wool to polish the glass until it is bright.
43 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
¯ø-ນ¯½ê¾¨ ¹ùõ §ó-À´ñນ
¯øນ ¹ùõ §ó-À´ñ-ນ ¦½-ÄÏ-ÃÏú ´ó-£÷-ນìñ¡¦½ນ½-Áª¡-ªÈ¾¤-¡ñນ¹ù¾¨ §‡¤-£¸-ນ¥ñ©-¯½À²©- ùÉ-©ó.- ª¾´-¹ùñ¡¡¾ນ-ꉸ-į-¦¿ìñ®-¤¾-ນº½ນ÷ìñ¡ -Á콦ɺ´-Á¯¤ ນ¾¨-§È¾¤-¥½-¦Éº´ ºñນé·¤ £¸ນ-çÉ-¸ñ©-«÷-À©ó´. ªô¡-º¾£¾-ນê†À¡‰¾ £¸-ນçÉ-¸ñ©«÷-À©ó´. ªô¡-º¾£¾-ນ À¡‰¾-Á¡È-¹ù¾¨-Á¹È¤-Ä©Éນ-¿-çÉ-¯½ê¾¨-¯øນ Á콯øນ¯ì¾¦-Àªó Ͼ¨£¸¾´-¸È¾ -«É¾-¦Éº´- Á¯¤ ¹ùõ º¾½ນ÷ìñ¡-º¾£¾ນ-À¡‰¾ -®Ò-£¸ນນ-¿-çÉ-§ó-À´ñນ.
¡¾ນນ-¿-çÉ-§ó-À´ñນ Á콯øນ-¯ì¾¦-Àªó- ´ó-°ö-ນ¡½êö®-Ã-ນ©É¾ນ-ìö®-ªÒ-¡ñ®-¦½²¾®-¢º¤-- À£¹¾-¦½«¾-ນ꾤-¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾©. £¤-¦É¾¤-ªô¡-º¾£¾ນ-ê†-À¡‰¾-Á¡È-¹ù¾¨-Á¹È¤-Ä©É´ó- ¡¾ນ-Áª¡-Á¹¤ À²¾½¸È¾§ó-À´ñ-ນÀ¯ñ-ນ¸ñ©-¦½©÷-ê†-Á¢¤ -Áì½Áª¡-¤ú¾¨. ¦È¸ນ¯ø-ນ¯½ 꾨 -¦¾´¾©-¨ô©¡¾ນ-ÀÎñ¤ªó¤-©ó¡-¸È¾-¦¿ìñ®-¤¾-ນ¡Ò¦É¾¤.
¯½ê¾¨-¯ø-ນ ¦¾´¾©-êö-ນê¾ນ-ªÒ-¡¾-ນ§ô´-¢º¤ນ-Õ Áì½£¸¾´§÷È´-¢º¤º¾¡¾© êñ¤- ¦¾´¾©À»ñ©-ùÉນ-Õê†-¦½-¦ö´-Ã-ນ±¾ì½À¹ó¨º¾¨ºº¡Ä©É. ¦È¸ນ§óÀ´ñນ ®Ò¦¾´¾© êöນê¾ນªÒ¡¾§ô´¢º¤º¾¨ນÕ Áì½ນÕ ¦½ນ˜ນ ນÕ¡Ò®Ò¦¾´¾©ì½À¹ó¨º¾¨ºº¡ į¹¾¯øນ¯ì¾¦ÀªóÄ©É. ¡¾ນນ¿Ã§É¯øນ§óÀ´ñນÀ¢í¾Ãນ¸¼¡¤¾ນº½ນ÷ìñ¡ÃນÀ£¹¾¦½ «¾ນ꾤¯½¹¸ñ©¦¾©ê†¦É¾¤©É¸¨¯øນ ´ó°öœນ¡½êö®ê†»É¾¨Á»¤ê†¦÷©ªÒ¡ñ®º¾£¾ນ Á®®À¡‰¾ Àນˆº¤¥¾¡®Ò¦¾´¾©ì½À¹ó¨º¾¨ºº¡Ä©É£õ¡¾ນ¦É¾¤Á®®¦½ÄϡȺນ.
¨ö¡ªö¸µÈ¾¤ ®ñນ¹¾¡¾ນ-º½ນ÷ìñ¡-ê†-¯½¡ö©-À¹ñ-ນª¾´-¸ñ©-À¡‰¾-Á¡È-§‡¤-´ó-±¾-°½Îñ¤ê†-¤ö©- ¤¾´-µøÈ-꾤-Ãນ ÁªÈ-´ó-¡¾-ນ¦Éº´-Á¯¤-®Ò-«õ¡-Á®®Àêñ¡ນò¡-¹ùñ¡¸ò§¾-¡¾ນ©É¸¨- ¡¾-ນçÉ- §ó-À´ñນ®¡±¾ê¾¤ນº¡. ນÕ¥‡¤-¦¾´¾©Á§¡-§ô´-¢›ນª¾´±¾ (§‡¤-§ô´¢›-ນ´¾-¥¾¡- ²œນ©òນ) Áì½®Ò-¦¾´¾©-ì½-À¹ó-¨º¾¨ºº¡-Ä©É ນÕ¥½§º¡¹¾-¸òêóì½À¹ó¨ºº¡ê¾¤ ນº¡-- Áªú´ó§ó-À´ñ-ນªñ-ນĸÉ. ²œນê†Åêö-ນê¾ນ-Ä©ÉÎûº¨ê†-¦÷©- Á´È-ນ»ø®-ÁªÉ´-±¾-°½Îñ¤ ꆵøÈ꾤-©É¾-ນÃນ-¢º¤-¸ñ©. ²Éº´ນ˜ນ £¸¾´-§÷ú´¢º¤ນ-Õ¥½--Á§¡-§ô´-À¢í¾-įÀ«ò¤»ø®- ÁªÉ´-±¾-°½Îñ¤Ä©Éĸ Á콺ñນª½ì¾¨ -À»ñ©-ùÉ-¯ø-ນ캡-ºº¡ -Áì½±¾-°½Îñ¤¦¿- ì÷©µÈ¾¤¦šນÀ§ó¤.
44 ຝາປະທາຍ ຫຼື ຊີເມັນ Lime or Cement
LIME OR CEMENT
Lime and modern cement have very different characteristics which should be taken into account for their application. A general guideline for restoration or maintenance work is that one should repair an object using the same materials already existing in the area that is being worked on. Many old buildings use lime mortars and plasters. This means that for restoration or repair of old buildings, cement-based materials should not be used.
The use of such cement mortars and plasters can have a negative impact on the condition historic buildings. The structures of many old buildings are flexible. Cement mortars are hard and crack easily. Lime mortars can better withstand movement in the construction.
Lime plaster is impermeable for water and permeable for water vapor. It enables the evaporation of water that accumulates in the wall. Cement plaster is impermeable for water vapor; therefore water cannot evaporate through the plaster. Using cement plaster for restoration work in historic buildings originally built with lime technology can have disastrous effects as the water cannot evaporate as originally designed.
For instance, a typical conservation problem can be seen when an old temple, decorated with beautiful mural designs on the inside, is inappropriately repaired with new cement plaster. The water that accumulates in the wall (which is absorbed from the ground) cannot evaporate because the new cement plaster prevents this. Instead, the water will look for an alternative way to leave the wall. The least resisting surface will be the mural painting on the inside of the temple wall. The moisture will accumulate on this inside wall with the mural, causing the plaster to fall off, and destroying the mural.
45 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
¯øນÁ´Èນ¹¨ñ¤ ?
¥¾¡¹óນ¯øນ ´¾À¯ñນ¯øນ¢¾¸ ¯øນ¦¾´¾©°½ìò©Ä©É¥¾¡¹óນ¯øນ Áì½À¯õº¡¹º¨ê½Àì. ¹óນ¯øÀ¯ñນ¹óນ§½ນò© (CaCO ). ·¤ ¯½¡º®´óÁ»È £ñìħ 3 À´ˆºÀ°ö¾©É¸¨£¸¾´»Éºນ¦ø¤ê¾©Á£ì§¼´ £¾Â®À©Ãນ¹óນ¯øນ ¥½ì½À¹ó¨ºº¡¥½Ä©ÉÀ¯ñນ¯øນ¦÷¡ (Á£ì§¼´ºº¡Ä§© (CaO), ¹ùõ¯øນÀ°ö¾ÄÏû. ¡¾ນÀ°ö¾¯øນÀ°ö¾Ã¦ÈÀªö¾©òນ £É¾¨£õ¡ñ®Àªö¾ê†Ã§ÉÀ°ö¾À£ˆº¤ ¯˜ນ©òນÀ°ö¾ ùÉນ¿Àºö¾ ¹óນ¯øນ´¾Ã¦ÈÀªö¾ Áìɸçɣ¸¾´»ÉºນÀ°ö¾ ¥öນ¡¸È¾¯øນÀ¯ñນ °ö¤. Ä쨽À¸ì¾¡¾ນÀ°ö¾Ã§ÉÀ¸ì¾ 3 Œ5 ´œ.
¥¾¡¯øນ¢¾¸´¾À¯ñນ¯øÁ§È À´ˆºນ¿´¾Á§È¡ñ®ນÕ Á£ì§¼´ºº¡Ä§ ¥½¯Èº¨£¸¾´»Éºນºº¡´¾ (ÁªÈùÉì½ (Ca(OH) ), ¸ñ¤) À¯ñນÁ£ì§¼´ Ä»©ùº¡Ä§© 2 À¯ñນ°ö¤¦ó¢¾¸ Àºšນ¸È¾¯øນÁ§È ¹ùõ ¯øນÄ»À©ù. ¸òêó¡¾ນນš çûÀ¸ì¾µÈ¾¤Îûº¨¦º¤À©õºນ ÁªÈÁ§È©öນÀ¯ñນ¯ó¨…¤À¯ñນ¡¾ນ ©ó. Ã-ນ§È¸¤-ê†-Á§È-¯øນນ-˜ນ ùÉÏ„ນ¯È¼ນນÕê÷¡Å´œ- ©¨-¡¾-ນ¹¨šນນÕ-À¡‰¾-ºº¡ -Áì½ -Àºö¾ນ-Õ-ÃÏú-æÈ-£õ-ນÃນ-ºñ©ª¾-¦È¸ນ-²ð©ó ¥ö-ນ¡¸È¾-À¹ñນ-ນÕ¯ø-ນæ. ¦…¤-¦¿£ñ-ນªÉº¤-»ñ®¯½ ¡ñ-ນùÉ-¯ø-ນ´óນÕ-Á§È-²¼¤²ð-ª½¹ùº©-À¸ì¾.
¥¾¡¯øນÁ§È´¾À¯ñນ¯øນ¯½ê¾¨ À´ˆºÀ«ò¤¡¿ນö©À¸ì¾¥½Àºö¾Ä¯ນ¿Ã§É, ùûນ¿Àºö¾°É¾´¾À¢ò¤ À²ˆºÀºö¾¡Éºນ¯øນ À¦©À¹ùõº«™´. À¸ì¾Àºö¾´¾Á§ÈນÕ À´ˆº¯½¡ö©À¹ñນ¸È¾¯øນį¢ÉºນµøȲœນ«ñ¤ Áìɸùɹ¨šນນÕºº¡.¥¾¡ນ˜ນ¡Òນ¿Àºö¾´¾¯½¦ö´¡ñ®¡¾¸ À²ˆº°½ìò©¯øນ ¯½ê¾¨ªÈ¾¤Å ¹ùõ Àºö¾´¾ê¾Áêນ¦ó¢¾¸¡ÒÄ©É.
¡¾À»ñ©Ã¹É¯ø¯½ê¾¨Á¢¤ªö¸ À´ˆºນ¿Àºö¾¯øນ¯½ê¾¨ ´¾µøÈÃນ®ñນ¨¾¡¾© ´ñນ¥½Á¢¤ªö¸ ¨Éº¡¾ນ©ø©§ô´¢º¤
£¾ë®ºນÄ©ºº¡Ä§ Carbon dioxide(CO2). ¸òêó¡¾ນນ¿Ã§ÉÀ¸ì¾¹ù¾¨¯óÀນˆº¤ ¥¾¡¡¾ນ¢½®¸ນ¡¾ນ¦ñ¤À£¾½¢º¤£¾ë®ºນ Ä©ºº¡Ä§Ãນº¾¡¾©´ñນªÔ. À´ˆº´¾Á§È©öນÀêö¾Ã© ¯øນ¯½ê¾¨¨…¤êöນê¾ນ¡ñ®ນÕÄ©É©óÀꉾນ˜ນ.
46 ຝາປະທາຍ ຫຼື ຊີເມັນ Lime or Cement
What is Lime ?
From limestone to quick lime Lime can be found in limestone and in seashells. Limestone is a common sedimentary rock composed primarily of the mineral calcite (CaCO3). When heated, the calcium carbonate in limestone decomposes to calcium oxide (CaO), commonly referred to as quick lime or burned lime. Calcium oxide is a caustic solid substance, white when pure.Heating the lime can be done in a kiln dug in the ground, similar to a kiln used to bake ceramics. Place the limestone in the kiln and heat it until it has become powder. This process takes 3-5 days.
From quick lime to slaked lime When immersed in water, calcium oxide liberates large amounts of heat (be careful!) and forms calcium hydroxide (Ca(OH)2), a white powder called slaked lime or hydrated lime. This process takes at least two months but preferably longer, up to a year. From the moment of immersion, the water should be replaced every day by pouring it off and refilling the container with a sufficient amount of fresh water until the water stays clear. It is important to make sure that the lime is covered with sufficient water all the time.
From slaked lime to fresh mortar When it is time to use the lime, the amount of lime required should be sieved into another container through a loosely woven cloth to remove the lumps that have not reacted. When the lime has settled on the bottom of the container, the water should be poured off. At this point, the lime is ready to be mixed with the granule and additives to produce mortar, stucco, plaster or whitewash.
Hardening of the mortar When exposed to the atmosphere, the mortar hardens as the result of absorption of carbon dioxide (CO2). This process can take several years considering the low concentration of carbon dioxide in the air. Once hardened, the lime mortar resists water well.
47 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
¯½ê¾¨À²ñ©
²¾¡¦½ÀÎó ¯øນ¯½ê¾¨®ø»¾ນ (²¾¦¾ì¾¸Àºšນ¸È¾ ¯½ê¾¨À²ñ©) çɦ¿¹ùñ®¡¾ນ¡Ò¦É¾¤º¾£¾ນ ꆦ¿£ñນÀ§„ນ: ²½ë¾§½¸ñ¤, ¸ñ©¸¾º¾»¾´ Áì½ ¯˜ນ²½ê¾©À¥©ó (À§„ນ: ²½ê¾© ²ø¦ó µøȹù¸¤²½®¾¤) ນº¡¥¾¡ນš ¨ñ¤Ã§ÉÀ²ˆº¯˜ນ²½²÷©ê½»ø® Á콯½©ñ®-ÀºÉ¸ñ©«÷ ນɺ¨Åºó¡©É¸¨. ¦È¸ນ¯½¦ö´¥¿ນ¸ນÎôú¤ ¥½§È¸¨Ã¹É§ñ®²½£÷ນ¢º¤¯½ê¾¨À²ñ© ´ó£¸¾´Á¢¤Á¡È¤. À«ó¤Á´úນ¸È¾¦È¸ນ¯½¦ö´¦È¸ນ¹ù¾¨¥½À¯ñນ¢º¤¹¾¨¾¡ ÁªÈ¥÷©À©„ນÃນ¡¾ນນ¿Ã§É ¯½ê¾¨À²ñ© ¡ÒÀ²¾½¸È¾ ¯½ê¾¨À²ñ©´ó£¸¾´êöນê¾ນ, À¸í¾ì¸´À¸í¾¦½À²¾½ ¦È¸ນ¯½¦ö´ÁªÈì½À¨ˆº¤ ìɸນÁªÈ´óºñ©ª¾¦È¸ນ£¸¾´Î¼¸¦ø¤, À¸ì¾¯½ê¾¨ À²ñ©Á¹É¤ ¥½Á¢¤¯¾ນϾ¡¹óນ. Ãນນ˜ນ¨ñ¤À»ñ©Ã¹É ສñ®²½£÷ນ¢º¤¯½ê¾¨À²ñ© ´ó£¸¾´§÷È´§ˆນ, À¹©°öນê†ນ¿Àºö¾¯½ê¾¨À²ñ©´¾Ã§ÉÀ ¯ñນÎôú¤À¹©°öນê†À¹ñນ¸È¾ ¦¿£ñນꆦ÷©. ນñ®¸È¾§È¾¤®ø»¾ນ¢º¤®ñນ²½®øì÷©Ä©Éນ¿Ã§É¦È¸ນ¯½¦ö´©„¤¡È¾¸ ´¾ À»ñ©¯½ê¾¨À²ñ©¦õ®ªÒ¡ñນ´¾ ¥¾¡ìø¡´¾¦øȹù¾ນ¹ù¾¨À§„ນ£öນ ¥öນ´¾À«ò¤¯½¥÷®ñນ, ¦ø©ª¿ì¾©„¤¡È¾¸ ¡ÒÀ¡õº®¥½¦øນ¹¾¨Ä¯ª¾´¡¾ນÀ¸ì¾.
À£ˆº¤´õ Áì½ ¦È¸ນ¯½¡º® • °É¾ນÕÀ¢í¾À²ˆºÀºö¾Ä¸Éªº¤¦È¸ນ¯½¦ö´ªÈ¾¤Å • ª¾À¢ó¤À²ˆºÃ§ÉĸÉÀ¢ó¤¢š§¾¨ Áì½ ¦È¸ນ¯½¦ö´ºˆນÅ • £ö¡, ¦¾¡ çÉÀ²ˆºª¿¦È¸ນ¯½¦ö´ªÈ¾¤Å • ´õ¯½ê¾¨À»©©É¸¨¡½©ø¡¦ñັ ນ¹ùñ¤£¸¾¨ À²ˆºÃ§É®¡¯½ê¾¨. • ¯øນ-Á§È. • §¾¨-£¡- Ä©É-´¾-¥¾¡-ªó-ນ²ø ¹ùõ Á£´-Á´ÈນÕ-é·¤. • Îñ¤£¸¾¨-ªÉº¤-¦½º¾©, -À¯ñນÎñ¤¦ñ©. • ນպɺ¨- Ä©É-´¾-¥¾¡-ªíນºÉº¨ • ນÕ-îϾ¡-Á³-ນ Ä©É-´¾-¥¾¡-î-¢º¤-ªíນϾ¡-Á³ນ • µ¾¤-®ö¤- Ä©É-´¾-¥¾¡-À¯õº¡-¢-º¤ªí-ນ®ö¤ • µ¾¤-î-¦¾´-¹¾¤- Ä©É-´¾-¥¾¡-À£õº-î-¦¾´-¹¾¤ • ນÕ-À£õº-À¢ö¾»ð-Ä©É-´¾-¥¾¡-À£õº-À¢ö¾»ð 48 ປະທາຍເພັດ Traditional Stucco
TRADITIONAL STUCCO
Introduction Traditional stucco (called pathaiphet in Lao) was used for the brick work of the significant buildings, such as palaces, Buddhist temples and stupas (for example the Chomsi Stupa in Luang Prabang). In addition, it is used for modeling Buddha images and decorating small items. A number of ingredients are added to improve the stucco’s characteristics. Although many of these are rare, the advantage of using them in traditional stucco is that they are all durable and each of them individually is highly glutinous. When dry, traditional stucco is hard like stone. While retaining its moist handling characteristics which is one of the most important reasons for using it. People have used these ingredients to make traditional stucco for generations. However, recently, the knowledge and use of this formula had declined.
Tools and ingredients • Cloth dyed with rice water to filter different ingredients • Bamboo sieve to sieve the sand and other ingredients • Mortar and pestle to mash and mince different ingredients • Trowel made out of a hipbone of a buffalo to apply the stucco • Slaked lime • Fine sand from the foot of a mountain or from the bank of a river • Buffalo skin glue, from clean, fresh buffalo skin • Sugar cane juice, from the sugar cane (Lao: ton oi) • Faen leaf juice, from the leaves of the faen
49 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
• ນÕ-µ¾¤-À¯õº¡-¡É¸¨-Ä©É-´¾-¥¾¡-À¯õº¡Ï¾¡¡É¸¨- ê†-À¯ñ-ນª½¡÷-ນ¢º¤-ªí-ນ¡É¸¨ ¤É¾¸ • ©òນ©¾¡-°ö¤-Ä©É-´¾-¥¾¡-©òນμ¸, -À¯ñ-ນ©ò-ນê†-´¾-¥¾¡-¥ø´-¯¸¡-¨òú¤-À¯ñ-ນ¡¾ນ-©ó.
¡¾ນ¡½¡¼´Àºö¾¢š§¾¨Â£¡ §¾¨Â£¡Á´Èນ§¾¨ê†µøȪóນ²ø ¹ùõ Á£´ນÕ, À´ˆºÄ©É§¾¨Â£¡´¾Áìɸ¡Òນ¿Àºö¾´¾ À¢ó¤Ã¹É콺¼©ºÈºນ¨…¤-Á¹É¤-¨…¤À¯ñນ¡¾ນ©ó. ²ðĩɪ¾´£¸¾´ªÉº¤¡¾ນÁìɸ¡ÒÀ¡ñ® ´É¼ນÀ¯ñນµÈ¾¤©ó.
¡¾ນ¡¼´Îñ¤£¸¾¨ ùÉນ¿Àºö¾Îñ¤´¾ªñ©À¯ñນªÈºນ²ð¯½´¾ນ Áìɸìöນij¥öນ¡¸È¾Ä³ÄÏû©¿, ÁìɸùÉÁ§È ນÕ¯½Ä¸É¯½´¾ນ 1 ´œ. çɴó©¢ø©Îñ¤©¿ê†ÄÏû«™´ ÁìɸÁ§Èນգɾ¤£õນºó¡,¥¾¡ ນ˜ນùɧº¨Îñ¤À¯ñນªÈºນນɺ¨ÅÁìɸªí´Ã¦ÈÏӣɾ¤Ä³Ä¸û, ¦òú¤¦¿£ñນÁ´ÈນªÉº¤ªˆ´ ນÕÀ¯ñນÄ쨽. À¸ì¾ªˆ´ນÕµ¾¡Áນ½ນ¿Ã¹ÉÀºö¾ນÕꆪí´Ä¸ÉªÈ¾¤¹¾¡¢È¼ນæȥ½ »ûºນĸ¡¸È¾ ¹ùñ¤¥¾¡À¹ñນ¸È¾Îñ¤À¯õúº¨À¯ñນນÕÏö©Áìɸùɦõ®ªÒªí´¥öນ¡¸È¾Îñ¤ ¢÷Éນເຮົາ£öນ¨¾¡ Á콯½Ã¹Éμ¸£õ¡ñ®ນÕÀ°š¤.
¡¾ນ¡½¡¼´Ã®Ï¾¡Á³ນ ùÉນ¿Àºö¾Ã®Ï¾¡Á³ນ´¾ª¿¥öນ¡¸È¾´ñນ´÷Èນ, ¹ùñ¤¥¾¡ນ˜ນ ªˆ´ນÕÎûº¨Îôú¤Ã¦È ÁìÉ¸Ã§É °É¾ນÕÀ¢í¾¯˜ນÀºö¾ນÕ, ນÕê†Ä©É´¾ £¸ນÀ¡ñ®»ñ¡¦¾Ä¸ÉÀ¯ñນµÈ¾¤©ó.
¡¾ນ¡½¡¼´µ¾¤Â´¤ çɴó©®ñ¡Àºö¾À¯õº¡¢º¤ªíນµ¾¤Â´¤Àºö¾£ö¡¦¾¡ª¿¥öນ¡¸ú¾´ñນÁ¹ù¡ÁìɸÁ§Èນຳ້ ĸɴœÎˆ¤, ນÕµ¾¤Â´¤£¸ນÀ¡ñ®Ä¸É®Èºນé®ÈºນΈ¤ §ôú¤¹ùó¡À¸˜ນ®Èºນê†À¯òÀ¯œºນ.
¡¾ນ¡½¡¼´ນÕ´¹¾¤ ນ¿Àºö¾Ã® Áì½À£õº¦¾´¹¾¤´¾ª¿Ã¹ÉÁ¹ù¡, ¹ùñ¤¥¾¡ນ˜ນ ªˆ´ນ-Õ-æÈÎûº¨Î‡¤ £˜ນÀºö¾ນÕ¦ö©ªº¤Ã¦È°É¾ນÕÀ¢í¾ÁìɸÀ¡ñ®»ñ¡¦¾Ä¸ÉÃນ¯ó®.
¡¾ນ¡½¡¼´ນÕÀ£õºÀ¢ö¾»ð ນ¿Àºö¾À£õºÀ¢ö¾»ð´¾ªñ©À¯ñນªÈºນນɺ¨ÅÁìɸª¿Ã¹É´ñນ´÷Èນ £˜ນªˆ´-ນÕ-æÈÎûº¨
50 ປະທາຍເພັດ Traditional Stucco
tree (Lao: ton mak faen, Latin: Protium serratum) • Bong resin, from the bark of the bong tree (Lao: ton bong) • Three-tailed-leaf juice, from the leaves of three-tailed-leaf vine (Lao: ton bai sam hang) • Forest vine juice, from forest vine (Lao: kheua khao hor) • Banana peel juice, from the peel of the fruits of the (long) banana tree (Lao: ton mak kuai ngao) • Clay powder, from sticky clay, preferably from termite nests
Preparation of fine sand Fine sand (Lao: saikhok or khisaikhok) is sand from the base of a mountain or from the bank of a river. It should be sieved dry thoroughly; the dryer it is, the better. It should be kept in a place where it is protected from getting dirty.
Preparation of buffalo skin glue The skin should be cut into pieces and singed it in a fire until it becomes black. Then, it should be soaked in water for about one day. Using a knife, the black outside of the skin should be removed. Then, it should be soaked overnight in water again. The skin should be chopped into very small pieces, and boiled in a pot over the fire. It is important to make sure there is enough water in the pot constantly. In case water has to be added, it is advisable to add hot water which is boiled on a separate fire to shorten the total boiling time. After the skin is totally dissolved, the builder should continue boiling it until it becomes very condensed, sticky and difficult to stir, similar to honey.
Preparation of the faen leaf juice The leaves of the faen tree should be collected and pounded until they are minced. After that, using a little bit of water, the pulp should be wrung using a cloth dyed with rice water. The juice should be collected in a container. The juice should be kept in a place where it is protected from getting dirty.
51 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
·¤Ã¦È°É¾ນÕÀ¢í¾ªº¤Àºö¾ນÕ¦ö©. ນÕÀ£õºÀ¢ö¾»ð£¸ນÀºö¾¯ò®Ã¦È À¡ñ®»ñ¡¦¾Ä¸É ®Èºນé®ÈºນÎôú¤ ¹ùó¡À¸˜ນ®Èºນê†À¯òÀ¯œºນ, çɱ¾¯ò©Ä¸É¨…¤-À¯ñ-ນ¡¾ນ©ó.
¡¾ນ¡¼´ນպɺ¨ ນ¿Àºö¾ນպɺ¨ -Áì½ນÕ´¾ªí´¥öນ¡È¸¾´ñນ¢÷Éນμ¸ Áì½£öນ¨¾¡, ¦¿¹ùñ®ນպɺ¨ £¸ນÀìõº¡Àºö¾ນպɺ¨ê†®Ò´óϾ¡«‰¸©òນ¯öນ ¹ùõ ´ó-¡½êò- À²¾½-À¹ñ-ນ¸È¾-À¯ñ-ນ¦È¸-ນ ¯½¦ö´-ê†-®Ò-Àຫ´¾½-¦ö´.
¡¾¡¼´µ¾¤À¯õº¡Ï¾¡¡É¸¨¤É¾¸ ນ¿Àºö¾Ï¾¡¡É¸¨¤É¾¸¦÷¡²ð¯½´¾ນ, Àºö¾À¯õº¡ª¿Ã¹ÉÁ¹ù¡¹ùñ¤¥¾¡ນນ-˜ -ªˆ´ນ-Õ-Ã¦È Îûº¨Îˆ¤À´ˆºÁìɸ £˜ນæȰɾນÕÀ¢í¾, ªº¤Àºö¾ນÕæ. µ¾¤À¯õº¡ Ͼ¡¡É¸¨¤É¾¸ £¸ນÀºö¾¯ò®À¡ñ®»ñ¡¦¾Ä¸É®ÈºນéΈ¤ ¹ùó¡À¸˜ນ®ÈºນÀ¯òÀ¯œºນ, çɱ¾¯ò©Ä¸É ¨òú¤À¯ñນ¡¾ນ©ó.
¡¾ນ¡¼´©ິນ°ö¤ (©òນ©¾¡) Àìõº¡Àºö¾©ິນê†À¯ñນ©òນ©¾¡Ã¹Éμ¸ê†¦÷© À»ö¾¥½²ö®À¹ñນµøȪ¾´¥ø´¯¸¡ À²¾½¸È¾ ©òນ§½ນò©ນš¥½µøÈê†Àì󡯽´¾ນ 2Œ3 Á´ñ©¥ˆ¤¥½²ö®À¹ñນ. À´ˆºÀ»ö¾Ä©Éª¾´£¸¾´ ªÉº¤¡¾ນÁìɸ Àºö¾´¾ª¿Áìɸæȩí¤À¢ó¤¥öນ¡¸È¾Ä©É©òນꆰö¤ºÈºນÀꉾé¨òú¤©ó.
¡¾ນ¯½¦ö´¯½ê¾¨À²ñ© §È¾¤®ø»¾ນ¦È¸ນ¹ù¾¨¥½Ã§É¦È¸ນ¯½¦ö´Á®®£ò©À¯ñນ£÷êö©Áêນ¦È¸ນ: • ¯øນ 1 ¦È¸ນ • §¾¨Â£¡ 3 ¦È¸ນ • ¡¾¸Îñ¤£¸¾¨ 1/3 ¦È¸ນ • ນպɺ¨ 1/3 ¦È¸ນ • ນÕîϾ¡Á³ນ 1/3 ¦È¸ນ • µ¾¤Â´¤ 1/3 ¦È¸ນ • ນÕ´¹¾¤ 1/3 ¦È¸ນ • ນÕÀ£õºÀ¢ö¾»ð 1/3 ¦È¸ນ • µ¾¤À¯õº¡¡É¸¨¤É¾¸ 1/3 ¦È¸ນ • ©òນ©¾¡ 1/3 ¦È¸ນ
52 ປະທາຍເພັດ Traditional Stucco
Preparation of bong resin The bark of the bong tree should be collected with a big knife. The bark should be pounded in a mortar with a pestle until it is well-mashed, and soaked in water for about one day. It should be kept in a place where it is protected from getting dirty.
Preparation of three-tailed-leaf juice The vine and leaves should be pounded until well-minced. After that, using a little bit of water, the pulp should be wrung using a cloth dyed with rice water. The juice should be collected in a container.
Preparation of forest vine juice To procure forest vine juice, the vine has to be cut into small pieces and pounded until it is well-mashed. After that, using a little bit of water, the pulp should be wrung using a cloth dyed with rice water. The juice should be collected in a container. It should be kept, with closed lid, in a place where it is protected from getting dirty.
Preparation of sugar cane Cane sugar and water should be boiled until it is very condensed, sticky and difficult to stir. Cane sugar is best prepared by itself, without the mixture of peanuts or coconut milk because they are not as suitable as an additive.
Preparation of banana peel juice Ripe long banana should be collected. The peel should be pounded until it is well mashed. After that, using a little bit of water, the pulp should be wrung using a cloth dyed with rice water. The juice should be collected in a container. It should be kept, with closed lid, in a place where it is protected from getting dirty.
Preparation of clay powder The stickiest clay available should be collected. The best clay can be found on termite nests because this clay is from two or three meters deep in the ground. It should be pounded and sieved through a bamboo sieve until a soft clay powder is obtained.
53 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
¹´¾¨À¹©: ®Ò£¸ນçÉນÕªˆ´ À¸ì¾¯½¦ö´
À®œº¤ªíນ ນ¿Àºö¾¯øນÁ§È´¾Ã¦È£ö¡ª¿¥ö¡¸ú¾À¯ñນ°ö¤Áìɸນ¿Àºö¾¦È¸ນ¯½¦ö´ê†¨ñ¤ À¹ùõº´¾ª¿Ã¦È¡ñນ¥öນ¡¸ú¾À¯ñນµ¾¤£õµ¾¤ªíນÄ´É, µ¾¡»øɸȾ¯½ê¾¨À²ñ©ê†À»ö¾¯½ ¦ö´Ä©ûª¾´ì½©ñ®£¾©Ï¾¨ ¹ùõ ®Òນ˜ນ ùÉêö©ìº¤Àºö¾¯½ê¾¨¡¿Îôú¤«™´Ã¦È±¾ «É¾¹¾¡¸È¾ªò©±¾ «õ¸È¾ນ¿Ã§ûÄ©ÉÁìɸ, «É¾®Òªò© Áªúªö¡ìö¤²œນùɪˆ´¦È¸ນ¯½¦ö´ê† μ¸ºó¡ (À§„ນ: Îñ¤£¸¾¨, ນպɺ¨ Áì½ ºˆນÅ) À´ˆºªˆ´¦¿Àìñ©ÁìɸùÉêö© 캤ºó¡.
Ͼ¨À¹©: À¸ì¾¯½¦ö´®ÒùÉÀºö¾¦È¸ນ¯½¦ö´ê÷¡µÈ¾¤¯½¦ö´²Éº´¡ñນÏö©, £¸ນ ¯½¦ö´Àꈺì½À¨ˆº¤ ¡½Ã¹É²ð©óÅ À´ˆº¯½¦ö´Áì½êö©ìº¤¯½ê¾¨À²ñ©À¹ñນ¸È¾ μ¸²ð©óÁìɸùÉçɴõ¯½ê¾¨ê†À»ñ©©É¸¨¡½©ø¡¦ñນ¹ùñ¤£¸¾¨À²ˆºÂ®¡±¾ £ñນ çɸñ©«÷ºˆນ ¥½À»ñ©Ã¹É¯½ê¾¨À²ñ©ªò©.
54 ປະທາຍເພັດ Traditional Stucco
Mixing the traditional stucco The builder should a bucket to measure the different amounts as follows: • Slaked lime 1 bucket • Fine sand 3 buckets • Buffalo skin glue 1/3 bucket • Sugar cane juice 1/3 bucket • Faen leaf juice 1/3 bucket • Bong resin 1/3 bucket • Three-tailed-leaf juice 1/3 bucket • Forest vine juice 1/3 bucket • Banana peel juice 1/3 bucket • Clay powder 1/3 bucket
Note: it is not necessary to add water to the mixture
In the beginning, slaked lime is put into the mortar and pounded until it is pulverized. Then, the remaining ingredients should be added until it becomes viscous, like the resin from a tree. To test the quality of the mixture, the builder can throw a handful of stucco against the wall. If it sticks to the wall the stucco is ready to use. If it drops, more glutinous substances (ie, buffalo skin glue, sugar cane juice, etc) should be added, and the test repeated.
Note: Not everything can be mixed at the same time – the ingredients should be added one thing at a time. The mixture needs to be adjusted by feel, with the selective addition of certain ingredients as needed.
Application of the traditional stucco When mixed and tested, the traditional stucco is highly sticky and therefore special tools will be needed to work with it. To spread the stucco onto the wall, a trowel made out of a hipbone of a buffalo is used. Any other material will make the stucco stick to the tool.
55 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
¯½ê¾¨-À³õº¤-
²¾¡-¦½-ÀÎó ¯½ê¾¨-À³õº¤-Ä©É-«õ¡-´¾ນ¿-çÉ-À²ˆº-®¡-±¾-©É¾-ນÃນ Á콩ɾນນ-º¡- µøÈ ¦¯¯ 쾸- Ã-ນ¦½-ÄÏÀ¯ñນ¹ö¸À´õº¤-¢œນ¢º¤±ù„¤. ¡¾ນ¯½¦ö´¯½ê¾¨-À³õº¤-¯½¡º®-´ó ¯ø-ນÁ§È,- ¢š§¾¨, ນզȸ-ນù¨È-çÉ-À¯ñ-ນ¸ñ©-¦½©÷- -¦¿ìñ®-£¤-¦É¾¤±¾--Ä´É-Áª½¦¾ນꆴó-Ä´É-¢É¾¸ À¯ñນªö¸¨ô©.-£¤-¦É¾¤-¯½-À²©ນ-š´ó-®Èºນ-¹ù÷®®Èºນ-Âນນ. êñ¤®Ò£¸ນÀºö¾-§ó-À´ñ-ນ ®¡- æÈ-±¾-¯ø-ນ¯½ê¾¨-À¡‰¾-À²¾½¸È¾-¯½ê¾¨-À³õº¤-®Ò-Á¢¤ ®Ò-ºÈºນ -Áì½Áª¡-¤È¾¨. ¨…¤-į- ¡¸È¾ນ-˜ນ ¯½ê¾¨-À³õº¤-¨ñ¤-¦¾´¾©-êö-ນê¾-ªÒ-º¾¡¾©-§÷È´-§õúນ¢º¤-ນÕ êñ¤¦¾´¾©-À»ñ©- ùÉ-ນÕê†--À¢í¾-į-Ã-ນ±¾ì½-À¹ó¨º¾¨-ºº¡Ä©É -Áì½êö-ນê¾-ນ¡¸È¾-§ó-À´ñນ ¦È¸ນ-¯½¦ö´- ¯½ê¾¨À³õº¤ -À²†-ນ¥½-çÉ-¯ø-ນÀ¯ñນ¹ùñ¡ ©„¤ນ˜ນ ¥‡¤-ÀϾ½-Á¡È-±¾-ê†-çÉ-Ä´É-Áª½¦¾ນ ©É¸¨-ĴɯȺ¤.
À£- ˆº¤´õ, ¸ñ©-¦½©÷ Áì½- ¦È¸-ນ¯½¦ö´ • ²É¾ -Áì½ ´õ-¯½ê¾¨ • ¯ø-ນÁ§È (²¾¦¾-쾸: ¯ø-ນ¢¾¸, §ˆ-¸ò꽨¾¦¾© : Calcium hydroxide – Ca (OH)2 • ¢š§¾¨-Ä©É-´¾-¥¾¡-ªóນ-²ø ¹ùõ Á£´-Á´ÈນÕ-é·¤ • -À³õº¤ • -Ä´É 4x8 À²ˆºÀ»ñ©Ä´É¢É¾¸ • -À¹ùñ¡ª¾¯ø À²ˆº-Àºö¾-ĸÉ-ªº¡-Ä´É-¢É¾¸ ®¾¤-£˜¤-À²†-ນ´ñ¡-çÉ-Äì-Ä´É-Áêນ-À¹ùñ¡ ª¾¯ø • -Ä´É-Ä°È
¡¾ນ¡¼´¯øນ ນ¿-Àºö¾-¯ø-ນ´¾-Á§È-ນյȾ¤Îûº¨¦º¤-À©õºນ ÁªÈ-¹¾¡-Á§È-©ö-ນ¨…¤-À¯ñ-ນ¡¾ນ-©óÃ-ນ À¸ì¾- ê†-Á§È-¯ø-ນນ˜ນ ùÉÏ„ນ¯È¼ນນÕê÷¡Å´œ- ©¨-¡¾-ນ¹¨šນນÕ-À¡‰¾-ºº¡ -Áì½-Àºö¾-ນÕ-ÃÏú- æÈ-£õ-ນÃນ-ºñ©ª¾-¦È¸-ນ²ð©ó ¥ö-ນ¡¸È¾-À¹ñ-ນນÕ¯ø-ນæ. ¦…¤-¦¿£ñ-ນªÉº¤-»ñ®¯½¡ñ-ນùÉ-¯ø-ນ
56 ປະທາຍເຟືອງ Reinfored Lime plaster
REINFORCED LIME PLASTER FOR WOVEN BAMBOO WALLS
Introduction Reinforced lime plaster (called pathaifeuan in Lao) came into use in Lao PDR during the French colonial period for the construction of interior and exterior walls. Reinforced lime plaster, composed of slaked lime, sand and water and reinforced with rice straw, is mostly used as a structural material for walls of woven bamboo panels, which are mounted on a wooden framework. The structure of this type of wall is flexible and deformable. Therefore it is not recommended to apply plasters based on cement, because they are hard and crack easily. Moreover, lime plasters are impermeable for water and permeable for water vapor; they enable the evaporation of water that builds up in the wall and are therefore more durable than cement plasters. Reinforced lime plaster, in which only slaked lime is used as a binder, is therefore the only suitable plaster for walls constructed with plaited bamboo panels.
Tools, materials and ingredients • Machete and trowel • Slaked lime (Lao: phun khao, scientific name: Calcium hydroxide – Ca(OH)2) • Fine sand from the base of a mountain or from the bank of a river • Rice straw • Timber 4x8 cm for the wooden framework • Nails, to fix the joints in the wooden framework. Sometimes wooden dowel joints are used instead of nails. • Bamboo
Preparation of slaked lime The quicklime is immersed in water. This process takes at least two months but preferably longer.
57 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
´óນÕ-Á§È-²¼¤²ð-ª½¹ùº©-À¸ì¾.
¡¾ນ¡¼´-À³õº¤ -ùÉ-ນ¿-Àºö¾-À³õº¤-´¾-ªñ©-À¯ñນªúºນ¨¾¸ 3 ¹¾ 5 §´. ¦ú¸ນ-À³õº¤-£¸ນ-Ä©É-»ñ®-¡¾ນ- Á§È-ນÕ-ĸÉ-¯½´¾ນ·¤º¾êò© -¥ö-ນ¡¸È¾-´ñ-ນÀì†-´-À¯ˆº¨-À¯ñ-ນÀ¦˜ນ. À´ˆº-¢˜ນªºນ- ©„¤¡È¾¸-»-¼®»ûº¨Áìɸ, -ùÉ-¹¨šນນÕ«š´ (-Áì½-À¡ñ®-»ñ¡¦¾-ĸÉ-Ã-ນ¯ò® À²¾½¸È¾ ¢˜ນ ªºນ-ªÒ-į-¥¿--À¯ñນ-ªÉº¤ນ-¿-À³õº¤-À¯ñນ-¦È¸ນ-¯½¦ö´--À²ˆº-À»ñ©-¯½ê¾¨). ùÉ-ນ¿-Àºö¾-- À³õº¤´¾-¯˜-ນæÈ-°É¾-¥ö-ນ¡¸È¾-®Ò-´óນըɺ¨-ºº¡-´¾¥ñ¡Îûº¨ -Áìɸ-Àºö¾-į-ª¾¡-Á©©- ùÉ-Á¹É¤.
¡¾ນ¡½¡¼´-- À»ñ©-Ä´É-¢É¾¸ ນ-¿-Àºö¾-Ä´É 4X8 §´ ´¾-ªº¡-ÁºÉ´-À¯ñ-ນ캡-©„¤-ªÒ-įນ-š: ª˜¤-À¦ö¾¢ôûນ²Éº´-®ñ¡-»ø-¢É¾¸ ¦È¸ນ-¢É¾¸-ìȸ¤-ùÉ-´ó-À©õº-µøÈ-¯¾¨ À²ˆº-ùÉ-¢É¾¸-츤-ª˜¤¦½-ÀÏó¡ñ-ນÁìɸນ-¿-Àºö¾-À©õº-Ä´É- ¢É¾¸-ìȸ¤ ¦÷®-æÈ-»ø-Ä´É-¢É¾¸-ê†-®ñ¡-ĸÉ-Áì-û¸.
¡¾-ນ¡½¡¼´-Áª½-Ä´ÉÄ°È ¡¾-ນÀìõº-¡À³˜ນ£÷-ນນ½²¾-®¢º¤-Áª½Ä´É-Ä°È ªÉº¤-»ñ®¯½¡ñນªÒ-£¸¾´-êö-ນê¾ນ-¢º¤ ±¾ -Áì½À²©¾ນ. À´ˆº-µ¾¡-ùÉ-Ä©É-£÷ນນ-½²¾-®ê†-©ó £¸ນນ-¿-Àºö¾-Ä´É-Ä°È-Á§Èນ-Õ-ĸÉ- ¯½´¾ນ 1 À©õºນ À²ˆº-¥¿¡ñ©-¯¸¡. Áìɸນ-¿-´¾ª¾-¡-Á©©-µÈ¾¤Îûº¨ 1 ¸ñນ ¡Èº-ນ ¥½-´¾ນ¿-çÉ. çÉ-²É¾-°È¾-À¯ñນ-©É¼¸ -ùÉ-¨¾¸-¦½-ÀÏó¡ñນ Áì½À¹ùö¾-ÁªÈ-ì½-¡ó®-ùɡû¼¤. ນ¿-´¾-¦¾-æÈ-¢É¾¸-±¾-ê†-¡¼´-ĸÉùÉ-À¯ñ-ນ쾨¢ñ© -ùÉ-¥ñ®-¯ø-ນÄ©û-©ó Áì½êö-ນê¾ນ.
¡¾-ນ¯½¦ö´-¯½ê¾¨-À³õº¤ -À²…-ນÀ»ñ©-¯½ê¾¨-À³õº¤´ó-¦º¤-¯½-À²© -¯½-À²©-ທ†-‡¤- Á´È-ນ§˜-ນÃນê¿-ºò©-¢º¤-¯½ê¾¨- À³õº¤-ê†-çÉ-®¡-Ä´É-Áª½ §‡¤-§È¸¨À»ñ©-ùÉ-¯½ê¾¨-À³õº¤-ªò©-À¡¾½-êñ¤-¦º¤-©É¾ນ¢º¤- Ä´É-Áª½ນ˜ນ.¦¿ìñ®-¯½-À²©ນ-š-Áìɸ -À²…-ນ¥½-çÉ-À³õº¤--ùÉ-¹ù¾¨Å-¯ö-ນ¡ñ®-¯øນ. ¦È¸ນ¯½- À²©-ê†-¦º¤ ´ó-£¸¾´-콺¼©¡¸ú¾- À²…-ນ¥½-æÈ-À³õº¤--À¯ñນ-¦È¸ນÎûº¨Ã§ÉÉ ¢ñ©±¾Ã¹É ´ñນ¡É¼¤ª¾´-£¸¾´-ªÉº¤¡¾ນ.
-Ãນ-¡¾ນÁ®È¤ºñ©ª¾-¦È¸ນ-¯½¦ö´ -À²…ນçÉ-£÷-°º¤-©„¤-ªÒ-įນ-š: ¯½-À²©ນ-‡¤ • ¯ø-ນê†-Á§È-Áìɸ 3 £÷ 58 ປະທາຍເຟືອງ Reinfored Lime plaster
From the moment of immersion, the water should be replaced everyday by pouring it off and refilling the container with a sufficient amount of fresh water until the water stays clear. It is important to make sure that the lime is covered with sufficient water all the time.
Preparation of the rice straw The rice straw should be cut into pieces 3 to 5 cm in length. The straw pieces should be immersed in water for approximately one week until they start to decay and resemble string. When that process is finished, the water should be poured off (and kept in a container because later it will be needed as an ingredient for the plaster). The rice straw should be wrung through a cloth until no water comes out anymore, then set out to dry in the sun.
Preparation of the wooden framework for the wall Put up a framework of timber 4x8 cm as follows: vertical posts, containing mortises, and horizontal laths, with tenons at the ends, positioned in between, connected using mortise-tenon joints.
Preparation of the woven bamboo panels The quality of the woven bamboo panels is essential for the durability of the wall or ceiling. To achieve good quality, the bamboo should be kept under water for about one month to remove termites. Then it should be dried in the sun for at least one day before use. Using a knife, the builder should split the bamboo into long equal-sized strips and shave the knots to smoothen each strip. The bamboo should be woven using a satin weave construction, whose texture allows the plaster to adhere strongly to the bamboo for a durable construction.
Mixing the reinforced lime plaster Reinforced lime plaster is produced in two types. The first type is layered on first and is used to cover the woven bamboo and to interconnect the plaster on the two sides of the wall through the woven bamboo panels. For this type, a bigger amount of relatively big pieces of rice straw is mixed in with the lime plaster. The second type is finer in texture, and is used as a finish to smoothen the wall. Only a small amount of fine-cut rice straw is used. If required, a third layer can be applied.
59 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
• ¢š§¾¨ì½º¼© 4-5 £÷ • -À³õº¤ (3-5 §´) 2 £÷ • ນÕ (-ùÉ-ນ¿-Àºö¾ນ-Õ-Á§È-À³õº¤) 1 £÷ ¯½-À²©-¦º¤ • ¯ø-ນê†-Á§È-Áìɸ 3 £÷ • ¢š§¾¨ì½º¼© 4-5 £÷ • -À³õº¤-ê†-ªñ©-콺¼© 2 £÷ • ນÕ (-ùÉ-ນ¿-Àºö¾ນ-Õ-Á§È-À³õº¤) 1 £÷
£¸ນນ¿Ã§É´õ¯½ê¾¨ ¹ùõ ¡¼¤ນɺ¨--À¯ñ-ນÀ£ˆº¤´õ¯½¦ö´¯½ê¾¨À³õº¤ -Áìɸ£öນ ¯½ê¾¨¥öນÀ¢í¾¡ñນ©ó
¡¾ນ®¡-¯½ê¾¨-À³õº¤ ¡¾-ນ®¡-¯½ê¾¨-æÈ-±¾Áª½ ¦¾-´¾©-çÉ-£ö-ນ©¼¸ ¹ùõ ¦º¤-£ö-ນ®¡-²Éº´¡ñ-ນ¡Ò-Ä©É. ¦¿ìñ®¡¾ນ-®¡-°øÉ©¼¸¦¾´¾©-À»ñ©-Ä©É-©„¤-ªÒ-Äນ¯-š: • -ùÉ-®¡-§˜ນê†-‡¤À®œº¤ນº¡ (-À®œº¤¯…-ນį-¹öນ꾤) • -ùÉ-®¡-§˜ນê†-‡¤À®œº¤-Ãນ (꾤-À®œº¤-Ã-ນ¢º¤-º¾£¾) • ùÉ-®¡-§˜ນê†-¦º¤À®œº¤ນº¡ • ùÉ-®¡-§˜ນê†-¦º¤À®œº¤-Ãນ -Ã-ນì½¹¸È¾¤-¡¾-ນ®¡-§˜ນê†-‡¤-À®œº¤ນº¡- ນ¾¨-§È¾¤-¥¿-À¯ñ-ນªÉº¤-ìð«É¾-À®œº¤ນº¡- Á¹É¤-À¦¨-¡Èº-ນÁìɸ-¥…¤-¦¾´¾©Â®¡-À®œº¤-ÃນÄ©É «É¾-®¡-À®œº¤-Ã-ນÀ¢í¾´¾¡Èºນ À®œº¤ນº¡-¡Ò-¥½ÍÑ©-ºº¡-. ºó¡-µÈ¾¤ນ-‡¤ ¡Èº-ນ¥½--®¡-§˜ນê†-¦º¤-êñ®-æÈ-§˜ນê†-‡¤ນ˜ນ ¥¿-À¯ñ-ນªÉº¤-¡¸©-À®…¤-§˜ນꆇ¤ ¸È¾´ñ-ນÁ¹É¤-²ð©ó-Áìɸ®Ò.
¡ðì½ນóÀ»ñ©-²Éº´-¡ñ-ນ¦º¤-£ö-ນ ¦¾´¾©-®¡-À®œº¤ນº¡ -Áì½À®œº¤Ãນ-²Éº´-¡ñ-ນ®¾©- ©¼¸,--Ãນ-¢½-ນ½ê†Â®¡¯½ê¾¨-À³õº¤-êñ¤-¦º¤-À®œº¤µøÈ-ນ˜ນ ¯½ê¾¨¥½--À¡¾½-¨ô©À¢í¾- į--»ø-Áª½-Ä©É-©ó êñ¤-¥½-§È¸¨-ùÉ-¤¾ນ-¡Ò¦É¾¤-´ó-£¸¾´-êö-ນê¾ນ ²¾¨¹ùñ¤-®¡-§˜ນê†-‡¤-¦¿- Àìñ©-Áìɸ -ùÉ-¯½-Á¹É¤-À¦¨-¡Èº-ນÁìɸ-¥‡¤-®¡-§˜ນªÒ-į.
60 ປະທາຍເຟືອງ Reinfored Lime plaster
In measuring the ingredients, a bucket should be used to measure the different amounts as follows: First layer of lime plaster • Slaked lime 3 buckets • Fine sand 4-5 buckets • Rice straw (3-5 cm) 2 buckets • Water (kept from immersing rice straw) 1 bucket
Second layer of lime plaster (finish) • Slaked lime 3 buckets • Fine sand 4-5 buckets • Fine cut rice straw 2 buckets • Water (kept from immersing rice straw) 1 bucket
The lime plaster ingredients should be mixed using a trowel or spade until a homogenous mixture is produced.
Application of the lime plaster In applying the lime plaster on woven bamboo panels, the work can be done either individually or by two people working together. For individuals, the application of the plaster is done on one side at a time. The order is as follows: • First layer on the outside face of the panel (which faces the street) • First layer on the inside face of the panel (which faces the building interior) • Second layer on the outside face of the panel • Second layer on the inside face of the panel Between applying the first layer of plaster on the outside face of the panel and the first layer on the inside, the builder must wait until the first layer on the outside has dried. Otherwise, while spreading the inside face, the outside plaster layer will come off. Also, before applying a second layer on top of the first layer, it is important to make sure that the first layer has dried properly.
For two people working together, the plaster can be applied on the outside and the inside face of each at the same time. When doing so, the plaster on the two sides of the bamboo panel will interconnect through the cavities in the bamboo panel, which improves the strength of the construction. After applying the first layer, it should be allowed to dry before applying the second layer. 61 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
£¸ñ©Ä´É
²¾¡¦½ÀÎó ¤¾ນ£¸ñ©Ä´ÉÄ©É«õ¡ນ¿Ã§ÉµÈ¾¤¡É¸¾¤¢¸¾¤Ãນ¹ù¸¤²½®¾¤ À²ˆºªö¡ÁªÈ¤¸ñ©¸¾º¾ »¾´, º¾£¾ນ Áì½ À£ˆº¤À³óòÀ¥ó, ¤¾ນ£¸ñ©À¹ñນ¸È¾À¯ñນ¸¼¡ê†¨¾¡ Áì½ °øÉ£¸ñ© ªÉº¤´ó£¸¾´ºö©êöນ¦ø¤ Áì½ ´ó£¸¾´§¿ນò§¿ນ¾ນ²ð¦ö´£¸ນÃນ¡¾ນÁªÉ´ Áì½ ¯˜ນ¹ùÒ, ¦¾´¾©¯÷¤ÁªÈ¤Ä´Éê†À¯ñ êȺ´¾À»ñ©À¯ñ»ø®ªÈ¾¤ÅÄ©É, ´ó£¸¾´¦¾´¾©Á¡½ ¦½ìñ¡Ä´ÉÁ¯ÉນÀ¯ñນ»ø® ¹ùõ 츩쾨ªú¾¤Å. ¡¾ນ£¸ñ©Á¡½¦½ìñ¡Ä´É¥½Á®È¤ºº¡ À¯ñນ¹ù¾¨Á®®£õ: £¸ñ©ນນøªÔ, £¸ñ©ນøນ¦ø¤ Áì½£¸ñ©ìº¨ªö¸.
¢˜ນªºນ¢º¤¡¾ນ£¸ñ©Á¡½¦½¹ìñ¡À®œº¤ªíນ ¦½À²¾½°øÉꆮÒêñນ´ó£¸¾´§òນÀ£ó¨ ¤¾ນªûº¤¯˜ນ©òນμ¸Ã¹ÉÄ©É»ø®§ö¤, ¦ñ©¦È¸ນÀ¢í¾Ã¥®Èºນ¹ì÷®®Èºນນøນ, ®ÈºນªÔ, ®Èºນ¦ø¤, ®Èºນé§Éºນ ùÉÀ¢í¾Ã¥£¸¾´ºÈºນ§Éº¨ÀÎñ¤ªó¤¢º¤ì¸©ì¾¨Ä©ÉµÈ¾¤ §ñ©À¥ນ. êñ¤Ïö©ນš¥½À¯ñນ¡¾ນ¦É¾¤ £¸¾´À¢í¾Ã¥¡¾ນ £¸ñ©êñ¤¦¾´»ø®Á®® ê†Áª¡ªÈ¾¤¡ñນ. À´ˆºນ¾¨§È¾¤À¢í¾Ã¥¡È¼¸¡ñ®¡¾ນ¯˜ນÁìɸ, ¡ÒÀìš´£¸ñ©Ä´ÉÄ©É: ¡Èºນ¥½£¸ñ©Ä´ÉÄ©É ªÉº¤ºº¡Á®®Ã¦ÈÄ´Éꆥ½£ñ¸©À¦¨¡Èºນ «É¾Ä´Éξ¦¾´¾© çÉĸɣ¸ñ©ø¦ø¤, Ͼ¨£¸¾´¸È¾ ìö¤²œນùÉÀìò¡À²ˆº¨ö¡©º¡©¸¤ì¸©ì¾¨ «É¾Ä´É ®¾¤¥½ªÉº¤£¸ñ©ນøນªÔ »ø®¥½®Ò¨ö¡¯¾ນé.
À£ˆº¤£¸ñ© ÃນÀ´ˆº¡Èºນ ນ¾¨§È¾¤®ø»¾ນÀ²…ນçÉÀ¹ùñ¡À²ˆº°½ìò©-À£ˆº¤-£¸ñ©À§„ນ: Œ ²É¾: çɦ¿¹ùñ®ªñ©Ä´É Œ ¥ñ¡§ò¡§úð: çɦ¿¹ùñ®¯¾©Ä´É®Èºນꆴñນ£ö© Œ À숺¨´õ: çɦ¿¹ùñ®ªñ©Ä´É Œ ¦†¸Â¡®»ø®Âªµø: çɦ¿¹ùñ®£¸ñ©Ä´É À²†ນ¥½-çÉ-À¯ñ-ນ§÷©. ¦†¸--¡®-»ø®-ª-µø ÁªÈ- ì½-©¸¤ Á´È-ນ«õ¡-ºº¡-Á®®-ĸÉ-¦ñ®-®Èº-ນê†-Â-£É¤. Œ ¦†¸Â¡®»ø®Âª¸ó: çɦ¿¹ùñ®£ñ¸©Ä´É À²†ນ¥½-çÉ-À¯ñ-ນ§÷©.-ÁªÈ-ì½-¦†¸--¡®-»ø®--ª-¸ó Á´È«õ¡-ºº¡-Á®®-´¾-À²ˆº-¦ñ®-Á£´-¹¸È¾¤-©º¡-À®œº¤-Àêò¤ ¹ùõ ´ø-ນ©º¡-ê†-À¯ñ-ນ»ø®--ª-¸ó. Œ £ÉºນÄ´É: Á´Èນ£Éºນꆴó£¾ນ¥ñ® À¯ñນÄ´ûçÉÀ²ˆºªº¡¸ñ©«÷éΈ¤ ¦È¸ນù¨È ¥½Ã§Éªº¡¦†¸ æȲœນéΈ¤.
62 ຄວັດໄມ້ Wood Carving
WOOD CARVING
Introduction Wood carvings are used extensively in Luang Prabang to decorate monasteries, buildings and furniture. The carving work is very difficult and the carver must be patient and experienced in drawing and modeling clay. The carver can transform wooden logs into different images and carve planks into images or different patterns. Wood carving is divided into several types: bas relief carving, high relief carving and freestanding carving.
The first step for learning to carve wood for the beginner who has little experience is modeling. The beginner needs to learn to model using clay until he/she has mastered the technique. This builds up an understanding of three-dimensional forms. Once the artisan has mastered modeling, he/she can start to carve wood. Before carving wood, he/she has to design patterns on the wood first. If the wood is thick, it can be used to carve in high relief style. This means the background is cut much deeper to show the pattern. If the wood is thin, it is suitable for bas relief carvings, where the background is not cut very deep. Carving tools From ancient times, traditional artisans used to beat steel to produce carving tools. They include the following: • Machete: used for cutting wood • Jigsaw: used for cutting the wood where it is curved • Handsaw: used for cutting wood • U-gouges: used for chiseling wood. A set of u-gouges are used. Each u-gouge is designated by the width of the cutting edge or amount of
63 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
-Œ ¹ó-ນÁì¤ -çÉ-ĸÉ-ìñ®-¦†¸ Œ Ͼ¡¹óນÀ²ñ©¦º¤Îû¾: çÉĸÉìñ®¦†¸
§½ນò©Ä´Éê†Ã§Éĸɣ¸ñ© ¡¾ນÀìõº¡Ä´ÉùÉÀϾ½¦¿¹ùñ®¡¾ນ£¸ñ©, ªÉº¤Ã§É£¸¾´²ò¥¾ì½ນ¾. Ä´Éꆪñ©´¾ÃÏúÅ À»ñ©Ã¹É´ó®ñນ¹¾Ä©ÉÀ²¾½´ñນ´ó£¸¾´§÷È´§ˆນ, «É¾Ä´ÉêȺນ Á¹É¤Ä¸À¡óນį º¾©¥½Áª¡®Ò-¤¾´, 꾤ꆩó¯½Ä´ÉùÉÁ¹É¤ª¾´ê¿´½§¾©¥öນ ¡¸ú¾®Ò´ó£¸¾´§÷È´§ˆນÀ²ˆº¯Éº¤¡ñນ»º¨Áª¡ê†®ÒÀ²†¤¯¾«½Î¾. µøȹù¸¤²½®¾¤ Ä´Éꆣ¸ñ©À²úòນນິ¨ö´Ã§ÉĴɦñ¡, Ä´É©øÈ (¯½À²©Ä´ÉÀນœºÁ¢¤) Ä´É§Ó Áì½Ä´É£È¾ À²¾½¸È¾ ´ñນ®Ò´óªø©¹ù¾¨.
¸òêó£¸ñ© £¸ñ©ນøນªÔ: Àªñ¡ນò¡¡¾ນ£¸ñ©ນøນນš ¦È¸ນ¹ù¾¨®ÒçÉÄ´Éξ ²¼¤ÁªÈນ¿Àºö¾Ä´É®¾¤Å ¹ùõÄ´ÉÁ¯Éນ ¡Ò¦¾´¾©ນ¿Ã§ÉÄ©ÉÁìɸ ¢˜ນªºນ꿺ò© ùÉÀºö¾Ä´É´¾¡ö®Ã¹É´ñນ¡É¼¤ ÁìɸÁªÉ´ Á®®ìö¤, ¹ùñ¤¥¾¡ນນ˜ ນ¾¨§È¾¤£¸ñ©ª¾´Á®®ê†ÁªÉ´Ä¸É, ìö¤²œນª¾´Á®®Ã¹ÉÀìó¡ ¯½´¾ນ 1 §´ ¦È¸ນ¢˜ນªºນ¦÷©êɾ¨ ùÉນ¾¨§È¾¤À¡ñ®ì½º¼© Á콦ñ®¦È¸ນê† À¹ùõººº¡¥¾¡©º¡©¸¤.
£¸ñ©ນøນ¦ø¤: £¸ñ©ນøນ¦ø¤ Á´ÈນçÉÀªñ¡ນò¡£É¾¨£õ¡ñ®£¸ñ©ນøນªÔ ªÈ¾¤ÁªÈ¸È¾ìö¤²œນÀìò¡¡È¸¾. ª¾´¯ö¡¡½ªòÁìɸÀ²òúນນò¨ö´ìö¤²œນùÉĩɯ½´¾ນ 3 §ñ¤ªóÁ´ñ© ¥ôú¤Ä©É²¾®¤¾´.
£¸ñ©ìº¨ªö¸: ¦¿¹ùñ®£¸ñ©ìº¨ªö¸À²†ນÀºö¾Ä´É´¾£¸ñ©À¯ñນ»ø® Áນ¸ª˜¤ ©¨®Ò´ó²œນ Á콸ñ©«÷é¥Èº¤©õ¤, çÉÀºÂªÈ ª§† ¥ñ® ¨…¤À¯ñນ¡¾ນ©óÀ²ˆº¦½©¸¡À¸ì¾£ñ¸©¸ñ©«÷ ©„¤¡È¾¸¥½®ÒÀÎñ¤ªó¤.
64 ຄວັດໄມ້ Wood Carving
curvature of the edge. • V-gouges: used for chiseling wood. A set of u-gouges are used. Each v-gouge is designated by the width between the top-edge tips and the angle of the “vee” bottom edge • Mallet: wooden hammer used for driving any tool with a wooden handle, such as a chisel, or for striking a surface. River stones for sharpening: used for sharpening chisels • Two-sided diamond stone: used for sharpening chisels
Types of wood used for carving The selection of the appropriate wood for carving should be carefully considered. Newly-cut wood can present problems because it is moist. If the log dries too quickly it may crack badly. It is best to let the log dry slowly until there is no moisture to prevent unwanted cracking. In Luang Prabang, masak (teak), maidu (type of hardwood), maisor and maikha are considered the best choices for carving because they have few knots and blemishes. Method of carving • Bas relief carving Mostly this technique does not require a thick piece of wood -- a thinner piece of wood or a plank can be used. The wood is first planed until it is smooth, then a design is drawn. After that, the artisan will carve based on the drawn design. The background is typically cut down to a depth of approximately one centimeter. During the final carving, the artisan should refine the details and cut excess wood away from the pattern. • High relief carving High relief carving is a similar technique to bas relief carving, but with a deeper cut. The background is usually cut down to a depth of approximately three centimeters. • Free-standing carving For free-standing carving, the wood is carved into an image which stands independently without any support and background. It is best to use a C-clamp to take hold of the wood while carving, in order to protect it from movement.
65 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
ວິທີການຫຼໍ່
²¾¡¦½ÀÎó µøȹù¸¤²½®¾¤, ²½²÷©ê½»ø® Áì½ ¢º¤¦ñ¡¡½ì½®ø§¾¦È¸ນù¨È À²ີ່ນ¥½¹ùÒÁ®® ®ø»¾ນ ©¨¥½Ã§É¸òêóÁ®®¹ùÒ£Ȥ. ²½²÷©ê½»ø®À¹ù‰¾ນš À¯ñນ¦È¸ນΤຶ່ ꆦ¿£ñນ Ãນ¡¾ນ¯½¡º®²òêó꾤¦¾©¦½Î¾ ÃນÀ´ˆº¡Èºນ¸ñ©«÷ê†Ã§É¹ùÒ²½ì¾©¦½ê¾ນ ©¨À¥í¾§ó¸ò© Á콡¾ນ®ðìò¥¾¡¢º¤§¾¸®É¾ນ.
À£ˆº¤´õ Áì½ ¸ñ©¦½©÷ Àªñ¡ນò¡¡¾ນ¹ùÒÁ®®Â£¤ • 꺤, ©ò©¾¡, ¢šÀ°š¤, ¢š¤ö¸, ¡½©¾©§¾¨. • À®í¾¹ùÒ, ®˜¤À¯‰¾ìö´
ວິທີກຽມດິນ
ÃນÀ´ˆº¡ÈºÀ²†¥½Ã§É©òນ©¾¡ê¿´½§¾© À²ˆºÀ»ñ©À®í¾, ©òນ©¾¡ §º¡Ä©É¤È¾¨ µøȹù¸¤²½®¾¤, ®Èºນꆴó©òນ©óê† ¦÷©Á´Èນ ®É¾ນ¥È¾ນ, ®É¾ນ¯˜ນÏÓ §ˆ¤ª˜¤µøÈºó¡ ±„¤Îˆ¤¢º¤Á´ÈນÕ¢º¤, ¡¾ນ¡½¡¼´©òນ©¾¡ ¦¿¹ùñ®¹Òù²½²÷©ê½»ø® ¥¿À¯ñນªÉº¤ª¿Ã¹ÉÁ¹ù¡ ÁìɸÀ¢ó¤ Àºö¾©óນºÈºນÅ Àºö¾¦†¤ê†®Ò©ó«š´, ¹ùñ¤¥¾¡ນ˜ນ Àºö¾©òນ©¾¡Á§ÈນÕ Áìɸນ¿Àºö¾¢š §¾¨ê†À¢ó¤ Áì½ນÕ´¾¯½¦ö´ ¥¾¡ນ˜ນ¡ÒÀ¯ñນºñນ¸È¾ ¯˜ນÄ©ÉÀìó¨. ©óນ¯˜ນꆡ½ ¡¼´Ä¸É µÈ¾¤ນɺ¨º¾êò©Îˆ¤.
ການກະກຽມຂີ້ງົວ
À²†ນ¥½Ã§É¢š¤ö¸Ãນ¡¾ນ¡½¡¼´À®í¾¹ùÒ À²ˆºÀ»ñ©Ã¹É¸ñ©«÷ê†À»ö¾¥½¹Òù ùɴ󣸾´ ¡É¼¤, ໃນຂັ້ນຕອນການກະກຽມ ùÉນ¿Àºö¾¢š¤ö¸ ´¾ªº¤Ã¦È°É¾Á¦ນ À²ˆºÃ¹ÉÄ©É- ນÕ ¢š¤ö¸ê†©ó, ¹ùñ¤¥¾¡ນ˜ນ ùÉÀºö¾ນÕ¢š¤ö¸ ´¾¯½¦ö´¡ñ®§¾¨ê†À¢ó¤ÁìɸÃນÀ¸ì¾ ¯½¦ö´ ®Ò£¸ນùɢš¤ö¸¢÷Éນ ¹ùõ ξÀ¡óນį.
66 ວິທີການຫຼໍ່ Bronze casting
BRONZE CASTING (LOST WAX METHOD)
Introduction In Luang Prabang, Buddha images and other holy items for worship were traditionally cast in bronze using the lost wax method. These bronze images are an important part of religious ceremonies. The necessary materials were donated by the king and local people. The finished bronze pieces range in size – the sculpture can be cast as a whole or in pieces.
Tools and materials • Bronze, clay, beeswax, cow dung, sand paper • Crucible, wind blower • Fire wood, charcoal, brick, metal, nail and wire
Preparing the clay From ancient times, natural clay has been used to make molds. The clay is easy to find in Luang Prabang. The best place is Ban Chan, a pottery village, located on the other side of the Mekong River. To prepare the clay for casting Buddha images, it is necessary to pound the clay and sieve it to remove any impurities. After that, the clay is put in water, then mixed with sieved sand and water. Then it is ready to be molded. The prepared modeling clay can last at least one week.
Preparing the cow dung Cow dung is used the preparation of molds for bronze
67 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
ວິທີຫານຫຼໍ່
Àªñ¡ນò¡¡¾ນ¹ùÒ Á®®Â£È¤Á¡ນ¹ùñ¡¥½¯˜ນ©É¸¨©òນ©¾¡À¯ñນ»ø®Á®®, ùÉÀºö¾©òນ ꆡ¼´Ä¸É Áìɸ¯˜ນ, ¤¾ນ¦ó´õ ªÉº¤º¾Ä¦§È¾¤¯½ªò´¾¡¿°øɧ¿ນ¾ນ §ˆ¤´ó£¸¾´ ºö©êöນ Á콩÷Ïñúນ À²ˆº¦É¾¤¤¾ນ¦ò콯½Ã¹É´ó£¸¾´¯¾ນó©. ®Èºນ£ö©Â£É¤ ¥¿ À¯ñນªÉº¤Ã§ÉÀ¹ñù¡ À²ˆº®ÒùÉÀ®í¾´ó¡¾ນÀÎñ¤ªó¤ Á콴󣸾´ÁÎûນξ. À´ˆº¡¼´ Á¡ນÀ¹ùñ¡Áìɸ ùÉÀºö¾¢šÀ°š¤Âº®»ø®¸ñ©«÷ꆯ˜ນÀ¯ñນ¢šÀ°š¤ À²ˆº£¸¾´ì½º¼© ¢º¤À®í¾, ¥¾¡ນ˜ນ ùÉê¾¢š¤ö¸¥ñ¡ 2Œ3 À¯õº¡Ã¦ÈÀêó¤°ó¸¢º¤»ø®¢šÀ°š¤ À²ˆºÀ¯ñນ ¡¾ນÀ¡ñ®£¸¾´ì½º¼© Áìɸ¯½Ä¸ÉùÉÁ¹É¤. ¥¾¡ນ˜ນ¯½¦ö´¢š§¾¨ê†À¢ó¤Áìɸ Á콩òນ©¾¡Ã¹ÉÀ¢í¾¡ñນ ÁìɸÀºö¾Ä¯Âº®¸ñ©«÷©„¤¡È¾¸.
²¾¨¹ñù¤À®í¾Á¹É¤ ນ¾¨§È¾¤ªÉº¤¯½¦ö´©òນ©¾¡ ¹ùõ ©òນ¥¾¡¥ø´¯¸¡ ¡ñ®¢šÁ¡® ùÉÀ¢í¾¡ñນ À²ˆºນ¿Ä¯Âº®¸ñ©«÷©„¤¡È¾¸ºó¡ªˆ´ÀꈺΈ¤ À²ˆº¯Éº¤¡ñນ®Òùɴñນ´ó »º¨Áª¡, ¯½À®í¾Ä¸ÉùÉÁ¹É¤¥öນ¡¸ú¾À®í¾ºº¡¦ó¢¾¸, ນ¿ Àºö¾À®í¾ê†À»ñ©Áìɸ įº÷ÈນæÈijºÈºນŠùɢšÀ°š¤ì½ì¾¨ºº¡ ¹ùñ¤¥¾¡ນ˜ນ 꾤Ãນ¢º¤À®í¾ ¥½À¯ñນ »ø®ê†À»ö¾µ¾¡Ä©É, ÁìɸÀ°ö¾À®í¾ªÒįùɴñນÁ¢¤, À´ˆºÀ°ö¾À®í¾ÁìɸÅùÉນ¿Àºö¾ 꺤ꆥ½¹ùÒ ªí´Ã¦ÈÀ®í¾¹ùÒ.
¥¾¡ນ˜ນ «º¡êº¤ìö¤Ã¦ÈÎôú¤Ãນ¦º¤»ø«º¡µøȲœນÀ®í¾ «É¾¹¾¡À®í¾¡¼´ì½º¼©©ó 꺤ꆫº¡ìö¤À®í¾ ¥½Ä¹ùÀ¢í¾»ø꿺ò© Á콺¾¡¾©¥½ê„¤¢œນ»øꆦº¤ «É¾êº¤ ìíນºº¡¥¾¡»ø꿺ò© ÁªÈ»øꆦº¤®Ò´ó꺤ìíນ Ͼ¨£¸¾´¸È¾ À®í¾¡¼´®Ò©ó Áì½ êº¤ê†«º¡ ¥½®ÒĹùįꉸê÷¡²¾¡¦È¸ນ꾤Ãນ¢º¤À®í¾, ²¾¨¹ùñ¤«º¡êº¤ ¦¿Àìñ©Áìɸ ¯½À®í¾Ã¹É´ñນÀµñນ¦¾¡Èºນ Áìɸ¥†¤êñ®À®í¾À²ˆºÀºö¾¸ñ©«÷©„¤¡È¾¸ ªñ©®Èºນꆮҩó Áì½»ø«º¡ºº¡. º¾ນ¾Ä´¸ñ©«÷ ꆹùÒùɦ½º¾© Áì½¢ñ©©É¸¨ ¡½©¾©§¾¨ ¦º¤¦¾´Àꈺ, ¢˜ນªºນ¦÷©êɾ¨ À¡ñ®ì½º¼©¥öນ¡¸ú¾´ñນÀ¹ùœº´.
68 ວິທີການຫຼໍ່ Bronze casting casting in order to make the object smooth. In the preparation stage, cow dung is collected and filtered through a net in order to obtain fine cow dung liquid. After that the liquid is mixed with sifted sand. During the mixing, the cow dung should not be opaque or too thick.
Casting method In the lost–wax casting technique, a clay core is modeled in the basic shape of the image, using the prepared clay. This craft requires experienced sculptors, who have patience and diligence in order to create refined work. It is necessary to build a metal supporting structure inside the clay mold where it is bent in order to make the mold stable and movable.
Once the clay core is ready, it is covered with a layer of wax. The details of the object are molded in the wax. On top of the wax, two or three thin coats of thin cow dung liquid are applied, in order to pick up the details. Then, the coating is left to dry.
After that, sifted sand and clay are mixed together and used to cover the object. After it dries, the artisan mixes clay or the soil from termite nest with husk. This mixture is used to cover the object again to protect from cracking. The mold is left to dry and turn white. The clay mold is slowly heated in a kiln so the wax melts out. Then the mold is fired to make it hard. The inner part of the mold will be the shape of the final object.
Once the mold is fired and ready, bronze should be melted in a crucible. The liquid bronze is poured into one of the two openings in the bottom of the mold. If the mold is prepared well, the bronze follow into the mold through the first hole and the air is pushed out through the second hole. If the bronze spills over the edge of the first hole, but no
69 ສິລປະພຸດທະສະຖານ ຂອງ ຫລວງພະບາງ Buddhist Temple Arts of Luang Prabang
bronze spills over the edge of the second hole, the mold is not good, and the bronze did not reach all parts of the inner space.
After pouring, the bronze is allowed to cool, then the mold is broken open in order to remove the bronze object. The chaplet ends and funnels used in pouring the liquid bronze are cut off. The object is cleaned and polished with sandpaper two to three times. Finally, the object is polished.
70 ÄíñÃÆ×ÇÑ×ÀâÝíàâÂíàÖíÍÎßâÑÌêêÉèÀÍàÈ ช่วยเราเคารพประเพณีการตักบาตร 请各位尊重僧侣们早晨接受众信徒布施的佛教风俗 Aidez-nous à respecter la cérémonie d’offrande aux bonzes
Help us respect the alms giving ceremony Help us respect the alms giving ceremony giving alms the respect us Help ÁçòÂ×àÓÅáÂèÌÅáÖèÍÌèÀËÜÃËÞ×ÀÞ×ÀèÍ ข้อความสำ�คัญสำ�หรับนักท่องเที่ยวเกี่ยวกับ
ÎßâÑÌêÉèÀÍàÈåÌÉÜÌâÆíòà ประเพณีการตักบาตรในตอนเช้า
la cérémonie d’offrande aux bonzes aux d’offrande cérémonie la ¡¾ªñ¡®¾©À¯ñ¯½À²ó꾤²÷©ê½¦¾©¦½Î¾¢º¤§¾¸¹ì¸¤²½®¾¤ Áì½ ¯½À² การตักบาตรเป็นประเพณีทางพุทธศาสนาของชาวหลวงพระบางและความงดงามนี้ถือเป็น Aidez-nous à respecter respecter à Aidez-nous ó ºñ©ó¤¾´ šÀ¯ñ·¤Ã¥÷©¦¿£ñ©É¾¡¾êȺ¤êȼ¸. µÈ¾¤Ã©¡Ò©ó, «É¾ñ¡êȺ¤êȼ¸ หนึ่ง ในจุดที่สำ�คัญในด้านท่องเที่ยว อย่างไรก็ดีถ้านักท่องเที่ยวไม่รู้แจ้งในด้านวัฒนธรรม
®ÒÀ¢í¾Ã¥ éɾ¸ñ©ê½ ½ê¿ Áì½ ¢½ö®ê¿¼´¯½À²ó ¡¾ªñ¡®¾©Ã»ø® Á®®ê† และ ขนบธรรมเนียมประเพณีการตักบาตร ในรูปแบบที่ไม่สมควร ก็อาจก่อให้เกิดความเสื่อม
接 晨 早 们 侣 僧 重 尊 位 各 请 ®Ò¦ö´£¸ ¡Òº¾©¥½²¾Ã¹ÉÀ¡ó© £¸¾´À§ˆº´À¦¨Ä©É. ²¸¡À»ö¾ µ¾¡¥½Ã¹É £¸¾´¦öÃ¥ เสียได้ เราอยากจะให้ความสนใจเกี่ยวกับหลักการปฏิบัติการตักบาตรที่ถูกต้อง ซึ่งเป็นเรื่อง ช่วยเราเคารพประเพณีการตักบาตร ¡È¼¸¡ñ®¹ìñ¡¡¾¯½ªò®ñ©¡¾ªñ¡®¾© ꆫõ¡ªÉº¤ §‡¤À¯ñÀ윺¤ê†§¾¸¹ì¸¤²½®¾¤ ที่ชาว หลวงพระบางให้ความสำ�คัญดังนี้
ùɣ¸¾´¦¿£ñ©„¤š. หลักการปฏิบัติเกี่ยวกับการตักบาตร: • ¥‰ ÃÆ×ÇÑ×ÀâÝíàâÂíàÖíÍÎßâÑÌêêÉèÀÍàÈ ØÖèÀÀàÌÎßÉéÍèÈÀÞ×ÀèÍÀàÌÉèÀÍàÈ: • เฝ้าดูการตักบาตรในอาการสงบเสงี่ยม ท่านจงทำ�ทานเมื่อท่านเห็นว่ามีความสำ�คัญสำ�หรับ • ¥‰¤¦ñ¤À¡©À®…¤©É¸¨£¸¾´¦½¹¤ö®¤¼®, êȾ¥‰¤Ã¹Éê¾À´ˆºêȾÀ¹ñ¸È¾´ó £¸¾´¦¿ ท่าน และปฏิบัติในอาการสำ�รวม • • £ñ¦¿¹ìñ®êȾ Áì½ ¯½ªò®ñ©©É¸¨£¸¾´ÀϾ½¦ö´. • โปรดซื้ออาหารในตลาดในตอนเช้าแทนที่จะไปซื้ออาหารจากร้านค้าตามบาทวิถีที่พระ ¥‰¤§œº¾¹¾Ãª½¹ì¾©ªºÀ§í¾Áêꆥ½Ä¯§œ¿²¸¡Á´È£É¾ê†¹¾®¢¾¨¨È¾¤ ª¾´¹ìñ¤ ²½¦ö¤ ภิกษุสงฆ์ เดินผ่าน • Áì½ ¦¿´½À. • ถ้าท่านไม่ประสงค์ที่จะทำ�บุญ ขอความกรุณารักษาระยะห่างที่เหมาะสม และ แสดงอาการ • «É¾êȾ®Ò´ó¥÷©¯½¦ö¤ê†¥½Ã¹É꾢𣸾´¡½ì÷¾»ñ¡¦¾Ä쨽¹È¾¤ê†ÀϾ½¦ö´ Áì½ • สำ�รวม อย่าเข้าไปกีดขวางในช่องทางที่พระภิกษุสงฆ์จะเดินผ่าน หรือบริเวณที่ผู้คนจะ ¯½²õ©ªö¸µÈ¾¤ÀϾ½¦ö´, µÈ¾À¢í¾Ä¯¡ó©¢¸¾¤ÃÀ¦˜ê¾¤ê†²½¦ö¤ Áì½ ¦¿´½À¥½À©ó เข้าไป ทำ�บุญ °È¾¹ìõ®ðìòÀ¸ê†°øÉ£ö¥½Ã¹Éê¾. • • • โปรดอย่าถ่ายรูปพระภิกษุสงฆ์ในระยะกระชั้นชิดจนเกินไป เนื่องจากแสงแฟลชจากกล้อง ¡½ì÷¾µÈ¾«È¾¨»ø®²½¦ö¤ Áì½ ¦¿´½ÀÃÄ쨽áɦò©¥öÀ¡óįÀˆº¤¥¾¡ ¸È¾Á¦¤ • Á³ù©¥¾¡¡Éº¤«È¾¨»ø®¥½ìö®¡¸²½¦ö¤, ¦¿´½À Áì½ §¾¸®É¾. ถ่ายรูปจะรบกวนแก่พระภิกษุสงฆ์และชาวบ้านอย่างมาก • • ¡½ì÷¾ÁªÈ¤¡¾¨¦÷²¾®»¼®»Éº¨Â©¨¦½À²¾½µÈ¾¤¨ò¤Á´È¹ö¸Ä¹Èì, Îɾºö¡Áì½ • กรุณาแต่งกายสุภาพเรียบร้อย: โดยเฉพาะอย่างยิ่ง หัวไหล่ หน้าอก และ ขา ควรมีการ ¢¾£¸´ó¡¾¯ö¡¯ò©. ปกปิด อย่างมิดชิด • ¹É¾´Áª½ªÉº¤¥ñ®®¾¨²½¦ö¤ Á콦¿´½À. • ห้ามถูกเนื้อต้องตัวพระภิกษุสงฆ์ • ¹É¾´¿ìö©®ñ©¢½Î¾©Ã¹È¨À¢í¾¥º©Ã®ðìòÀ¸À¢©´ð콩ö¡Âì¡¢º¤ ¹ì¸¤²½®¾¤ • ห้ามรถบัสขนาดใหญ่เข้าจอดในบริเวณเขตมรดกโลกของหลวงพระบางเนื่องจากมักก่อ Àˆº¤¥¾¡¸È¾´ñ¥½¡Ò£¸¾´ì¿£¾¹ì¾¨µÈ¾¤. êȾµÈ¾¢ñ®ìö©ª¾´¢½®¸¢º¤ ความ รำ�คาญอย่างมาก อย่าขับรถบัสตามขบวนของพระภิกษุสงฆ์ เพราะท่านอาจจะอยู่ ²½¦ö¤ Áì½ ¦¿´½ÀÀ²¾½êȾº¾©¥½µøȦø¤¡È¸¾²½¦ö¤ Áì½ ¦¿´½À§‡¤À¯ñ สูงกว่า พระภิกษุสงฆ์ ซึ่งเป็นเรื่องที่ชาวลาวถือว่า ไม่เคารพพระกิกษุสงฆ์อย่งยิ่ง À윺¤ê†§¾¸ì¾¸«õ¸È¾®ÒÀ¯ñ¡¾À£ö¾ìö®ñ®«õªÒ²½¦ö¤ Áì½ ¦¿´½À.
¥‰¤À¢í¾»È¸´²òêóªñ¡®¾©©É¸¨£¸¾´À£ö¾ìö®ªÒ¦…¤¦ñ¡¦ò© Áì½ À§ó©§ø£¸¾´¥ö®¤¾´ê¾¤ การร่วมทำ�บุญตักบาตรด้วยอาการที่เคารพต่อสิ่งศักดิ์สิทธิ์และเชิดชูความงดงามของพุทธ ²÷©ê½¦¾©¦½Î¾. §¾¸¹ì¸¤²½®¾¤ Áì½ À¥í¾Îɾꆡ¾¥ñ©ª˜¤ê÷¡¢˜¢º¤ ศาสนา ชุมชนและองค์การต่างๆของหลวงพระบาง ขอขอบพระคุณล่วงหน้าสำ�หรับความ ¹ì¸¤²½®¾¤¢ð¢º®Ã¥ìȸ¤ÎɾªÒêȾê†Ä©Éùɡ¾»È¸´´õÀ¯ñµÈ¾¤©ó. ร่วมมือ
僧侣清晨沿街接受信众徒布施是琅勃拉邦当地传统的佛教风俗 。当地的人们称 之 为 "塔芭" 。在长期的传承过程中, 人们给这一古老的传统不断地注入了新的活力而 使之经久不衰, 成为本地极具当代活力的一大佛教民风民俗。它给人一种视觉上 的美 感, 引起了旅游者极大的兴趣。但是, 当旅游者对这一风俗缺乏基本常识时, 不得 体的 行为和表现就会扰乱佛事的正常进行。在此, 我们呼吁各位对这项在琅勃拉邦民间 Supported by: •具有极大意义的宗教习俗给予应有的关注和了解。 Luang Prabang Provincial Tourism Office Tel: 071 212487 Fax: 856 71 252904 • 在仪式进行过程中, 请静静地观摩, 在你对这一 习俗的意义产生共鸣并能够文 Department of Information and Culture, Luang Prabang 明参
Lao Buddhist Fellowship Organisation, Luang Prabang District • 与的前提下, 你才可以奉上自己的那一份。 National Tourism Authority-Asian Development Bank 施舍给僧侣的米饭, 应在当天清晨早些时候, 在当地的菜市场购买。而不要在 Mekong Tourism Development Project • 僧侣们清早接受布施者供奉时必经的街道旁, 向沿街而设的商家小贩购买。 SNV Netherlands Development Organisation 如果不打算参与供奉, 请保持一定的距离并注意行为得体庄重。并请注意不要 在 The Heritage House, Luang Prabang • 僧侣和信徒们的队例中挡道 。 The Quiet in the Land, Art and Education Project, Luang Prabang • 照相机镜头不应离得僧侣太近。照相机上的闪光灯会对例行佛事的僧侣和布施 United Nations Education, Science and Culture Organisation • 者造成干扰。
衣冠整洁：肩膀, 前胸 和腿部肢体不应外露。
避免与僧人发生肢体触碰。
Text and translation: Khamphouy Phommavong, Sathou Onkeo Sitthivong, 禁止大型车辆进入琅勃拉邦世界文化遗产地。大巴车的进入会给区域内的正常 Francis Engelman, Bhanuphol Horayangura, Tian Jin, Yoshi Kawaguchi, 秩序造成极大的干扰。不要在车上尾随跟踪僧侣和布施者的队列 因为车辆 France Morin, Saveuy Silavanh, and David Wharton Photo: Hans Georg Berger Design: Pankham HiTec/Paul Bloxham Exercise 3.1: Identifying and classifying threats to heritage protection
Our r esponse t o di fferent t hreats may v ary depending on whether the threat is from nature of from humans.
• Write dow n i n t he co lumn bel ow t he t hreats that y ou think are mainly caused by nature, or by humans
Hints: Consider whether you would need to deal with human or natural causes in responding with the threat – some ‘natural’ threats may be more caused by humans (for example, consider whether cattle damage is really caused by human practices, and can therefore be regarded as a ‘human’ threat).
NATURAL THREATS HUMAN THREATS
Exercise 3.2: Developing a response to threats to Luang Prabang’s Heritage
For each threat you identified in Exercise 3.1, write down a response which may assist in strengthening safeguards in Luang Prabang
Threat Response
Unit 4
Visitors at World Heritage Sites
Interpretation of Luang Prabang’s Heritage
Learning Objectives
Interpretation techniques and activities for Luang Prabang Town and Surrounding Landscape Landscape Existing interpretation resources and suggestions for thematic trails in and around Luang Prabang Town
Contents
4.1 Interpretation techniques and activities for Luang Prabang Town and Surrounding Landscape 4.2 Tips on using existing interpretation resources 4.3 Thematic trails for different audiences and interest groups
Resources
A Guide to Luang Prabang guidebook
Northern Heritage Trail guidebook
Tourist Information Center posters and Maps
Interpreting Local Knowledge Training Manual
Case studies
Unit exercises
Performance Standards 1 Performance Standards 2 Performance Standards 3 Performance Standards 4 Performance Standards 5 Performance Standards 4 INFLUENCING VISITOR BEHAVIOUR AND EXPERIENCE Scope Knowledge Specific Skills/Abilities
Influencing Visitor .The relationship between heritage . Communicate to visitors the key concerns Behaviour and tourism and sustainable community and issues of the communities associated Experience development with the site .How CHSG can benefit community . Give visitors specific suggestions on how members they can help address local community .How CHSG can help minimise or concerns and issues eliminate negative impacts of tourism . Give visitors specific suggestions on how they can support local initiatives to improve the community’s life . Suggest visitors to patronize local establishments to encourage local entrepreneurship and employment . Encourage visitors to see local communities as hosts and not ‘service providers’ . When appropriate, involve local people in interpretation . Seek ‘permission’ (approval sought patiently beforehand) to enter social/religious/private spaces of local communities.
4.1 Interpretation techniques and activities for Luang Prabang Town and Surrounding Landscape
At present, there are some resources to help visitors and guides better understand Luang Prabang Town and associated heritage resources. These include:
The Tourist Information Center at the Provincial Tourism Department Guidebooks on Luang Prabang and Northern Laos Signage and information kiosks at some sites The National Museum and Traditional Arts and Ethnology Center Speaking with knowledgeable residents of Luang Prabang
And most important – guided tours led by well-trained guides. This unit will focus on how you, as a guide, can improve your interpretation skills to better communicate the Luang Prabang’s heritage values to visitors. A well-trained guide helps visitors better understand and appreciate a heritage site, and creates awareness of the importance of heritage protection. Guides interact directly with visitors to facilitate both enjoyment and education as part of a heritage tour. The way this is done is through providing quality heritage interpretation.
Good heritage interpretation aims to makes the visitor think and remember, not simply present facts that they passively listen to and then will probably forget soon after their visit. Therefore, a heritage guide should develop presentation skills and thematic heritage tours that challenge visitors to think and therefore leave a lasting impression. Each tour should have a “take home message” for the visitor. In this unit, as an example, we will focus on the theme Living Buddhism (a heritage guide may propose others) for Luang Prabang Town & Surrounding Landscape. The theme “Living Buddhism” is linked to the town’s history, beliefs and customs, and underpins preservation of its built and intangible heritage resources. It might be communicated to a group of visitors in the following statement:
“Luang Prabang Town is a charming assemblage of villages, each surrounding a Buddhist Temple that serves as a community’s focal point. While the temples are magnificent, perhaps more intriguing is how Luang Prabang’s residents manage to balance modernization and ancient Buddhist customs, beliefs and rituals that continue to play a central role in their everyday lives.”
4.1.1 Planning a Heritage Tour To plan an interpretative tour there are three key decisions a guide must make. They are:
What is the theme? – This means the take home message we want to deliver to visitors. The theme “Living Buddhism” has already been identified above. You may use the knowledge and techniques learned from this unit to develop other themes for heritage tours that differ from the examples we will use during this training.
What is the medium to deliver the message? – This means how the take home message is communicated to the visitor. For our purposes, we will focus on a heritage guide’s verbal and non-verbal presentation while on a guided tour. Other supporting communication materials include guidebooks, brochures, and signage.
Who is the audience? – The audience means people on your tour. There are many different types of domestic and international visitors that go on tours in Luang Prabang. A good heritage guide will spend time learning about the different tourist markets, why they come, and the type of experience they seek and enjoy.
Decisions on a tour theme, communication medium, and what audience is targeted should support the four broad goals of:
1. Enhance visitor experience 2. Protect the built heritage resources and promote the intangible heritage 3. Protect visitors from hazards 4. Enhance public relations and the role of the Department of Heritage
This unit focuses on the first goal, to enhance visitor experience through expertly guided heritage tours. A discussion on how heritage tours support goals number 2, 3 and 4 is presented in units 2, 3 and 5.
4.1.2 Interpretative Techniques Once we identify the “theme” of a tour, how we will communicate educational messages, and know who the target audience is, a range of interpretative techniques should be employed to enhance the quality of a heritage tour.
Before the Heritage Tour Provide enough information during your orientation to prepare visitors mentally, physically and emotionally – This means that during an orientation be sure to remind visitors about the length of their tour, any physical challenges, what they should bring, advise them on weather conditions and provide a brief overview of the itinerary. A heritage guide will also provide background information about local communities and how they are linked to the site. If you are able to meet your guest the day before the tour, provide some readings on the local history and culture. Prior to departure, review codes of responsible conduct and remind visitors of why the Luang Prabang was inscribed on the UNESCO World Heritage List.
Also keep in mind that some guests may be Buddhists from other countries or Lao people that are returning to the province after many years to visit relatives and may become very emotional when they see landmarks that bring back memories from long ago.
Exercise 4.1: Turning facts into stories in Luang Prabang
One way of communicating the importance of Luang Prabang’s heritage is by using themes. A theme is like the type of story you are telling. A theme can be related to values. Values are the things about Luang Prabang that make it important to people.
Below are some examples of how a theme can be related to values, and how these can be related to physical elements or other information. Can you fill the blank spaces?
Themes Values related Related elements / to theme information
Spiritual values
Belief in karma and doing good deeds to accumulate merit Living Buddhism Social values Maintaining a “cool heart” and avoiding confrontation Temple crafts
Aesthetic values
A creative community
Scientific values An ingenious community Social values
Harmony Scientific values between humans& nature
Social values
Human influence over landscape planning
Follow re-planned interpretive trails – Three heritage trails are covered in this training (i) Luang Prabang Temple Crafts & Indigenous Building Techniques; (ii) Chomphet Temple Walk; and (iii) Craft Villages. A heritage guide may develop interpretative trails of her own too. The point here is to have a plan of where you will be going before the tour departs, with knowledge of what information you will present, at which sites and how often you will stop for breaks. Be prepared to adjust your tour program if a group that shows a lot of interest in a particular feature.
Create internal conflict and ambiguity by questioning the visitor – This means making the visitor think by asking them questions. Even though the heritage guide will be able to present a lot of information about Luang Prabang and surrounding areas, the visitor should have an opportunity to relate what is being said to their own experiences. For example, you might ask “Why was this peninsula selected as the site to establish Luang Prabang Town?” or “What do think about the expectation that all men become a monk for at least some period in their lives?” Later, during the tour and at an appropriate venue, revisit these questions and spend some time discussing the responses. This engages the visitor and stimulates them to seek more knowledge, both during and after the heritage tour.
Plan for a variety of topics – A heritage tour will include information and learning on more than just temples. Include information on culture, nature and different historic periods including contemporary issues.
Appoint different tourists with different “jobs” or roles – Before the trip departs, ask several guests to take on volunteer “jobs” that will enhance learning, safety, and lessen negative impacts of the heritage tour. For example, ask someone to volunteer to be the “Doctor” and give them the main task of reminding everyone to drink enough water to prevent dehydration. Someone else can be the “architect” that encourages everyone in the group to take note of different building styles. Ask a visitor to be the “Culture Police” and encourages the group to follow Do’s and Don’ts guidelines, and perhaps ask someone to be the “Chef” with the responsibility of discovering something interesting and unusual to eat. There are many, many possible jobs. List as many as you can and determine which visitors like the most through trial and error.
During the Heritage Tour Appeal to all senses – This means facilitate visitor learning though sight, sound, touch, taste and smell. A heritage guide will need to do more than just talk to lead an outstanding tour. For example you might carry an old photo of the town and present it while on tour. Ask visitors to identify which buildings are still standing and how they have changed. Stop when you hear monks chanting and identify the prayer and its meaning for your group. Avoid touching sensitive items such a Buddha images, but instead encourage touching, silk, bamboo and other natural materials when explaining what they are. Taste a variety of local food, and invite visitors to small fragrant herbs or aromatic plants like bai nat or mai sakan. Explain what the plants are used for. Or even better, ask a local village to do so and translate for the group.
Highlight the unexpected and surprising – Incorporate your own indigenous knowledge or facts not widely known into the heritage tour programme. Ask guests to guess the recipe of pratai phet, a type of plaster cement used to construct temples. Show visitors the saet tree and explain that this is plant is used to make the orange coloring for monk’s robes. Hold up a piece of kai paen and remind visitors that this is produced from a type of rive weed harvested from the Mekong. These examples both highlight the unexpected and appeal to the senses.
Pose a challenging activity and offer a reward for accomplishing it – Challenge the visitor by asking them to find an interesting archaeological, historic or natural feature while on the heritage tour. For example, ask the visitor to determine which was the oldest temple seen while on tour. Guess how long a typical thread of a silk cocoon is, or point out a teak tree to the group. Offer a small reward such as a local kanom to the person that finds it first.
Make the experience personally relevant – This means creating a link between the site and visitors. Topics that may be integrated into heritage tours in Luang Prabang are how Buddhism is similar and different to your guest’s religious practices. Explain Lao weddings, funerary practices, and the relationship between elders and the younger generation. These are topics that should be relevant for most visitors.
Allow the visitor to lead part of the tour through participation and interaction – As part of the “job” that you assign visitors (discussed above) ask them at some time during the heritage tour to lead a discussion or present their point of view on an aspect of the heritage tour. For example, the “Culture Police” might be asked to discuss the positive and negative effects they think tourism is having on the town what measures can be made to better protect it. The “Chef” can explain the ingredients of the delicious snack they discovered.
Provide ongoing physical and mental orientation – Visitors will often ask “how far to the next spot” and what are we going to see next” even though you may have already given a detailed pre-tour orientation. A heritage guide will provide continuous reminders on the above, and may use maps, photos or other printed media to provide continuous orientation to the group. A heritage guide will also remind guests of any upcoming hazards or physically challenging aspects of a tour.
After the Heritage Tour Ask/review what the group has learned and encourage continuous learning – Before saying goodbye for the day, a heritage guide should assemble the tour group in a comfortable spot, preferably at one of the heritage attractions, and review what was learned. Allow time for any final questions and for the visitor to reflect on the heritage tour’s take home messages. Encourage visitors to read more about the sites they visited.
Introduce visitors to other places of interest and how communities benefit from tourism – Try and extend visitor’s length of stay in Luang Prabang by recommending other heritage tours. You should also encourage visitors to purchase local handicrafts and food because it will help benefit local people and strengthen the local economy. Remind visitors that part of the fee they paid to take today’s tour went to entry fees that fund site protection, maintenance and community development.
If known, provide advice to the visitor about their next destination – Tour operators, guides and the tourist information center should have a supply of brochures, maps and other information about Lao PDR’s heritage sites and how to visit them.
4.2 Tips on using existing interpretation resources Existing interpretation resources in Luang Prabang are the Provincial Tourist Information Center, Luang Prabang Guidebook, Northern Heritage Trail Guidebook, maps & posters found in information kiosks. A good resource is also the National Museum and Traditional Arts and Ethnology center. A heritage guide should consider incorporating one or more of these resources/sites into all tours. For example, a heritage tour might begin at the Provincial Information Center where visitors can pick up free brochures or purchase a guidebook.
Photo 4.2: Maps & Information Available at the Provincial Tourist Information Center
4.3 Thematic trails for different audiences and interest groups
Thematic trails will appeal to domestic and international visitors. Each should vary in duration and difficulty. On a separate sheet of paper, develop three thematic trails using the information resources in this manual and your own knowledge. Trail 1: Half-day Heritage Tour – Luang Prabang
Trail 2: Full-day Heritage Tour – Luang Prabang Town & Surrounding Craft Villages
Trail 2: Full-day Heritage Tour – Luang Prabang Town & Chomphet Temple Walk
Exercise 4.2: Developing your own FAQs
Based on your experience with tourists and your knowledge about Luang Prabang think of some questions you expect to be asked by visitors.
Question ANSWER
UNESCO-LNTA Cultural Heritage Specialist Guide Training
Luang Prabang, Lao PDR
Unit 4- Heritage Interpretation
2 – 7 March 2010 Luang Prabang, Lao PDR Scope Knowledge Specific Skills/Abilities
Heritage . The role of heritage interpretation in the . Develop and plan a thematic interpretative Interpretation visitors’ understanding of a cultural talk. heritage site . Select appropriate interpretive methods and . Types of interpretation methods and tools. their appropriateness in various . Incorporate the Outstanding Universal contexts Value(s) of the site in interpretation. . The role of guides in creating visitor . Tell (a) complete story/stories of the site experience and, where appropriate, incorporate . The relationship between heritage viewpoints of different groups. interpretation and heritage protection . Provide thought-provoking ------information/insights about the site. . Historical, social, political and economical . Use existing and available resources background of the site effectively. . Outstanding Universal Value(s) of the . Where appropriate, make visitors use site(s) various senses to understand the site. . Festivals, rituals and traditions associated . Involve visitors in interpretation by using with the site(s) various interactive activities, including, but . Folklores , legends and local stories not limited to, asking questions. associated with the site . Adjust the pace/style of presentation as necessary or as circumstances dictate. ------. Satisfy visitors’ queries with complete and accurate answers. . Involve relevant aspects of community as part of the activities. Unit 4- Heritage Interpretation Heritage Interpretation: Knowledge
The role of heritage interpretation in the visitors’ understanding of a cultural heritage site
Enhance visitor experience Protect heritage resources Protect visitors from hazards Enhance public relations
To make visitors think and remember Unit 4- Heritage Interpretation Heritage Interpretation: Knowledge
The role of guides in creating visitor experience
An Ambassador A Doctor A Policeman An Entertainer
A Teacher Unit 4- Heritage Interpretation Heritage Interpretation: Knowledge
Types of interpretation methods & resources and their appropriateness in various contexts
Tourist Information Centre Guidebooks Signage and information kiosks National Museum Movies and video
Guided tours led by you Unit 4- Heritage Interpretation Heritage Interpretation: Knowledge
The relationship between heritage interpretation and heritage protection
We protect what we love & value We value & love what we understand
This relationship highlights the importance of your role as a Teacher Unit 4- Heritage Interpretation Heritage Interpretation: Skills
To “think and remember” – development of a theme and thematic heritage tours
Identify a theme Determine communication medium Identify the audience
Identify a theme Determine medium Identify audience
• Living Buddhism • guided tour • backpackers • artistic expression • video presentation • Thai group tour • human settlement • signage, brochure. etc • international group tour Unit 4- Heritage Interpretation Heritage Interpretation: Skills
Preparation for field trip: Chomphet Temple Walk
Before the tour During the tour •After the tour Agree on our theme • Plan in advance • Appeal to all senses • Provide advice about the next destination •Visitor orientation • Highlight unexpected • Introduce the visitor to and surprising other places of interest • Question the visitor, • Pose a challenge and and how communities create ambiguity reward benefit from tourism • Plan for variety • Make the experience • Review what the group personally relevant has learned and • Assign a job to each • Ask the visitor to lead encourage continuous visitor learning • Provide ongoing physical and mental orientation Unit 4- Heritage Interpretation Heritage Interpretation: Skills
Guide with the senses
Sight Sound Smell Taste Touch
The Heart, a well though out theme touches the Heart and will be remembered Unit 4- Heritage Interpretation Heritage Interpretation: Skills
End of session Unit 4- Heritage Interpretation Heritage Interpretation: Skills
Return from field trip: Review exercise 4.2
Exercise 4.2: Developing your own FAQs (frequently asked questions)
Based on your experience with tourists, and your knowledge about the Luang Prabang/Chomphet, think of some FAQs which you expect to be asked.
Are the temples in Chomphet Answer included in the Heritage Site?
Why are there so few tourists in Answer Chomphet?
Discuss other common questions…. Answers… Unit 4- Heritage Interpretation Heritage Interpretation: Skills
Return from field trip: Review exercise 4.1 Exercise 4.1: Turning facts into stories Themes Values related to theme Related elements / information (houa caw) (kwam seua tang dan) (caw mun gieow cong)
•Living • Spiritual values • Temples – spirtual center of Buddhism communities • Social values • Old Royal Temple – why on other bank of Mekong ? • Aesthetic values • Festivals – importance of Had Sai Mongkhoun in Mekong • Landscape values • Landscape – location of temples and orientation of town around Mount Phousi
Human settlement Use this information to create a story Unit 5
Visitors at World Heritage Sites
Influencing Visitor behavior and Experience
Learning Objectives
Increase knowledge of visitor impacts in Luang Prabang Tips for managing visitors How to formulate and implement code of responsible visitor conduct Appropriate visitation to the local community Responsible visiting on festivals and ritual days
Contents
This unit will introduce you to the past, present and possible future impacts of visitation in Luang Prabang. There are several suggestion on how to manage visitors at heritage sites, as well strategies on how, as a guide, you can develop codes of responsible behavior. Finally, the unit ends with guidelines on how to visit local communities responsibly. There are five major components of this unit:
5.1 Visitor impacts in Luang Prabang
5.2 Tips for managing visitors
5.3 Formulating and implementing code of responsible visitor behavior
5.4 Visiting the local community
5.5 Responsible visitation on festivals and ritual days
Resources
Do’s and Don’ts booklet & posters
IMPACT: Luang Prabang
English for Ecoguides book
Help us respect the morning almsgiving ceremony brochure
Performance Standards 1 Performance Standards 2 Performance Standards 3 Performance Standards 4 Performance Standards 5 Performance Standards 5 COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT Scope Knowledge Specific Skills/Abilities
Community .The relationship between heritage . Communicate to visitors the key concerns Involvement tourism and sustainable community and issues of the communities associated development with the site. .How CHSG can benefit community . Give visitors specific suggestions on how members they can help address local community .How CHSG can help minimise or concerns and issues. eliminate negative impacts of tourism . Give visitors specific suggestions on how they can support local initiatives to improve the community’s life. . Suggest visitors to patronize local establishments to encourage local entrepreneurship and employment. . Encourage visitors to see local communities as hosts and not ‘service providers’. . When appropriate, involve local people in interpretation. . Seek ‘permission’ (approval sought patiently beforehand) to enter social/religious/private spaces of local communities. 5.1 Visitor Impacts in Luang Prabang
Tourism causes both positive and negative economic, social and physical impacts to the people and heritage assets in Luang Prabang. At present, visitation is highly concentrated in the main town and at popular attractions such as Vat Xieng Thong, Phousi and the National Museum. Outside of town, the Tham Ting caves and Kuang Si Waterfall are popular attractions, attracting over 100,000 visitors per year. Some negative physical impacts on heritage sites that commonly arise when a site is not well-managed include:
Theft – removing artifacts such as Buddha images or parts of temples.
Vandalism – this is when someone deliberately writes on, or damages, temples or other heritage features.
Pollution – pollution means air and noise pollution as well as trash. Notice that trash is sometimes carelessly scattered about the landscape. Burning trash causes air, water and soil pollution. All trash should be placed in rubbish bins and carted away to a landfill.
Crowding – The number of visitors to Luang Prabang is already over 300,000 annually and increasing every year.
Displacement of local people – many inhabitants of Luang Prabang Town have sold or rented their homes and moved out of town. This is having an effect on the town’s demographics and social fabric.
Photo 5.1: Theft & Vandalism are one negative Impact of Tourism in Luang Prabang
When discussing impacts, there is often a focus on the negative physical and social impacts caused by tourism and how to prevent them. Well-trained guides recognize that tourism can cause an increase in the price of goods and services locally, diminish heritage values when tourists do not respect local codes of conduct, and damage the natural environment if improperly managed.
But tourism can also produce many positive impacts and a guide should actively try to help increase positive impacts of tourism. This means encouraging tourists to purchase local products such as food and handicrafts, always pay entry fees, learn and inform visitors about proper codes of conduct and do what they can to ensure trash is disposed of properly. Doing so will enhance the experience of tourists, local hosts and guides.
Exercise 5.1 – List positive and negative impacts of tourism in Luang Prabang
Negative Impacts Positive Impacts
5.2 Tips for managing Visitors
How can we better manage visitors to ensure the ancient town of Luang Prabang and other heritage assets in and around the town are properly protected?
First, as guides, you play an important role in preventing inappropriate visitor behavior that can physically damage heritage assets. Providing good interpretation of the sites as discussed in the last chapter will help visitors better understand, and thus appreciate the sites they visit. When someone appreciates and understands something, they are much less likely to intentionally damage it.
A guide should set goals for how they would like a tourist to behave while on tour. For example, you have probably by now determined that it is unacceptable for a tourist or guide to physically damage a Buddha image. The desired behavior is not to touch the image in any way – this means no rubbing or climbing on the image.
After you determine the desired behavior (for any tour destination) next, assess the situation regarding who, when, why and where the tour will take place. Use this information to form a strategy that reduces impacts on the heritage assets. For example, if a large tour group from Thailand will be on your tour to Vat Xieng Thong, be sure to inform visitors (always in their native language if possible) about appropriate codes of behavior – this means no rubbing Buddha images as is common practice at Vat Pa Keo in Vientiane.
For all sites, especially those that do not have barriers to separate tourists and artifacts, consider the methods and approach you will use to influence visitor behavior. And remember, a guide can only influence visitor behavior if they can effectively aid visitor learning. Some practices that aid visitor learning and influence behavior are:
Conducting pre-tour orientation and giving direct instruction while on tour –Many negative impacts are caused unintentionally and some simple reminders to tourists before the tour starts goes a long way in reducing impacts. Contrary to the Lao belief that tourists might somehow be dissatisfied by “being told what to do” most tourists, especially the type we want to attract to Luang Prabang actually appreciate a pre-tour orientation to inform them how they should act.
Gently reminding visitors of good and bad behavior.
Educating visitors about do’s and don’ts, the fragility and age of artifacts and their significance as World Heritage, how to interact with local people, and what the consequences of inappropriate behavior are.
Monitoring visitor behavior – a watchful eye and physical presence of a guide can deter inappropriate behavior. This means a guide should never wait in the van while his group is wandering around a site.
Photo 5.2 Pre-tour orientation can help to promote appropriate behavior
Modeling good behavior – A guide should act the same way she wants her tour group to act. This means the guide should not damage heritage sites, litter or encourage purchase of prohibited items.
Involving and engaging visitors – Turn the tourist into an active learner. Give them an assignment. For example, you might ask your tour group to find the peacock mural at Vat Xieng Thong. Ask someone if they can identify the moon rock in the National Museum, and prepare a small “prize” to give to the person that correctly identifies it. The prize might be a sweet local kanome that the visitor will be happy to receive, and probably result in an act of reciprocal generosity (perhaps a good tip!) at the end of the tour.
Inspire the visitor to change and adopt more responsible attitudes during and after the tour – This can be done by “setting the stage” before or during a tour, for example, by stating that “today, we are all Buddhists, and as your guide, I encourage you to treat the temples as if you wwere visiting a sacred religious site. At the close of the tour, encourage the visitor to adopt this attitude when visiting the next site, and also recommend reading books about the town and other attractions in Luang Prabang.
Be nice – this means that while as a guide you must sometimes fulfill the role of policeman, you must also be equally willing to provide travel advice, make friends, and create a fun atmosphere while on tour.
Reward good behavior – When a tourist exhibits the type of behavior you are trying to promote, reward them using kind words, small gifts such as a kanome, or informational materials.
5.3 Formulating and implementing a code of responsible visitor behavior
A code of responsible visitor behavior includes the core standards, principles, and values that govern how visitors should act and behave when visiting heritage sites and the host community. It contains the preferences and desires of the local community and it is the task of the heritage guide to help refine and specify the code, communicate to visitors the need to adopt responsible behavior, and ensure that visitors abide by it.
In Lao PDR general behavioral guidelines for visitors have been developed and published in the Do’s and Don’ts booklet (and poster) and adapted for specific sites including Luang Prabang. Heritage guides should also develop site-specific guidelines in consultation with local communities who live in and around the heritage attraction. Some themes the heritage guide and community can focus on when developing the code include:
Photography Transportation and arrival Personal hygiene Communicating and interacting with fellow visitors and locals Body language, customs and rituals that may be required of visitors Exhibiting emotions Shopping at local stores, buying souvenirs, and other consumption behavior Appropriate dressing and attire Visiting the site Contributing to the host community Abiding by local laws and customs Security Examples of general codes of behavior for Lao PDR in general and Luang Prabang in specific are found the “Do’s and Don’ts in Lao PDR” booklet and “Help us protect the alms giving ceremony” booklet.
Photo 5.3 Cartoon image from “Do’s and Don’ts in Lao PDR”
Implementing a code of behavior can be a challenging task, especially if a guide is shy and inexperienced. Heritage guides can use a range of influence and communicative styles to encourage appropriate behavior. These include:
Telling – whereby guides provide specific instructions and closely supervise and directing the behavior of visitors.
Selling – whereby guides explain the need to behave in accordance to codes of responsible conduct and allow visitors to clarify or ask questions as to the reasons behind these required behaviors.
Participating – whereby guides collaborate with visitors and make them partners, seek their input as to the best way to behave and encouraging them to participate.
Monitoring – whereby the guide simply observes or monitors the behavior of visitors, intervening only when necessary.
5.4 Visiting the local community
When visiting the local communities, a heritage guide will put into action the responsible code of behavior discussed in section 5.3. A guide uses a range of media and communicative styles to deliver messages that reinforce positive behavior and discourage what is inappropriate. Below are some guidelines for visiting local communities in Luang Prabang.
Photography While photography is permitted in all communities, a heritage guide will assist their guests to request permission before photographing people, events, or sacred objects. Guides and visitors should; Recognize that locals, particularly those who live in or near cultural attractions, may desire privacy and do not wish to be photographed. At some sites, especially sacred ones, the local community may restrict photography; when unsure always ask a local if it is photography is permitted. Send copies of pictures to locals if a commitment is made to do so. Be aware that photographing military installations is not permitted.
Transport and visiting Check the local calendar of events before departing for your tour. If a local festival is taking place inform your guests and inform them of proper codes of conduct if they would like to take part in the festival or ceremony. When possible, encourage visitation in groups that do not exceed 12 guests. This will allow the guide to provide better interpretation and help her to monitor visitor behavior more easily. It also generates more employment for guides. Never touch, rub, handle, or manipulate objects, artifacts, or parts of the structure of the heritage sites as these can be damaged. Never remove or take anything from a site (except pictures!) as a keepsake or souvenir. A woman is not permitted to touch a Buddhist monk. Please remind your female guests. Other ethnic groups may have restrictions on male and female behavior. Please inquire with your hosts and communicate behavioral guidelines to visitors. Avoid yelling, shouting or talking loudly; guides and visitors should avoid the use of mobile phones which can degrade the atmosphere and setting and irritate residents as well as other visitors.
Personal hygiene Guides and visitors should leave no trash. If a refuse bin is not available, pack out all trash generated on the tour. If necessary, bring along bag to temporarily store your waste. Take steps to make sure that litter, plastic and paper, foils, water bottles, and even ticket stubs are not dropped or left behind. Some tissue papers or paper handkerchiefs, when improperly disposed of, take a long time to decay. Guides should avoid contact with visitors or locals if you are not feeling well or are ill; re- schedule the visit if possible or ask another guide to lead your tour that day. Strictly observe site rules and regulations regarding litter, eating, drinking and picnicking. Use sanitary restrooms where these are provided; plan ahead before entering sites, especially when children or seniors are in the group. Some visitors may be non-smokers. A guide may discourage smoking while in the van, while visiting heritage sites, or on the entire tour altogether.
Communicating and interacting with fellow visitors and locals Ask that visitors avoid making negative comparisons with local culture when conversing with locals. Visitors might accidentally intimate or imply how much more advanced or developed their way of doing things compared to local practice. When translating, this is where a heritage guide’s diplomatic skills are important. Visitors should observe and model the proper etiquette and conversational approach of heritage guides and adopt them in their interaction with locals. Be careful of expressions and the kind of language used; some locals are keen to learn from visitors and may inadvertently adopt inappropriate words, terms, and expressions. If there is any aspect of the site, the environment or local food or practices annoy or disturb you or your guests, avoid verbally expressing this even if indirectly or by body language. Simply turn away without expressing anything. Remember that what is unacceptable practice to you or your guest may be acceptable practice to locals Remember to offer praise and express appreciation to locals for what you find unique, beautiful, admirable, and wonderful in their community (especially by making reference to the heritage site). This will inspire them to maintain their way of life, be proud of their unique heritage and instill a greater urgency for them to preserve their rich cultural resources and traditions. Always communicate in a genuine and forthright manner. Strive to learn useful expressions, terms and phrases of the local language without trivializing its use. Seek to learn these in a genuine manner and if it so happens that your language learning skill is no longer as good as it used to be and you risk communicating the wrong message, it is much better to avoid doing so at the risk of insulting local residents. Avoid discussing or asking questions on sensitive matters especially on topics of politics, religious beliefs, and local customs except when conducted in the proper context. Only a trained doctor should administer medicine to a local or visitor.
Body language, customs and rituals that may be required of visitors Lao people greet one another with a nop, where the hands are raised in a prayer-like gesture and by saying sabai dee. Men may shake hands but it is generally not appropriate for men to shake a woman’s hand. There are many ethnic groups in Luang Prabang. Learn the customs, rituals, and practices for greeting locals, or when entering homes, shops or sacred areas; be sensitive of other special practices for greeting, showing respect, or interacting with elders, religious persons, or other respected individuals or authorities in the local community; though universally recognized or accepted, reaching out to shake hands—even if done out respect—may not be the best gesture to greet locals. When entering someone’s home in a rural area, visitors and guides will often be offered a glass of strong alcohol called lao lao. It is customary to drink one or two small glasses to accept your host’s hospitality, but if you do not drink alcohol, it is acceptable to simply raise the glass to your lips then place the un-finished, full glass back in front of you. Smile, thank your hosts and perhaps say “I am taking medicine today so cannot drink alcohol”.
Exhibiting emotions Avoid public displays of intimacy and affection; even if visitors consider themselves to be quite a distance from the site, locals, or other visitors, they may still be visible and inadvertently annoy others. Avoid exhibiting anger, impatience or annoyance in instances when bothered by the curiosity of locals, or when it seems to you that you are viewed with suspicion or ignored; demonstrate patience and understanding especially when it is difficult to communicate or get some messages across to locals with whom you are interacting. Avoid inappropriate and boisterous behavior or playfulness especially in sacred, spiritual or religious sites.
Shopping at local stores, buying souvenirs, and other consumption behavior If possible and where information is provided, encourage visitors to purchase souvenir items that are authentic in the materials used to produce it, the process by which it was produced, and the craftsmanship and respectful use of human labor. Help local negotiate appropriate prices for their handicrafts. Many local complain that it is guides that complain and discourage visitors from purchasing local crafts. If a visitor likes something and feel the price for it is fair, help them communicate with locals to make the purchase. Avoid exhibiting materialistic or overly acquisitive behavior. Explain that sometime a local will simple not want to sell something because of personal or spiritual reasons. A heritage guide should discourage, and in fact prevent the sale of antiques and family heirlooms. This is illegal and robs the country of its precious heritage. Promote the consumption of locally produced food and drinks.
Appropriate attire Avoid immodest clothing that shows too much skin. Visitors must be ready to comply when asked to remove slippers or footwear upon entering holy sites and encouraged to dress neatly at all times.
Security and UXO avoidance Lao PDR is well-know as a safe and peaceful destination. However, there is some petty- theft reported at heritage sites and accommodation establishments. A heritage guide reminds their guests to secure their valuables and be mindful of them. UXO is an unfortunate legacy of the Indochina Wars that continues to threaten local people, guides and tourists. Remind your guests that if they spot UXO tell their guide and never touch it in any way.
Abiding by local laws As mentioned above, there are laws forbidding the sale of antiques; a heritage Guide should inform visitors (and police) about these laws if they see them being broken. The sale drugs such as marijuana, opium and amphetamines are also illegal in Lao PDR. A heritage Guide should inform visitors (and police) about these laws if they see them being broken. Heritage guides should also be familiar with Laws related to their profession. For example, the Heritage Law, Tourism Law, and rules and regulations about guiding, tourism and immigration.
Exercise 5.3 – Develop a visitor code of behavior for Luang Prabang or a specific site
Luang Prabang Responsible Code of Conduct
5.5 Responsible visiting on festivals and ritual days
Luang Prabang, like the rest of Lao PDR, has many Buddhist festivals as well as festivals celebrated by non-Buddhist ethnic groups. While a heritage guide should encourage tourists to participate in local festivals, there may be situations where it is not appropriate for guests to do so. It is important to obtain permission from the hosts before bringing a tourist to participate in private religious rituals, funerals or family gatherings and also to inform the tourist how to behave properly during their visit.
One local ritual that tourists are likely to participate in is the well known baci ceremony, where small white strings are tied around someone’s wrist as a blessing, sign of reconciliation, or to welcome or send off guests. While this event may be formal or quite informal, there are a few behavioral guidelines that visitors should know, such as how to sit or position their hands, especially when the ritual is performed in someone’s home. As a heritage guide, you should communicate this code of Unit 6
The Relationship between Heritage Tourism and the Local Community
Success for & with the Community
Learning Objectives
• Guides develop awareness of their role in improving benefits of tourism to the wider Luang Prabang community. • Explain benefits of community involvement in tourism activities • Describe why conflict may occur between and within Luang Prabang communities • List areas of potential conflict between & within Luang Prabang communities • Develop attitudes to avoid / resolve potential conflict between & within Luang Prabang communities their tourists may visit
Contents 6.1 Benefits & Conflicts of Tourism for Wider Luang Prabang Community 6.2 Definitions of Community-based Tourism 6.3 Potential Conflicts that may arise from Tourism 6.4 The Role of Heritage Guides in Preventing & Mitigating Conflicts 6.5 Tourism Activities which benefit the Local Community
Resources
• Maps of frequently visited villages • Community-based Tourism for Conservation and Development a training manual by Nandita Jain and Ronnakorn Triraganon available for download from http://www.recoftc.org/site/index.php?id=355 • Negotiation and mediation techniques for natural resource management By Antonia Engel and Benedikt Korf available for download from http://www.recoftc.org/site/index.php?id=419
Introduction In this final Unit, we consider how tourism and community benefits can exist together. We look at particular activities and how they can best achieve the goals of benefitting the communities in Luang Prabang and also deepen and improve the visitor experience. These activities can help broaden the range of communities which can benefit from heritage tourism and in turn help get broader support for heritage conservation in Luang Prabang at other sites.
6.1 Benefits & Conflicts of Tourism for Wider Luang Prabang Community
Luang Prabang's World Heritage is a source of significant economic benefit attracting international and domestic visitors often in search of authentic and unique experiences.
Our focus in this Unit is why communities play such an important role in Luang Prabang's tourism success and how to avoid and mitigate conflicts that may occur. Our ultimate goal is that you, as a Luang Prabang Cultural Heritage Specialist Guide, will better understand your role in mitigating and preventing conflicts in order to improve your own professional success and spread benefits of tourism to the wider Luang Prabang community.
6.2 Definitions of Community-based Tourism For our purpose communities are a main source of meaningful visitor-host interaction that has participation by both sides to generate economic, cultural and conservation benefits. To start consider the following definition of Community-based Tourism (CBT):
1. CBT contributes to conservation of natural and/or cultural resources, including biological diversity, water, forests, cultural landscapes, monuments, etc;
2. CBT contributes to local economic development through increasing tourism revenues and other benefits to community participants, and ideally to an increasing number of participants;
3. CBT encourages local participation in its planning and management; and
4. CBT provides a socially responsible experience and exchange for both visitor and host.
Please note that CBT does not only emphasize natural resource conservation and linkages with economic development. Cultural conservation, community and/or gender empowerment, poverty alleviation, and income generation, to name but a few, are also primary benefits.
These benefits of tourism seem to indicate success and everyone will be happy. However, conflicts are a fact of life. They happen whether people want them or not. Conflicts occur when people pursue goals that clash. Conflict involves people’s thoughts (ideas) emotions (feelings and perceptions) and actions (behaviour).
6.3 Potential Conflicts that may arise from Tourism
Potential areas of conflict between and within communities involved in tourism may include:
1. unsustainable use of resources 2. rapid expansion of urban centres and/or development 3. the arrival of outsiders seeking employment or use of local resources 4. increased prices of key commodities, such as rice or housing 5. differences between rich and poor more pronounced
When conflict starts to spread it has direct impact on community relations with reduced willingness for communication and increasing gossip, rumours, intrigues and accusations. This can lead to a potential denial of access to resources for other parties, decreased cooperation and a general degradation of the community’s potential as a sustainable tourism resource.
In short conflict within or between communities has the potential to hurt your future success as a guide, and Luang Prabang’s success as a tourist destination.
6.4 The Role of Heritage Guides in Preventing & Mitigating Conflicts Heritage Guides therefore have an interest in assessing potential conflict and helping find opportunities to avoid/resolve problems. To do so try asking the following questions:
1. What is the conflict about? A conflict is often more complex than it seems. How do the participants frame the conflict? To what extent are their views alike, and how do they differ? How do others frame the conflict? What seem to be the reasons for the conflict? Is there deeper livelihood, institutional, political or other structural factors behind the conflict? Trying to manage a conflict as a single, isolated event may be of little use if it is intertwined with wider problems or issues.
2. Who is involved in the conflict? Effective consensus building depends on engaging all the stakeholder groups that are relevant to a conflict. It is therefore important to identify stakeholders accurately. Are there any groups who are not present but who have a direct or indirect role in the conflict, such as administrators, resource users from neighbouring communities or migratory populations (herders, farmers or labourers)?
3. What motivations or incentives exist for the parties to settle their conflict? Trying to get people to settle their conflict is difficult if they do not want to resolve it. In addition, there may be economic, political, cultural or other incentives that influence the parties’ willingness to engage in conflict management. Equally important is to find out whether there are people who would benefit from continuation of the conflict, or who would resist attempts to stop conflict (do some people have an interest in perpetuating the conflict?).
4. What conflict management strategies have been tried in the past? It is very important to consider what strategies have already been tried to resolve the conflict. What were the results of these efforts? What are the advantages or disadvantages or pursuing the same strategy or strategies for the present conflict?
6.5 Tourism Activities which benefit the Local Community
6.5.1 Entry Fees Entry fees are used for funding conservation and management of sites, and generate some employment for local communities. For example:
• Hiring of villagers to sell tickets, maintain sites and provide security; • Upgrading of basic infrastructure needs such as fencing, steps, bridge crossings, etc. • Construction of basic tourism services infrastructure; • Signage and interpretation; • Promotion and marketing of community based tours; • Village consultation, support and reporting.
6.5.2 Village guides In order to further integrate the communities into the management and provide alternative employment opportunities, a number of villagers have been trained as village guides. They have been instructed in tourism, conservation, interests of tourism, do and don’ts, identification of interesting stories, first aid, hygiene, and pricing. The role of village guides is different to the role of Heritage Specialist Guides, and compliments it. It is the role of the Heritage Specialist Guide to engage village guides, and to translate the visitor questions and village story. This will give the tourists the opportunity to directly interact with Lao people and get a heightened authentic experience. Such a village guide service is currently available in Ban Xieng Maen in Chomphet and at many trekking villages.
6.5.3 Accommodation There are a variety of accommodation options within Luang Prabang Province to suit most budgets and tastes. Although by the time that visitors come into contact with cultural heritage specialist guides they may have already selected their accommodation, it may be possible to encourage visitors to extend their visit to the province and enjoy a different accommodation experience. For those visitors making enquiries prior to their visit, community-based options may be suggested. An option for visitors who are interested in meeting members of the local community is home stay. This provides an opportunity for visitors and the local community to learn about one another, as well as for the proceeds of tourism to pass on directly to people. There may be a variety of home stays, with some offering home-cooked food, and the opportunity to interact in a more personal setting. Villagers have been trained to receive foreigners. Such training includes housekeeping practices, cooking of local food for tourists, food hygiene, gender balancing, eco-lodge management and basic accounting skills.
6.5.4 Transport Apart from motorized transport in the province, other potential transport options exist which have greater community benefits. Transportation which is both environmentally sustainable and provides business opportunities include push and mountain bikes; motorbikes, tuk tuk and boats. . Another good option to be amongst people and experience Lao culture is to walk. Walking provides an opportunity to interact with communities, and to make purchases at one of the many little stalls along the road. As mentioned above, it is part of the role of the Heritage Guide to translate and interpret the village guides’ stories to the visitors.
6.5.5 Sight Seeing Guides should encourage visitors to experience a variety of sites to help develop their understanding of the connections between sites and attractions found across the landscape. Providing a more varied experience will also spread the benefits of tourism more broadly, beyond only the most visited sites.
6.5.6 Cultural industries and Handicrafts Certain villages have been designated as ‘cultural villages’, which exemplify certain locally- produced cultural industries such as handicrafts. Such handicrafts include paper making, silk and cotton weaving, woodcarving or silver. Such ‘model villages’ include Ban Xang Khong and Ban Phanom. Connecting visitors to such villages is an excellent way to provide community benefits, as well to deepen visitor’s experience of the diverse cultural heritage of the province. It allows community members the opportunity to continue to gain livelihoods from producing cultural goods. It is also a means of continuing the transmission of the skills and techniques involved in the production of the items.
6.5.7 Performance Visitors interested in performance and, in particular, music may be very interested in watching the Pralak Pralam performance or other musical performances. Try to inquire when such performances are held, and whether it is appropriate for tourists attend.
6.5.8 Gastronomy Encourage your guests to eat traditional Laotian cuisine and beverages, which can be bought from a range of local restaurants and vendors. Another local tradition is the production of rice wine (‘lao lao’) and Lao Hai (‘Khmu’). The production and consumption of these local favorites are often tied to local festivities or practices, such as baci, funerals, etc. As the lao lao takes such a large place in Lao society it is opportune to introduce the tourist to its manufacturing process and, if they want, its taste. The best way for sampling lao lao is in a welcoming ceremony, but this can be interwoven with a visit to a local producer with opportunity to buy a bottle of the local spirit.
Cooking classes are an increasingly popular activity for visitors who want a more involved cultural experience, and may be combined with accommodation at a home stay or guesthouse. This could potentially involve a large number of people from the local community, from cooks and suppliers of produce to accommodation providers, and may also encourage the revival of local dishes that may be falling out of favor.
6.5.9 Philanthropy and Volunteering For visitors who want to engage more deeply in the local communities, there may be opportunities from time to time for visitors to engage in philanthropy (or charitable giving), or volunteering for a charitable cause. This may be a wonderful opportunity for visitors to gain a special connection to Luang Prabang. Be careful before recommending any such opportunities that it represents a genuine need, and particularly when visitors want to volunteer, ensure that they may not be taken advantage of in any way. This is an area where trust is important and care needs to be taken, but a deeper engagement and long term benefits may be possible.
As a final exercise, list volunteer opportunities in the space below:
Location Type of opportunity Organization/Company
behavior before the ritual takes place or else the visitor may feel as if they “did something wrong” and offensive – thus diminishing the experience for both visitor and host.
Some of the main festivals in Luang Prabang are listed in the IMPACT Luang Prabang book. Please add information on as many others you are familiar with when completing exercise 5.5.
Exercise 5.5 – Code of behavior at local festivals
Festival or Event Code of Behavior & Visitation Tips Boun Khoun Khao Boun Greh (Khamu) Hmong New Year Kud Chin/Viet Boun Maka Busa Boun Kao Chi International Women’s Day Boun Pavet Boun Pii Mai Boun Visakha Bousa Boun Bang Fai Boun Kao Pansa Boun Kao Padap Din Boun Kao Salak Boun Ork Pansa Boun Souang Heua Lao National Day Weddings Baci Ceremony